k 


A 

SS^^d 

A 

0 

u 

1 

1 

;gio 

/ 

7 

NAL 

9 

2 

ACI 

1 

Connecticut  School  Document 

No.  5-1922 


(WHOLE    NUMBF.R-44H) 


Laws  relating  to  schools 


This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below 


jUl  1      '531 

WAR  8     RECB 


LB 

2529 

C76 


Southern  Branch 
of  the 

University  of  California 

Los  Angeles 

Form  L    1 


cr- 


NOTE.  ^;  ^  -V 

This  compilation  includes  all  sections  of  the  General  Statutes  of 
1918  and  of  later  public  acts  pertaining  to  schools  and  the  duties  of 
school  officers. 

Special  Acts,  under  which  the  schools  of  several  towns  and  districts 
are  organized  and  administered,  are  also  given,  pages  176-258. 

At  the  margin  of  each  section  will  be  found  the  number  of  the 
section   of  the   General    Statutes. 


CONTENTS. 

Page 

,  Constitution,  article  eight,  of  education 3 

State  board  of  education 5 

Instruction 12 

Duties  of  towns 17 

Evening  schools 23 

Transfer  of  the  obligations  and  property  of  school  societies  to 

towns ....  27 

School  visitors  and  committees 30 

*  School  physicians 41 

School    districts 43 

Consolidation   of   school    districts    ...               ."      .       .       .  56 

Town    management 70 

District  committees       . 77 

,  High   schools 78 

School   libraries  and   apparatus 82 

Teachers 84 

Town  boards  of  examiners 87 

Petirement  system   for  teachers 89 

Support  of  public  schools 99 

Normal  schools 113 

Town  and  city  meetings  and  elections 115 

Public  libraries 120 

School    district   taxes 124 

Health  Officers 127 

Health  instruction  and  physical  education 129 

Optometry 130 

Public   and  other   buildings 130 

Town   deposit  fund 137 

Employment  of  children 139 

Education  of  the  deaf 145 

Playgrounds  and  neighborhood  recreation  centers    ....  145 

Powers   of   selectmen 147 

Mansfield  State  training  school   and  hospital 148 

Homes   for  dependent  and  neglected  children 150 

Connecticut  school  for  boys 159,  161 

Long  Lane  Farm  for  girls 156 

Connecticut   reformatory 158 

General    provisions 159,  170 

Reformatory  institutions  for  boys  and  girls  160 

Elections  and  electors 163 

Employment  of  children  in  certain  occupations 165 

Eight  hour  day  for  child  laborers 166 

Crimes 167 

Members  of  State  board  of  education 175 


I 


775;{(i 


Page 

Special  acts,  towns 17&-2o8 

Ansonia 176 

Bethel 180 

Branford          180 

Bridgeport 180 

Bristol 187 

Chatham    (East    Hampton) 187 

Cromwell 188 

Danbury 188 

Darien 190 

Derby 190 

East  Hartford 195 

East    Haven 195 

Greenwich 195 

Groton 196 

Guilford 196 

Hamden 196 

Hartford 196 

Huntington   (Shelton) 208 

Madison 210 

Manchester,  Ninth  district 210 

Meriden 213 

Milford 214 

Middletown 214 

Montville 214 

Naugatuck 215 

New    Britain 216 

New   Canaan 218 

New   Haven 219 

New    London 228 

Connecticut   College    for    Women 234 

New   Milford 237 

Newtown 237 

North  Stonington 237 

Norwalk 237 

Orange,  Union  school  district 240 

Ridgefield          242 

Rocky   Hill 242 

Seymour 242 

South    Windsur 242 

Stamford ...  242 

Stratford 245 

Torrington ....  245 

Vohintown         ...               246 

Wallingford .247 

Watcrbury 248 

Waterford ....  255 

Weston                                                                                        ...  255 

Wcthcrsficif! 255 

Wilton,  Redding,  and  Weston 256 

Winchester 256 

Windham           257 

Woodbridge 257 

Appropriations,  specific,  when  and  how  nuidc 257 

Index 259-292 


.Or 


SOUTHERN    BRANC, 

LIBRARY 

LOS  ANGELES.  QAU&t 


CONSTITUTION  OF  CONNECTICUT 
[article  eight] 


^  Of  Education 

"^  §  1     The  charter  of  Yale  College,  as  modified  by  agree- 

ment with  the  corporation  thereof,  in  pursuance  of  an  act  of 
.   the  General  Assembly,  passed  in  May,  1792.  is  hereby  con- 
^    firmed. 

§  2     The  fund,  called  the  School  Fund,  shall  remain  a 
perpetual  fund,  the  interest  of  which  shall   be  inviolably 
appropriated  to  the  support  and  encouragement  of  the  pub- 
lic or  common  schools  throughout   the  state,  and  for  the 
equal  benefit  of  all   the  people    thereof.      The    value    and 
amount  of  said  fund  shall,  as  soon  as  practicable,  be  ascer- 
tained in  such  manner  as  the  General  Assembly  may  pre- 
scribe, published  and  recorded  in  the  Comptroller's  office ; 
and    no    law    shall    ever   be    made    authorizing   said    fund 
•     to  be  diverted  to  any   other  use  than  the   encouragement 
^     and  support  of  public  or  common  schools,  among  the  sev- 
Q^     eral  school  societies,  as  justice  and  equity  shall  require. 


SPECIAL  ACT  No.  431.  ] 

I 

An  Act  Concerning  A  Compilation  of  the  Laws  Relating  /-»         ^ 

To  Education. 

Be  it  etujcted  by  the  Setiate  and  House  of  Representatives  in  General 
Assembly  convened: 

The  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education  is  authorized  to  compile 
and  cause  to  be  printed  for  distribution  six  thousand  copies  of  the  laws 
relating  to  education,  including  such  laws  relating  thereto  as  shall  be 
passed  at  this  session  of  the  General  Assembly. 

Approved  June  24,  1921. 


'''  S- 


LAWS  RELATING  TO  SCHOOLS 


Chapter  I 


State  Board  of  Education 

General    Statutes     chapter  43     page   305 

Section  1  The  state  board  of  education  shall  consist  of 
the  governor  and  lieutenant-governor,  each  of  whom  shall 
be  ex  officio  members  of  said  board,  and  nine  other  mem- 
bers. On  or  before  June  1,  1919,  the  governor  shall  ap- 
point three  members  of  said  board  to  serve  from  the  date 
of  their  respective  appointments  until  July  1,  1921,  three  to 
serve  until  July  1,  1923,  and  three  to  serve  until  July  1, 
1925,  and  thereafter  in  the  month  of  May  in  each  year  when 
there  is  a  regular  session  of  the  general  assembly  the  gov- 
ernor shall  appoint  three  members  of  said  board  who  shall 
serve  for  a  period  of  six  years  from  the  first  day  of  July 
following  their  respective  appointments.^  Any  vacancy 
which  may  occur  in  said  board  shall  be  filled  by  appoint- 
ment of  the  governor  for  the  unexpired  portion  of  the  term. 
At  least  one  member  shall  be  appointed  from,  and  reside  in, 
each  county.  Five  members  of  said  board,  including  ex 
officio  members,  shall  constitute  a  quorum.  The  terms  of 
the  members  of  said  board  in  office  at  the  time  of  the  pas- 
sage of  this  act  shall  terminate  when  the  governor  shall 
have  appointed  their  successors  by  authority  of  the  provi- 
sions of  this  act. 

Sec.  2  Said  state  board  shall  meet  in  a  room  in  the 
state  capitol  to  be  designated  by  the  comptroller,  on  the 
second  Tuesday  of  July  at  two  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  for 
the  purpose  of  organizing.  At  said  meeting  it  shall  elect 
one  of  its  members  as  chairman  to  serve  for  a  term  of  two 
years  and  shall  appoint  such  committees  as  may  be  con- 
venient or  necessary  in  the  transaction  of  the  business  of 
said  board. 


Rev  1902 

§2111 

1909  ch  217 

1917  ch  351 

Rev  1918 

§S25 

1919  ch  344 

§1 

Number,   ap- 
pointment, 
and  terms  of 
state  board 
of   education 


1919  ch  344 


Meetings  of 
board 


*  The  members  are  paid  their  necessary  expenses     Gen  Stat  5  2212 


Rev   1902 

S2111 

1909  ch  217 

1917  ch  351 

Rev   1918 

§825 

1919  ch  344 

§3 

Appointment 
and  duties 
of  secretary 
and  assistant 


1919  ch  344 
S4 

Board   to   fix 
compensa- 
tion of  em- 
ployees with 
approval   of 
board  of  con- 
trol 


G  S  sec  826 
Rev  1902 
$2112 
1913  ch  166 


Sec.  3  The  board  shall  appoint  a  secretary  and  an 
assistant  secretary,  neither  of  whom  shall  be  members  of 
said  board.  Their  salaries  shall  be  determined  by  the  board 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  board  of  control.  The  secre- 
tary and  the  assistant  secretary  shall  record  all  acts  of  the 
board  and  certify  the  same  to  all  concerned  and  shall  be 
the  custodian  of  the  records  and  papers  of  said  board,  shall 
prepare  such  routine  business  for  presentation  to  said  board 
as  may  be  necessary  or  advisable,  shall  compile  and  publish, 
under  the  direction  of  said  board,  all  regulations  and  acts 
which  may  be  required  and  shall  perform  such  duties  as  the 
board  of  education  may  prescribe. 

Sec.  4  Said  board  may  appoint  and  fix  the  compensa- 
tion, subject  to  the  approval  of  the  board  of  control,  and 
prescribe  the  duties  of  such  subordinates,  agents  and  em- 
ployees as  it  may  find  to  be  necessary  in  the  conduct  of 
the  business  of  said  board,  but  the  secretaries  and  such  sub- 
ordinates, agents  and  employees  shall  hold  ofifice  only  dur- 
ing the  pleasure  of  the  said  board  and  shall  be  subject  to 
its  direction  and  control. 

Sec.  5  The  board  shall  have  general  supervision  and 
control  of  the  educational  interests  of  the  state;  may  direct 
what  books  shall  be  used  in  all  its  schools,  but  shall  not 
direct  any  book  to  be  changed  oftener  than  once  in  five 
years  ;^  shall  prescribe  the  form  of  registers-  to  be  kept  in 
said  schools  and  the  form  of  blanks  and  inquiries  for  the 
returns^  to  be  made  by  the  various  school  boards  and  com- 


•  §   "6     81 

'  Registers  are   supplied  to   public  and   private   schools     There   is  a   special   form 
for  evening  schools 

Private  schools  must  keep  prescribed  register     §  23 

For  duties  of  teachers  in  connection  with  registers  see  §  214 

'  Returns  to  be  made  to  state  board  of  education  see  §   98 
a     reports  of  school   visitors  S  98 

including  names  of  teachers  and  committees     §  100 
forfeiture   §   99 

h     reports  by  district  board  of  education      §  73 
reports  of   evening   schools     §   62 
reports   of   private   schools     J   23 
reports   of    eyesight    tests      {    215 

number  and  names  of  children  attending  non-local  high  schools     S  195 
number  and  names  of  children  conveyed  to  non-local  high  schools     §  199 
salaries  of  district  and  other  superintendents     S   S  89  92 
average  attendance  in  certain  schools     S    §   265  269 

nianks  are  supplied  for  all  above  returns  and  for  reports  of  district  committees 
to  school  visitors     S  188 


1915  ch  2C3 


mittees;  shall  keep  informed  as  to  the  condition  and  ^""" 
progress  of  the  public  schools  in  the  state ;  and  shall  seek  to 
improve  the  methods  and  promote  the  efificiency  of  teaching 
therein  by  holding  at  convenient  places  in  the  state  meet- 
ings of  teachers  and  school  officers  for  the  purpose  of  in- 
structing in  the  best  modes  of  administering,  governing  and 
teaching  public  schools,  and  by  such  other  means  as  they  ^^gg^|'„"|' 
shall  deem  appropriate;  but  the  expenses  incurred  in  such 
meetings  shall  not  exceed  the  sum  of  four  thousand  dollars 
in  any  year.  Said  board  shall,  on  or  before  the  Monday 
after  the  first  Wednesday  in  January  in  each  year,  submit 
to  the  governor  a  report  containing  a  printed  abstract  of 
said  returns,  a  detailed  statement  of  the  doings  of  the 
board,  and  an  account  of  the  condition  of  the  public  schools,  ^^po""' 
of  the  amount  and  quality  of  instruction  therein  and  such 
other  information  as  will  apprise  the  general  assembly  of 
the  true  condition,  progress  and  needs  of  public  education.^ 

Sec.  6  The  state  board  of  education  may  continue  to  ^90^  ch^25o' 
maintain  schools  already  established  and  may  establish  in  H^l  ^{j  212 
such  towns,  as  may  seem  best  adapted  for  the  purpose,  pub- 
lic day  and  continuation  schools,  part-time  schools  and 
evening  schools  for  instruction  in  the  arts  and  practices  of 
trades  and  vocations,  and  said  board  may  make  regulations 
controlling  the  admission  of  students,  but  no  person  under 
fourteen  years  of  age  shall  be  admitted  to  schools  estab- 
lished under  the  provisions  of  this  section,  except  during 

^  Other  powers  and  duties  of  the  board  not  enumerated  in  this  chapter  are   to 
a     enforce  law  relating  to  attendance  at  evening  schools     |   58 
b     enforce  law  relating  to  employment  of  children     §   356 

investigate  and  grant  certificates  of  age  in  certain  cases     §   §  352  353 
c     appoint  public  library  committee     §  297 
d    order  sanitary  changes  in  schoolhouses     §54 
e     examine     teachers    for    county     homes     and     appoint     acting     visitor    for 

said  schools     §    245 
/      relieve  towns  from  maintaining  evening  schools     §   64 

g     appoint  and  pay   agents  to  act  as  superintendents  in  certain  towns     §   93 
h     approve  high  schools  in  certain  cases  §  193  apply  to  comptroller 

for  high  school  grant     §  195 
i      examine   incorporated   hisjh   schools  and   academies     §196 
j      approve  high  schools  to  which  children  are  conveyed     §   197 

apply   to   comptroller   for  high   school   conveyance   grant     §    199 
k     approve  superintendents  in  certain   cases     §    §    90   91 
/      apply  to  comptroller  for  state  average  attendance  grant     §  265 
m    disapprove  teachers  in  certain  cases     §  265 

n     make  estimate     Gen  Stat  §  59 
o     make  reports     Gen  Stat  §  179,  Chapter  308     Acts  1919 


8 


Trade  and 
vocational 
schools 


1917  ch  307 

Rev  1918 

S628 

1919  ch  250 

1921  ch  280 

Expense  of 

trade  schools 


1917  ch  383 
Rev  1918 
Sec  829 
1919  ch  324 
1921  ch  281 


United    States 
aid    for    voca- 
fimal  educa- 
tion 


vacations.  The  state  board  of  education  may  expend  the 
funds  provided  for  the  support  of  schools  established  under 
the  provisions  of  this  section,  appoint  and  remove  teachers 
and  make  rules  for  management  of  such  schools  and  shall 
file  semi-annually  with  the  comptroller,  to  be  audited  by 
him  a  statement  of  expenses  of  such  schools,  and  shall  an- 
nually make  to  the  governor  a  report  of  the  conditions  of 
such  schools  and  the  acts  of  said  board  in  connection  there- 
with. Said  board  may  enter  into  arrangements  with  manu- 
facturing and  mechanical  establishments  in  which  pupils  of 
such  trade  schools  may  have  opportunity  to  obtain  practice 
and  may  make  arrangements  with  trade  and  vocational 
schools  approved  by  said  board  under  the  provisions  of  this 
section,  and  said  board  may  prescribe  the  conditions  and 
regulations  under  which  said  board  shall  make  application 
to  the  comptroller  for  an  order  upon  the  treasurer  for  grants 
in  aid  of  trade  education  in  said  approved  trade  schools. 
When  schools  are  first  established  under  the  provisions  of 
this  section  the  state  board  of  education  may  lease  for  not 
more  than  four  years  rooms  in  which  such  schools  may 
be  housed.  Any  town  or  district  in  which  a  school  is  estab- 
lished under  the  provisions  of  this  section  may  appropriate 
such  sum  in  a  meeting  warned  and  held  for  such  purpose 
for  maintenance  or  improvement  of  such  school  and  for 
leasing  buildings  as  it  may  determine. 

Sec.  7  The  total  estimated  expenses  annually  charge- 
able to  the  state  on  account  of  all  schools  approved  by  the 
state  board  of  education  under  the  provisions  of  section 
827  of  the  general  statutes  (Sec.  6  of  this  compilation)  shall 
not  exceed  two  hundred  seventy  thousand  dollars  for  the 
fiscal  year  for  which  such  estimates  shall  have  been  made. 

Sec.  8  The  state  of  Connecticut  accepts  the  benefits  of 
an  act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States,  entitled  "An 
Act  to  provide  for  the  promotion  of  vocational  education  ; 
to  provide  for  co-operation  with  the  states  in  the  promotion 
of  such  education  in  agriculture  and  the  trades  and  indus- 
tries;  to  provide  for  co-operation  with  the  states  in  the 
preparation  of  teachers  of  vocational  subjects :  and  to 
appropriate  money  and  regulate  its  expenditure."  approved 


February  23,  1917,  and  will  observe  and  comply  with  all  the 
requirements  of  said  act.  The  State  Board  of  Education 
is  designated  as  the  state  board  for  the  purpose  of  said  act, 
and  is  given  all  necessary  power  to  co-operate  with  the 
Federal  Board  of  Vocational  Education  in  the  administra- 
tion of  said  act.  The  state  board  shall  designate  the  Con- 
necticut Agricultural  College  as  the  institution  to  supervise 
instruction  in  agriculture  as  provided  for  in  section  two  of 
the  federal  act.  The  state  board  shall  designate  the  Con- 
necticut Agricultural  College  as  the  institution  to  receive 
the  funds  for  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  agriculture  and 
the  funds  for  the  training  of  teachers  in  home  economics  as 
provided  for  in  section  four  of  the  federal  act,  provided  such 
designation  be  approved  by  the  Federal  Board  of  Voca- 
tional Education.  The  sum  of  sixty  thousand  dollars  an- 
nually is  appropriated  in  order  to  carry  out  the  provisions 
of  said  act  of  congress. 

Sec.  9  One  school,  in  each  town  having  twenty  teachers 
or  less,  may  be  organized  as  a  model  school  for  observation 
and  instruction  of  the  training  class  conducted  by  the  super- 
visor. The  state  board  of  education  may  make  application 
to  the  comptroller  for  an  order  on  the  treasurer  for  a  sum 
not  exceeding  three  dollars  a  week  for  each  teacher  in  such 
model  schools.  No  application  shall  be  made  to  the  comp- 
troller under  the  provisions  of  this  section  unless  the  town 
in  which  said  model  school  is  located  shall  pay  to  the 
teacher  of  the  model  school  a  wage  of  not  less  than  ten 
dollars  a  week  or  not  less  than  the  wage  which  was  paid 
for  teaching  in  said  school  during  the  previous  year. 

Sec.  10  The  board  may  appoint  an  agent  to  secure  the 
observance  of  the  law^s  relating  to  the  instruction  of  chil- 
dren, and  such  agent  shall  make  written  report  of  his  work 
to  the  secretary  semi-annually.^ 

Sec.  11  The  state  board  of  education  may  appoint  one 
or  more  persons,  subject  to  the  approval  of  a  judge  of  the 
superior  court,  to  be  prosecuting  agents,  who  shall  dili- 
gently inquire  into  and  prosecute  for  violations  of  the  law\s 

'  Must  grant  certificates  of  age  to  foreign  born  children     §352 

May   inspect   registers   of   private  schools     §    23 

If  school  accommodations  are  not  supplied  by  towns  may  request  a  hearing 
by  town  school  committee,  board  of  school  visitors,  or  board  of  education,  as  the 
case  may  be,  and  an  appeal  may  be  taken  to   the  state  board  of   education     §    20 


G  S  sec  830 
1913  ch  227 


Model  schools 


Application 
for  order  on 
treasurer 
restricted 


G  S  sec  831 
Rev  1902 
§2113 

Appointment 
of  a?ent 


G  S  sec  832 
1917  ch  206 

Prosecuting 
agents   to 
enforce    school 
laws 


10 


1919  ch  286 

§1 

Esfablish- 
nunt    of    de- 
partment, 
appointment, 
and    salary 
of  director 


1019  ch  286 
§2 

Appoint- 
ment of 
town  di- 
rectors 


C  S  sec  S33 
Rev   1902 
52114 

F!xpenscs   of 
the  hoard 


relating  to  the  attendance  of  children  at  school,  or  relat- 
ing to  the  employment  of  children  in  mechanical,  mercantile 
or  manufacturing  establishments,  and  shall  exercise  in  any 
town  or  city  the  authority  of  grand  jurors  or  prosecuting 
officers  in  prosecutions  for  such  violations  and  may  conduct 
such  prosecutions  personally  or  by  attorney.  Such  prose- 
cuting agents  may  render  such  aid  in  the  superior  court 
in  prosecutions  for  such  violations,  and  shall  give  such  in- 
formation with  reference  thereto,  as  the  state's  attorney 
may  require.  They  shall  render  to  said  state  board  of  edu- 
cation such  reports  as  may  be  required  by  said  board,  which 
may  remove  any  of  such  agents  at  its  discretion  and  appoint 
another  in  his  stead.  Such  prosecuting  agents  shall  be 
paid  in  the  manner  provided  by  law  for  other  agents  of 
said  board. 

Sec.  12  The  state  board  of  education  shall  establish  a 
department  of  Americanization  and  appoint  a  director  of 
such  department  who  shall  receive  an  annual  salary  of 
three  thousand  dollars  and  his  necessary  expenses.  Such 
director  shall  have  such  powers  and  perform  such  duties 
as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  state  board  of  education,  but 
said  director  shall  not  be  authorized  to  exercise  authority 
over  the  conduct  of  any  public  school,  school  board  or  board 
of  education  or  any  teacher  or  other  employee  of  any  public 
school. 

Sec.  13  The  school  committee  of  any  town  designated 
by  the  state  board  of  education  may  appoint,  subject  to  the 
approval  of  said  board,  a  town  director  of  Americanization 
whose  compensation  shall  be  fixed  and  paid  by  the  state 
board  of  education. 

Sec.  14  The  board  may  expend  such  sum  as  may  be 
necessary  to  perform  the  duties  and  execute  the  powers 
conferred  upon  it,  and  shall  semi-annually  file  with  the 
comptroller  a  certified  account  of  all  state  money  received 
and  expended  during  the  preceding  half  year,^  which 
account  shall  be  audited  by  the  comptroller.  All  orders  for 
drawing  state  money  shall  be  signed  by  the  secretary  and 
countersigned  by  a  duly  authorized  committee  of  the  board. 


The  fiscal  year  ends  June  .'{0      Pub  .\cts  1919  ch  289 


11 


Sec.  15  No  person  shall  be  ineligible  to  serve  as  a  mem- 
ber of  a  board  of  education,  board  of  school  visitors,  town 
school  committee  or  district  committee,  or  be  disqualified 
from  holding  such  ofiice,  by  reason  of  sex. 

Sec.  16  The  state  board  of  education  shall  appoint  a 
director  of  special  education  and  standards  and  shall  make 
regulations  to  carry  out  the  purpose  of  this  act. 


G  S  sec  834 
Rev  1902 
§2115 

Women  may 
be  school 
officers 

1921  ch  355 
II 

Appointment 
of  director  of 
special   educa- 
tion  and 
standards 


Sec.  17     The  term  "educationally  exceptional  children"    1921  ch  355 
shall  include  all  children  over  four  and  under  sixteen  years 

11  r  1  1         •       1    1  1-  Term  "educa- 

01  age,  who,  because  of  mental  or  physical  handicap,  are    tionaiiy  excep- 

,  ,  r  ■     ■  ^  r        r  i  •  •  t'on^l  children" 

incapable  or  receiving  proper  benefit  from  ordinary  in-  defined 
struction  and  who,  for  their  own  or  the  social  welfare,  need 
special  educational  provisions.  Said  board  shall  make  regu- 
lations requiring  enumeration  and  reporting  of  all  educa- 
tionally exceptional  children.  In  accordance  with  regula- 
tions approved  by  said  state  board,  every  board  of  school 
visitors,  town  school  committee  or  board  of  education  shall 
periodically  ascertain  what  pupils,  if  any,  on  the  school 
register  are  chronically  below  the  minimum  standards  of 
weight  normal  for  their  height  and  age.  The  parents  or 
guardian  of  each  child  shall  be  notified  and  given  advice 
with  respect  to  measures  to  ameliorate  or  remove  the  phy- 
sical handicap.     The  board  of    education    shall    prescribe   Reports  as  to 

^  _  ^  school 

forms  for  reports  required  by  any  court  on  the  educational  children 
status  of  school  children,  summarizing  the  child's  school 
career  and  indicating  his  capacity  to  profit  by  experience 
and  by  instruction.  Said  board  shall  supervise  the  educa- 
tional interests  of  all  children  over  four  and  under  sixteen 
years  of  age  who  are  residing  in  or  attending  any  child- 
caring  institution  receiving  moneys  from  the  state  treasury. 
No  educationally  exceptional  child  shall  be  deprived  of 
school  privileges  except  with  the  express  approval  of  the 
secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education,  and  every  child 
so  excluded  shall  be  brought  immediately  to  the  attention 
of  proper  authorities  to  insure  adequate  protection  and 
training  for  the  child. 

Sec.  18     Any  board  of  school  visitors,  town  school  com-   ||2i  ch  355 
mittee  or  board  of  education  may  provide  special  instruc- 


12 


Special  instruc- 
tion   may    be 
provided   for 
educationally 
exceptional 
children 


G  S  sec  835 
Rev  1902 
§2116 

Duties  of 
parents   and 
guardians 


tion  for  educationally  exceptional  children.  Two  or  more 
school  districts  may  combine  to  provide  such  instruction. 
Upon  the  petition  approved  by  the  state  board  of  education, 
of  the  parents  or  guardians  of  ten  or  more  educationally 
exceptional  children  residing  in  any  school  district,  the 
board  of  school  visitors,  town  school  committee  or  board  of 
education  shall  establish  a  school  for  said  educationally  ex- 
ceptional children  or  shall  provide  instruction  in  some  other 

way. 

Chapter  II 
Instruction 

General  Statutes  chapter  44     page  308 

Sec.  19  All  parents  and  those  who  have  the  care  of 
children^  shall  bring  them  up  in  some  lawful  and  honest 
employment  and  instruct  them  or  cause  them  to  be  in- 
structed in  reading,  writing,  spelling,  English  grammar, 
geography,  arithmetic  and  United  States  history.-  Every 
parent  or  other  person  having  control  of  a  child  over  seven 
and  under  sixteen^  years  of  age  shall  cause  such  child  to 
attend  a  public  day  school  regularly  during  the  hours  and 
terms  the  public  school  in  the  district  wherein  such  child 
resides  is  in  session,  or  while  the  school  is  in  session  where 
provision  for  the  instruction  of  such  child  is  made  accord- 
ing to  law,  unless  the  parent  or  person  having  control  of 
such  child  can  show  that  the  child  is  elsewhere  receiving 
regularly  thorough  instruction  during  said  hours  and  terms 
in  the  studies  taught  in  the  public  schools.*  Children  over 
fourteen  years  of  age  shall  not  be  subject  to  the  require- 
ments of  this  section  while  lawfully  employed  at  labor  at 
home  or  elsewhere ;  but  this  provision  shall  not  permit  such 
children  to  be  irregular  in  attendance  at  school  while  they 
are  enrolled  as  scholars,  nor  exempt  any  child  who  is  en- 
1  oiled  as  a  member  of  a  school  from  any  rule  concerning 
irregularity  of  attendance  which  has  been  enacted  or  may 
be  enacted  by  the  town  school  committee,  board  of  school 
visitors  or  board  of  education  having  control  of  the  school.^ 

'  Words  "Those  who  have  the  care  of  children"  equivalent  to  parents  or  guar- 
dians    .19  Conn  489 

Statute  to  receive  a  liberal  construction     59  Conn  492 

>  J   S  .15  37  42  83 

'  }  8  96  2.J7  240 

«  J  2.'< 

»  8  76     See  821 


13 


Sec.  20  Every  town  shall  furnish,  by  transportation  or 
otherwise,  school  accommodations  so  that  every  child  over 
seven  and  under  sixteen  years  of  age  may  attend  school  as 
required  in  section  19.  If  any  town  refuses  or  neglects  to 
furnish  such  accommodations,  the  parent  or  guardian  of 
any  child  who  is  deprived  of  schooling,  or  any  agent  or 
officer  whose  duty  it  is  to  compel  the  observance  of  the 
laws  concerning  attendance  at  school,  may  in  writing  re- 
quest a  hearing  by  the  town  school  committee,  board  of 
school  visitors  or  board  of  education,  as  the  case  may  be, 
and  said  officers  shall  give  such  person  a  hearing  within 
ten  days  after  receipt  of  written  request  therefor  and  shall 
make  a  finding  within  ten  days  after  said  hearing.  Any 
parent,  guardian  or  officer  aggrieved  by  such  finding  may 
take  an  appeal  therefrom  to  the  state  board  of  education, 
which  shall  give  a  public  hearing  in  the  town  in  which  the 
cause  of  complaint  arises.  If  it  appears  that  any  child  is 
illegally  or  unreasonably  deprived  of  schooling,  said  board 
shall  request  the  proper  school  officer  to  make  arrangements 
to  enable  the  parent  or  guardian  to  comply  with  the  pro- 
visions of  section  19.  If  such  school  officers  do  not  take 
action  upon  such  request  within  one  month  after  receipt 
thereof,  and  no  suitable  provision  is  made  for  children  de- 
prived of  schooling,  there  shall  be  a  forfeiture  of  the  money 
appropriated  by  the  state  for  the  support  of  schools  amount- 
ing to  two  dollars  and  twenty-five  cents  for  each  child  for 
every  week  such  child  is  deprived  of  schooling.^ 

Sec.  21  Whenever  the  school  visitors,  town  school 
committee  or  board  of  education  of  any  town  or  district 
shall  by  vote  decide  or  whenever  the  state  board  of  educa- 
tion shall  ascertain  that  a  child  over  fourteen  and  under 
sixteen  years  of  age  has  not  schooling  sufficient  to  warrant 
his  leaving  school  to  be  employed  and  shall  so  notify  the 
parent  or  guardian  of  said  child  in  writing,  the  parent  or 
guardian  of  said  child  shall  cause  him  to  attend  school  regu- 
larly during  the  days  and  hours  that  the  public  school  in  the 
district  in  which  said  parent  or  guardian  resides  is  in  ses- 
sion, and  until  the  parent  or  guardian  of  said  child  has  ob- 


G  S  sec  836 
1903  ch  210 
1909  ch  116 
1911  ch  173 
1913  ch  47 


Towns  to  fur- 
nish hy  trans- 
portation 
or  otherwise 
school    ac- 
oommoda- 
tions    to    chil- 
dren 


G  S  sec  837 
1903  ch  29 
1905  ch  36 


Child    required 
to   attend 
school  until 
sixteen  years 
of  age  when 


258 


14 


G  S  sec  838 
Rev  1902 
§2117 


Penalty 


Excuses 


Complaint 


Procedure 


G  S  sec  839 
Rev  1902 
5211S 

Attendance 
at  private 
schools 


tained  from  said  board  of  school  visitors,  town  school  com- 
mittee or  board  of  education,  or  from  the  state  board  of  edu- 
cation, if  the  notice  shall  have  been  given  by  the  said  state 
board  of  education,  a  leaving  certificate  stating  that  the  edu- 
cation of  said  child  is  satisfactory  to  said  visitors,  town 
school  committee  or  board  of  education,  or  to  said  state 
board  of  education,  as  the  case  may  be ;  provided,  said  parent 
or  guardian  shall  not  be  required  to  cause  his  child  to  attend 
school  after  the  child  is  sixteen  years  of  age.  Each  week's 
failure  on  the  part  of  a  person  to  comply  with  the  provi- 
sions of  this  section  shall  be  a  distinct  offense,  punishable 
by  a  fine  not  exceeding  five  dollars,  and  the  provisions  of 
section  22  shall  be  applicable  to  all  proceedings  under  this 
section. 

Sec.  22  Each  week's  failure  on  the  part  of  a  person  to 
comply  with  any  provision  of  section  19  shall  be  a  distinct 
offense,  punishable  by  a  fine  not  exceeding  five  dollars. 
Said  penalty  shall  not  be  incurred  when  it  appears  that  the 
child  is  destitute  of  clothing  suitable  for  attending  school, 
and  the  parent  or  person  having  control  of  such  child  is 
unable  to  provide  such  clothing,  or  its  mental  or  physical 
condition  is  such  as  to  render  its  instruction  inexpedient  or 
impracticable.  All  offenses  concerning  the  same  child  shall 
be  charged  in  separate  counts  in  one  complaint.  When  a 
complaint  contains  more  than  one  count  the  court  may 
give  sentence  on  one  or  more  counts  and  suspend  sentence 
on  the  remaining  counts.  If  at  the  end  of  twelve  weeks 
from  the  date  of  the  sentence  it  shall  appear  that  the  child 
concerned  has  attended  school  regularly  during  that  time 
judgment  on  such  remaining  counts  shall  not  be  executed. 

Sec.  23  Attendance  of  children  at  a  school  other  than 
a  public  school  shall  not  be  regarded  as  compliance  with 
the  laws  of  the  state  requiring  parents  and  other  persons 
having  control  of  children  to  cause  them  to  attend  school, 
unless  the  teachers  or  persons  having  control  of  such  school 
siiall  keep  a  register  of  attendance  in  the  form  and  manner 
prescribed  by  the  state  board  of  education  for  the  public 
schools,*   which   register  shall   at  all   times   during  school 


I  6 


15 


hours  be  open  to  the  inspection  of  the  secretary  and  agents 
of  the  state  board  of  education,^  and  shall  make  such  re- 
ports and  returns  concerning  the  school  under  their  charge 
to  the  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education  as  are  re- 
quired from  the  school  visitors  concerning  the  pubHc 
schools,-  except  that  no  report  concerning  expenses  shall 
be  required.  The  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education 
shall  furnish  to  the  teachers  or  persons  having  charge  of 
any  school,  on  their  request,  such  registers  and  blanks  for 
returns  as  may  be  necessary  for  compliance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  section. 

Sec.  24  Every  person  who  shall  employ  a  child  under 
fourteen  years  of  age  during  the  hours  while  the  school 
which  such  child  should  attend  is  in  session,  and  every 
person  who  shall  authorize  or  permit  on  premises  under  his 
control  any  such  child  to  be  so  employed,  shall  be  fined  not 
more  than  twenty  dollars  for.  every  week  in  which  such 
child  is  so  employed. 

Sec.  25  Every  parent  or  other  person,  having  control 
of  a  child,  who  shall  make  any  false  statement  concerning 
the  age  of  such  child  with  intent  to  deceive  the  town  clerk 
or  registrar  of  births,  marriages  and  deaths  of  any  town, 
or  the  teacher  of  any  school,  or  shall  instruct  a  child  to 
make  any  such  false  statement,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than 
twenty  dollars.^ 

Sec.  26  The  school  visitors  or  the  town  school  com- 
mittee in  every  town  shall,  once  or  more  in  every  year, 
examine  into  the  situation  of  the  children  employed  in  all 
manufacturing  establishments,  and  ascertain  whether  all 
the  provisions  of  this  chapter  are  duly  observed,  and  report 
all  violations  thereof  to  the  proper  prosecuting  authority. 

Sec.  27  Each  city  and  town  may  make  regulations 
concerning  habitual  truants  from  school  and  children  be- 
tween the  ages  of  seven  and  sixteen  years'*  wandering  about 
its  streets  or  public  places,  having  no  lawful  occupation, 
not  attending  school,  and  growing  up  in  ignorance;  and 
may  make  such  by-laws  respecting  such  children  as  shall 
conduce  to  their  welfare  and  to  public  order,  imposing  pen- 

»  §  §  10  356 

»§  6 

3  §   352 

M   §   391   406 


G  S  sec  840 
Rev  1902 
§2119 

Employment 
of  children 
under  four- 
teen 


G  S  sec  841 
Rev  1902 
§2120 

Penalty 


G  S  sec  842 
Rev  1902 
§2121 

Report  of 
violations 
of  law 


G  S  sec  843 
Rev  1902 
§2122 

By-laws  con- 
cerning 
truants 


16 


G  S  sec  844 
Rev   1902 
52123 

Truant  officers 


G  S  sec  845 
Rev  1902 
$2124 

Arrest  of 
truants 

See 

G  S  sec  303 

or  §  371   of 

this    coinpi- 

lation 


G  S  sec  846 
Rev    1902 
§2125 

Truants  may 
he    committed 
to   school   for 
boys 


G  S  sec  847 
Rev  19C2 
S2126 

Fees  for  ar- 

testing 

truants 


alties,  not  exceeding  twenty  dollars  for  any  one  breach 
thereof. 

Sec.  28  Every  town,  and  the  mayor  and  aldermen  of 
every  city,  having  such  by-laws,  shall  annually  appoint 
three  or  more  persons,  who  alone  shall  be  authorized  to 
prosecute  for  violations  thereof.  All  warrants  issued  upon 
such  prosecutions  shall  be  returnable  before  any  justice  of 
the  peace,  or  judge  of  the  city  or  police  court  of  the  town 
or  city. 

Sec.  29  The  police  in  any  city,  and  bailififs,  constables, 
sheriffs  and  deputy  sheriiTs  in  their  respective  precincts, 
shall  arrest  all  boys  between  seven  and  sixteen  years  of 
age,  who  habitually  wander  or  loiter  about  the  streets  or 
public  places,  or  anywhere  beyond  the  proper  control  of 
their  parents  or  guardians,  during  the  usual  school  hours 
of  the  school  term  ;  and  may  stop  any  boy  under  sixteen 
years  of  age,  during  such  hours,  and  ascertain  whether  he 
is  a  truant  from  school ;  and  if  he  be,  shall  send  him  to  such 
school. 

Sec.  30  *Every  boy  arrested  three  times  or  more  under 
the  provisions  of  section  29  shall  be  taken  before  the  judge 
of  the  criminal  or  police  court,  or  a  justice  of  the  peace,  in 
the  town,  city  or  borough  where  such  arrest  is  made;  and 
if  it  shall  appear  that  such  boy  has  no  lawful  occupation,  or 
is  not  attending  school,  or  is  growing  up  in  habits  of  idle- 
ness or  immorality,  or  is  an  habitual  truant,  he  may  be 
committed  to  any  institution  of  instruction  or  correction, 
or  house  of  reformation  in  said  town,  city  or  borough  for 
not  more  than  three  years,  or  if  such  boy  be  not  less  than 
ten  years  of  age,  with  the  approval  of  the  selectmen,  to  the 
Connecticut  School  for  Boys. 

Sec.  31  Ofificers  other  than  policemen  of  cities  shall  re- 
ceive for  making  the  arrests  required  by  sections  29  and  v30 
such  fees,  not  exceeding  the  fees  allowed  by  law  for  making 
other  arrests,  as  may  be  allowed  by  the  selectmen  of  the 
town  in  which  such  arrests  are  made  ;  but  unless  a  warrant 
was  issued  by  a  judge  of  the  criminal  or  police  court,  or 
by  a  justice  of  the  peace,  the  officer  shall,  before  receiving 
his  fees,  present  to  the  selectmen  of  the  town  a  written 
statement  showing  the  name  of  each  boy  arrested,  the  day 

•  Repealed  by  Chapter  35C  of  Public  Acts  of  1921      (See  sections  406-413) 


17 

on  which  the  arrest  was  made,  and  if  the  boy  was  returned 
to  school  the  name  or  number  of  the  school  to  which  he  was 
so  returned. 

Sec.  32     In  all  cases  arising  under  the  provisions  of  sec-   ^^^  ms*^* 
tions  29,  30  or  31   a  proper  warrant  shall  be  issued  by  a   ^^^^"^ 
judge  of  the  criminal  court  of  the  city,  or  l)y  a  justice  of    J^^fng'  ^"^ 
the  peace   in   the  borough   or   town,   where   such   arrest   is 
made;  and   the   father,  if  living,  or  if  not,  the  mother  or 
guardian  of  such  boy,  shall  be  notified,  if  such  parent  or 
guardian  can   be   found,   of  the   day   and   time   of   hearing. 
The  fees  of  the  judge  or  justice  shall  be  two   dollars   for 
such  hearing;  and  all  expenses  shall  be  paid  by  the  town, 
city  or  borough  in  and  for  which  he  exercised  such  jurdic- 
tion. 

Sec.  33     After  the  hearing  in  any  such  case  such  judge   Rev /ooa*^'' 
or  justice  of  the  peace  may,  at  his  discretion,  indefinitely    ^^^'^^ 

1    •      1  ,  '  Judgment 

suspend  judgment.  may  be  sus- 

pended 

Sec.  34     *Upon  the  request  of  the  parent  or  guardian  of   Rev  1^902*^'' 
any  girl  between  seven  and  sixteen  years  of  age,  a  warrant    ^^^^^ 
mav  be  issued  for  her  arrest  in  the  manner  and  on  the  con-   Vagnnnt  Riris 

may   he  com- 

ditions  provided  in  the  preceding  sections  with  respect  to   ("ustrlii  *°sciiooi 
boys ;  and  thereupon  the  same  proceedings  may  be  had  as 
are  provided  in  said  sections,  except  that  said  girl  may  be 
committed  to  the  Long  Lane  Farm.^ 

CHAI'TER  III 

Duties  of  Towns 

General    Statutes,   Chapter   45,   page   312 

Sec.  35     Public  schools  shall  be  maintained  for  at  least    ^^^  (902*'"^^ 
thirty-eight  weeks  in  each  year  in  every  town  and  school    fgo'J^ei,  45 
district.     No  town  shall  receive  any  money  from  the  state    Number  of 
treasury  for  any  district  unless  the  school  therein  has  been    ^^I^^J*^^,  °^ 
kept  during  the  time  herein  required  ;  but  no  school  need 
be  maintained  in  any  district  in  which  the  average  attend- 
ance- at  such  school  during  the  preceding  year,  ending  the 
fourteenth    day    of   July,^   was    less    than    eight.*      In    said 
schools  shall  be  taught,  by  teachers  found  duly  qualified,"' 

*  Repealed  by  Chapter  .356  of  Public  Acts  of  1921.      (See  sections  406-413) 
M   394 

^  Method    of    obtaining    average    attendance    is    prescribed    in    register 
'  §   251 

*  §   §   20  258 

'^  §   §   71    161  181    192  207 


18 

reading,  spelling,  writing,  English  grammar,  geography, 
arithmetic  and  United  States  history,  and  such  other 
studies,  including  elementary  science,  training  in  manual 
arts  and  instruction  in  the  humane  treatment  and  protec- 

studies  tion  of  animals  and  birds  and  their  economic  importance  as 

may  he  prescribed  by  the  l)oard  of  school  visitors  or  town 
school  committee.  Such  instruction  when  practicable  shall 
be  correlated  with  work  in  reading,  language  and  nature 
study.  The  pul^lic  schools  of  every  town  and  district  shall 
be  open  to  children  over  six  years  of  age  without  discrim- 
ination on  account  of  race  or  color ;'  but  school  visitors, 
town  school  committees  and  boards  of  education,  may,  by 
vote  at  a  meeting  dulv  called,  admit  to  any  school,  children 
over  five  years  of  age. 

1921  ch  44  Sg(.^  35     Pqi-  ^i-,g  purpose  of  apportionment,  the  school 

Length    of  r-       I  I  I 

school  day        Jay  shall  cousist  of  not  less  than  four  hours  of  actual  school 

limited  -  _  ,  ■ 

work,  except  that  in  kindergartens  a  continuous  session  of 
two  and  a  half  hours  may  l)e  considered  as  a  school  day, 
provided,  in  any  school  not  having  regular  half-day  ses- 
sions, the  rainy  day  session  may  l)e  of  the  same  length  as 
the  regular  morning  session.  Evening  school  sessions  shall 
be  considered  as  half-day  sessions. 
a  s  sec  852  Scc.  37     The  duties  of  citizenship,  including  the  knowl- 

1903  ch  96  ,  ,      ,  .  ...  ,     ,  1 

1915  ch  272       edge  of  the  torm  of  national,  state  and  local  government, 
Citizenship  to    shall  be  taught  in  the  jiublic  schools  as  a  regular  branch  of 

be  truRht  *    •,  1  1.-1  1  T-i  •    •  c 

study  to  pupils  al)ove  the  tourth  grade.  1  he  provisions  oi 
this  section  shall  apply  to  classes  in  ungraded  schools  cor- 
responding to  the  grades  designated  herein.  Normal  schools 
and  teachers'  training  schools  shall  give  instruction  in  said 
subjects  and  concerning  methods  of  teaching  the  same.  The 
Hoard  sh.-iii        state   board    of   education   shall    lirepare   and   distribute   to 

jTcpare    out-  _'         '  . 

line  and  cvcrv  schoul  ail  outliiic  of  qucstious  and  suggestions  relat- 

ing to  said  subjects,  and  said  outline  may  be  used  in  said 
schools. 

Sec.  38     Any   town   or   school   district   may    maintain   a 
kindergarten    school    or    kindergarten    department    for    the 

'  A  child  i»  entitled  to  school  privileges  in  a  district  if  he  is  residing  there  .'>9 
Conn  491      Scc  §  S  S.H  240 

Sec.  3.'.  What  c  institutes  residence  of  a  child  fi)r  school  purposes  .'>9  C.  491. 
4P2 


questions 


19 

attendance  of  children  over  four  and  under  seven  vears  of   g  ■S' ^^^  «5i 
age  who  shall  be  residents  of  such  town  or  school  district;    e     ,  o 

.        J  Sec  2131 

provided  no  child  under  five  years  of  age  shall  he  admitted    ^^^-^  '=^  ^^^ 
to  any  public  school  unless  such  school  shall  be  a  regularly 
organized  kindergarten  school  or  shall  have  a  kindergarten 
department. 

Sec.  39     Every  teacher  in  a  kindergarten  school  or  de-    1921  ch  211 
partment  shall  hold  a  special  kindergarten  certificate  issued    Kinder- 
by  the  State  Board  of  Education.  ^^''^"* 

Sec.  40     There  shall  be  in  every  town,  unless  otherwise   c  s  sec  854 
provided,  a  board   of  school  visitors,^   composed   of  three.   86^2132" 
six  or  nine  members,  as  such  town  may  determine,  divided    ciassifica- 
into  three  equal  classes ;  the  first  class  shall  hold  of^ce  until   vi°"tors  ^''^°°^ 
the  next  annual  town  meeting,  the  second  class  until  the 
second  annual  town  meeting,  and  the  third  class  until  the 
third  annual  town  meeting  following,  and  until  others  are 
elected  in  their  places,  provided,  when  said  board  is  com- 
posed of  only  three  members,  they  shall  not  be  divided  into 
classes  and  shall  be  elected   for    three    years.      Should    a 
vacancy  occur,  the  remaining  members  of  the  board  may 
fill   it  till  the  next  annual  town   meeting,  when   vacancies 
shall  be  filled  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  section  41.  and 
the  ballots  shall  distinctly  specify  the  vacancy  to  be  filled. 

Sec.  41     School  visitors  shall  be  chosen   by  ballot.     If   c  5  sec  855 
the  number  to  be  chosen  be  two,  four,  six  or  eight,  no  per-    Sec  2133 
son  shall  vote  for  more  than  half  of  such  number.     If  the*  Eiecrion  of 
number  to  be  chosen  be  three,  no  person  shall  vote  for  more   ''*'°°'  "'""" 
than  two;  if  five,  not  more  than  three:  if  seven,  not  more 
than  four;  if  nine,   not  more  than   five.     That  number  of 
persons  sufificient  to  fill  the  board,  who  have   the  highest 
number  of  votes,  shall   be  elected.     In   case  of  a   tie   that 
person  whose  name  stands  first  or  highest  on  the  greatest 
number  of  ballots  shall  be  elected. 

Sec.  42     An\-  town,  at   its  annual  meetino".   mav  direct    <"'  s  sec  856 

■<■  1         I       •      .L  1         ,  .  -  Rev  1902 

Its  scuool  Visitors  or  town  school  committee  to  employ  one    Sec  2134 
or  more  teachers  to  give  instruction  in  the  rudiments  and    instruction  in 


music 


'When   a   school   district   is   organized   under   chapter   V,    the    school    visitors   are 
elected  for  the  remaining  portion  of  the  town 


20 

principles  of  vocal  and   instrumental  music  in  its  several 

schools,  and  the  salary  of  such  teachers  shall  be  paid  by 

such  town. 

Rev  1902*^^  ^^^-  ^■^     -"^"y   town   at   its   annual   meeting  may   direct 

?on.i^\?^i-i       the  school  visitors,  town  school  committee  or  board  of  edu- 

1905   en    J  i  4  ' 

1907  ch  40  cation  to  purchase,  at  the  expense  of  said  town,  the  text- 
Md's^upfi^cs  books  and  other  school  supplies  used  in  the  public  schools 
of  said  town,  and  said  text-books  and  supplies  shall  be 
loaned  to  the  pupils  of  said  public  schools  free  of  charge, 
subject  to  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  school  visitors, 
town  school  committee  or  board  of  education  may  pre- 
scribe.^ Whenever  twenty  legal  voters  shall  so  petition, 
the  vote  to  determine  whether  the  said  school  officers  shall 
purchase  text-books  and  supplies  as  hereinbefore  provided 
shall  be  by  ballot.  Those  electors  who  are  in  favor  of 
directing  said  school  officers  to  so  purchase  text-books  and 
supplies  shall  deposit  a  ballot  with  the  words  "Free  text- 
books Yes"  written  or  printed  thereon  and  those  who  are 
opposed  shall  deposit  a  ballot  with  the  words  "Free  text- 
books No"  w^ritten  or  printed  thereon.  The  ballots  cast 
shall  be  examined,  sorted  and  recorded,  and  the  result  de- 
clared in  the  manner  provided  by  law,  and  if  the  majority 
of  the  ballots  so  given  in,  bear  the  words  "Free  text-books 
Yes,"  said  school  officers  shall  purchase  such  text-books  and 
supplies  as  hereinbefore  provided. 
Rev  1902*'^*  ^^^*  ^^     Whenever  an   acting  school  visitor   shall   find 

Sec  2136  ^]-^^^  a,-,y  pupils  in  the  public  schools  are  not  supplied  with 

be"provi'dcd  *°    ^^^  prescribed  text-books,  and  in  the  opinion  of  said  acting 
by  town  school  visitor  the  parents  of  the  pupils  are  unable  to  buy 

the  required  books,-  the  said  acting  visitor  shall  purchase 
the  said  books  and  shall  certify  the  cost  of  the  same  to  the 
selectmen,  or  the  town  school  committee,  as  the  case  may 
be,  who  shall  draw  an  order  on  the  town  treasurer  for  the 
payment  of  the  bill. 

1919  ch  221  Sec.  45     Anv  town  which  does  not  sunplv  the  children 

Sec  1  .  ■  '  '    ' 

attending  the  public  schools   therein  with   free   text-books 

Towns  which  t  i         i  i-  i      i  i 

do  not  lumish    and  school  supplies  shall  sell  such  books  and  supplies  at 

free    text-  i         ,   •,  ,  .    . 

books  to  sell      cost   to  sucli    children   through   its    school    visitors,    town 
school  committee  or  board  of  education,  as  the  case  may  be. 

'  J   81  »8    J   76   187 


21 


Sec.  46  A  copy  of  this  act  shall  be  printed  in  the  next 
annual  school  report  of  all  towns  which  do  not  supply  free 
text-books  and  supplies.  All  public  school  pupils  in  such 
towns  shall  be  informed  at  the  beginning  of  each  school 
year  of  the  provisions  hereof. 

Sec.  47  Except  as  provided  in  section  161  the  select- 
men shall  have  the  management  of  any  property  pertain- 
ing to  schools  and  belonging  to  the  town  ;  shall  lodge  with 
the  treasurer  all  bonds,  leases,  notes  and  other  securities, 
which  have  not  been,  or  shall  not  be,  intrusted  to  others 
by  the  grantor,  the  general  assembly  or  the  town  ;  shall  pay 
to  the  treasurer  all  money  which  they  may  collect  and  re- 
ceive for  the  use  of  schools.  They  shall  cause  the  boundary 
lines  of  school  districts  to  be  entered  on  the  records  of  the 
town,  designate  the  time,  place  and  object  of  holding  the 
first  meeting  in  a  new  district,  and  shall  perform  all  other 
lawful  acts  required  of  them  by  the  town,  or  necessary  to 
carry  into  full  effect  the  powers  of  towns  with  regard  to 
schools.^ 

Sec.  48  The  selectmen  shall  provide  every  schoolhouse 
in  which  a  school  is  maintained  within  their  respective 
towns  with  a  United  States  flag  of  silk  or  bunting,  not  less 
than  four  feet  in  length,  and  a  suitable  flagstaff,  or  other 
arrangement  whereby  such  flag  may  be  displayed  on  the 
schoolhouse  grounds  every  school  day  when  the  weather 
will  permit,  and  on  the  inside  of  the  schoolhouse  on  other 
school  days,  and  renew  such  flag  and  apparatus  wdien  nec- 
essary. 

Sec.  49  If  any  board  of  selectmen  shall  wilfully  refuse 
or  neglect  to  provide  the  flag  or  apparatus  required  by  sec- 
tion 48,  or  to  renew  such  flag  or  apparatus,  when  necessary, 
for  a  period  of  thirty  days  after  the  reception  by  them  of 
written  notice  signed  by  a  school  visitor,  a  member  of  the 
town  school  committee  or  board  of  education,  or  a  resident 
of  the  school  district  in  which  the  said  school  is  located, 
that  said  schoolhouse  is  not  provided  with  such  flag  or 
apparatus,  or  that  such  flag  or  apparatus  should  be  renewed, 
each  of  such  board  of  selectmen  who  has  so  received  notice 
shall  be  fined  not  more  than  ten  dollars. 


1919  ch  221 
Sec  2 

Copy  of  act 
to   be    printed 
in    certain 
school    reports 


G  S  sec  859 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2138 

Duties  of 
selectmen 


G  S  sec  860 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2139 

Flags  for 
schoolhouses 


G  S  sec  861 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2141 


Penalty   if 
selectmen    neg- 
lect  to   pro- 
vide flag 


120 


22 


G  S  sec  862 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2140 
1905  ch  14C 

Flag    Day 
exercises 


C  5  sec  86i 
Rev  1902 
Sec    UZh 

Arbor  and 
r.ird  Day 


G  S  sec  864 
1915  ch  106 


Fire  Preven- 
tion Day 


G  S  sec  865 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2142 

Sanitary    ccn- 
dition  of 
schoolhouse 


G  S  sec  fi(<6 
Rev   1902 
Sec    2143 

Unsanitary 
conditions; 
proceedings    to 
remedy 


Sec.  50  The  governor  shall,  annually,  in  the  spring, 
designate  by  official  proclamation  the  fourteenth  day  of 
June  as  Flag  Day,  and  suitable  exercises,  having  reference 
to  the  adoption  of  the  national  flag,  shall  be  held  in  the 
public  schools  on  that  day,  or,  in  case  that  day  shall  not  be 
a  school  day,  on  the  school  day  preceding,  or  on  such  other 
days  as  the  school  visitors,  board  of  education  or  town 
school  committee  may  prescribe. 

Sec.  51  The  governor  shall,  annually  in  the  spring, 
designate  by  official  proclamation  a  day  to  be  known  as 
Arbor  and  Bird  Day.  to  be  observed  in  the  schools,  and  in 
such  other  way  as  shall  be  indicated  in  such  proclamation. 

Sec.  52  The  governor  shall,  by  proclamation,  annually 
designate  a  day,  on  or  about  October  ninth,  to  be  known  as 
Fire  Prevention  Dav.  which  day  shall  be  observed  in  the 
schools  and  in  such  manner  as  shall  be  indicated  in  such 
proclamation. 

Sec.  53  Every  schoolhouse  shall  be  kept  in  a  cleanly 
state  and  free  from  effluvia  arising  from  any  drain,  privy 
or  other  nuisance,  and  shall  be  provided  with  a  sufficient 
number  of  proper  water  closets,  earth  closets,  or  privies, 
for  the  use  of  the  pupils  attending  such  schoolhouse,  and 
sliall  be  i)roperly   ventilated. 

Sec.  54  Whenever  it  shall  be  found  by  the  state  board 
of  education,  or  by  the  board  of  school  visitors,  or  by  a 
member  of  the  town  school  committee  of  the  town  in  which 
any  schoolhouse  is  located,  that  further  or  dififerent  sanitary 
provisions  or  means  of  lighting  or  ventilating  are  required 
in  any  schoolhouse,  and  that  the  same  can  be  provided 
without  unreasonable  expense,  either  of  said  boards,  or  such 
member  of  the  town  school  committee  may  recommend  to 
the  person  or  authority  in  charge  of  or  controlling  such 
schoolhouse  such  changes  in  the  ventilation,  lighting  or 
sanitary  arrangements  of  such  schoolhouse  as  they  may 
deem  necessary.  In  case  such  changes  be  not  made  sub- 
stantially as  recommended  within  two  weeks  from  the  date 
of  notice  thereof  such  ])oard  or  member  of  the  committee 
may  make  complaint  to  the  proper  health  authority  of  the 
communitv   in    which   such   schoolhouse   is   situated,   which 


23 

said  authority  shall,  after  notice  to  and  hearing  of  the 
parties  interested,  order  such  changes  made  in  the  lighting, 
ventilation  or  sanitary  arrangements  of  such  schoolhouse 
as  it  may  deem  necessary  and  proper. 

Sec.  55     The  word  schoolhouse  as  used   in   sections  53   ^^^  1902***'' 
and  54  shall  include  any  building  or  premises  in  which  in-   ^^^  ^^** 
struction  is  afforded  to  nt)t  less  than  ten  pupils  at  one  time.   ^Jgfined'""*^ 
Every  violation  of  any  provision  of  said  sections  shall  be 
punished  by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  five  hundred  dollars 
or  imprisonment  for  not  more  than  six  months  or  both.^ 

Chapter  IV 
Evening  Schools 

General    Statutes,   Chapter  46,   page   31.5 

Sec.  56     Everv'   town   and  school     district    having    ten   ^  -^  -^^L**^* 

^  Rev   1902 

thousand  or  more  inhabitants  shall  establish  and  maintain   ^"  214.3 

1903  ch  13o 

evening  schools  for  the  instruction  of  persons  over  fourteen   ^^09  ch  5 
years  of  age,  in  such  branches  as  the  proper  school  authori-   Evening 

*=  _         _  •*  _     ^  schools    and 

ties  of  the  town  or  district  shall  prescribe ;-  and,  on  petition   h's^  schools 

^  *  in   towns   01 

of  at  least  twentv  persons  over  fourteen  years  of  age  for  ten  thousand 

•'     ^  ,  ,  OT  more   in- 

instruction  in  any  study  usually  taught  in  a  high  school,  habitants 
which  persons,  in  the  opinion  of  the  board  of  school  visitors, 
town  school  committee  or  board  of  education,  are  com- 
petent to  pursue  high  school  studies,  said  town  or  district 
shall  provide  for  such  instruction  ;  but  this  section  shall 
not  apply  to  a  district  located  in  a  town  which  maintains 
such  schools. 

Sec.  57     Boards  of  school  visitors,  town  school  commit-   ^  ^  i^L^^^ 

Rev  1902 

tees  or  boards  of  education,  as  the  case  mav  be,  shall  pro-   Sec  2146 
vide  rooms,  examine,  emplov  and  i)av  the  teachers  and  shall    Management 

'        -  '      -  of  evening 

have  all  the  powers  and  duties  in  relation  to  evening  schools   schools 
that  are  by  law  conferred  on  them  in  connection  with  day 
schools. 

Sec.  58     No   person    over    fourteen    and    under   sixteen    Rev  1902' 
years  of  age,  who  cannot  read  and  write,  shall  be  employed   ^"  ^^^^ 
in  any  town  where  public  evening  schools  are  established 
unless  he  can  produce  every  school  month  of  twenty  days  a 

'  The  words  "public  buildings''  include  schoolhouses     Gen   Stat  6721 
'  §3.5 


24 


Employment 
of   child   not 
attending 
evening 
school; 

penalty 


1921  ch  259 
Sec  I 

Continuation 
course  to  be 
completed  by 
certain 
children    em- 
ployed between 
ages  of 
tourteen  and 
sixteen 


1921  ch  259 
Sec  2 

Certificates 
of  school 
attendance 


certificate  from  the  teacher  of  an  evening  school  showing 
that  he  has  attended  such  school  eighteen  consecutive  even- 
ings in  the  current  school  month,  and  is  a  regular  attendant. 
Every  person  who  shall  employ  a  child  contrary  to  the  pro- 
visions of  this  section  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  fifty 
dollars,  and  the  state  board  of  education  shall  enforce  the 
provisions  of  this  section  as  provided  in  section  356. 

Sec.  59  Every  child  between  fourteen  and  sixteen 
years  of  age,  residing  in  a  city,  town  or  district  in  which 
public  continuation  schools  are  maintained,  in  possession 
of  either  an  employment  or  a  leaving  certificate  issued  un- 
der the  provisions  of  the  general  statutes  and  who  has  not 
completed  such  course  of  study  as  is  required  for  the  com- 
pletion of  the  eight  elementary  grades  or  the  equivalent  of 
such  grades  in  the  public  schools  of  such  city,  town  or  dis- 
trict, shall  attend  a  public  continuation  school  of  such  city, 
town  or  district,  or  other  continuation  school  during  an 
equivalent  course  of  instruction,  for  not  less  tiian  four  hours 
each  week  in  each  school  year,  between  the  hours  of  eight 
a.  m.  and  five  p.  m.,  the  time  in  continuation  school  to  be 
counted  as  part  of  the  working  day  or  working  week.  Any 
child  may  be  released  from  such  requirement  1)\'  the  Secre- 
tary or  an  agent  of  the  state  board  of  education,  or  by  a 
member  of  the  board  of  school  visitors,  town  school  commit- 
tee or  board  of  education  designated  by  said  state  board  of 
education.  The  employer  of  an}'  such  child  shall  keep  on  file 
in  the  place  where  such  child  is  employed,  a  continuation 
school  certificate,  issued  as  hereinafter  provided,  certifying 
that  such  child  is  attending  a  continuation  school  as  re- 
quired under  tiie  provisions  of  this  section,  which  certificate 
may,  at  any  time,  be  inspected  by  the  school  authorities. 

Sec.  60  The  board  of  school  visitors,  town  school  com- 
mittee or  board  of  education,  or  an  authorized  representa- 
tive of  such  school  authority,  shall  issue  to  each  child 
attending  a  continuation  school  in  compliance  with  the 
provisions  of  section  one,  a  certificate  at  least  once  each 
month  such  continuation  school  is  in  session  and  at  the 
close  of  the  term  of  such  school.  Such  certificate  shall  state 
the  number  of  hours  per  week  and  the  number  of  weeks 
such  child  has  attended  such  school. 


25 


Penalty 


Sec.  61  If  any  child  shall  violate  any  provision  of  sec-  l^^^J^^  ^^' 
tion  one,  the  parent  or  guardian  of  such  child  shall  be 
fined,  for  each  week  such  violation  shall  continue,  not  more 
than  five  dollars.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  or  any 
officer,  manager,  superintendent  or  employee  acting  in  its 
behalf,  who  shall  fail  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  sec- 
tion one  concerning  the  certificate  therein  required,  shall 
he  fined,  for  a  first  offense,  not  less  than  twenty  dollars  nor 
more  than  fifty  dollars  and,  for  each  subsequent  ofTense, 
not  less  than  fifty  dollars  nor  more  than  two  hundred 
dollars. 


Sec.  62  The  board  of  school  visitors  or  town  school 
committee,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  any  town  or  the  board 
of  education  in  any  district  in  which  such  evening  schools 
are  established  and  maintained  shall,  annually,  on  the  first 
day  of  July,  certify  to  the  comptroller  the  average  number 
of  pupils  attending  such  schools  for  a  period  of  not  less 
than  seventy-five  sessions  of  two  hours  each,  and  shall 
further  certify  the  average  number  of  pupils  attending  for 
any  period  beyond  seventy-five  sessions,  within  the  current 
year,  and  the  comptroller  shall  thereupon  draw  his  order 
on  the  treasurer  in  favor  of  such  board  of  education,  board 
of  school  visitors  or  town  school  committee  for  the  use  of 
such  schools,  for  the  sum  of  four  dollars  for  each  pupil  in- 
cluded in. the  number  so  certified  for  the  first  seventy-five 
sessions,  and  pro  rata  for  each  pupil  included  in  the  aver- 
age attendance  for  any  period  in  excess  of  seventy-five  ses- 
sions and  the  treasurer  shall  pay  the  same  upon  presenta- 
tion. No  money  shall  be  paid  under  the  provisions  of  this 
section  unless  the  town  shall  have  maintained  such  evening 
school  for  at  least  seventy-five  sessions  of  two  hours  each 
in  each  school  year,  nor  unless  the  teacher  or  teachers  there- 
in shall  have  been  legally  certified  by  the  state  board  of 
education,  nor  until  the  board  of  school  visitors,  board  of 
education  or  town  school  committee  has  reported  to  the 
state  board  of  education  concerning  the  condition,  progress 
and  attendance  of  such  schools.^ 


Rev  1902 
Sec   2148 
191  r,  ch   83 
Rev   1918 
Sec  871 
1919  ch  238 
1921  ch  342 

Payment    of 
public  money 
for  evening 
schools 


Local   school 
committees  to 
certify  number 
of    scholars    at- 
tendinK  even- 
ing   schools 


*  Blanks  are  furnished;   see  note   §   5 


26 


C  5  sec  S72 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2149 
Establish- 
ment  of 
eveniriK 
schools    in 
smaller   towns 

G  S  sec  ST3 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2i:)0 

When  towns 
may   be   re- 
lieved from 
establishing 


1921  ch  277 
Sec   1 

Instruction 
for  non- 
English   speak- 
ing adults 


1921  ch  277 
Sec  2 

State  hoard 
may    discon- 
tinue certain 
schools 


1921   ch  277 
Sec  3 

School  boards 
and    commit- 
tees to  certify 
attendance 


Sec.  63  Any  town  or  less  than  ten  thousand  inhabi- 
tants may,  at  its  annual  tow-n  meeting  or  at  a  meeting 
warned  for  that  purpose,  vote  to  establish  evening  schools 
under  the  provisions  of  sections  56.  57  and  62. 

Sec,  64  If  any  board  of  school  visitors,  board  of  edu- 
cation or  town  school  committee  shall  deem  it  inexpedient 
or  impracticable  to  establish  a  school  under  the  provisions 
of  this  chapter  and  shall,  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  of  Oc- 
tober in  any  year  apply  in  writing  to  the  state  board  of 
education  to  be  relieved  from  the  provisions  of  this  chapter, 
and  if  said  l^oard  shall,  upon  investigation,  find  the  applica- 
tion to  be  reasonable,  and  shall  so  state  in  writing,  the  town 
or  district  so  applying  by  its  board  of  visitors,  board  of 
education  or  town  school  committee  shall  not  he  sul)jcct  to 
the  provisions  of  section  56  until  the  beginning  of  the  school 
year  following  the  date  of  the  application. 

Sec.  65  The  board  of  school  visitors,  the  town  school 
committee  or  the  board  of  education  of  any  town,  city, 
borough  or  school  district  Avherein  twenty  or  more  persons 
of  sixteen  years  of  age  or  over  make  written  application 
for  instruction  in  a  school  for  non-English  speaking  adults, 
shall  establish  and  maintain  such  schools  for  at  least  seven- 
ty-five sessions.  All  such  schools  shall  be  free  to  ajiplicants 
residing  within  the  town. 

Sec.  66  The  state  board  of  education  may.  upon  writ- 
ten application  by  the  board  of  school  visitors,  town  school 
committee,  or  board  of  education  of  any  town,  city,  borough 
or  school  district  wherein  such  school  is  established,  dis- 
continue such  school. 

Sec.  67  The  board  tjf  school  \isitors,  town  school  com- 
mittee or  board  of  education  of  any  district  wdierein  a  school 
for  non-English  speaking  adults  is  established  and  main- 
tained, shall,  annually,  on  the  first  day  of  July,  certify  to 
the  Comptroller  the  average  number  of  pupils  attending 
such  schools  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  seventy-five  ses- 
sions of  one  hour  each,  and  shall  certify  the  average  num- 
ber of  pupils  attending  for  any  ]ieriod  beyond  seventy-five 
sessions,  within  the  current  year,  and  the  Comptroller  shall 
tliereupoii  draw  his  order  on  the  Treasurer  of  the  state,  in 


27 

favor  of  such  l)oarcl  of  education,  lioard  of  school  visitors  or 
town  school  committee,  for  the  use  of  such  schools,  for  the 
sum  of  two  dollars  for  each  pupil  included  in  the  number 
so  certified  for  the  first  seventy-five  sessions,  and  pro  rata 
for  each  pupil  included  in  the  average  attendance  for  any 
period  in  excess  of  seventy-five  sessions,  and  the  Treasurer 
shall  pay  the  same  upon  presentation.  The  method  of  cer- 
tification of  average  attendance  in  any  such  school  main- 
tained for  a  period  of  not  less  than  seventy-five  sessions  of 
two  hours  each  and  the  application  of  the  state  aid  herein 
provided  for  shall  be  the  same,  provided  such  aid  shall  be 
at  the  rate  of  four  dollars  for  each  pupil  certified  in  average 
attendance.  No  money  shall  be  paid  under  the  provisions  of 
this  section  unless  the  town  shall  have  maintained  such 
school  for  at  least  seventy-five  sessions  of  one  hour  each  in 
each  school  year,  nor  unless  the  teacher  or  teachers  therein 
shall  have  been  legally  certified  by  the  State  Board  of  Edu- 
cation, nor  until  the  board  of  school  visitors,  board  of  edu- 
cation or  town  school  committee  has  reported  to  the  state 
board  of  education  concerning  the  conditions,  progress  and 
attendance  at  such  schools. 

Chapter  V 

Transfer  of  the  Property  and  Obligations  of  School 
Societies  to  Towns 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  47,  page  317 

Sec.  68     All  debts,  obligations  or  pecuniarv  trusts  of  anv    g  s  sec  874 
school  society,  heretofore  existing,  which  pertain  to  schools.    Sec  2151 
-^liall  remain  in  force  against  the  town  or  towns  in  which    ^ebts  of 

°  school    socie- 

>uch  societv  was  situated.  ''"^  liability 

of  towns 

Sec.  69     The    records   of   school   societies   shall    be    de-    g  s  sec  S/S 
posited  and  torever  kept  with  the  records  of  the  towns  in    Sec  2152 
which  such  societies  were  situated  ;  and  w-here  any  school    Records  of 

.  .,.,,...  .    ,       school 

society  lay  within  the  limits  of  two  or  more  towns,  with    societies 
the  records  of  the  town   in   which   the  greater  part  of  its 
territory   lay ;   and    said    records,   wdiether   they   appear   to 
have  been  made  at  a  meeting  held  in  pursuance  of  a  warn- 
ing or  otherwise,  or  whether  informal  or  otherwise,  if  the 

Sec  69     Effect  of  statute  illustrated     55  C.  144 


28 


G  S  sec  876 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2153 

Property   of 

school 

societies 


G  S  sec  877 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2154 

Boards   of 
education; 
powers    and 
duties 


same   can    be   clearly    understood,    are    validated    and   con- 
firmed. 

Sec.  70  All  property  hertofore  held  for  school  purposes 
by  school  societies  shall  vest  in  the  towns  in  which  such 
societies  were  situated,  to  be  held  by  such  towns  for  the 
same  purposes.  Where  there  were  two  or  more  school 
societies  in  a  town,  any  of  which  had  a  permanent  fund  for 
the  support  of  schools,  such  fund  shall  be  held  in  trust  by 
said  town,  for  the  support  of  schools  for  the  inhabitants 
of  the  territory  formerly  embraced  within  such  society ;  and 
where  any  school  society  lay  within  the  limits  of  two  or 
more  towns,  and  had  any  permanent  fund,  it  shall  be 
divided  l)etwcen  such  towns,  and  each  shall  hold  its  por- 
tion in  trust  for  the  support  of  schools  for  the  inhabitants 
of  that  portion  of  such  society  lying  within  its  limits ;  and 
the  indebtedness  of  any  such  society  shall  be  apportioned 
in  the  same  manner  l)etween  said  towns.  Such  distribution 
or  apportionment  shall  be  made  by  the  selectmen  of  said 
towns  and  if  they  cannot  agree,  then  upon  application  of 
the  selectmen  of  either  town,  and  notice  to  the  other  by  a 
committee  of  three  disinterested  persons  appointed  by  the 
superior  court  in  the  county  in  which  either  town  is  situ- 
ated, who  shall  report  to  said  court,  which  report,  when 
accepted,  shall  be  final;  and  such  agreement  or  report  shall 
be  recorded  upon  the  records  of  each  town. 

Sec.  71  School  societies  hertofore  organized  under  the 
act  of  1855,  entitled  "An  act  in  addition  to  and  in  alteration 
of  an  act  concerning  education,"  which  are  not  coextensive 
with  the  towns  in  which  they  are  situated,  shall  be  and  re- 
main school  districts  of  said  towns,  with  all  the  powers  and 
duties  of  school  districts,  as  specified  in  this  title  ;^  except 
that  each  shall  annually  choose  on  the  third  Monday  of 
September,  instead  of  a  district  committee,  a  board  of  edu- 
cation consisting  of  six  or  nine  persons,  who  shall  be  chosen 
by  ballot,  one-third  to  be  chosen  ecch  year,  to  serve  for 
three  years  and  until  others  are  elected  in  their  places, 
'i'hat  number  of  persons  sufficient  to  fill  the  board  who 
have  the  highest  number  of  votes  shall   be  elected.     Said 

.Sec  70     Property  held  in  trust  by  bequest  not  affected  by  the  statute  .39  C.  63 
•  Chapter   VIII.   page    43 


29 


board  shall  have  all  the  powers  and  be  subject  to  all  the 
duties  of  district  committees,^  and  shall  also  have  the  gen- 
eral superintendence  of  the  public  schools  in  the  district 
and  the  management  of  its  property  ;  shall  lodge  all  bonds, 
leases,  notes  and  other  securities,  with  the  treasurer  of  said 
district,  unless  the  same  have  been  intrusted  to  others  by 
the  grantors,  or  the  general  assembly ;  pay  into  the  treasury 
of  the  district  all  moneys  which  they  may  receive  for  the 
support  of  schools ;  determine  the  number  and  qualifications 
of  the  scholars  to  be  admitted  into  each  school ;  supply  the 
requisite  number  of  qualified  teachers;-  ascertain  annually 
during  the  first  two  weeks  of  September,  the  expense  of 
maintaining  the  schools  under  their  superintendence  during 
the  year  ending  the  fourteenth  day  of  the  previous  July,^ 
and  report  the  same,  with  the  amount  of  moneys  received 
towards  the  payment  thereof,  to  the  district,  at  a  meeting 
to  be  held  on  the  third  Monday  of  September  in  each  year ; 
shall,  at  the  same  time,  make  a  full  report  of  their  doings, 
and  the  condition  of  such  schools,  and  all  important  mat- 
ters concerning  the  same ;  and  shall  perform  all  lawful  acts 
required  of  them  by  the  district,  or  necessary  to  carry  into 
effect  the  powers  and  duties  herein  defined.  All  existing 
school  societies,  in  which  school  districts  have  been  or  may 
be  abolished,  may  avail  themselves  of  the  privileges  speci- 
fied in  this  section.*  Special  laws  relating  to  particular  so- 
cieties or  districts  shall  not  be  affected  by  this  section. 

Sec.  72  The  property  of  the  school  societies  specified 
in  section  71  shall  not  be  affected  by  the  provisions  of  this 
title. 

Sec.  73  The  board  of  education,  appointed  l:)y  any 
school  district  organized  under  the  provisions  of  section  71, 
shall,  within  said  district,  possess  all  the  powers  and  be 
subject  to  all  the  duties  of  school   visitors   in   the   several 

>  Chajiter  XT,   page   77 
^  §   §   .S")   212 

■*  Districts  which  availed  themselves  of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter  were 
city  district  of  New  Haven  (see  page  219),  Westville  district  of  New  Haven. 
Middletown  city  district.  Norwich  central  district,  Norwich  town  street  district. 
Norwich  Falls  district,  Waterbury  city  district  (see  page  248).  For  Orange  union 
district  (see  page  240).  New  Haven  and  Waterbury  are  now  managed  under 
special  charters.  The  town  of  Norwich  has  consolidated  its  districts  under 
Chapter  .51  of  the  general  statutes  and  Westville  district  has  been  annexed  to 
New  Haven. 


G  S  sec  878 
Rev  1902 
Sec  215.5 

Certain  prop- 
erty not 
affected  by 
this   title 

G  S  sec  879 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2156 

Powers  of 
board  of   edu- 
cation   ap- 
pointed by 
school  district 


30 


G  S  sec  8S0 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2157 

Apportion- 
ment  of 
public  money 


G  S  sec  881 
Rev  1902 
Sec   215S 

Procedure  in 
electing 
boards    of 
education 


towns;*  shall  make  its  annual  report  to  the  secretary  of 
the  state  board  of  education,  and  send  its  returns  and  cer- 
tificates directly  to  the  comptrt)ller ;  may  appoint  an  acting 
school  visitor  in  said  district,  who  shall  possess,  within  said 
district,  all  the  powers  and  be  subject  to  all  the  duties  of 
similar  officers  appointed  by  school  visitors.-  The  author- 
ity t)f  the  board  of  school  visitors  of  the  town  in  which 
said  district  is  situated  shall  extend  only  to  the  remaining 
portion  of  said  town  :  and  its  returns  and  certificates  shall 
include  only  the  children  of  such  remaining  portion. 

Sec.  74  The  comptroller,  on  application  of  the  board 
of  education  of  such  district,  shall  draw  an  order  on  the 
treasurer  in  favor  of  such  district  for  the  proportionate 
amount  to  which  such  district  may  be  entitled  of  all  moneys 
appropriated  by  law  for  the  benefit,  support  and  encourage- 
ment of  public  schools,  as  is  provided  in  respect  to  towns  :^ 
and  the  town  in  which  said  district  is  situated  shall  be  en- 
titled to  receive  (Mily  its  proportionate  amount  of  such  pub- 
lic money  for  the  children  in  the  remaining  portion  of  said 
town. 

Sec.  75  In  every  school  district  in  which  a  l)oard  of 
education  is  required  by  law  to  be  elected  by  ballot,  the 
ballot  boxes  shall  be  open  for  the  reception  of  votes,  in 
districts  having  less  than  four  hundred  voters,  three  hours 
and  not  longer;  in  districts  having  over  four  hundred  and 
less  than  one  thousand  voters,  five  hours  and  not  longer ; 
and  no  box  for  the  reception  of  ballots  shall  remain  open 
later  than  half  past  eight  in  the  afternoon  of  the  day  of 
such  election. 


Chapter  \'I 
School  Visitors  and  Committees 

General   Statutes,    chaptev    4>,   page   ."Jlii 


G  S  sec  88? 
Rev  1902 
Sec   21. 59 
1911  ch  ;<2 

Chairman 
Duties  of 
board  or 
committee 


Sec.   76     The   board   of  school   visitors   or   town   school 
committee  shall  annually  choose  from  .their  number  a  chair- 
Sec  74     Applies  only  to  districts  described  in   S  71     85  C.  34 

Sec  76     A  general   certificate  given  a   teacher  qualifies   him   to   teach   in   any  dis- 
trict  of  the  town     36  C.   28.3 
'  Sec  chapter  VI.   page  30 
»S  86 
'J   242 


31 

man.  They  shall  prescribe  rules^  for  the  management, 
studies,-  classification  and  discipline  of  the  public  schools, 
and.  subject  to  the  control  of  the  state  board  of  education, 
the  text-books  to  be  used  ;^  shall  make  proper  rules  for  the 
arran.ijement.  use  and  safe-keeping,  within  their  respective 
jurisdictions.,  of  the  school  libraries,  provided  in  part  by 
the  state  and  approve  the  books  selected  therefor  ;*  they 
shall  approve  plans  for  schoolhouses'  and  superintend  any 
high''  or  graded  school  in  the  manner  specified  in  this  title." 

Sec.  77     Any  l)oard  of  education,  town  school  commit-   Rev  1902*'^ 
tee.  board  of  school  visitors  or  board  of  education   in  any    mi^cifsa 
incorporated  school  district  may  elect  one  member  thereof   ^^^^  '^^  ^^^ 
to  be  secretary  and   one  member  to  be  treasurer  of  such    Trelslfrer 
board  or  committee  and  may  prescribe  their  duties.     The  c"^mi'ensation 
compensation  of  any  such  secretarv  or  treasurer  shall   be 
fixed  l)y  the  town  at  its  annual  meeting,  except  in  any  in- 
corporated school  district  where  the  compensation  shall  be 
fixed  by  the  school  committee. 

Sec.  78     The  committee  having  charge  of  the  schools  in    i^og  ch^ioo 
towns   or   school   districts   shall   maintain   water-closets   or  Water-c'.osets 

•     •         I-  ,  1       •  r      1  -1  1-1         ^""^  privies  in 

privies  for  the  accommodation  or  the  pupils  attending  the    school 

,,,.,,.,  ,  ,  .     .  buildings 

schools  therein.  When  such  water-closets  or  privies  are 
constructed  in  the  same  building,  or  under  the  same  roof, 
and  in  close  proximity  to  each  other,  they  shall  be  con- 
structed with  a  solid  partition  made  of  brick,  stone,  cement, 
concrete  or  metal  construction,  or  by  a  double  wooden  par- 
tition with  at  least  four  inches  air-space  between  the  two 
walls  of  said  partition,  so  as  to  effectively  separate  the 
water-closets  or  privies  designated  for  the  use  of  boys 
from  those  designated  for  the  use  of  girls. 

Sec.  79     The  l)oard  of  school  visitors,  board  of  educa-   fp^/^'h  153 
tion  or  town  school  committee  of  any  town,  city  or  borough    p^f^biish- 

ment    of    v,i- 
'  Rules  as  to  attendance    see  §   19  cational 

In  the  absence  of  rules  prescribed  by  the  school  board  or  other  proper  auth  iiitv     guidance 

the    teacher    may    make    all    necessary    and    pro])cr    rules    for    the    regulation    of    the 

school     .53   Conn.   4sl 
-  §  35       ••'  S  §  .-.     81 

'Chap  xiii  page  82       '§   l.'iO       "Chap  xii  page  7S      I   192 
'  Powers  and  duties  not  given  above  are  stated  in  connection   with   the   following 

1  Vacancies  in  district  offices     §   144 

2  Enforcement   of   lares    relating   to 

a     emplonient  of  children  §  §  26  3.'>G 
b     attendance 

grant   leaving  certificates     §  21 

nominate  to  selectmen  persons  to  be  appointed  special  constables  §  371 


32 


G  S  sec  886 
1915  ch  210 

Appointment 
of    attendance 
officers  for 
schools 


may  establish  vocational  guidance  as  a  part  of  the  educa- 
tional system  of  such  municipality,  and  may,  in  its  discre- 
tion, employ  a  vocational  counselor  whose  duties  and  com- 
pensation shall  be  prescribed  by  such  board. 

Sec.  80  Any  board  of  education,  town  school  commit- 
tee, district  committee  of  an  incorporated  district,  joint 
board  of  selectmen  and  school  visitors  or  board  of  school 
visitors  may  appoint  one  or  more  attendance  officers  and 
fix  their  compensation.     Each  such  officer  shall  be  sworn 


Sormal  school 

shall  assist   in   selection   of   students 


§    272 


Returns  to  school  visitors  by 

a  district  committee  of  beginning  and  close  of  term,  enumeration, 
enuoieration  in  parts  of  joint  districts,  receipts,  expenditures, 
statistics,  etc  §  §  188  237  District  clerk  of  names  of  district  officers 
§  143 

School  buildings 

a     inspection  §  86     Buildings  must  be  in  satsifactory  condition  §   149 
b     may  fix  sites  on  application  of  district  of  adjoining  town   §151 

Enumeration   and  distribution  of  state  gran  s 

a     shall  make  enumeration  if  committee  fails     §   §  237    238 

b     shall  examine  returns  of  enumeration      §   239 

c     shall   lodge   returns  with   town   treasurer     §   239 

d     shall   make  returns  to  comptroller     §   239 

e     shall    certify    to    comptroller    that    schools    have    been    kept    according    to 

law     §  242 
/      shall    withhold    certificate    if    schools    have    not    been    kept    according    to 

law      §   246 

Es.imates 

a     shall    as   a   joint   board   with    selectmen    make   preliminary    estimates   and 

notify  committees     §  250 
b     shall    as    joint    board    witfc    selectmen    present    estimates    to    town    meet- 
ing    §   252 

Appropriations 

a     shall    as   joint   board    with    selectmen    fix    amounts   and   notify    each   dis- 
trict    §    252 
b     may    as    joint    board    with    selectmen    appropriate    moneys    for    school 
libraries     §  204 

Expenses 

a     shall    as    joint    board    with    selectmen    report    cost    of    schools    for    pre- 
ceding year  to  town  meeting     §   252 
b     shall    as    joint    board    with    selectmen    pass    upon    expenses    in    addition 

to   amounts   appropriated      §    254 
c     apportion    expenses    of   joint   districts   and    report    to    selectmen   of    each 
town      §    5   07  261 
Payment  of  teachers 

shall  give  certificate  to  selectmen   that   schools  have  been  kept  according 
to  law      §   254 
Consolidated  districts 

on   abandonment   of   town   system   town   school   committee    remains  board 
of  visitors     $    174 
May    in    connection    with    committee    admit    non-resident    scholars    to    district 

schools     8   152 
May   discontinue  small  schools  and  provide   transportation      §   258 
May    make   complaint    to   board    of    health    when    sanitary    condition    of    school 
house  is  unsatisfactory      {  54 


33 


to  the  faithful  performance  of  his  duties  and  shall  be  under 
the  direction  of  the  principal  or  superintendent  of  schools 
of  the  town  or  district  wherein  he  resides.  He  shall  in- 
vestigate the  absence  of  pupils  from  or  irregular  attend- 
ance of  pupils  at  school,  cause  such  pupils  as  are  absent  or 
irregular  in  attendance  to  attend  school  regularly  and  pre- 
sent cases  requiring  prosecution  for  violation  of  the  school 
laws  to  prosecuting  officers. 

Sec.  81  No  board  of  school  visitors,  town  school  com- 
mittee or  board  of  education  of  any  district  shall  change  any 
text-books  used  in  the  public  schools  except  by  a  two-thirds 
vote  of  all  the  members  of  the  board  or  committee,  notice 
of  such  intended  change  having  been  previously  given  at  a 
meeting  of  said  board  or  committee  held  at  least  one  week 
previous  to  the  vote  upon  such  change  ;^  but  the  board  of 
education,  the  board  of  school  visitors  or  the  town  school 
committee,  may,  in  addition  to  the  text-books  prescribed 
according  to  the  provisions  of  section  76,  prescribe  the  use 
of  other  books  as  text-books  in  reading ;  provided,  such  addi- 
tional series  are  purchased  by  the  district  or  town  and  the 
use  thereof  furnished  free  to  the  scholars. 

Sec.  82  The  board  of  school  visitors,  town  school  com- 
mittee or  iDoard  of  education  may  require  every  child  to  be 
vaccinated  before  being  permitted  to  attend  a  public  school 
under  its  jurisdiction.  If  the  parents  or  guardians  of  any 
children  are  unable  to  pay  for  such  vaccination,  the  ex- 
pense thereof  shall,  on  the  recommendation  of  said  board 
or  committee,  l)e  ])aid  by  the  town.  Said  lioard  or  com- 
mittee may  exclude  from  any  school  under  its  supervision 
all  children  under  five  years  of  age  whenever  in  its  judg- 
ment the  interest  of  such  school  will  be  thereby  promoted. 

Sec,  83  Hygiene,  including  the  effects  of  alcohol  and 
narcotics  on  health  and  character,  shall  be  taught  as  a 
regular  branch  of  study  to  pupils  above  the  third  grade  in 
public  schools  ;  and,  in  grades  above  the  fifth,  text-l)ooks 
treatins:  of  the  eflfects  of  alcohol  and  narcotics  on  the  human 


G  S  sec  887 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2160 

Change   of 
text-books 


G  S  sec  888 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2161 

Vaccination 
of  school 
children 


G  S  sec  889 
Rev  1902 
Sec    2162 

Effects  of 
alcohol   and 
narcotics  to 
be  taught 


'  Supplementary     reading    books    not    reference    cannot    be    bought    with    school 
library  grant     §   203 

Sec  82     Statute    held    to    be    constitutional    and    in    the    exercise    of    reasonable 
police   power     6.5   C.   183 


34 


G  S  sec  890 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2163 

Comptroller 
may    withhold 
school    money 


G  S  sec  891 
Rev   1902 
Sec   21C4 

Meetings    of 
board  or 
committee 


G  S  sec  892 
Rev   1902 
Sics  2105 
21f.fi 

Duties  of 
acting  school 
visitors 


system  shall  be  used.  This  section  shall  apply  to  classes  in 
ungraded  schools  corresponding  to  the  grades  designated 
herein,  hut  shall  not  include  high  schools.  Normal  and 
teachers'  training  schools  shall  give  instruction  on  the  sub- 
jects prescribed  in  this  section  and  concerning  the  best 
methods  of  teaching  the  same.^ 

Sec.  84  Whenever  the  comptroller  shall  be  satisfied 
that  any  town  or  district  has  failed  to  comply  with  the 
requirements  of  section  83,  he  may  withhold  from  such 
town  or  district  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  school  divi- 
dend.- 

Sec.  85  The  chairman  of  the  board  of  school  visitors 
or  of  the  town  school  committee  or,  in  case  of  his  absence 
or  inability  to  act,  the  secretary,  shall  call  a  meeting  of  the 
board  at  least  once  every  six  months  and  whenever  he 
deems  it  necessary  or  is  requested  in  writing  so  to  do  by 
three  of  its  members.  If  no  meeting  is  called  within  four- 
teen days  after  such  a  request  has  l)een  made,  one  may  be 
called  by  any  three  members  by  giving  the  usual  written 
notice   to   the  others. 

Sec.  86  The  board  of  scht)ol  \isitors,  the  town  school 
committee  or  the  board  of  education  shall  annually  assign 
the  duty  of  visiting  the  schools  of  the  town  to  one  or  more 
of  their  number  or  they  may  appoint  a  person  not  of  their 
number  who  shall  be  called  the  acting  school  visitor,  or 
visitors,  and  who  shall  visit  such  school  at  least  twice  dur- 
ing each  term,  once  within  four  weeks  after  the  opening  and 
again  during  the  four  weeks  preceding  the  close;  at  which 
visit  the  schoolhouse  and  outbuildings,  school  register'*  and 
library'*  shall  be  examined,  and  the  studies,  discipline,  mode 
of  teaching  and  general  condition  of  the  school  investigated. 
Half  a  day  shall  be  spent  in  each  school  so  visited  unless 
otherwise  directed.  They  shall,  one  week  at  least  before 
the  annual  town  meeting,  submit  to  the  board  or  to  the 
committee,  as  the  case  may  be,  a  full  written  report  of  their 


'  i  207 
»  S  2(53 
'  S    214 

*  Chapter  xiii  page  82 

Section  86     Town   may   employ   counsel   to   defend   action  brought   against   school 
visitors   for  causing   discharge  of  teacher     79   C.   237 


35 


proceedings  and  of  the  condition  of  the  several  schools 
during  the  year  preceding  with  plans  and  suggestions  for 
their  improvement.  Any  town  at  its  annual  town  meeting, 
or  at  a  special  meeting  duly  called  for  that  purpose,  may  fix 
the   c()mj)ensation  of  the  acting  school  visitor  or  visitors. 

Sec.  87^  The  town  school  committee  or  board  of  edu- 
cation or  board  of  school  visitors  of  any  town  may  choose 
by  ballot  a  superintendent  of  schools*  and  may  fix  the 
salary^  and  prescribe  the  duties  of  said  superintendent, 
which  shall  always  include  the  duties  of  acting  visitor  as 
prescribed  by  law.  A  majority  vote  of  all  the  members  of 
the  committee  or  board  shall  be  necessary  to  an  election. 

Sec.  88  Two  or  more  towns  together  employing  more 
than  thirty  and  not  more  than  sixty-five  teachers  may  unite, 
by  vote  of  the  town  school  committee,  board  of  school  visi- 
tors or  board  of  education,  as  the  case  may  be,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  employing  a  superintendent  of  schools,  and  towns 
so  united  shall  form  a  supervision  district.  The  town  school 
committee,  board  of  school  visitors  or  board  of  education 
of   towns   so   united   are   authorized    to   make   all    arransre- 


G  S  sec  893 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2166 
1903  ch   195 

Superintend- 
ent of  schools 
Appointment 


G  S  sec  894 
1903  ch  19.') 
1909  ch  22.5 
1921  ch  378 
Towns  may- 
unite  Super- 
vision  district 


'  Statements  made  by  a  district  superintendent  of  schools  in  his  official  repori 
to  the  board  of  school  visitors,  concerning  the  efficiency  and  qualifications  of  the 
teachers    employed    in    the    district,    are    privileged    communications.     81    Conn.    293 

It  is  not  essential  in  order  to  invoke  the  protection  of  a,  privileged  com- 
muncation,  that  the  defendant  should  have  had  what  might  seem  to  the  jury  to 
be  "good  reasons"  or  "reasonable  grounds"  for  believing  the  statements  made 
by  him  were  true;  it  is  enough  if  he  honestly  believed  them  to  be  true  and  made 
them  in  good  faith  in  a  conscientious  desire  to  discharge  the  dutes  of  his  office. 
Nor  is  it  necessary  to  such  privilege  that  the  defendant  should  prove  that  state- 
ments made  by  him  which  were  inevitably  detrimental  to  the  plaintiff  as  a  school 
teacher,  were  published  with  no  intention  or  purpose  on  his  part  to  "injure"  her     lb 

The  word  "injury,"  as  generally  used,  includes  any  act  or  omission  which 
harms  or  damages  another,   whether  justified  by   law  or  not  lb 

There  is  no  presumption  that  statements,  made  in  an  official  report  which  is 
in  the   nature  of  a  privileged  communication,   are   either   false   or   malicious     //' 

Declarations  indicative  of  an  existing  feeling  or  state  of  mind  respecting  an 
act  about  to  be  done  by  the  declarant,  if  made  naturally  and  under  circumstances 
devoid  of  suspicion,  are  admissible,  not  as  part  of  the  res  gestae,  but  as  relevant 
evidence  of  the  existence  of  the  fact  as  to  which  they  speak     lb 

The  fact  that  one  expressed  regret  or  sorrow  for  an  official  report  which  he 
was  about  to  make,  is  not  only  evidence  of  that  feeling  at  that  time,  but  also 
tends  to  show  that  the  same  feeling  attended  the  filing  of  his  report  a  few  days 
later     //> 

The  question  of  whether  evidence  is  or  is  not  too  remote  in  point  of  time, 
to  be  entitled  to  admission,  is  one  which  addresses  itself  to  the  sound  discretion 
of  the  trial  judge     lb 

That  evidence  is  legally  admissible  does  not  in  all  cases  necessarily  require 
its  admission     /^ 

One  of  the  alleged  libelous  statements  in  the  present  case  was  that  the 
plaintiff  had  not  "even  externals  of  refinement."  Held  that  an  instruction  which 
was  calculated  to  focus  the  attention  of  the  jury  uoon  the  plaintiff's  appearance 
on  the  witness  stand  as  affording  them  the  best  evidence  to  determining  whether, 
several  months  before,  she  possessed  "the  externals  of  refinement,"  was  er- 
roneous and  misleading     lb 

M  86  ' §   435 


36 


G  S  see  895 
1903  ch  195 

Payment  of 
part  of  super- 
intendent's 
salary   by 
state 


'.  S  .ire  S96 
1!(03  ch  ]<»f) 

CJualifica' 
lions   required 
for    appoint- 
ment as  su- 
perintendent 


1903  ch  195 
1909  ch  22ri 
Rev   1918 
Sec   R97 
1919  ch  103 
1921   ch  31  f) 


ments,  agreements  and  regulations  necessary  to  the  organi- 
zation and  maintenance  of  a  supervision  district.  Such 
school  officers  of  each  of  the  towns  constituting  a  separate 
district  shall  appoint  one  of  their  number  as  a  member  of  a 
supervision  committee,  and  the  committee  so  appointed 
shall  be  a  joint  committee  on  behalf  of  the  several  towns 
constituting  the  supervision  district.  Each  town  shall  be 
entitled  to  one  vote  in  such  joint  committee,  and  such  joint 
committee  may  employ  a  superintendent,  fix  and  apportion 
the  salary  of  such  superintendent  and  manage  the  affairs 
of  such  district.  Every  district  organized  under  the  provi- 
sions of  this  section  shall  continue  three  years,  and  at  the 
end  of  three  years  any  town  may  dissolve  a  district  by  with- 
drawal. Notice  of  the  intent  to  withdraw  shall  be  given  in 
writing  to  the  other  towns  of  the  district  at  least  three 
months  before  the  termination  of  the  three-year  period. 

Sec.  89  The  secretary  of  each  town  school  committee, 
board  of  school  visitors,  or  board  of  education  acting  under 
section  88  shall,  annually,  on  or  before  the  fourteenth  day 
of  July,  certify  to  the  state  board  of  education  the  amount 
actually  paid  as  salary  to  the  superintendent  for  the  cur- 
rent school  year.  and.  whenever  a  superintendent  has  been 
employed  according  to  the  provisions  of  section  88,  the 
comptroller' shall,  upon  application  of  the  state  board  of 
education,  draw  an  order  on  the  treasurer  on  behalf  of  said 
town  for  one-half  the  sum  certified;  provided,  not  more  than 
eight  hundred  dollars  be  paid  by  the  state  to  any  super- 
vision district  for  one  vear ;  and  provided,  no  supervision 
district  shall  receive  more  from  the  state  than  the  district 
itself  has  paid  to  the  superintendent. 

Sec.  90  No  person  shall  be  eligible  for  appointment 
under  section  88  who  has  not  had  at  least  five  years'  suc- 
cessful experience  as  a  teacher  or  sui)erintendent,  or  who 
does  not  hold  a  certificate  of  approval  by  the  state  board 
of  education. 

Sec.  91  The  town  school  committee,  board  of  school 
visitors  or  board  of  education  of  any  town  employing  more 
than  twenty  and  not  more  than  thirty  teachers  may  choose 
by  ])all<)t  a  superintendent  of  schools  and  mav  f]x  his  salary 


37 

and  prescribe  the  duties  of  such  superintendent,  which  shall  Ju^p^e'rinteL- 
include  the  duties  of  acting  school  visitors  as  prescribed  by  |"|[gibiiity 
law.  Any  two  or  more  teachers,  the  total  of  whose  hours 
devoted  to  teaching  in  any  such  town  during  any  week  does 
not  exceed  the  hours  of  teaching  of  a  teacher  devoting  the 
regular  school  hours  to  teaching  in  such  town,  shall  be  con- 
sidered as  one  teacher  for  the  purposes  of  this  act.  A  major- 
ity vote  of  the  members  of  the  committee  or  board  shall  be 
necessary  to  an  election.  No  person  shall  be  eligible  for 
appointment  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  who  does  not 
hold  a  certificate  of  approval  by  the  state  board  of  educa- 
tion. On  or  before  the  first  Monday  in  October  in  each 
year,  the  state  board  of  education  shall  notify,  in  writing, 
the  town  school  committee,  board  of  school  visitors  or 
board  of  education  of  any  town  employing  a  superintendent 
of  schools,  as  to  whether  the  superintendent  so  employed 
has  been  approved  by  and  holds  a  certificate  of  approval  of 
the  state  board  of  education. 

Sec.  92     Any  committee  or  board  appointing  a  superin-   ^J^'^^  ^ 
tendent  under  the  provisions  of  section  91   shall  annually,   superintend- 
on  or  before  the  fourteenth  day  of  July,  certify  to  the  state   part^by** st" te 
board  of  education  the  amount  actually  paid  as  salary  to 
the   superintendent    for   the   current   school   year,   and   the 
comptroller  shall,  upon  application   of  the   state  board  of 
education,  draw  an  order  on  the  treasurer  on  behalf  of  such 
town  for  one-half  the  sum  certified ;  provided,  not  more  than 
eight   hundred   dollars   shall   be   paid   by   the   state   to   any 
town  for  one  year ;  and  provided,  no  town  shall  receive  more 
from  the  state  than  one-half  the  total  amount  actually  paid 
as  salary  to  the  superintendent. 

Sec.  93     The   town   school   committee,  board   of  school   g  s  sec  899 

1903  ch  195 

visitors  or  board  of  education  of  any  town  employing  not   J»07  ch  259 
more  than  twenty-five  teachers  may  petition  the  state  board    I'^^i  ch  289 
of  education,  or  such  town  may  by  vote  request  the  state   ^n''j'°^"y']^^en\ 
board  of  education,  and  the  state  board  of  education  when   g^tl^^"'  ^^ 
so  petitioned  or  requested  is  authorized  to  appoint  and  fix 
the  salary  of  an   agent  who.  shall  discharge  the   duties  of 
superintendent,  which  shall  include   the    duties    of    acting 


77530 


38 


G  S  sec  900 
1911  ch  26 

Vote  on  su- 
pervision of 
schools 


C  S  sec  901 
1917  ch  316 

Supervising 
aKent   to   em- 
ploy or  nomi- 
nate  teachers 


G  S  sec  902 
Rev   1902 
Sec    2167 
1907  ch  :il 
1913  ch   1^2 

Report  to 
comptroller 


visitor  as  prescribed  by  law.^  Supervising  agents  appointed 
under  the  provisions  of  this  section  may  be  assigned  by  the 
state  board  of  education  to  two  or  more  towns.  The  comp- 
troller shall.  uj)on  application  of  the  state  board  of  educa- 
tion, draw  an  order  on  the  treasurer  for  the  amounts  of 
the  salaries  of  the  agents  appointed  under  the  provisions  of 
this  section. 

Sec.  94  Any  town  employing  more  than  twenty 
teachers  and  in  which  there  is  no  superintendent  of  schools 
or  supervising  agent,  approved  or  appointed  by  the  state 
board  of  education  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of 
sections  88,  91  and  93,  may,  at  any  annual  or  biennial  town 
meeting,  upon  giving  due  notice  thereof  in  the  warning  for 
said  meeting,  vote  by  ballot  to  determine  whether  said 
town  will  instruct  its  school  visitors,  town  school  commit- 
tee or  board  of  education  to  choose  a  superintendent  of 
schools  or  request  the  appointment  of  a  supervising  agent 
under  the  provisions  of  sections  88,  91  and  93. 

Sec.  95  Any  school  committee  may  authorize  the 
supervising  agent  to  employ  teachers.  Any  school  super- 
vising agent  not  authorized  to  employ  teachers  shall  nomi- 
nate to  the  school  committee  teachers  for  each  of  the 
schools  in  their  respective  towns  from  which  nominations 
teachers  may  be  employed  and  such  committee  shall  accept 
or  reject  such  nominations  within  one  month  from  the 
time  made. 

Sec.  96  The  board  of  school  visitors,  town  school  com- 
mittee or  board  of  education,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  make 
returns  signed  by  the  chairman  and  secretary,  of  the  num- 
ber of  persons  over  four  and  under  sixteen  years  of  age  in 
their  respective  towns,  to  the  comptroller,  and  shall  in  said 
returns  specify  how  many  of  those  thus  returned  were  at- 
tending some  school,  public  or  private,  in  September  fol- 
lowing said  enumeration,  and  how  many  were  not  so  at- 
tending; how  many  of  those  who  were  not  attending  school 
were  under  five  years  of  age,  how  many  were  over  fourteen 
and  under  sixteen  years  of  age,  and  the  chairman  and  secre- 
tary shall  draw  orders  on  him  for  the  public  money  due  the 


'  Sec  86 


39 

town  as  prescril^ed  in  chapter  17.^  No  town  shall  receive 
any  money  for  schools  from  the  state  treasury  unless  the 
returns  herein  required  are  made." 

Sec.  97     After  the  close  of  each  term  of  school  in  any   ^^^  "902"^ 
district   the   school    visitors   shall   give   to   the   selectmen   a   ^^'^  ^^^® 
certificate  stating  whether  each  school  has  been  kept  in  all    ^ekctmetf  *° 
respects  according  to  law  or  not;  and  shall,  in  connection 
with  the  selectmen,  perform  the  duties  required  h\  the  pro- 
visions of  chapter  17,  and  make  the  apportionment  required 
in  the  case  of  districts  formed  from  parts  of  two  or  more 
towns,  as  prescribed  in  section  261. 

Sec.  98     The  secretary  of  the  board  of  school  visitors    ^  ^  /jfL^"'' 

•'       _  Rev  1902 

or  of  the  town  school  committee,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall   See  2169 
keep   a  record  of  all   its  proceedings  and   of  those   of  the    duties  of 

^  .  .  secretary 

acting  school  visitors  in  a  book  which  he  shall  provide  for 
that  purpose  at  the  expense  of  the  town  ;  shall  submit  to 
the  town  at  its  annual  meeting  a  written  report  of  the  do- 
ings of  the  board  or  committee  with  the  report  of  the  acting 
school  visitors;  and  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  of  October 
send  two  copies  of  said  reports  to  the  secretary  of  the  state 
board  of  education  ;  and  shall  furnish  such  additional  re- 
turns and  statistics  respecting  the  schools  of  the  town  as 
said  board  may  call  for.  And  if  the  returns  and  statistics 
called  for  by  the  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education 
shall  not  be  sent  to  him  on  or  before  said  fifteenth  of  Oc- 
tober, then  every  town  and  every  school  district  required 
by  law  to  make  separate  returns,  whose  returns  and  sta- 
tistics shall  be  negligently  delayed  till  after  that  day,  shall 
forfeit  of  the  sum  per  child  which  is  paid  from  the  state 
treasury  one  per  centum  for  the  first  week  of  such  delay, 
two  per  centum  for  a  delay  of  two  weeks,  three  per  centum 
for  a  delay  of  three  weeks,  five  per  centum  for  a  delay  of 
four  weeks,  and  ten  per  centum  for  a  delay  exceeding  four 
weeks. ^ 

Sec.  99     The  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education   g  s  sec  905 

.  Rev   1902 

shall  annually,  in  January,  give  to  the  comptroller,  in  writ-   Sec  2170 
ing,  a  list  of  the  towns  and  districts  which  have  incurred   Forfeitures  to 

1         -       r    ■  -1       1    •  •  r\r,  ^^  reported 

the  ttjrfeiture  descnlied  in  section  98,  with  the  percentage 

'  ?   242     =  §    §   2fiO  26.3 
'  §   99 


40 


G  S  sec  906 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2171 

Names  of  dis- 
trict commit- 
tees and 
teachers  to  be 
reported 


G  S  sec  907 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2172 

Preservation 
of  books  and 
records 

G  S  sec  908 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2173 

Reports  and 
returns,  how 
sworn   to 

1919  ch  292 

Form  of 
books  to  be 
used   by   town 
officers 


1919  ch  292 

State  auditors 
to   furnish 
sample  book 
forms 


1019  ch  21)2 
Penalty 


of  forfeiture  in  each  case;  and  the  comptroller,  in  making 
payment  of  school  moneys  aforesaid,  shall  deduct  the 
amount  of  money  which  each  town  or  district  shall  have 
forfeited  under  the  provisions  of  said  section. 

Sec.  100  The  board  of  school  visitors  of  each  town 
shall  annually,  in  the  month  of  October,  return  to  the  secre- 
tary of  the  state  board  of  education,  the  names  and  post 
office  addresses  of  the  district  committees;  and  within  four 
weeks  from  the  l:)eginning  of  each  school  term  the  l)oard  of 
school  visitors  or  the  town  school  committee,  as  the  case 
may  be,  shall  return  the  name  and  post  office  address  of 
each  teacher  employed  in  the  public  schools  within  their 
respective  towns. 

Sec.  101  All  school  officers  shall  preserve  all  books  and 
documents  of  permanent  value  pertaining  to  schools  which 
come  into  their  hands  by  virtue  of  their  offices  and  transmit 
them  to  their  successors. 

Sec.  102  All  reports  or  returns  required  to  be  made  by 
a  school  officer  on  oath  or  affirmation  may  be  affirmed  or 
sworn  to  before  any  school  visitor,  member  of  a  town  school 
committee  or  member  of  a  board  of  education. 

Sec.  103  The  treasurer  and  board  of  selectmen,  the 
board  of  school  visitors,  board  of  education  or  town  school 
committee,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  each  town,  during  the 
fiscal  year  beginning  subsequent  to  the  passage  of  this  act, 
and  annually  thereafter,  shall  use  the  form  of  cash  book, 
selectmen's  orders  and  school  orders  prescribed  by  the 
state  auditors,  except  where  the  accounting  system  in  use 
in  such  town  can  be  satisfactorily  shown  to  the  state  audi- 
tors to  be  sufficiently  complete  and  include  the  necessary 
detail. 

Sec.  104  The  state  auditor  shall  furnish  sample  book 
forms  of  cash  book,  selectmen's  orders  and  school  orders, 
to  be  used  for  the  accounting  system  of  towns,  as  hereinbe- 
fore provided,  without  expense  to  the  town. 

Sec.  105  Mvery  such  officer  who  shall  fail  to  comply 
with  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  forfeit  to  the  state  not 
less  than  ten  nor  more  than  twentv-five  dollars. 


41 

Chapter  \'II 
School  Physicians 

General  Statutes     chapter  4i)     page  325 

Sec.  106  The  board  of  education,  board  of  school  visi-  ^g^^-^^^go? 
tors  or  district  school  committee  of  each  town,  city  or  dis-  i9i5  ch  275 
trict,   of   more    than    ten    thousand   inhabitants,   shall,   and   Appointment 

'  .  and  duties  of 

those  of  less  than  ten  thousand  may,  appoint  one  or  more    school 

'■  .    .  physicians 

school  physicians  and  shall  assign  such  physician  or  phy- 
sicians to  the  public  school  or  schools  within  the  limits  of 
such  town,  city  or  district,  and  shall  provide  such  physi- 
cians with  proper  faciHties  for  the  performance  of  their 
duties  as  prescribed  in  this  chapter  provided,  in  towns  or 
cities  in  which  the  board  of  health  is  maintaining  medical 
inspection  substantially  as  provided  for  in  this  chapter,  the 
board  of  health  shall  appoint  and  assign  such  physicians, 
and  any  town,  city  or  district  may  transfer  to  the  board  of 
health  or  the  local  health  officer  the  duties  prescribed  in 
this  chapter ;  provided,  no  physical  examination  shall  be 
made  of  any  female  child  in  attendance  at  any  public  school, 
unless  such  examination  shall  be  made  by  a  woman  phy- 
sician ;  or  unless,  after  notice  to  the  parent  or  guardian  of 
such  child  and  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  be  present  at 
such  examination  having  been  given,  such  examination 
shall  be  made  in  the  presence  of  such  parent  or  guardian  or 
of  a  female  nurse  employed  in  such  school. 

Sec.   107     Every   school  physician    so    appointed    shall    G  s  sec  910 

.  1907  ch  207 

make  a  prompt  examination  of  all  children  referred  to  him 

.,,.,.,  ,  1       r         1  •  •  Duties    of 

as  provided  in  this  chapter,  and  such  further  examination    school 

,  ,  .        .  1         1  1    1       -1  !•  •       1   •  •     •  physician 

of  teachers,  janitors  and  school  buildings  as  in  his  opinion 
the  protection  of  the  health  of  the  pupils  may  require. 

Sec.  108     The  superintendent,   principal   or  teacher   of   c  s  sec  911 

11  1    ■    1  1  ,       1  •     •  ,  1  •  1  190"  ch  207 

any  school  to  which  a  school  physician  has  been  assigned  as    „      .    .. 

•'  _  .        f     J  o  Examination 

provided  in  this  chapter  shall  refer  to  such  physician  every  ^r '^ ,f-^^'"n °" 
child  returning  to  school  without  a  permit  from  the  health 
officer  or  board  of  health,  after  absence  on  account  of  ill- 
ness or  from  unknown  cause,  and  every  child  attending  such 
school  who  appears  to  be  in  ill  health,  or  is  suspected  to  l)e 
sick  with  any  contagious  or  infectious  disease,  unless  such 
child  be  immediately  excluded  from  such  school  under  the 


42 


G  S  sec  912 
1907  ch  207 

Annual  exami- 
nation  of 
children 


G  S  sec  913 
1907  ch  207 
1911  ch  120 

Notice  of 
disease  to  be 
Jliven    parent 
or    guardian 


provisions  of  the  general  statutes  or  the  sanitary  regulations 
in  force  in  said  town  or  district ;  provided,  in  the  case  of 
schools  in  remote  and  isolated  locations  the  school  com- 
mittee may  make  such  other  arrangements  as  may  be  ad- 
visable to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  this  chapter. 

Sec.  109  The  school  authorities  of  any  town  or  school 
district  which  has  appointed  a  school  physician  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  this  chapter  shall  cause  every 
child  attending  the  public  schools  therein  to  be  separately 
and  carefully  tested  and  examined  at  least  once  in  every 
school  year  to  ascertain  whether  such  child  is  suffering  from 
defective  sight  or  hearing,  or  from  any  other  physical  dis- 
ability tending  to  prevent  such  child  from  receiving  the  full 
benefit  of  school  work,  or  requiring  a  modification  of  such 
school  work  in  order  to  prevent  injury  to  the  child  or  to 
secure  the  best  educational  results. 

Sec.  110  Notice  of  the  disease  or  defects,  if  any,  from 
which  any  child  is  found  by  such  school  physician  to  be 
sufifering  shall  be  given  to  the  parent  or  guardian  of  such 
child  with  such  advice  or  order  relating  thereto  as  said  phy- 
sician may  deem  advisable,  and  such  parent  or  guardian 
shall  cause  such  child  to  be  treated  by  a  reputable  physician 
for  such  disease  or  defects  ;  and  whenever  any  child  shows 
symptoms  of  any  contagious  or  infectious  disease  notice 
shall  also  be  given  to  the  health  officer  or  board  of  health 
and  such  child  shall  be  excluded  from  attendance  at  such 
school  and  not  permitted  to  return  without  a  permit  from 
the  town,  citv  or  borouHi  health  officer. 


G  S  sec  914 
1907  ch  207 

Appointment 
of    matron    or 
nurse 


Sec.  Ill  W  heiiever  the  board  of  school  visitors,  board 
of  education  or  town  school  committee  of  any  town,  or  the 
board  of  education  or  district  committee  of  any  school  dis- 
trict, shall  have  appointed  a  school  physician  as  provided  in 
this  chapter,  said  board  or  committee  may  also  appoint  a 
matron  or  nurse  who  shall  take  such  action,  under  the 
direction  of  the  school  physician,  as  may  be  necessary  for 
safeguarding  the  health  of  the  pupils  and  teachers  of  the 
schools.  Such  matron  or  nurse  shall  also  act,  under  the 
direction  of  the  school  physician,  as  a  visiting  nurse  in  the 
town  or  school  district,  shall  visit  the  homes  of  pupils  in  the 


43 

public  schools  and  shall  assist  in  executing  the  orders  of  the 
school  physician. 

Sec.   112     The  expenses  incurred  under  the  provisions  of   c  5  sec  915 

.1   •  ,  ^  ,      ,,    ,  •  1     •        .1  ,  1907  ch  207 

this  chapter  snail  be  paid   in  the  same  manner  as  are  the 
ordinary  expenses  for  the  support  of  the  schools  in  the  sev-    How"pa?(i 
eral  towns  and  school  districts. 

Sec.   113     Any  town  school  committee,  board  of  school    1919  ch  293 
visitors  or  board   of  education   may   employ   a   dental   hy-    Employment 
gienist  to  cleanse  and  keep  clean  the  teeth  of  school  children   gienists  in 
in  attendance  at  the  public  schools  in  such  town  or  district   authorized 
and  the  authority  therein  authorized  to  appropriate  money 
for  the   support  of  such   schools   in   the    town    or    district 
wherein   such   hygienist  shall   have    been    employed,    ma\- 
make  such  appropriation  as  may  be  necessary  for  such  pur 
pose. 

Chapter  VHP 

School  Districts 

General   Statutes    chapter   50     page   327 

Sec.   114     In  the  absence  of  a  special  appointment  the   g  s  sec  9i6 

Rev  1902 

committee  of  a  school  district  shall  be  the  agent  ex  officio   Sec  2174 

of    said    district.  District   com- 

mittee to  he  ex 
officio   agent 

Sec.   115     Whenever   any   school   district   which  has   or   c,  s  sec  917 

1       11    1  r  1  •       1     1  1    1  •       1  r  ■       ■,     ,  ^905  ch  137 

shall  hereafter  become  indebted  by  judgment  for  indebted-   i907  ch  so 
ness  incurred  by  such  district  shall  be  located   in   two  or   Payment  of 

,  .  P  ,,,,..  .       debts  of  joint 

more  towns,  the  committee  of  such  school  district,  or,  if  school  districts 
there  be  no  district  committee  for  said  district,  the  select- 
men of  the  town  in  which  the  schoolhouse  in  such  district 
is  located,  shall  cause  a  tax  sufficient  to  pay  such  indebted- 
ness as  shall  be  presented  or  exhibited  to  said  committee 
or  selectmen,  as  the  case  may  be,  by  the  judgment  creditor 
or  creditors,  including  the  cost  of  levying  and  collecting 
such  tax,  to  be  laid,  upon  and  according  to  the  levies  or 
assessment  lists  of  said  towns  last  before  completed,  on  the 
district  in  the  manner  provided  by  law  for  school  district 
taxes,  except  that,  when  there  is  no  district  committee  for 

>  Towns  to  which  this  chapter  is  applicable: —  Bristol  —  Farminsiton  —  Groton 
—  Hartford  —  Manchester  —  Middletown  —  (see  page  29)  —  Orange  —  (see 
page  240)  —  Waterbury  —  West  Haven 

§  114  District  committee  not  within  provisions  of  law  regulating  contracts 
with  public  institutons  by  their  officers  85  C.  32  All  members  have  equal 
authority     71    C.    737 


44 


(7  S  sec  918 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2175 

Formation 
and    altera- 
tion of  school 
districts 


G  S  sec  919 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2176 

Division   of 
districts 
formed   of 
parts   of   towns 

C  S  sec  920 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2177 
1915  ch  172 

Powers  of 
school   districts 


said  district,  the  selectmen  of  said  town  wherein  the 
schoolhouse  is  located  shall  perform  the  duties  required 
by  law  of  the  district  committee  therein,  and  the  tax 
collector  of  said  town  shall  perform  the  duties  of  tax 
collector  of  said  district.  Said  tax  shall  be  collected 
and  paid  to  said  judgment  creditor  or  creditors,  and 
to  the  persons  entitled  to  fees  and  compensation  for 
levying  and  collecting  said  tax.  Whenever  either  of 
the  towns  in  which  such  school  district  is  located 
shall  otve  to  consolidate  its  school  districts  and  bring 
the  same  under  town  management,  and  shall  subsequently 
vote  to  return  to  the  district  system,  then  such  school  dis- 
trict shall  be,  in  law.  the  same  school  district  as  existed 
prior  to  said  vote  of  consolidation  of  districts  and  liable  for 
the  indebtedness  of  said  district  as  then  existing. 

Sec.  116  'Each  town,  unless  otherwise  provided,  shall 
have  power  to  form,  unite,  alter  and  dissolve  school  dis- 
tricts and  parts  of  school  districts  within  its  limits ;  and 
two  or  more  towns  may  form  school  districts  of  adjoining 
portions  of  their  respective  towns. 

Sec.  117  Whenever  a  school  district  is  formed  from 
parts  of  two  or  more  towns,  either  of  said  towns,  unless 
otherwise  provided,  may  divide  such  district  by  uniting  the 
portions  lying  in  said  town  with  any  adjoining  district 
therein. 

Sec.  118  Every  school  district  shall  be  a  body  cor- 
porate, and  shall  have  power  to  sue  and  be  sued,  to  pur- 
chase, receive,  hold  and  convey  real  and  personal  property 
for  school  purposes ;  to  build,  purchase,  hire  and  repair 
schoolhouses.  and   supply   them   with    fuel,    furniture    and 


S  116  Name  of  school  district  fixed  by  the  inhabitants  13  C  234  School 
districts,  for  educational  purposes,  are  component  parts  of  towns  or  societies 
15  C  335  Power  of  town  hmv  affected  by  appeal  to  and  decree  by  the  superior 
court  54  C  .'>2;  55  C  245  246  Limits  of  school  district  formed  by  annexation 
may  be  shown  otherwise  than  by  record  evidence  54  C  76  77  Scope  of  section 
73   C  169:   78   C  73 

'In  rcvicwint;  the  action  taken  by  a  town  in  respect  to  uniting  or  dissolving 
its  school  districts,  the  superior  court  is  invested  by  statute  with  the  same 
powers  that  the  town  itself  had  (Gen  Stat  S  !  918  924).  and  therefore  the 
question  whether  such  action  shall  be  modified  or  reversed  is  essentially  one  of 
fact  achlresscd  to  the  sound  discretion  of  that  court     78  Conn  71 

In  the  present  case  the  trial  court,  although  api)arently  of  the  opinion  that 
the  educational  interests  of  the  two  school  districts  involved  would  be  best  sub- 
served by  consolidation,  provided  a  primary  school  was  permanently  maintained 
in  one  of  them,  nevertheless  declined  to  reverse  or  modify  the  action  of  the 
town,  which  was  in  favor  of  separate  districts  Held  that  the  record  failed  to 
disclone  any  abuse  of  the  court's  discretion,   or  any  error  in  matters  of   law     lb 


45 


other  appendages  and  accommodations ;  to  establish  schools 
of  different  grades;  to  purchase  globes,  maps,  blackboards 
and  other  school  apparatus ;  to  establish  and  maintain  a 
school  library  ;^  to  employ  teachers,  except  for  such  time  as 
the  town  may  direct  the  school  visitors  to  employ  the 
teachers,-  and,  when  a  board  of  school  visitors  shall  appoint 
a  superintendent  under  the  provisions  of  section  91  such 
superintendent  with  the  approval  of  said  board  of  school 
visitors  shall  employ  the  teachers  who  shall  be  paid  by  the 
selectmen ;  to  pay  the  wages  of  such  teachers  as  are  employ- 
ed by  the  district  committee  in  conformity  to  law  ;^  to  lay 
taxes  and  borrow  money  for  the  foregoing  purposes ;  and 
to  make  agreements  and  regulations  for  establishing  and 
conducting  schools,  not  inconsistent  with  the  regulations 
of  the  town  having  jurisdiction  of  the  schools  in  such  dis- 
tricts. 

Sec.   119     The  name,  number  and  limits  of  every  school    ^^^  I'g'oa'^ 
district  shall  be  entered  on  its  records  and  on  the  records    ^"  ^^'^^ 
of  the  town  or  towns  to  which  it  belongs.  na^mey^and 

bounds 


Sec.  120  When  the  boundary  lines  of  any  district  are 
not  clearly  settled  and  defined,  the  selectmen  of  the  town  in 
ivhich  it  is  situated  shall  settle  and  define  the  same,  they 
shall  also  settle  and  define  the  boundary  lines  of  any  new 
district;  when  said  selectmen  cannot  agree  in  settling  and 

'  Chapter  xiii     page   82 

^  §  §  42  212 

3  §   §    189     211      212     213 

Sec  118  A  schoolhouse  is  not  an  outhouse  within  the  meaning  of  the  statute 
relating  to  burglarious  entrance  of  outhouses  10  C  144,  14.')  Every  inhabitant 
of  a  school  district  is  a  party  to  a  suit  brought  against  it  and  his  property  may 
be  taken  on  an  execution  issued  against  it  10  C  395  Sec  26  C  527  A  vote 
laying  a  tax  is  sufficiently  definite  if  it  is  reasonably  clear  that  the  tax  was 
imposed  for  legitimate  purposes  12  C  437-4.39  Districts  may  siie  by  the  name 
by  which  they  are  generally  known  13  C  227  What  is  sufficient  warning  of 
meeting  of  school  district  13  C  234  The  records  of  a  school  district  are  evidence 
of  its  votes  in  a  suit  to  which  it  is  a  party  13  C  23.'>  The  votes  and  proceedings 
of  school  districts,  if  within  their  jurisdiction,  will  be  liberally  construed  15  C 
332,  454  The  character  and  cost  of  school  buildings,  within  broad  limits,  is  left 
to  the  school  district;  courts  will  not  interfere  with  this  discretion  except  in  clear 
cases  of  abuse  25  C  227;  63  C  131  Extent  of  discretionary  power  of  school 
district  illustrated  25  C  227;  228  Schoolhouse  may  not  be  used  for  religious 
purposes  against  objection  of  taxpayer,  and  injunction  will  lie  against  such  tise 
27  C  503-505;  see  Sec  954  A  school  district  has  all  necessary  power  to  establish 
and  maintain  a  school  within  its  limits  33  C  304  District  committee  must  obey 
the  vote  of  the  district  as  to  rooms  and  teachers;  the  committee's  authority 
is  contingent  on  the  district  failing  to  act  33  C  304  A  debt  owed  by  a  school 
district  may  be  taken  by  foreign  attachment  53  C  509  Status  of  teacher  as  to 
district  defined  lb  School  districts  are  limited  in  power  to  raise  and  expend 
money  for  the  sole  purposes  set  forth  in  the  statute  60  C  234,  235  Nature  of 
school  district  73  C  170;  85  C  33  Right  to  build  sewer  and  liability  for 
neglect     72  C  564 

Sec  119     Statute  is  directory   and   may   be   enforced  by   mandamus     52   C   48 


G  S  sec  922 
Rev  1902 
Sec    2179 

Settlement   of 
boundary    lines 


46 

defining  said  lines,  the  town  to  which  said  district  belongs 
may  appoint  three  indifferent  persons  for  that  purpose,  who 
shall  have  the  same  authority  therein  as  is  herein  conferred 
upon  said  selectmen ;  and  when  parts  of  such  districts  lie 
in  two  or  more  towns,  the  selectmen  of  the  towns  in  which 
any  part  is  situated,  or,  in  case  of  disagreement,  three  in- 
diflFerent  persons  appointed  by  a  judge  of  the  superior  court 
on  application  by  either  town  and  notice  to  the  other,  shall 
settle  and  define  the  boundary  lines  of  such  part. 
GS  sec  923  Scc.   121     When  it  is  proposed  to  form,  alter,  unite  or 

Rev  1902  If  >  ' 

Sec  2180  dissolve   any  school   district  or  districts,   notice   that  such 

Notice  of  change  is  proposed  shall  be  posted  on  the  schoolhouse  in 

proposal   to  . 

alter  school        each  school  district  to  be  affected  or,  if  there  be  no  school- 

district 

house  in  any  of  such  school  districts,  at  the  usual  place  for 
posting  warnings  for  meetings  of  such  districts  and  printed 
in  a  newspaper  or  newspapers  published  in  the  town  to 
which  such  districts  or  any  one  of  them  may  belong,  if  any 
there  be ;  and  a  copy  of  such  notice  shall  be  left  with  the 
clerk  of  each  of  said  districts  at  least  fifteen  days  before  the 
town  is  called  to  act  upon  the  proposition. 

Rev  \9()2^'^  ^^^-   ^^^     When  application  shall  be  made  to  a  town  to 

Sec  2181  form,  alter  or  dissolve  a  school  district  or  to  unite  two  or 

distHct*  '^^        more  school  districts,  any  district  aggrieved  by  the  action 
aggrieved  q^  ucglcct  of  actiou   of   the   towii    may  appeal   from    such 

action  or  neglect  of  action  to  the  superior  court  in  the 
county  in  which  such  town  is  situated,  within  one  year  next 
after  such  action  or  neglect,  by  an  application  containing 
a  brief  statement  that  such  an  appeal  is  taken,  by  whom  and 
from  what,  signed  by  the  agent  of  the  appellant;  to  which 
shall  be  annexed  a  citation  signed  by  the  proper  authority, 
notifying  the  appellees  to  appear  at  the  court  to  which  such 
appeal  is  taken.  Service  thereof  shall  be  made  by  some 
proper  officer  by  leaving  a  true  and  attested  copy  of  such 
appeal  and  citation  with  the  town  clerk  and  with  the  clerk 
or  one  of  the  district  committee  of  anv  other  district  inter- 
ested at  least  twelve  days  before  the  session  of  the  court. 

Sec  121  Object  of  statute  is  to  give  more  extended  notice  than  by  the  ordinary 
warning  .12  C  46  Form  of  notice  not  essential;  not  necessary  to  state  the 
business  in  detail  52  C  4f>;  5't  C  246  The  provisions  dc  notice  do  not  apply  to 
proposed  vote  of  a  town  to  assume  control   of  schools     73  C  170 

Sec  122  Legal  existence  and  limits  of  district  may  be  shown  by  prescription 
54  C  79     Power  of  court     55  C  246;   78  C  74 


47 

Sec.  123     Said  court  shall  have  the  same  powers  to  act  ^f^  '{gol^^ 
upon  said  application  that  said  town  had  and  may  appoint   See  2182 
a  committee  to  report  the  facts  and  its  opinion  thereon  and    ^^^^p^^"^^ 
the  final  decree  of  the  court  shall  be  recorded  in  the  records 
of  said  town  ;  and  said  court  may  allow  and  tax  costs  at  its 
discretion,  including  fees  for  surveys,  copies  and  recording 
decree.     Unless   the   town   shall   thereafter  abolish   all   the 
school  districts  and  parts  of  districts  within   its   limits  no 
alteration  of  the  lines  fixed  by  such  decree  shall  be  made, 
except  by  the  superior  court  of  such  county :  which  shall 
have  original  jurisdiction  of  an  application  for  the  purpose 
made  by  any  district  interested. 

Sec.   124     When  anv  district  shall  be  consolidated,  the   o  s  sec  926 

,'      .  Rev   1902 

new  district  shall  own  all  the  property  of  the  several  dis-    Sec  2183 
tricts ;  and  when  a  district  shall  be  divided  its  property,  or   Disposition 

of   property 

the  income  and  proceeds  thereof,  shall  be  distributed  among   on  alteration 

1  1  f  '•^  district 

the  several  parts  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  persons 
between  four  and  sixteen  years  of  age  in  each. 

Sec.   125     When   any  school   district  has   been   or  shall   ^J  tm-z^'^ 
he  divided  into  two  or  more  districts,  and  the  said  districts    Sec  2iS4 
cannot   agree    upon    the   distribution   of    the   property   and    t^lcr^prtper- 
assets  of  said  districts  between  the  districts,  or  cannot  agree   'y  ^"<^  '^^^^^ 
upon  the  proportion  that  each  district  shall  pay  of  the  debts 
of  the  district  owing  at  the  time  of  the  division,  either  of 
said  districts  may  bring  its  complaint  to  the  superior  court 
in  the  county  in   which  either  of  said  districts   is  located, 
praying  for  such  relief  as  it  claims  it  is  entitled  to. 

Sec.   126     Such   complaint  shall    state    the    facts    upon   g  s  sec  928 

*  ^  Rev   1902 

which  the  plaintiff  claims  relief,  and  sliall  be  served  upon    See  2185 
the  respondent  district  as   in  civil  actions,  and  said  court    Powers  of 

'  ,         .  superior    court 

may  distriljute  the  property  and  assets  between  the  districts 
or  set  the  entire  property  and  assets  to  one  district  as  it 
shall  find  for  the  best  interests  of  the  district ;  and  in  case 
the  property  and  assets  are  set  to  one  of  said  districts,  shall 
find  and  decree  the  sum  of  money  that  such  district  so  re- 

Sec  123  Decree  of  court  annulling  action  of  the  town  is  not  such  a  fixing 
of  lines  as  would  preclude  further  action  by  the  town  54  C  .52  The  statute 
should  be  liberally  construed  .54  C  53  Court  is  not  limited  to  affirming  or 
reversing  action  of  the  town;  the  application  may  be  allowed  in  part  55  C  246 
Authority  of  court  to  act  is  limited  only  by  the  preliminary  notice  and  the  warn- 
ing of  the  town  meeting     lb 


48 


.,  .S'  sec  929 
Rev   1902 
Sec    21ti6 

Associations 
formed   under 
act   of  1841 


G  S  sec  930 
Rev  1902 
Sec   21i-7 

Control  of 
districts 
formed  from 
parts  of 
towns 

a  S  sec  9.U 
Rev   1902 
Sec   21^!^ 

Annual  and 
special  meet- 
ings 


(7  S  sec  932 
Rev   1902 
Sec    2189 

District 
meetings 
Where  held 


</  5  sec  933 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2190 
1907  ch   l:^^ 

Notice   of 
district  meet- 


ceiving  said  property  shall  pay  to  the  other  district.  Said 
court  shall  find  and  decree  the  proportion  that  each  district 
shall  pay  of  the  debts  and  liabilities  outstanding  at  the  time 
of  the  division. 

Sec.  127  All  associations  under  the  act  of  1841,  allow- 
ing any  two  or  more  adjoining  school  districts  to  associate 
together  and  form  a  union  district,  entered  into  before  the 
repeal  of  said  act,  shall,  except  as  otherwise  provided  by 
law,  continue  to  be  managed  according  to  the  provisions 
of  said  act,  unless  the  town  shall  abolish  or  consolidate  all 
tlie  school  districts  within  its  limits.^ 

Sec.  128  The  schools  in  every  school  district  formed 
from  parts  of  two  or  more  towns  shall,  except  as  otherwise 
provided  by  law,  be  under  the  charge  and  direction  of  the 
town  in  which  the  schoolhouse  is  situated,  unless  the  towns 
shall  otherwise  agree. - 

Sec.  129  Every  school  district  shall  hold  an  annual 
meeting  in  the  month  of  June,  for  the  choice  of  officers,  and 
for  the  transaction  of  any  other  business  relating  to  schools, 
and  shall  hold  a  special  meeting  when  the  same  shall  be 
duly  called. 

Sec.  130  District  meetings  shall  be  held  at  the  district 
schoolhouse ;  but  if  there  be  no  suitable  schoolhouse  the 
committee,  if  there  be  one,  otherwise  the  clerk,  and  if  there 
be  no  committee  or  clerk,  the  selectmen  of  the  town  to 
which  said  district  belongs,  shall  determine  the  place  of 
meeting,  which  shall  in  all  cases  be  within  the  district. 

Sec.  131  Notice  of  the  time,  place  and  object  of  every 
meeting  of  the  district  shall  be  given  at  least  five  days  pre- 
vious to  holding  it,  including  the  day  the  notice  is  given, 
but  not  including  the  day  of  holding  said  meeting.  The 
committee,  or,  if  there  be  no  such  committee,  the  clerk,  or, 
if  there  be  no  committee  or  clerk,  the  selectmen  of  the  town, 
shall  give   notice  of  a  district   meeting  by   publishing  the 


'  Chapter  ix     page   "'6 
'  }   8  97  2(11 

Sec  130  Meeting  should  be  opened  within  a  reasonable  time  after  the  hour 
specified;  what  is  such  reasonabe  time  13  C  234  Meeting  presumed  to  have 
been  legally  held  pursuant  to  the  warning  Ih  Record  of  meeting  is  admissible 
t'l  show  vote   of  district     13   C  235;  but  see   44   C   IGO 


49 

same  in  a  newspaper  published  in  the  district  or  having  a 
circulation  therein  and  by  posting  a  notice  on  the  school- 
house,  if  any  there  be,  or  on  the  signposts,  if  any  there  be, 
in  the  district,  unless  some  other  mode  shall  have  been  pre- 
viously designated  by  the  district  in  which  case  notice  in 
sucli  mtxle  may  be  substituted  for  such  posting;  provided, 
the  committee  of  any  district  having  an  enumeration  of 
less  than  one  hundred  may,  on  giving  notice  by  posting  as 
hereinbefore  provided,  or,  on  giving  notice  in  some  other 
mode  previously  designated  by  the  district,  in  its  discretion, 
omit  the  notice  by  publication  in  a  newspaper.  The  per- 
son or  persons  giving  such  notice  shall,  on  the  day  of  giving 
it.  leave  a  duplicate  of  such  notice  with  the  clerk  of  the 
district,  or,  if  there  be  no  clerk,  wath  the  selectmen,  to  be 
delivered  to  the  clerk  when  appointed,  who  shall  preserve 
the  same  on  file. 

Sec.   132     In  any  school  district,  wherein  the  terms  of    ^^'^^  '^^  ^"^"^ 
office  of  less  than  a  majority  of  the  committee  expire  in  any    meeting  where 
one  year,  the  committee  of  such  district  may  call  the  annual   majority  of 
meeting  of  the  district  at  such  date,  between  June  first  and    mittee  IV^ire 
July  fourteenth,  as  to  the  committee  may  seem  desirable.   y"a^r"^  °"^ 

Sec.   133     The  legal  voters  of  a  school  district  shall  con-   g  s  sec  934 

•1-1     ^^^  ^'"'~ 
sist  only  of  tlie  legal  voters  of  the  town  or  towns  m  which    See  2101 

said   district   is   situated   who   have   resided   in    said   school    i-epai  voters 

01    school 

district  for  the  period  of  four  montlis  next  preceding.  district 

Sec.   134     Xo    inmate    of   the   almshouse   of   any    town,   S  "^  ^/nno'^^ 

■^  Rev   1902 

other  than  the  officers  and  employees  of  the  town  residing   See  2192 
therein,   shall   vote   at   any   school   meeting  of   the   district   What  paupers 

'  -  *  _  m.-iy  vote  in 

wherein   such   almshouse  is   situated,   unless   a  resident    of   ?chooi  meet- 
ings 

such  district  at  the  time  of  his  becoming  such  inmate. 

Sec.   135     In  everv  school  district  whose  limits  are  the   ^  ^  i^^^^^^ 

Rev   1902 

same  as  the  limits  of  the  town  in  which  it  is  situated,  the   See  2193 
tow-n  registry  list  shall  be  the  registry  list  for  school  pur-   Conduct  of 

°  ^  .  .  meetings; 

poses,  and  in  everv  other  school  district  enumerating  four   registry  list 

Sec  131  A  warning  which  fairly  sets  forth  the  purposes  of  the  meeting,  held 
sufficient  13  C  234;  15  C  332;  52  C  46;  55  C  246  Posting  warning  on  one 
signpost  in  the  district  held  sufficient  15  C  332  What  notice  would  be  sufficient 
44  C  159;  53  C  578;  60  C  168  Where  original  vote  w.-is  illegal,  a  vote  not 
to  rescind  at  a  later  meeting  does  not  validate  original  vote  53  C  579;  but 
see  52  C  49  Provision  that  copy  be  left  with  clerk  is  directory,  not  mandatory 
83  C  229     See  note  to  Sec  280 


50 

huiulred  or  more  children,  as  returned  to  the  comptroller, 
the  registrars  of  voters  of  the  town  in  which  the  school- 
house  of  said  district  is  situated  shall  have  the  same  powers 
in  reference  to  voting  lists,  appointing  moderators  and  box 
tenders  of  school  district  meetings,  as  they  now  have  in 
the  election  of  town,  city  or  ward  officers ;  and  said  regis- 
trars of  voters  shall,  upon  the  written  request  of  twenty 
or  more  legal  voters  of  said  school  district  deposited  with 
either  of  said  registrars  of  voters  at  least  twenty  days  be- 
fore the  annual  meeting  of  said  district,  prepare  and  com- 
plete a  correct  list  of  all  the  legal  voters  of  said  school  dis- 
trict, and  lodge  the  same  with  the  clerk  of  said  district  at 
least  five  days  before  said  annual  meeting;  and  in  every 
other  school  district  the  clerk  of  said  district  shall,  upon  the 
written  request  of  twenty  or  more  legal  voters  of  such  dis- 
trict, lodged  with  said  clerk  at  least  twenty  days  before 
the  annual  meeting  of  said  district,  prepare  the  check  list 
of  the  legal  voters  of  said  district,  to  be  used  at  any  meet- 
ing for  the  election  of  ofificers  in  said  district  or  for  the 
taking  of  any  vote  by  ballot  which  may  be  requested  by 
one-third  of  the  legal  voters  present  at  any  meeting  of  the 
school  district ;  said  clerk  shall  add  to  said  list  the  name  of 
any  legal  voter  omitted,  and  erase  therefrom  the  name  of 
any  person  improperly  entered  thereon,  and  for  this  pur- 
pose he  shall  have  all  the  powers  within  said  district  which 
the  registrars  of  voters  have  in  their  respective  towns. 

G  s  sec  937  Sec.  136     Whenever  one-third  of  the  legal  voters  pres- 

Rcv  1902  .  . 

Sec  2194  ent  at  any  meeting  of  a  school  district  having  the  registra- 

1921  ch  330  ^.  .  ,      ,    .         7  ,•  -ne      ,      ,,  ,  . 

tion  provided  tor  in  section  135  shall  request  that  any  vote 
ballot,  how  or  votcs  upoH  any  question  pending  before  such  meeting 
taken  shall  be  taken  by  ballot  and  check  list  of  the  legal  voters  of 

said  district,  the  chairman  of  such  meeting  shall  cause  said 
vote  or  votes  to  be  so  taken,  and  if  said  vote  or  votes  cannot 
be  then  and  there  conveniently  and  properly  taken,  he  shall 
upon  the  like  request  of  said  one-third  of  the  legal  voters 
present  adjourn  said  meeting  to  the  usual  polling  place  or 
places  in  said  district,  if  there  be  any,  and,  if  there  be  none, 
then  to  the  most  suitable  place  or  places  in  said  district 
at  such  time  within  one  week  thereafter  as  he  may  desig- 


51 
nate,  when  and  where  said  vote  or  votes  shall  be  taken  be-   ^""""^  of  vot- 

,        ,  ...  mg  at  school 

tween  the  hours  of  nine  o  clock  in  the  morninp-  and  seven  d'st^ct 

'    1       1     •         1  f  meetings 

0  Clock  in  the  afternoon,  and  the  result  shall  be  ascertained 
and  declared  by  said  chairman,  and  recorded  by  the  clerk 
upon  the  records  of  said  districts. 

Sec.  137     Upon  the  written  request  of  twenty  or  more   g  s  sec  938 
legal  voters  of  any  school  district  having  such  registration    sic  2195 
to  the  committee  to  call  a  special  meeting  to  vote  by  ballot   Special  meet- 
and  check  list  upon  any  resolutions  appended  to  such  re-   '"^^ 
quest,  said  committee  shall  call  such  meeting  within  three 
weeks  thereafter,  at  some  suitable  time  and  place  in  such 
district,   to   be   particularly   stated   in   the   call,   when   and 
where  said  vote  or  votes  shall  be  taken,  and  the  result  ascer- 
tained, declared  and  recorded  in  the  manner  provided  in 
section  136.    Upon  like  request,  the  committee  of  any  school 
district  having  such  registration  shall  cause  all  elections  of 
officers  of  such  district  to  be  had  by  ballot  and  check  list. 

Sec.  138     The  compensation  of  each  of  said  resristrars   <^  ■S'  sec  939 

.  Rev  1902 

of  voters,  or  of  said  district  clerks  for  preparing  said  lists    See  2196 
shall  be  the  same  per  diem  as  that  paid  by  the  town  in  which   Compensa- 

.......  ,  .  .  tion   for 

said  district  is  situated  to  said  registrars  of  voters,  for  pre-   preparing  lists 
paring  the  voting  lists  used  at  state,   town,   city  or  ward 
elections,  and  shall  be  paid  by  the  treasurer  of  the  school 
district  for  which  such  list  is  prepared. 

Sec.   139     Every  meeting  may  choose  its  own  modera-    <^  5  sec  940 

,  ...  r  .  Rev  1902 

tor  and  may  adjourn  from  time  to  time  to  meet  at  the  same   Sec  2197 
or  some   other  place   in    the   district.      Every   person   who   illegal  voting 

1  11  i       Ml  11        •  1  .      1-         •  •/      r  jjj  district 

shall  vote  illegally  in  any  school  district  meeting  shall  be   meeting 
fined  not  more  than  thirty  doUars.'^ 

Sec.   140     Each    school   district,    unless    otherwise   pro-    <^  5"  sec  941 
vided  by  law,  shall  choose  by  ballot,  at  the  annual  meeting,^    slJ  2198 
a  committee^  of  not  more  than  three  persons,  a  clerk,  who   Committee 

and  other 
officers  of 
district 

Sec  140  Majority  of  ballots  cast  is  requisite  for  election  of  any  of  the  officers 
43  C  34  An  adjourned  me  sting  may  hold  an  election  of  officers  lb  Former 
officer  holds  over  until  a  legal  election  of  his  successor     42  C  35 

^  Sec  133 

*  Sec   129        3  Chapter   .xi     page   77 


52 

shall  be  sworn, ^  a  treasurer  and  a  collector,-  who  shall  hold 
their  respective  offices  for  the  period  of  one  year  from  the 
fifteenth  day  of  July  next  succeeding,  and  until  others  are 
chosen  and  qualified ;  and  any  resident  of  the  district  so 
chosen  who  shall  refuse  or  neglect  to  perform  the  duties 
of  the  office,  shall  pay  five  dollars  to  said  district ;  but  any 
new  district  mav  at  its  first  or  at  any  subsequent  meeting, 
called  by  the  selectmen  of  the  town,  choose  its  officers  who 
shall  hold  office  until  the  annual  meeting  of  such  district. 
The  members  of  the  district  committee  shall  be  residents  of 
the  district ;  but  the  other  offices  may  be'  filled  by  any  in- 
habitants of  the  town  to  which  said  district  belongs. 
G  s  sec  942  Sec.  141     Any  school  district  having  by  its  last  enum- 

Sec  2199  eration   not  less  than  two  hundred   children  between   four 

Committee  in  ^ud  sixtccn  years  of  age,  may,  at  any  annual  meeting,  due 
havl^i'ig^two  notice  being  inserted  in  the  call  therefor,  order  that  its 
chHdrcn  committce  shall  consist  of  three  persons  chosen  bv  ballot, 

divided  into  three  classes  holding  office  for  one,  two  and 
three  years,  and  that  annually  thereafter  one  member  shall 
be  chosen  by  ballot,  to  hold  office  for  three  years.  Should 
a  vacancv  occur  the  remaining  members  of  the  committee 
may  fill  it  until  the  next  annual  district  meeting,  when  all 
vacancies  shall  be  filled.  Whenever  a  district  has  appointed 
its  committee  as  herein  provided  such  district  may,  at  any 
special  meeting  called  for  the  purpose,  vote  that  it  will  no 
longer  so  appoint  its  committee ;  thereupon  the  terms  of 
office  of  all  the  members  of  its  committee  shall  end  at  its 
next  annual  meeting  and  thereafter  its  committee  shall  be 
appointed  according  to  the  provisions  of  section  140. 
r,  s  sec  9v;  Sec.   142     In  the  election  of  officers  of  a  school  district 

Rev   1902  ... 

Sec  22C0  a  majority  of  the  votes  cast  shall  be  required  to  elect,  un- 

Majority  :o        los<  otherwise  expressly  provided. 

.Si-c  142  A  plurality  vote  taken  by  ballot  is  iiisurTiciciit  to  elect  the  coinmiiife 
of  a  school  district  even  if  they  be  afterwarded  declared  elected  by  a  i'iva  voce 
major  vote     42  Conn  34 

*  I'onn  of  oath  You  solemnly  swear  that  you  will  faithfully  discharge  according 
to  law  your  duties  as  clerk  of  the  district  to  the  best  of  your  ability;  so  help  you 
God     Gen  Stat  82201 

The  clerk  need  not  take  the  oath  of  office  immediately  after  his  election,  or 
before  taking  the  minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  a  district  meetin?;  provided  he 
takes  it  before  he  performs  any  regular  official  act,  such  as  making  or  sanctioning 
a   formal    record     15   Conn  333     What   are   the   official   acts  of   the   clerk     lb 

»  Gen  Stat  Sec  1278 


53 


Sec,  143  The  clerk  of  every  school  district  shall,  within 
thirty  days  after  the  election  of  officers  in  such  districts, 
forward  to  the  secretary  of  the  board  of  school  visitors  of 
the  town  wherein  said  school  district  is  located,  a  certified 
list  of  the  officers  elected  at  such  meeting-  together  with 
the  postoffice  address  of  each.  If  a  district  is  situated 
partly  in  two  or  more  towns  such  list  shall  be  sent  to  the 
secretary  of  the  board  of  school  visitors  of  each  of  said 
towns.  Every  clerk  who  shall  fail  to  comply  with  any  pro- 
vision of  this  section  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  ten 
dollars. 

Sec.  144  If  a  district  at  the  time  for  the  annual  meet- 
ing shall  fail  to  appoint  all,  or  any,  of  its  officers,  or  if  a 
vacancy  shall  occur,  the  school  visitors  of  the  town  to  which 
such  district  belongs  shall  make  such  appointment  and 
fill  such  vacancy ;  and  shall  lodge  the  names  of  the  officers, 
so  appointed,  with  the  district  clerk.  This  section  shall  not 
apply  to  vacancies  occurring  under  the  provisions  of  sec- 
tion 141. 

Sec.  145  The  clerk, ^  treasurer-  and  collector^  of  each 
school  district  shall  exercise  the  same  powers  and  perform 
tlie  same  duties,  in  their  respective  districts,  as  the  clerks, 
treasurers  and  collectors  of  towns  do  in  their  respective 
towns. 

Sec.  146  Any  district  may  require  the  treasurer  and 
collector  respectively  to  give  bonds  to  the  district,  to  the 
approval  of  the  district  committee,  for  the  faithful  dis- 
charge of  the  duties  of  their  respective  offices,  before  assum- 
ing such  duties. 

Sec.  147  All  records  and  papers  relating  to  or  affecting 
the  interest  of  any  school  district  shall  at  all  times  be  open 
to  the  inspection  and  examination  of  any  person  liable  to 
pay  taxes  in  said  district.  Every  clerk  of  a  school  district 
willfully  concealing,  refusing  or  neglecting  to  furnish  rea- 
sonable  access   to   any   such   records   or  papers,   or   giving 

Sec  14.5  The  records  of  a  school  district  are  legal  evidence  of  its  proceedings 
in  a  suit  to  which  it  is  a  party  13  C  235;  but  see  44  C  160  The  clerk  should 
take  the  oath  of  office  before  performing  any  regular  official  act  15  C  333  What 
are   official    acts  of  the   clerk     lb 

>  Gen  Stat   Sec  311     '  Gen  Stat  Sec  342 

'  Gen  Stat  Sec  1278 


G  S  sec  944 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2201 

Certificate    of 
election   of 
officers 


G  S  sec  945 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2202 

Vacancies, 
how  filled 


G  S  sec  946 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2203 

Duties  of 
officers 


G  S  sec  947 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2204 

Bonds   may 
be   required 


G  S  sec  948 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2205 

Records  and 
papers  to  be 
open   to   in- 
spection 


54 


C  S  sec  949 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2206 

Neglect  of 
district    to 
maintain 
school 


C  S  sec  950 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2207 

Every  dis- 
trict must 
have  a  school 
house 

G  S  sec  951 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2208 

Erection   of 
schoolhouse 


G  S  sec  952 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2209 

Site  of 
schoolhruse, 
how  fixed 


false  or  incorrect  information  as  to  the  same,  shall  be  fined 
not  more  than  twenty-five  dollars. 

Sec.  148  In  case  of  the  refusal  or  neglect  by  a  district 
to  employ  a  teacher  and  keep  open  a  school  during  the  usual 
portion  of  the  year,  the  school  visitors  of  the  town  having 
jurisdiction  over  such  district  may  employ  teachers,  and 
keep  open  a  public  school  in  the  schoolhouse  of  said  district 
for  the  period  for  which  the  town  would  be  obliged  during 
that  school  year  to  maintain  a  school  in  such  district;^  but 
the  whole  expense  of  a  school  thus  opened  shall  be  paid 
by  the  town  on  the  order  of  the  selectmen,  upon  their 
receiving  a  certificate  of  the  amount  thereof  from  the  school 
visitors ;  and,  in  any  such  case,  the  town  shall  be  entitled  to 
receive  the  same  payments  from  the  state  as  if  such  school 
had  been  kept  open  bv  such  district  in  the  usual  manner. 

Sec.  149  No  district  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  any 
money  from  the  state,  or  town,  unless  it  has  a  schoolhouse 
and  out-buildings,  satisfactory  to  the  board  of  school 
visitors.^ 

Sec.  150  No  new  district  schoolhouse  shall  be  built 
except  according  to  a  plan  approved  by  the  board  of  school 
visitors  and  by  the  building  committee  of  such  district ; 
nor  at  an  expense  exceeding  the  sum  which  the  district 
may  appropriate  therefor. 

Sec.  151  Any  school  district,  by  a  vote  of  two-thirds 
of  those  present  and  voting  at  a  legally  warned  meeting  of 
the  district,  may  fix  or  change  the  site  of  a  schoolhouse ; 
but  if  such  two-thirds  vote  cannot  be  obtained  in  favor  of 
any  site,  the  school  visitors  of  any  town  adjoining  the 
town  or  either  of  the  towns  in  which  such  district  is,  on 
application  of  the  district,  shall,  after  conferring  with  the 
school  visitors  of  the  town  or  towns  in  which  such  district 
is  situated,  fix  the  site,  and  make  return  to  the  town  clerk 
of  the  town  in  which  such  site  is  located  ;  and  shall  receive 

'  Sec  35 
»  Sec  86 

Sec  151  A  district  cannot,  without  a  two-thirds  vote,  order  any  term  of  the 
school  to  be  kept  elsewhere  than  at  the  regular  schoolhoouse  28  C  332  As  to 
power  of  district  in  this  respect  prior  to  enactment  of  this  statute  in  1872,  see 
27  C  606,  r)07  This  section  docs  not  apply  to  town,  though  districts  consolidated 
77   C   192 


55 


a  reasonable  compensation  for  their  services  from  said 
district. 

Sec.  152  Persons  not  residing  in  a  school  district  may 
attend  the  public  schools  therein,  if  the  consent  of  the  com- 
mittee of  such  district  and  of  the  school  visitors  of  the 
town  be  first  obtained,  but  not  otherwise. 

Sec.  153  Any  school  district  or  town  may,  by  a  vote  of 
two-thirds  of  those  present  at  any  legal  meeting,  allow  its 
schoolhouse  or  schoolhouses,  when  not  in  use  for  school 
purposes,  to  be  used  for  any  other  purpose.  The  town 
school  committee,  board  of  education  or  board  of  school 
visitors  of  any  town,  city,  borough  or  school  district  may 
grant  the  temporary  use  of  rooms,  halls  or  school  buildings 
for  public  or  educational  purposes  or  for  the  purpose  of 
holding  political  discussions  therein,  at  such  time  when  the 
school  is  not  in  session  and  subject  to  such  restrictions  as 
the  authority  having  control  of  such  room  or  building  may 
consider  expedient. 

Sec.  154  When  any  school  district  in  any  town  is  with- 
out a  schoolhouse  or  neglects  to  maintain  a  school  or  to 
provide  suitable  schooling  for  the  children  residing  in  such 
district  or  is  unable  financially  to  erect  a  school  building 
or  to  maintain  a  suitable  school,  the  selectmen  of  the  town 
may  erect  a  suitable  school  building  or  mav  maintain  other 
suitable  school  accommodations  or  otherwise  provide  suit- 
able facilities  for  the  children  residing  in  such  district,  and. 
in  the  event  the  selectmen  neglect  to  erect  a  schoolhouse 
or  to  maintain  a  suitable  school  or  to  otherwise  provide 
school  accommodations  for  the  children  residing  in  such 
district,  the  committee  of  the  school  district  may  petition 
the  state  board  of  education  alleging  therein  that  the  school 
district  is  unable  financially  to  erect  a  suitable  schoolhouse 
or  to  maintain  a  suitable  school  or  to  otherwise  provide 
suitable  accommodations  for  the  children  residing  in  such 
district,  and  that  the  selectmen  of  the  town  have  neglected 
to  erect  such  schoolhouse  or  to  maintain  a  school  or  to  pro- 
vide such  schooling,  and  thereupon  the  state  board  of  edu- 
cation shall  fix  a  time  and  place  in  said  town  for  a  hearing 
upon  such  petition,  which  shall  be  held  not  less  than  fifteen 


G  S  sec  953 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2210 

Non-resident 
pupils 


G  S  sec  954 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2211 

1915  ch  168 

Schoolhouse 
may  be  used 
for  other 
purposes 


1921  ch  390 

Hearing   by 
and  order  of 
state   board    of 
education  for 
maintenance 
of    schools   in 
school   districts 


56 


days  from  the  filing  of  the  same  and  shall  give  at  least  ten 
days'  written  notice  of  such  time  and  place  to  the  com- 
mittee of  such  school  district  and  the  selectmen  of  such 
town.  In  the  event  the  state  board  of  education  shall  find 
upon  such  hearing  the  allegations  of  such  petition  to  be 
true,  it  may  order  such  town  to  erect  a  suitable  school 
building  in  such  district  or  to  maintain  a  suitable  school 
therein  or  to  provide  other  suitable  school  accommodations 
for  the  children  residing  in  such  district. 

Cn.\PTER  IX 

Consolidation  of  School  Districts 

General   Statutes,   Chapter   51,   page   335 


G  S  sec  955 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2212 

Consolida- 
tion of  dis- 
tricts 


G  S  sec  956 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2213 
1903  ch  205 

Vote  upon 
consolida- 
tion of  school 
districts 


Sec.  155  Any  town  may  abolish  all  the  school  districts, 
and  parts  of  school  districts/  within  its  limits,  and  assume 
and  maintain  control  of  the  public  schools  therein,  subject 
to  the  requirements  and  restrictions  imposed  by  the  general 
assembly  ;  and  for  this  purpose  every  such  town  shall  con- 
stitute one  school  district,  having  all  the  powers  and  duties 
of  a  school  district,  with  the  exceptions  hereinafter  stated.- 

Sec.  156  Whenever  a  vote'^  shall  be  taken  in  any  town 
in  reference  to  abolishing  school  districts  and  assuming 
control  of  public  schools  therein,  and  whenever  a  vote  shall 

Sec  155  The  assumption  of  control  by  the  town  carries  with  it  all  necessary 
power  to  repair  school  buildings  71  C  740,  741  A  town  assuming  control  of  the 
school  property  holds  it  in  trust  for  educational  purpses  73  C  170,  171  Transfer 
of  control  from  districts  to  town  is  merely  a  transfer  from  one  public  agency  to 
another  lb  Town  not  subject  to  all  limitations  applicable  to  district;  location 
of  schoolhouse  77  C  194  Town  proper  party  to  action  after  consolidation  72 
C  565 

Sec  156  What  constitutes  sufficient  notice;  not  necessary  to  give  each  school 
district  particular  notice     73  C  166 

•  School  districts  are  mere  governmental  instruments  for  the  performance  of 
the  governmental   duty   of  providing  education     59   Conn  60 

»  Pursuant  to  statute,  82212,  a  town  abolished  its  school  districts  and  assumed 
the  maintenance  of  its  schools  At  its  request  the  legislature  enacted  a  law 
(Special  Laws  of  1903.  p  260),  which  created  a  board  of  finance,  and  pro- 
vided that  it  should  make,  under  proper  heads,  estimates  of  the  money  necessary 
to  be  appropriated  for  the  expenses  of  the  town,  and  of  the  rate  of  taxation,  and 
lay  such  tax  as  it  should  deem  necessary  therefor;  and  that  such  estimates  should 
be  filed  with  the  town  clerk  on  or  before  October  1st  and  submitted  to  an 
adjourned    annual    town    meeting    to    be    held   at    a   time   and    place    fixed   by    the    act 


0/ 


be  taken  to  re-establish  school  districts  under  section  173, 
such  vote  shall  be  by  ballut'  at  an  annual  town  meeting, 
upon  notice  thereof  given  in  the  warning.-  The  selectmen 
shall  provide  a  ballot  box  for  that  purpose,  marked  "Con- 
solidation of  School  Districts."  Those  in  favor  of  such  con- 
solidation shall  deposit  in  said  box  a  ballot  with  the  words 
"Consolidation  of  School  Districts  Ves"  written  or  printed 
thereon,  and  those  opposed  shall  deposit  a  ballot  with  the 
words  "Consolidation  of  School  Districts  No"  written  or 
printed  thereon,  and  in  towns  divided  into  wards  or  vot- 
ing districts  for  annual  town  meetings  such  a  ballot  box 
shall  be  provided  at  each  of  such  wards  or  voting  districts 
and  the  ballots  shall  be  examined,  assorted,  counted  and  de- 
clared in  the  manner  provided  by  law."*  Section  576  of  Gen- 
eral Statutes  in  so  far  as  the  same  is  inconsistent  herewith, 
shall  not  apply  to  votes  taken  under  the  provisions  of  this 
section. 


It  also  prescribed  that  such  meeting  should  consider  and  act  upon  the  estimates, 
and  that  the  appropriation  and  tax  rate  so  reported  by  the  board  should  be  final 
unless  changed  by  a  majority  vote  The  school  committee  was  required  by  the 
act  to  furnish  to  the  board  an  estimate  of  the  expenses  of  maintaining  the  schools, 
and    such    estimate    was    to    be    reported    by    the    board    without    change     Held : — 

1  That  the  act  did  not  deprive  the  town  of  the  power  of  making  appropria- 
tions at  special  meetings,  nor  confine  its  action  at  such  meetings  to  the  confirma- 
tion or  change  of  such  appropriations  as  might  be  favorably  reported  by  the  board 
of  finance     77  Conn  186 

2  That  the  act  did  not  preclude  the  town  at  its  adjourned  annual  town 
meeting  from  overriding  the  action  of  the  board  of  finance  and  making  an  appro- 
priation for  building  a  schoolhou'Se,  upon  which  the  board  had  reported  un- 
favorably    lb 

3  That  if  any  warning  was  necessary  to  enable  the  town  to  act  within  the 
limits  prescribed  by  the  special  act,  a  notice  to  the  effect  that  the  meeting  was 
called  for  the  purpose,  among  others,  of  taking  action  upon  the  report  of  the 
board  of  finance  was  sufficient     Ih 

I  2209  of  the  CJen  Stat,  requiring  a  two-thirds  vote  in  order  to  change  the 
site  of  a  school  house,  applied  to  school  districts  only,  and  not  to  a  town  which 
has  abolished  such  districts  and  assumed  the  control  and  maintenance  of  all  the 
schools  therein     lb 

"  Town   registry   list    is   registry   list  for  school   purposes.   Sec   135 


'  Official  ballots  will   be   furnished   by   the   Secretary   of   State 

'  The  following  clause  in  the  warning  will  be  sufl^cien"; 

To  determine  by  ballot  whether  the  town  will  abolish  all  the  school  dis- 
tricts and  parts  of  school  districts  within  its  limits  and  assume  and 
maintain  control  of  the  public  schools 

'  Gen  Stat    Sec  605 


58 


G  S  sec  957 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2214 

When  vote  to 
consolidate 
takes  effect 


G  S  sec  958 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2215 
1905  ch  97 

Number  and 
election  of 
committee; 
qualifications 


See  G  S 

Sec  978 


G  5  sec  959 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2216 
1905  ch  97 
1907  ch  227 
1909  ch  68 

Minority 
representa- 
tion  on 
committee; 
terms  of 
office 


Sec.  157  A  vote  to  consolidate  the  school  districts  in 
any  town  into  one  district  shall  take  effect  on  the  first  Mon- 
day of  July  next  succeeding  said  vote,  and  any  town  assum- 
ing the  control  of  its  public  schools,  as  provided  in  this 
chapter,  may  at  any  annual  meeting,  not  previous  to  the 
fifth  annual  meeting  thereafter,  vote  to  abandon  such  con- 
trol and  re-establish  the  several  districts  as  they  were  be- 
fore said  action,  which  vote  shall  be  by  ballot,  in  the  man- 
ner prescribed  in  section  156. 

Sec.  158  The  selectmen  of  a  town  voting  to  consoli- 
date shall  determine,  not  later  than  the  first  Monday  of 
May,  the  number  of  which  the  town  school  committee  shall 
consist.^  Such  committee  shall  consist  of  either  three,  six, 
nine  or  twelve  residents  of  said  town.  Every  such  town 
shall  at  a  special  meeting  of  said  town  called  for  the  purpose 
by  the  selectmen,  to  be  held  on  the  first  Monday  of  June 
following,  elect  by  ballot  a  town  school  committee  of  the 
number  determined  upon  by  said  selectmen.  In  all  cases 
the  number  of  the  committee  to  be  elected  shall  be  stated 
in  the  warning  of  said  meeting.  Such  election  shall  be  con- 
ducted in  the  same  manner  as  the  annual  elections  of  towns. 

Sec.  159  If  the  number  of  the  committee  to  be  elected 
shall  be  six  or  twelve  no  person  shall  vote  for  more  than 
half  that  number;  if  the  number  be  nine,  no  person  shall 
vote  for  more  than  five,  and  the  six,  nine  or  twelve  persons, 
as  the  case  may  be,  receiving  the  highest  number  of  votes, 
shall  be  the  town  school  committee  of  said  town  for  the 
respective  terms  as  hereinafter  provided,  commencing  on 
the  first  Monday  of  July  next  following.  The  members  of 
such  committee  so  elected  shall  divide  themselves  into  three 
equal  classes,  holding  office  respectively  until  the  second, 
third  and  fourth  subsequent  annual  town  elections  of  said 
town,  at  which  elections  and  at  every  annual  election,  sub- 
sequent to  the  last  thereof,  two,  three  or  four  members,  as 
the  case  may  be,  shall  l>e  elected  by  ballot  for  a  term  of 
three  years,  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  section  41.  If  the 
number  of  the  committee  to  be  elected  shall  be  three,  the 

Sec  157     Vote   to    abandon   control,    taken    before    the    fifth    annual    meeting,    is 
of  no  effect     73  C  172     Effect  of  district's  resuming  control     78  C  329 
»  Sec  284 


59 


members  thereof  shall  all  be  annually^  elected  at  the  annual 
town  meeting,  and  no  person  shall  vote  for  more  than  two. 
The  three  persons  receiving  the  highest  number  of  votes 
shall  be  such  town  school  committee. 

Sec.  160  All  business  relating  to  public  schools  in  such 
towns  shall  be  transacted  at  town  meetings. - 

Sec.  161  The  town  school  committee  shall  have  the 
powers  and  duties  of  high  school  committees,^  district  com- 
mittees* and  boards   of  school   visitors;^  "^  ^   shall   see   that 


10 


11 


12 

13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 


22 
23 
24 

25 
26 
27 
28 

29 


Term   of    office     §  283 


I   272 

275 


i  26 
§  43 
§   20 


§  64 


§  193 


^  May  be  elected  biennially  under  Sec  278     page  115 
2  See  note   §   280         ^  §  191         ••  Chi  xi    page   77 
'^  §   70     Return    of    names    to    secretary    of    state     §   288 
Refusal  to  accept  office   §289     Eligibility   §15 
"  Duties  and  powers 

Town  school  committee 

1  To    enforce    labor    law     §   356 

2  Forward  names  of   pupils   for  normal   schools 
Recommend    students   for   normal    schools     § 

Give  leaving  certificates     §   21 

Examine   manufacturing   establishments 

If  directed  by  town,  purchase  textbooks 

Grant  hearing  to  parents  in  certain  cases 

Superintend  high  schools     §   192 

Consent  to  attendance  of  children  at  non-local   high  schools 

Consent  to  conveyance  of  high  school  children     §  197 
Provide   evening   school   instruction     §    56 

Rooms,   etc.,   for  evening   schools     §    57 
Certify   attendance   to  comptroller     §    62 

Request  relief  from  evening  school  law 
Organization 

Choose  chairman,  secretary     §  76 

For  enumeration  of  duties  see     §   76 

When  chairman  shall   call  meeting     §   85 

Secretary  shall  keep  records     §  98 
Appoint  acting  visitors     §  86 

Superintendents     §  87 

Compensation     §  435 
Examine  teachers  and  grant  certificates     §   207 

Revoke  certificates     §   207 
Employ    and    dismiss    teachers     §    212 
Members  cannot   be  appointed  teachers     §   213 
Select  and  approve  books  and  apparatus     §  §  76  203 
Return  to  comptroller  children  of  certain  ages     §  96 
Text-books,  cannot  change  except  by  two-thirds  vote     §  81 
May    require    vaccination     §    82 
Preserve   books   and  documents     §101 
May  administer   oath      §   102 
May  choose  superintendent     §   §  87  91 

Form  supervision  district     §   88 

Certify  salary   to   state  board  of   education     §   89 

Choose  superintendent  in  towns  having  20  to  30  teachers     §  91 

Certify   salary   to   state   board   of   education     §   92 

Petition  state  board  of  education  for  agent  to  supervise  schools     §  93 
Custodian   of    registers     §    214 
May  appropriate  library  money 
Make  enumeration     §  240 

Examine  and  correct  returns 
Make  certificate  to  comptroller 

Certify  to  average  attendance  in  certain  towns     §   269 
Penalty  for  fraudulent  returns     §  264 
Recommend    changes    in    schoolhouses    to    secure    light,    ventilation,    or 

sanitary  arrangements     §  54 

May   appoint  school   physician      §   106 
May  cause  children  to  be  tested     §  109 
May  appoint  matron  or  nurse     §  111 
T  Connecticut  Reports,  Vol   82,   1909,   Page  563 

The  State  of  Connecticut  ex  rel  The  Town  of  Huntington  vs  Huntington  Town 
School  Committee 


G  S  sec  960 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2217 

School 
business  to 
be  done  at 
town  meetings 

G  S  sec  961 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2218 


204 


§  240 
§   242 


60 

Genera!  goocl  public  schools  of  tlic  different  grades  are  maintained 

town  school       in  the  various  parts  of  the  town,  for  not  less  than  the  length 

committee  .      .  111  •        1    1        1  1  i-  1     ,  • 

ot  tunc  that  would  l)e  required  had  no  such  consohdation 


The  law  and  the  facts  existing  when  an  action  at  law  is  brought  must  ordinarily 
govern  its  disposition 

Chapter  146  of  the  Public  Acts  of  1909  concerning  town  management  of  all 
public  schools,  worked  no  substantial  change  in  the  respective  rights  of  towns 
and  town  school  committees  with  reference  to  discontinuing  or  reopening  a  public 
school  in  towns  containing  but  a  single  school  distrct 

Town  school  committees  form  part  of  the  agencies  of  the  State  for  the  due 
performance  of  the  obligations,  which  it  has  always  assumed,  of  providing  for 
the  proper  education  of  the  young.  In  exercising  its  powers,  which  are  largely 
discretionary,  such  a  committee  is  not  the  agent  of  the  town  but  of  the  law.  and 
therefore  is  not  subject  to  the  control  of  the  town  with  regard  to  reopening  a 
school  which  the  committee  has  seen  fit  to  close 

General  Statutes.  Sec  221S,  which  provides  that  town  school  committees 
"shall  perform  all  lawful  acts  which  may  be  required  of  them  by  the  town"', 
has  reference  only  to  such  acts  as  the  town  can  lawfully  require  the  committee  to 
perform 

Application  by  the  State's  attorney  to  the  Superior  Court  in  Fairfield  County 
for  a  writ  of  mandamus  to  compel  the  reopening  of  a  school  An  alternative  writ 
having  been  issued,  and  a  motion  to  quash  filed,  the  cause  was  reserved  (Burpee, 
J)  for  the  advice  of  this  court  Superior  Court  advised  to  quash  the  alternative 
writ 

The  alternative  writ  set  forth  these  facts:  The  town  of  Huntington  has 
abolished  all  school  districts  therein,  and  maintains  the  public  schools  as  one 
district  They  are  under  the  general  supervision  and  control  of  the  town  com- 
mittee elected  October  5th  1908.  which  closed  a  certain  school  in  what  was 
formerly   known  as  the  Lower  White   Hill  District 

Subsequently,  on  October  28th  1908,  the  town  voted  that  its  best  interests 
required  that  this  school  should  be  reopened,  and  that  the  town  school  committee 
be  directed  to  reopen  it;  and  appointed  a  special  committee  to  see  that  it  was 
reopened,  and  to  take  all  proper  legal  proceedings  for  that  purpose  The  town 
schoool  committee  nevertheless  has  refused  to   reopen  the  school 

Baldwin,  C  J  Prior  to  July  15  1909,  every  town  had  power  to  abolish 
all  separate  school  districts  within  its  limits  and  constitute  itself  one  consolidated 
dstrict  It  could  elect  a  town  school  committee,  which  should  "have  the  powers 
and  duties  of  high  school  committees,  district  committees,  and  boards  of  school 
visitors;  shall  see  that  good  public  schools  of  the  different  grades  are  maintained 
in    the    various    parts    of    the    town;  manage    the    property    of    the    town 

pertaining  to  schools;  .  .  .  designate  the  schools  which  shall  be  attended 
by  the  children  within  their  jurisdiction;  ....  and  shall  perform  all 
lawful  acts  which  may  be  required  of  them  by  the  town  or  which  may  be 
necessary  to  carry  into  effect  the  provisions  of  this  title"  General  Statutes, 
Sections  2212,  2215,  2218  By  an  act  taking  effect  July  15,  1909,  every  town  was 
required  thereafter  to  "assume  and  maintain  the  control  of  all  the  public  schools 
within  its  limits"  as  one  school  district;  and  from  that  date  until  its  next  annual 
town  meeting,  the  school  visitors  and  the  chairman  of  the  committees  of  the 
districts  within  each  town  were  constituted  a  joint  board  having  the  powers  and 
duties  of   town   school   committees 

A  town  school  committee  was  to  be  elected  at  all  future  town  meetings  (with 
an  exception  not  material  in  this  cause),  with  the  powers  and  duties  of  district 
committees  and  schoool  visitors,  who  should  "maintain  in  their  several  towns 
good  common  schools,  of  the  different  grades,  at  such  places  and  times  as  in 
their  judgment  shall  best  subserve  the  interests  of  education,  and  as  shall  give 
all  the  scholars  of  the  town  as  nearly  equal  advantages  as  may  be  practicable" 
Public    Acts    of    1909,    p    1070,    Chap    146,    Sections    1,    3,    4     The    motion    for    the 


61 

l)een  made;  manage  tlie  property  of  the  town  pertaining  to 
schools;^  examine,-  employ^  and  dismiss  the  teachers  for 
the  schools  of  such  towns  f  lodge  all  bonds,  leases,  notes 
and  other  securities  with  the  treasurer  of  said  town,  unless 
the  same  have  been  intrusted  to  others  by  the  grantors,  or 
the  general  assembly  ;  pay  the  town  treasurer  all  moneys 
which  they  may  receive  for  the  support  of  schools ;  dcter- 


writ  of  alternative  mandamus  was  made  and  the  writ  issued  in  June,  1909  The 
motion  to  quash  was  filed  in  the  following  October 

An  action  for  relief  at  law  must  ordinarily  stand  or  fall,  so  far  as  concerns 
the  cause  of  action,  according  to  the  facts  and  governing  law  existing  at  the 
date  of  bringing  suit  Woodbridge  v  Pratt  and  Whitney  Company,  69  Conn 
304,  334,  37  Atl  688  The  respective  rights  of  towns  and  town  school  com- 
mittees, however,  with  reference  to  discontinuing  or  reopening  a  public  school 
in  towns  containing  but  a  single  school  district,  were  substantially  the  same 
before  the  Act  of  1909  took  effect  as  since  The  town  must  meet  the  cost  of 
maintaining  proper  schools:  the  town  school  committee  must  see  that  this  is.  done; 
and  for  that  purpose  is  clothed  with  large  discretionary  powers  In  exercising 
these  it  is  the  agent  not  of  the  town,  but  of  the  law  Newton  v  Hamden,  79 
Conn  237,  240,  Atl  229  Connecticut  has  for  centuries  recognized  it  as  her 
right  and  duty  to  provide  for  the  proper  education  of  the  young  Town  school 
committees  exist  as  .part  of  her  agencies  for  regulating  the  due  performance  of 
this  obligation  If  elected  by  the  towns,  it  is  simply  because  the  State  has 
thought  this  mode  of  choice  expedient  She  might  have  selected  them  herself 
Her  concession  of  a  right  of  election  to  the  town  does  not  recognize  or  imply 
that  it  has  a  right  of  control  over  the  committee,  when  elected  State  ex  rel 
Walsh  v  Hine.  59  Conn  50,  21     Atl  1024 

It  was  the  former  policy  of  the  state  to  make  the  management  of  schools  in 
large  measure  a  neighborhood  affair,  to  be  worked  out  by  the  creation  of  numerous 
small  territorial  divisions,  which  were  sometimes  formed  from  parts  of  several 
contiguous  towns  Under  this  scheme  of  administration,  each  local  school  district 
had  considerable  authority  over  its  school  committee  Oilman  v  Bassett,  33  Conn 
29S.  304 

For  many  years  towns  have  been  permitted  to  consolidate  all  the  districts  within 
their  limits,  and  such  a  consolidation  has  now  been  made  compulsory  The 
statutes  under  which  this  change  of  plan  has  been  effected  must  be  interpreted 
in  view  of  their  general  purpose,  which,  in  accordance  with  the  economic  trend 
of  the  times,  is  to  unify  and  centralize  the  functions  of  local  school  administra- 
tion So  construed  the  defendants  were  not  subject  to  the  control  of  the  town, 
in  regard  to  the  maintenance  of  the  school   in   question 

The  provision  in  General  Statutes,  Section  2218,  that  town  school  committees 
"shall  perform  all  lawful  acts  which  may  be  required  of  them  by  the  town,' 
means  that  they  shall  perform  all  acts  which  may  be  lawfully  required  of  them  by 
the  town  That  which  this  action  is  brought  to  compel  the  defendants  to  perform 
is  not  one  which  the  towns  could  lawfully   require  from  them 

The   Superior  Court  is  advised  to   quash   the  alternative  writ 

^  The  assumption  of  control  by  the  town  carries  with  it  all  necessary  power 
to   repair   school   buildings   71   Conn    740   741 

A  town  assuming  control  of  the  school  property  holds  it  in  trust  for  educa- 
tional purposes   73   Conn   170   171 

Transfer  of  control  from  districts  to  town  is  merely  a  transfer  from  one  pub- 
lic agency  to  another     lb 

-  Sec  207         3  Sec  212 

a.  See  decision  of  Supreme  Court  in  case  of  the  State  of  Connecticut  Ex  Rel, 
Ralph  J.  Marsh.  Et  Als.  vs.  William  J.  Lum.  Town  Treasurer,  page  62 


62 

mine  the  number  and  qualifications  of  the  scholars  to  be 
admitted  into  each  school;  designate  the  schools  which  shall 
be  attended  by  the  children  within  their  jurisdiction,  and 
may  arrange  with  the  committee  of  any  adjacent  town  or 
district  for  the  instruction  therein  of  such  children  as  may 
attend  there  more  conveniently;  shall  fill  vacancies  in  their 
own  number  until  the  next  annual  town  meeting  when 
vacancies  shall  he.  filled  as  provided  in  section  159,  and 
the  ballots  shall  distinctly  specify  the  vacancy  to  be  filled  ;^ 

a      (See   sections   71,   118,   and   181) 

THE  STATE  OF  CONNECTICUT  EX  REL.  RALPH  J.   MARSH 

ET  ALS.  vs.  WILLIAM  J.  LUM,  TOWN  TREASURER. 

•First  Judicial  District,  Hartford,  May  Term,  1920. 

Prentice,  C.  J.,  Wheeler,   Beach,   Gager  and  Case,   Js. 

The  town  school  committee  of  Wallingford,  pursuant  to  a  vote  of  the  town,  agreed 
with  its  public  school  teachers,  all  of  whom  were  then  under  contract  at  stated 
salaries,  to  increase  the  amount  of  their  compensation  by  $150  for  the  balance 
of  the  period,  and  the  teachers  thereupon  refrained  from  exercising  their  right 
to  resign  upon  giving  thirty  days'  notice,  as  their  respective  contracts  permitted 
them  to  do,  and  continued  their  work.     Held: — 

1.  That  there  was  sufficient  consideration   moving  from  the  teachers  to   the  town 

to  support  the  agreement,  and  that  the  actual  continuance  of  the  teachers 
in  their  employment  constituted  an  acceptance  of  the  terms  offered  by  the 
town  for  the  remainder  of  the  school  year. 

2.  That   the   24th   Amendment   to   the   Constitution   of   this   State,   designed   to    pre- 

vent the  payment  of  gratuities,  whether  in  the  form  of  a  direct  gift  or  of  an 
equivalent  increase  of  compensation  in  addition  to  that  fixed  by  statute  or 
contract, — did  not  forbid  the  action  of  the  town  school  committee  in  making 
what  were  in  effect  substituted  contracts  for  future  services  at  an  increased 
rate  of  compensation 

3.  That  under  the  circumstances  the  town  schoool  committee  was  entitled  to  resort 

to  mandamus  proceedings  to  compel   the   town  treasurer  to   pay  drafts   drawn 
by  the  plaintiff  in  favor  of  the  teachers  at  the  increased  rate  of  compensation. 
An  agreement  to  forbear  the  exercise  of  a  legal  right,  made  at  the  request  of  an- 
other,  is  a  sufficient   consideration   for  the   latter's   promise. 
Actual   forbearance   is  evidence   of   an  agreement   to   forbear,   and   in   the   absence   of 
proof  to  the  contrary  is  often  held  to  be  incompatible  with  any  other  condition. 
Argued   May   1.3th — decided   July  20th,   1920. 
•  Transferred  from  the  third  judicial  district. 

'  A  law  special  and  local  in  its  application  is  not  affected  by  a  statute  general 
in  terms,  unless  the  intent  that  it  sliould  have  such  effect  is  clearly  manifest 
82   Conn   122 

A  report  of  a  statute  by  implication  is  not  favored,  and  is  never  presumed 
when  the  old  and  new  statute  may  well  stand  together  lb 

Section  10  of  the  charter  of  the  city  of  New  Britain  (14  Special  Laws,  p 
921)  provides  for  an  election  of  city  officers,  including  a  school  committee,  by 
the  voters,  and  Sec  14  declares  that  "all  vancancies  in  any  of  the  said  offices  shall 
be  filled  by  the  common  council"  Section  37  invests  the  school  committee  with 
all  the  rights,  powers  and  duties  possessed  by  committees  of  consolidated  school 
districts  and  by  selectmen,  under  the  laws  of  this  state,  one  of  which  (Sec  2218) 
prescribes  that  town  school  committees  shall  fill  vacancies  in  their  own  number 
until     the     next     annual     meeting     Held     that     these     apparently     inconsistent     pro- 


63 

shall  annually,  during  the  first  two  weeks  of  September, 
ascertain  the  expenses  of  maintaining  the  schools  under 
their  superintendence,  during  the  year  ending  the  four- 
teenth day  of  the  previous  July,^  and  report  the  same,  with 
the  amount  of  moneys  received  toward  the  payment  thereof, 
to  the  annual  town  meeting,  and'  shall,  at  the  same  time, 
make  a  full  report  of  their  doings,  and  the  condition  of  the 
schools  under  their  superintendence,  and  of  all  important 
matters  concerning  the  same ;  and  shall  perform  all  lawful 
acts  which  may  be  required  of  them  by  the  town  or  which 
may  be  necessary  to  carry  into  effect  the  provisions  of  this 
title.^'^ 


visions  could  both  stand  and  have  effect,  the  special  law  as  applicable  to  the 
particular  case  of  New  Britain,  and  the  general  law  to  the  towns  of  the  State  at 
large;  and  therefore  the  common  council  of  New  Britain  and  not  the  school 
committee  was  empowered  to  fill  vacancies  in  the  latter  body     lb 

In  quo  warranto  proceedings  the  burden  is  upon  the  respondent  to  show  a 
complete  title  to  the  office  in  dispute;  otherwise  judgment  of  ouster  must  be 
rendered  against  him 

Sec  161  Powers  conferred  and  duties  imposed  by  this  section  construed  65  C 
183  Town  may  defend  action  brought  against  committee  for  official  acts;  duties 
as  to  moral  fitness  of  teachers  79  C  340  Control  of  town  over  committee  83  C 
566     This  section  held  not  to  repeal  provision  in  city  charter     S3  C  134 

1  Sec  251 

'  Powers  conferred  and  duties  imposed  by  this  section  oonsti'ued  65  Conn 
183  The  law  and  the  facts  existing  when  an  action  at  law  is  brought  must 
ordinarily  govern  its  disposition  83  Conn  563  Chapter  146  of  the  public 
acts  of  1909  concerning  town  management  of  all  public  schools,  worked  no  sub- 
stantial change  in  the  respective  rights  of  towns  and  town  school  committees 
with  reference  to  discontinuing  or  reopening  schools  in  towns  containing  but  a 
single  school  district     lb 

Town  school  committee  form  part  of  the  agencies  of  the  state  for  the  due 
performance  of  the  obligation,  which  it  has  always  assumed  of  providing  for  the 
proper  education  of  the  young  In  exercising  its  powers,  which  are  largely  dis- 
cretionary, such  a  committee  is  not  the  agent  of  the  town  but  of  the  law,  and 
therefore  is  not  subject  to  the  control  of  the  town  with  regard  to  reopening  a 
school  which  the  committee  has  seen  fit  to  close     lb 

General  statutes,  section  2318,  which  provides  that  town  school  committees 
"shall  perform  all  lawful  acts  which  may  be  required  of  them  by  the  towns," 
has  reference  only  to  such  acts  as  the  town  can  lawfully  require  the  committee 
to   perform     lb 

'  In  a  matter  in  which  it  has  an  interest,  a  municipal  corporation  may  in 
demnify  its  agent  or  officer  who  has  acted  in  good  faith  in  the  discharge  of  a 
duty  imposed  or  authorized  by  law,  or  may  assume  the  defense  of  a  suit  brought 
against  it  for  such  acts     79  Conn  337 

In  the  present  case  the  acting  school  visitors  and  two  members  of  the  town 
school  committee,  acting  in  good  faith,  investigated  certain  rumors  affecting  the 
moral  fitness  of  a  teacher  in  the  service  of  the  town,  and  upon  becoming  satisfied 
of    their   truth    so    informed   her,    but    upon   her   denial,    suggested   a   continuance    of 


64 


G  S  sec  962 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2219 

Property  of 
consolidated 
districts 


Sec.  162  Such  towns  shall  assume  the  property  and  be 
responsible  for  the  debts  of  the  districts  within  their  respec- 
tive limits.^  Such  property  shall  be  appraised  and  the 
amount  of  the  debts  estimated  under  the  direction  of  the 
town,  and  the  appraised  value  of  such  propertv  may  be 
raised  by  a  tax  to  be  laid  by  the  town  on  its  grand  list  next 
completed;  and  if  such  tax  is  raised,  the  taxpayers  in  each 
of  the  districts  previously  existing  shall  be  paid  or  credited 
on  the  rate  bill  with  their  respective  proportions  of  any  ex- 
cess of  the  property  of  such  district  over  and  above  its  lia- 
bilities, as  ascertained  by  the  town  ;  or  the  difference  in  the 
value  of  the  property  of  the  several  districts  may  be 
adjusted  in  any  other  manner  agreed  upon  by  the  parties  in 
interest.  Permanent  funds  vested  in  any  town  for  school 
purposes  shall  remain  in  charge  of  the  treasurer  of  the 
town.- 


the    investigation    or   her    resignation;    whereupon    she    resigned    and    sued    them    foi 
conspiring  to  force  her  out  of  her  position     Held: — 

1  That  the  defendant  town,  having  assumed  the  maintenance  and  control 
of  all  the  public  schools  within  its  limits,  had  a  direct  interest  in  the  fitness  of 
its  teachers  and  in  the  subject-matter  of  the  investigation 

2  That  in  making  the  investigation  those  who  conducted  it  clearly  acted 
within  the  lines  of  their  duty 

3  That  it  was  immaterial  that  they  themselves  had  no  power  to  discharge 
the  teacher,  but  could  only  report  their  conclusions  to  the  entire  committee;  since 
they  did  not  undertake   to   dismiss  her.   or  to   pass  any  judgment  in   the   matter 

4  That  it  was  com;ietent  for  the  town  either  to  employ  counsel  to  defend 
the  suit  brought  against  said  investigators,  or  to  ratify  the  action  of  its  town 
school  committee  in   retaining  an  attorney   for  that  purpose 

The  complaint  alleged  that  the  school  committee  of  the  defendant  town  had 
employed  the  plaintiff  as  an  attorney  to  defend  its  members  when  sued  for  their 
acts  as  such;  that  they  had  reported  their  action  to  the  town  in  their  annual  re- 
port, printed  and  circulated  among  the  voters,  and  that  thereupon,  at  a  town- 
meeting  specially  warned  to  determine  what  part,  if  any,  of  the  plaintiff's  fees  the 
town  would  pay,  after  a  full  discussion  a  motion  forbidding  the  selectmen  to  pay 
any  attorney  fees  in  such  action  was  defeated,  which  action  was  taken  with  the 
full  untlcrstanding  that  if  said  motion  was  defeated  the  action  of  the  school  com- 
mittee would  be  carried  into  effect:  and  that  afterward  the  town  p.^id  the  plain- 
tiff for  the  services  rendered  to  that  time,  and  that  he  had  subsequently  rendered 
further  proper  services  under  the  same  employment  Held  that  these  allega- 
tions established  at  least  a  prima  facie  obligation  upon  the  part  of  the  town, 
either  by  way  of  ratification  or  of  estoppel,  to  compensate  the  plaintiff  for  hif 
services  thereafter  rendered  and  his  expenses  thereafter  incurred  pursuant  to  such 
employment 

Sec   162     Effect  of   failure  to  follow   steps  prescribed     7S   C  ."^lO;     see  86   C   590 

»  Sec  124 

'  An  order  for  the  payment  of  money  which  specifies  no  time  of  payment  is 
in  legal  effect,  and  as  between  the  parties,  due  and  payable  immediately.  It  is. 
however,    competent    for   the    parties   to   agree  —  as   they    did    in    the    present   case  — 


65 


Sec.  163  Whenever  any  town  has  consolidated  or  shall 
consolidate  the  school  districts  within  such  town  under  the 
provisions  of  section  155  and  has  voted  or  shall  vote  to 
appraise  the  property  of  said  districts,  the  first  selectman, 
one  member  of  the  town  school  committee  elected  as  pro- 
vided by  section  158,  to  be  appointed  by  said  committee, 
and  one  member  of  the  board  of  assessors,  to  be  appointed 
by  said  board  of  assessors,  shall  constitute  a  committee  to 
make  the  appraisal  provided  for  by  section  162. 

Sec.  164  Whenever  any  town  shall  have  assumed  con- 
trol of  and  appraised  the  school  property  as  provided  in 
section  162,  the  town  may  by  vote  in  town  meeting,  extend 
the  time  in  which  the  taxpayers  of  any  district  or  districts 
shall  be  required  to  pay  the  excess  of  assessment  over  the 
appraised  value  of  the  property  in  such  district  for  a  period 
not  exceeding  five  years,  and  all  the  property  belonging  to 
the  school  districts  over  which  any  town  has  assumed  or 
shall  assume  control  shall  be  vested  in  such  town  to  be  held 
for  school   purposes   so   long  as   so  required,   and   may   be 


G  S  sec  96S 
1907  chs  14 
93 

Appraisal   of 
school 
property   of 
consolidated 
districts 


G  S  sec  964 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2220 

Time  for  pay- 
ing tax  ex- 
tended 


that  tlie  loan  evidencd  by  such  an  obligation  shall  remain  a  continuing  one  until 
such  contractual  relation  is  terminated  either  by  payment  by  the  debtor,  or  by 
demand   or  suit  by   the  creditor     78   Conn   319 

Interest  upon  a  loan  reserving  less  than  six  per  cent  should  be  computed  up 
to  the  date  of  the  defendant's  default  at  the  rate  fixed  by  the  parties,  and  there- 
after, in  the  absence  of  any  agreement,  at  the  legal  rate     Ih 

In  1897  the  defendant  town  consolidated  its  school  districts  and  for  five 
years  thereafter  assumed  and  maintained  at  its  own  expense  the  exclusive  control 
of  its  public  schools  In  1902,  by  a  vote  of  the  town,  the  old  system  was  restored 
and  the  pre-existing  districts  re-assumed  their  functions  and  took  possession  and 
control  of  the  property  owned  by  them  respectively  before  the  consolidation 
Held  that  under  the  provision  of  §  2198  of  the  Gen  Stat  of  1888  (Rev  1902, 
§  2219),  to  the  effect  that  towns  consolidating  their  school  districts  "shall  assume 
the  property  and  be  responsible  for  the  debts  of  the  districts,"  the  action  taken  by 
the  town  in  respect  to  consolidation  was  in  itself  an  assumption  of  the  property 
of  the  districts  and  of  liability  for  their  debts,  notwithstanding  the  steps  pre- 
scribed in  §  2198  looking  to  an  equitable  adjustment  of  property  rights  and 
liabilities  as  between  the  taxpayers  of  the  several  districts  were  not  pursued  by 
the  town  officials  to  whose  discretion  the  matter  was  entrusted  by  vote  of  the 
town;  and  therefore  the  town  was  liable  for  the  interest  which  had  accrued 
during   the   period   of   consolidation   on   a   debt   of    one   of   the    school   districts     lb 

The  town  contended  that  a  judgment  against  it  for  such  interest  would  be 
inequitable  to  the  taxpayers  of  the  several  distiicts  Held  that  the  facts  disclosed 
by  the  record  gave  no  sufficient  support  to  such  claim,  and  the  town  was  in  no 
position  to  take  advantage  of  that  possibility,  inasmuch  as  the  predicament  was 
due  to  the  failure  of  its  own  officials  in  1897  to  take  the  statutory  steps  which 
would  have  equalized  any  burdens  upon  the  taxpayers  which  might  have  been 
created  by  the  new  conditions 


66 


G  S  sec  965 
Rev   1002 
Sec   2221 
1905   ch    17 

Proceedings   in 
case  of  joint 
districts 


G  S  sec  966 
Rev   1002 
Sec  2222 

Managcmi'nt 
of  |HTniani-iu 
funds 


C  S  sec  968 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2224 
1903  ch  r>0 

Payment   ..f 

schnol 

cx|>cns.--. 


sold  and  deeded  by  said  town  when  not  required  for  school 
purposes. 

Sec.  165  Whenever  any  town  has  voted,  or  shall  vote, 
to  assume  control  of  all  the  schools,  as  provided  in  this 
chapter,  in  case  there  is  a  joint  district  the  selectmen  of 
the  towns  out  of  which  such  joint  district  is  formed  shall 
meet  within  ten  days  after  receiving  a  written  request  fc 
such  meeting  signed  by  the  first  selectman  of  either  of  said 
towns,  and  appraise  the  schoolhouse  and  other  school 
property  owned  and  used  by  said  joint  district  and  deter- 
mine what  proportion  is  owned  by  the  inhabitants  of  the 
towns  residing  in  said  district.  If  the  several  l)oards  of 
selectmen  shall  not  agree,  the  same  shall  be  determined  by 
a  judge  of  the  superior  court  upon  application  of  either  of 
the  boards  of  selectmen,  and  his  decision  shall  be  final.  The 
proportion  belonging  to  the  taxpayers  of  the  town  in  which 
the  property  is  not  located,  after  deducting  the  indebtedness 
of  the  district,  shall  be  paid  to  the  treasurer  of  such  town  by 
the  treasurer  of  the  town  in  which  such  jjroportion  is 
located. 

Sec.  166  In  case  any  school  district,  formerl}^  existing 
in  a  town  in  which  the  school  districts  have  been  or  shall 
be  abolished  or  consolidated,  has  received  a  permanent  fund 
for  the  support  of  a  school  or  schools  in  said  district,  the 
treasurer  of  the  town  shall  have  charge  of  it,  and  keep  a 
separate  account  thereof;  and  the  income  of  said  fund  shall 
be  held  subject  to  the  order  of  the  town  school  committee, 
which  shall  apply  it  for  the  benefit  of  the  school  or  schools 
within  or  nearest  to  the  limits  of  the  district  formerly 
existing,  in  such  manner  as  to  carry  out.  as  nearly  as  pos- 
sible, the  intent  of  the  grantor  of  said  fund. 

Sec.  167  The  expenses  of  maintaining  public  schbols 
in  such  towns,  which  shall  be  incurred  with  the  approval 
of  the  town  school  committee,  shall  be  paid  by  the  town 
treasurer  on  orders  drawn  by  the  town  school  committee, 
except  so  far  as  they  may  be  met  by  the  income  from  local 
sciiool  funds.  Such  orders  may  be  signed  by  such  persons 
on  behalf  of  the  school  committee  as  the  committee  by  by- 
law or  special   \()te.  certified  hv  the  secretarv  to  the  town 


G  S  sec  970 
Rev  1902 
Sec    2226 


67 

treasurer,  may  provide  :  and,  in  the  absence  of  such  by-law 
or  special  direction,  by  the  secretary. 

Sec.   168     When   anv   part  of  a   school   district   lying   in   c  5  sec  969 

i  .     '  ^^^   1902 

two  or  more   towns  shall  be  abolished  or  consolidated  by    See  2225 
either,  its  selectmen  shall  give  immediate  notice  thereof  to   Notice  when 

*  part    of    dis- 

the  selectmen  of  the  other  town  or  towns,  which  shall  there-   'r'cf  [f  , 

abolished 

after  provide   for  the  schooling-  of  the   children   belonging 
thereto,  who  formerly  belonged  to  said  school  district.' 

Sec.   169     Any  school  district  which  has  been,  or  shall 
be.   abolished   by   anv    town,   may   settle   and    close    up    its 

^.  ,.'...'  .',  ,  ,  I  I  Settlement    of 

affairs;  and  its  district  committee  last  elected,  or  the  select-   affairs  of 

^         .  ,  ,,  .     ,  .  .-      I  f    .     •    ^      abolished  dis- 

men  of  said  town,  may  call  special  meetings  ot  the  district,   trict 

Sec.   170     If  any   such  district    has.    or    shall,    become   Rev  i902"''' 
liable,  by  judgment  or  otherwise,  to  pay  any  claims  or  de-   ^^'^  ^^^" 
mands  upon  it,  or  if  expenses  and  liabilities  have  been  or   delnT^ol' such 
shall  be  incurred  by  it  in  settling  up  its  affairs,  after  con-   f^'stnct 
solidation,  the  selectmen  of  said  town,  upon  the  request  of 
said  district,  shall  pav  the  same  and  charge  the  amount  to 
the  district,  and  said  amount  shall  be  raised  by  the  select- 
men adding  the  same  to  the  tax  to  be  laid  by  the  said  town 
on  its  grand  list  next  completed  of  the  taxable  property  of 
such  district. 

Sec.  171     Said  selectmen  shall  collect  all  taxes,  claims   ^  ^  ^Hj^^ 

Rev   1902 

and  demands  in  favor  of  such  district,  in  the  name  of  the    Sec  2228 
district,  and  credit  the  same  to  the  district,  less  expenses   uxlrof^such 
of  collection.  ^'^''''^' 

Sec.  172     When  any  town  has  voted  to  re-establish  its   ^^^  1902'^^ 
school  districts  as  provided  in  section  157,  each  of  the  dis-   ^^"^  ~''~^ 
tricts  shall  pay  the  town  for  all  improvements  which  the   Je'imhursed*'* 
town  has  made  on  the  schoolhouse.  its  furniture  and  appur-   ^pnt"'"^"^^' 
tenances  within  the  district.     The  amounts  to  be  thus  paid 
shall  be  determined  by  the  selectmen  and  the  town  school 
committee.     When  such  payments  are  made  the  town  shall 
restore  or  make  good  to  each  of  the  districts  the   school 
property  and  local  funds  formerly  belonging  to  the  district. 
If  any  district  shall  refuse  or  neglect  to  make  the  payment 
required  b\'  this  section  until  the  expiration  of  six  months 

»  Sec  115 

Sec     170     Held     not     to     be     condition     precedent     to     lawful     consolidation     78 
C  326 


68 


G  S  sec  974 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2230 

Vrtc  to  re- 
establish 


C,   S  sec  975 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2231 

Town  school 
committee  to 
become  school 
visitors 


G  S  sec  97t> 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2232 

Taking  land 
for  school 
purposes 

G  5  sec  977 
1907  ch  39 

Election  of 
members  of 
town  school 
committee 


after  the  passage  of  the  vote  of  the  town  to  re-establish  the 
districts,  the  selectmen  may  cause  a  tax  sufficient  to  make 
said  payment,  including  the  cost  of  laying  and  collecting 
such  tax,  to  be  laid  on  the  district  in  the  manner  provided 
by  law  for  school  district  taxes  except  that  the  selectmen 
shall  perform  the  duties  required  of  district  committees 
therein,  and  to  be  collected  and  paid  to  the  town. 

Sec.  173  A  vote  to  re-establish  the  school  districts  shall 
not  take  effect  further  than  to  authorize  the  district  to  hold 
meetings,  lay  and  collect  taxes,  and  appoint  officers  for 
these  purposes,  until  all  the  settlements  and  payments  re- 
quired by  section  172  have  been  made;  and  unless  such  pay- 
ments and  settlements  are  made  within  one  year  after  the 
passage  of  said  vote  said  vote  shall  be  null  and  void. 

Sec.  174  When  any  town  in  which  the  school  districts 
have  been  consolidated  has  abandoned  or  shall  abandon 
such  system,  the  persons  elected  school  committee  of  such 
consolidated  districts  at  the  election  next  preceding  such 
abandonment  shall  be  and  remain  the  members  of  the  board 
of  school  visitors  of  such  town,  with  all  the  powers  and 
duties  of  school  visitors,  during  the  term  for  which  they 
were  or  may  be  respectively  elected,  in  the  same  manner  as 
if  elected  school  visitors  of  such  town. 

Sec.  175  Towns  shall  have  the  same  powers  and  be 
subject  to  the  same  regulations,  as  school  districts,  in  taking 
land  for  schoolhouses,  outbuildings  and  convenient  accom- 
modations for  schools. 

Sec.  176  Whenever  any  town  shall  have  voted,  in  the 
manner  provided  by  law,  to  change  the  number  of  mem- 
bers of  its  town  school  committee  or  board  of  school  visi- 
tors from  six  to  three,  no  members  of  such  committee  or 
such  board  shall  be  elected  at  the  first  annual  town  meet- 
ing after  the  adjournment  of  the  meeting  at  which  the  num- 
ber was  so  fixed  at  three.  At  the  second  annual  town 
meeting  one  member  of  such  committee  or  such  l)oard  shall 
be  elected  to  serve  one  year,  and  at  the  third  annual  town 
meeting  three  members  thereof  shall  be  elected.  Whenever 
any  town  shall  have  voted  to  change  the  number  of  said 
school  officers  from  nine  to  three,  or  from  twelve  to  three, 


69 

no  members  of  such  committee  or  such  board  shall  be 
elected  at  the  first  and  second  annual  town  meetings  after 
the  number  has  been  so  determined,  and  at  the  third  annual 
town  meeting  three  members  thereof  shall  be  elected. 
Whenever  a  town  shall  have  so  voted  to  reduce  the  number 
of  members  of  its  town  school  committee  or  board  of  school 
visitors  to  three,  and  by  resignation  the  number  shall  be- 
fore the  next  annual  town  meeting  after  the  adjournment  of 
the  meeting  at  which  the  number  was  fixed  at  three,  be 
reduced  to  three,  the  terms  of  office  of  the  remaining  mem- 
bers shall  terminate  at  said  annual  town  meetings,  and  the 
town  shall  thereupon  elect,  at  said  meeting,  three  members 
of  such  committee  or  such  board.  The  provisions  of  section 
159  which  relate  to  the  election  and  term  of  office  of  a  town 
school  committee  of  three  members  shall  apply  in  like  man- 
ner to  the  election  and  term  of  office  of  the  officers  pro- 
vided  for  by  this  section. 

Sec.  177  Whenever,  in  towns  holding  biennial  elections  ^oglhes'^ 
as  provided  in  section  249  of  the  General  Statutes,^  town  Biennial  eiec- 
school  committees  or  boards  of  school  visitors  are  divided  ^^^^efs  ^''^°°^ 
into  classes  under  the  provisions  of  section  40  and  159,  at 
each  biennial  town  meeting,  there  shall  be  elected  a  num- 
ber sufficient  to  fill  two  classes.  On  the  ballots  shall  be 
printed  or  written,  above  the  names  constituting  each  class, 
the  words,  "town  school  committee"  or  "board  of  school 
visitors,"  as  the  case  may  be,  and  directly  underneath  said 
words  shall  be  written  or  printed  the  words  "terms  begin  in 
(the  figures  designating  the  year)."  Whenever  the  number 
of  the  town  school  committee  shall  be  three,  who  are  to  hold 
office  for  one  year  as  provided  in  section  159,  on  the  ballots 
above  such  three  names  shall  be  printed  or  written  the 
words  "town  school  committee"  and,  directly  underneath, 
the  words  "terms  begin  in  (the  figures  designating  the 
year),"  and  above  the  second  three  names  shall  be  written 
or  printed  the  words  "terms  begin  in  (figures  designating 
the  year)."  Whenever  any  vacancy  occurs,  a  majority  of 
the  remaining  members  may  fill  the  vacancy  until  the 
next  town  meeting.    Whenever  a  vacancy  is  to  be  filled  by 

1  See  note  1     Sec  159 


70 


G  S  sec  979 
1909  ch  146 
1911  ch  200 

Towns  to 
control    ajid 
manage 
bchools 


G  S  sec  980 
1909  ch  146 

School 

business    tran- 
sacted   in 
town    meeting 

G  S  sec  981 
1909  ch  146 
1917  ch  80 

Committee 
how   con- 
stituted 
•^lection 


election,  on  the  ballots  used  at  such  election  shall  be  printed 
or  written  the  words,  "town  school  committee"  or  "board 
of  school  visitors,"  as  the  case  may  be,  and,  directly  under- 
neath the  words  "vacancy  (one  or  two  years,  as  the  case 
may  be)."^ 

Chapter  X 

Town  Management 

General   Statutes,   Chapter   52,   page   341 

Sec.  178  Every  town  in  this  state  shall  maintain  the 
control  of  all  the  public  schools  within  its  limits,  and  for 
this  purpose  every  town  shall  be  a  school  district,  and  shall 
have  all  the  powers  and  duties  of  school  districts,  except 
in  so  far  as  such  powers  and  duties  are  inconsistent  with 
the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  but  this  chapter  shall  not 
apply  to  any  town  which  has  a  city  or  borough,  or  district 
organized  under  special  acts  of  the  legislature,  within  its 
limits,  unless  such  town  shall  vote  to  abolish  school  dis- 
tricts and  assume  control  of  the  public  schools  therein.  The 
provisions  of  this  chapter  shall  apply  to  the  town  of  South 
Windsor  in  all  respects  as  if  the  districts  within  its  limits, 
organized  under  special  act  of  the  legislature,  had  been 
abolished  prior  to  July   14,  1909. 

Sec.  179  All  business  concerning  the  public  schools 
shall  1)0  transacted  in  town  meetings.  The  annual  town 
meeting  shall  be  the  annual  school  district  meeting. 

Sec.  180  The  town  school  committee  of  every  town 
managing  schools  under  the  provisions  of  this  chapter  shall 
consist  of  either  three,  six,  nine  or  twelve  residents  of  said 
town.  If  the  number  of  the  town  school  committee  be 
three,  all  the  members  thereof  shall  be  elected  at  the  annual 
town  meeting,  and  no  person  shall  vote  for  more  than  two; 
the  three  persons  receiving  the  highest  number  of  votes 
shall  be  such  town  school  committee.  If  the  number  of 
the  town  school  committee  be  six,  nine  or  twelve,  one-third 

'  See   Sec    414 

Sec  178  Purpose  and  effect  of  consolidation  S2  C  .i66;  S6  C  594  See 
note  to  Sec  950 

Sec  180  Requircnunt  that  member  of  committee  be  "resident"  considered 
63  C  560 


71 

of  the  members  thereof  shall  be  elected  annually  by  ballot 
for  the  term  of  three  years,  to  begin  on  the  day  of  election. 
If  the  number  to  be  chosen  at  any  town  meeting  be  two  or 
four,  no  person  shall  vote  for  more  than  half  that  number. 
If  the  number  to  be  chosen  be  three,  no  person  shall  vote 
for  more  than  two.  Said  school  committee  shall  have  the 
power  to  fill  vacancies  in  its  membership  until  the  next 
annual  election,  when  such  vacancies  shall  be  filled  for  the 
remainder  of  the  term  by  the  town,  by  ballot.  No  boards 
of  school  visitors  shall  be  elected,  and  no  district  commit- 
tees, except  in  districts  organized  under  special  acts  and 
in  districts  which  retain  their  organization  in  the  manner 
provided  in  this  chapter.  Any  town  may  at  any  time  vote 
to  make  the  number  of  its  school  committee  either  three, 
six,  nine  or  twelve,  and  at  each  subsequent  election  the  new 
I^oard  shall  be  elected  in  the  manner  above  provided,  but 
those  theretofore  elected  shall  remain  in  office  until  the 
expiration  of  their  terms. 

Sec.   181     Said  school  committee  shall,  in  general,  have    g  s  sec  982 
all  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  both  of  district  com-   1913  ch  178 
mittees^  and  boards  of  school  visitors,-  except  so  far  as  such    powers  and 
powers  and  duties  are  inconsistent  with   the  provisions  of   to\v"schooi 
this  chapter.     They  shall  maintain   in   their  several  towns   *^°'""" 
good  common  schools,  of  the  different  grades,  at  such  places 
and  times  as  in  their  judgment  shall  best  subserve  the  in- 
terests of  education,  and  as  shall  give  all  the  scholars  of 
the  town  as  nearly  equal  advantages  as  may  be  practicable  ; 
they  shall   have  charge  of  the  schools   of  their   respective 
towns;  they  shall  appoint  a  chairman  and  secretary,  which 
secretary  shall  be  chosen,  either  from  their  number,  or  from 
the  citizens   of  the    town    in   which    they   are   elected,   who 
shall   respectively   perform    the    duties    and    exercise    the 
powers   pertaining  to   the   chairman   and    secretary   of   the 
boards  of  school  visitors  ;^  they  shall  appoint  one  or  more 
acting  visitors  or  a  superintendent  to  exercise,  under  their 
direction,  a  supervision  over  schools;*  they  shall  have  the 

'  Chapter  xi,  page  77 

*  Sec  7C 

3  Sec  85 

■•  Chapter   vi,   page   30 

Sec  ISl     Control    of    town    over    committee     S2    C    566     See    note    to    Sec    161 


72 

care  and  management  of  buildings,  lands,  apparatus  and 
other  property  used  for  school  purposes ;  they  shall  deter- 
mine the  number  and  qualifications  of  the  scholars  to  be 
admitted  into  each  school ;  they  shall  employ  a  requisite 
number  of  qualified  teachers,^  but  shall  make  no  contract 
for  a  longer  period  than  one  year;  they  shall  designate  the 
schools  which  shall  be  attended  by  the  various  children 
within  their  several  towns,  and  shall  make  such  provisions 
as  will  enable  every  child  of  school  age,  residing  in  the 
town,  who  is  of  proper  mental  and  physical  condition,  to 
attend  some  public  day  school  for  the  period  required  by 
law,  and  they  may  provide  for  the  transportation  of  chil- 
dren wherever  transportation  may  seem  reasonable  and 
desirable,^  and  they  may  arrange,  if  they  see  fit,  with  the 
committee  of  an  adjoining  town  for  the  instruction  therein 
of  such  children  as  can  attend  school  in  such  adjoining 
town  more  conveniently ;  they  shall  report  in  detail  to  the 
annual  town  meeting  concerning  the  expenditures  on  the 
schools  of  the  towns  during  the  year  ending  on  the  fifteenth 
day  of  the  previous  July  f  and  also  concerning  their  doings 
and  the  condition  of  the  schools  under  their  superintend- 
ence, and  they  shall  perform  all  lawful  acts  necessary  to 
carry  into  effect  the  powers  and  duties  granted  by  this 
chapter.^  ^ 

Sec.  182  The  town  clerk  and  treasurer  of  each  town 
shall  have  all  the  powers  and  duties,  respectively,  of  the 
clerk  and  treasurer  of  a  school  district,  except  in  so  far  as 
such  duties  arc  rendered  unnecessary  l\v  the  pr(^visions  of 
this  chapter. 

Sec.  183  All  school' records  shall  be  handed  over  to  the 
town  clerk  of  cacli  town,  and  shall  be  preserved  l^y  the  town. 

9^-^  ^'■.'"  ^^A  Sec.   184     All  property  at  anv  time  held  by  school  dis- 

1909  ch  148  .  '  .  . 

tricts  which  has  vested  in  the  towns  in  which  such  districts 
are  situated  shall  be  held  by  such  towns  for  school  pur- 

'  Sees    207.    212 
'  Sec  20 
»  Sec  251 

*  See   65    Conn    183,    also   notes   on   pages   6.3 

•  For    other    duties    see    duties    of    school    visitors,    note    1,    page    84,    and    duties 
of   town   school   committees,    note   6,   page   59 

Sec  184      Effect  of  failure  of  town  to  lay  equalization  tax     86  C  594 


73 

poses.  Every  school  district  may  preserve  its  organization  property 
and  necessary  powers  for  the  sole  purpose  of  closing  and  l^jeb,"*^'^ 
settling  up  its  affairs  and  managing  and  paying  any  indebt- 
deness  not  devolved  upon  the  town.  The  provisions  of 
sections  7  and  8  of  chapter  146  of  the  Public  Acts  of  1909 
are  continued  in  force  and  effect  for  all  objects  and  pur- 
poses in  said  sections  provided.^ 

'  Connecticut  Reports,  Vol  86     Page  590 

The  Second  School  District  of  the  Town  of  Glastonbury  vs  The  Town  of 
Glastonbury 

Chapter  140  of  the  Public  Acts  of  1909,  which  took  effect  on  July  15th  of 
that  year,  required  towns  to  assume  the  management  and  control  of  their  district 
schools  and  also  to  take  over  their  property  and  indebtedness  Section  7  of  the 
Act  provided  that  the  assessors  of  each  town  should  appraise  the  property  of 
each  school  district  therein  on  or  before  Sept.  30th,  1909,  and  that  the  town, 
at  its  next  annual  meeting  after  the  Act  took  effect,  should  levy  an  "equalization 
tax"  upon  its  grand  list  sufficient  to  raise,  in  the  combined  districts,  an  amount 
equal  to  the  value  of  their  property  less  their  indebtedness;  and  that  thereupon 
a  sum  equal  to  the  appraised  value  of  the  school  property  in  each  dsitrict,  less 
its  indebtedness,  should  be  abated  to  the  taxpayers  of  such  district  in  proportion 
to  the  amount  of  their  respective  lists  It  further  provided  that  any  school  district 
might  elect  to  retain  and  be  alone  responsible  for  its  own  indebtedness  or  any 
stated  portion  thereof,  in  which  case  such  indebtedness  should  not  be  deducted 
from  the  appraised  value  of  its  property  in  determining  the  amount  of  the  afore 
said  abatement 

The  plaintiff  district,  which  owned  property  appraised  in  September,  1909, 
at  $15,500.00,  and  was  indebted  to  the  amount  of  $15,152.00,  voted  that  its  entire 
debt  devolve  upon  the  town;  while  the  defendant  town  voted  in  November,  1909, 
not  to  assume  any  debt  contracted  by  any  school  district  before  July  15th 
1909  The  defendant  refused  to  lay  an  equalization  tax  and  the  plaintiff  b> 
this  suit  sought  to  compel  it  to  do  so,  or  to  return,  or  pay  for  the  school 
district  property  Held:  —  1  That  the  object  of  the  tax  was  not  to  raise  money 
to  pay  the  indebtedness  assumed,  but,  as  its  name  implied,  to  equalize,  between 
the  different  districts  and  in  proportion  to  their  respective  grand  lists,  the 
amount  in  property  and  taxes  taken  from  each  by  the  town  2  That  the  town, 
in  its  corporate  capacity,  had  no  interest  in  the  appraisal  of  the  school  district 
property  but  only  in  the  amount  of  its  indebtedness;  and  therefore  was  in  no 
position  to  assail  the  statute  upon  the  ground  that  it  did  not  provide  for  a  hear- 
ing of  interested  persons  by  the  assessors  before  appraising  the  property  3  That 
as  none  of  the  defendant's  property  was  being  taken  there  was  no  ground  for  its 
claim  that  it  was  being  deprived  of  its  property  without  due  process  of  law  4 
That  the  defendant  should  have  laid  the  equalization  tax  as  the  statute  prescribed; 
and  its  failure  to  do  so  at  the  time  specified  in  the  statute  was  no  excuse  for  its 
refusal  to  lay  it  now  5  That  the  tax  should  be  laid  upon  the  last  completed 
grand  list  of  the  town 

Suit  to  compel  the  defendant  to  lay  an  equalization  tax  in  the  manner  pre 
scribed  by  chapter  146  of  the  Public  Acts  of  1909,  relating  to  the  town  manage- 
ment of  public  schools,  or  to  pay  the  plaintiff  the  just  and  true  value  of  its 
school  property,  pos.session  of  which  the  town  was  alleged  to  have  taken,  or  for 
other  relief,  brought  to  and  reserved  by  the  Superior  Court  in  Hartford  County, 
Ralph  Wheeler,  J,  upon  a  finding  of  facts  for  the  advice  of  this  court  Judg- 
ment advised  for  plaintiff 

By  the  Act  in  question  (Public  Acts  of  1909,  chapter  146,  p  1070)  certain 
school    property,    consisting   of   a   schoolhouse    and   the    lot    on    which    it    stands,    and 


74 


all  the  furniture,  equipment  and  apparatus  of  the  school  therein  contained,  all  of 
the  value  of  $15,500.00,  became  vested  in  the  defendant  town,  and  it  has  taken 
possession  of  and  occupies  the  same,  and  is  using  it  for  school  purposes 

Sec  7  of  the  Act,  so  far  as  it  concerns  this  action,  reads  as  follows: 
"All  property  heretofore  held  by  school  districts  shall  vest  in  the  towns  in 
which  such  districts  are  situated,  to  be  held  by  such  towns  for  school  purposes 
All  debts,  obligations,  or  pecuniary  trusts  <'f  any  school  district,  existing  at  the 
time  of  the  passage  of  this  act,  shall  remain  in  force  against  the  town  in  which 
such  district  was  situated,  and  shall  be  paid  and  performed  by  such  town,  except 
as  hereinafter  provided  The  assessors  of  each  town  shall,  on  or  before  the 
thirtieth  day  of  September.  1909,  appraise  the  property  of  each  school  district 
within  its  limits  At  the  next  annual  town  meeting  after  the  passage  of  this  act, 
an  equalization  tax  shall  be  levied  upon  the  grand  list  of  the  town,  equivalent 
to  such  a  tax  as  would,  in  all  districts  of  the  town  combined,  raise  an  amount 
of  money  equal  to  the  value  of  the  property  owned  by  such  districts,  less  their 
indebtedness,  and  there  shall  then  be  abated  to  the  taxpayers  of  each  district 
so  many  mills  of  such  equalization  tax  rate  as  upon  that  part  of  the  grand  list 
of  the  town  taxable  within  such  district  would  yield  an  amount  of  money  equal 
to  the  appraised  value  of  its  property  less  the  amount  of  indebtedness  of  the 
district  Any  district  shall  have  power  to  determine  that  any  stated  amount  of 
its  indebtedness  shall  not  be  devolved  upon  the  town,  but  shall  be  owned  by  such 
district  exclusively,  as  heretofore,  and  any  town  shall  have  this  same  power 
regarding  the  indebtedness  of  any  district  situated  within  its  limits;  provided, 
that,  if  action  is  taken  both  by  the  town  and  by  the  district  having  such  in- 
debtedness, the  vote  stating  the  larger  amount  of  indebtedness  to  be  separately 
retained  by  the  district  and  not  devolved  upon  the  town  shall  determine  such 
amount;  and  provided,  further,  that  this  amount  of  indebtedness  thus  separately 
retained  by  the  district  shall  not  be  deducted  from  the  appraised  value  of  its 
property  in  fixing  the  amount  of  the  equalization  tax  to  be  abated  for  its  tax- 
payers 

Every  school  district  shall  remain  separately  and  solely  liable  for  any 
indebtedness  or  liability  by  it  incurred  previously  to  September  1,  1909,  unless 
the  amount  of  such  liability  or  indebtedness  shall  be  deducted,  as  aforesaid, 
from  the  appraised  value  of  its  property  in  fixing  the  amount  of  the  equalization 
tax  to  be  abated  for  its  taxpayers" 

Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  Act,  the  assessors  of  the  town  in  September, 
1909,  appraised  said  school  property  at  $15,500.00.  At  the  time  when  this  property 
was  taken  by  the  defendant  the  plaintiff  was  indebted,  by  its  notes,  to  the  amount 
of  $15,152.50,  for  money  borrowed  with  which  to  erect  the  school  building  The 
district  voted  that  its  entire  debt  devolved  upon  the  town  The  town  voted,  on 
November  27th,  1909  "that  any  debt  contracted  by  any  school  district  in  the 
town  of  Glastonbury  previous  to  July  15,  1909.  be  not  assumed  by  the  town" 
No  equalization  tax  was  laid  by  the  town  at  its  next  annual  meeting  after  the 
passage  of  the  Act  in  question,  and  the  town  will  refuse  to  lay  such  tax  unless 
ordered  so  to  do  by  the  court  The  remaining  school  districts  in  the  town  have 
continued  responsible  for  their  debts,  and  have  made  no  request  that  the  town 
pay  the  same,  and  none  of  them  has  taken  any  action  to  enforce  an  equalization 
tax,  or  to  collect  from  the  town  any  of  the  indebtedness  of  such   district 

Opinion  The  purpose  of  the  statute  under  which  the  plaintiff's  school  prop- 
erty was  vested  in  the  defendant,  was  to  abolish  school  districts  in  certain  towns 
and  place  the  management  of  all  the  schools  in  the  hands  of  the  town,  which, 
for  that   pur|>ose,   is  made   a   school   district 

Its  effect  is  to  enlarge  the  boundaries  of  the  different  districts  so  as  to  make 
them  correspond  with  those  of  the  town  It  is  a  general  law,  applying  to  all 
towns  in  the  state  except  those  which  have  a  city  or  borough,  or  a  district 
organized  under  a  special  act  of  the  legislature,  within  their  limits,  and  except 
those  towns  which  have  voted  to  abolish  school  districts  and  assume  the  control 
of   the   schools 


75 


Sec.  185  The  expenses  of  maintaining  public  schools 
which  shall  be  incurred  with  the  approval  of  the  town 
school  committee  shall  be  paid  by  the  town  treasurer  on 
orders  drawn  by  the  town  school  committee,  except  so  far 
as  they  may  be  met  by  the  income  from  local  school  funds. 
Such  orders  may  be  signed  by  such  persons  on  behalf  of 
the  school  committee  as  the  committee  by  by-law  or  spe- 
cial vote,  certified  by  the  secretary  to  the  town  treasurer, 
may  provide,  and  in  the  absence  of  such  by-law  or  spe- 
cial direction,  l)y  the  secretary. 

Sec.  186  Any  town  not  assuming  control  of  the  pub- 
lic schools  within  its  limits  under  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter,  which  receives  money,  under  the  provisions  of 
section  184,  by  reason  of  the  appraisement  of  the  property 
of  any  school  district,  parts  of  which  before  July  14,  1909, 
belonged  to  different  towns,  shall  pay  the  same  to  such 
agent,  treasurer  or  committee  as  shall  be  chosen  bv  those 
qualified  to  vote  in  school  meeting  belonging  to  that  part  of 
such  district  in  said  town  not  assuming  control  of  its  public 


G  S  sec  9116 
1909  ch  146 

Expenses 
how   paid 


G  S  sec  987 
1909  ch  251 

Payments  by 
towns  not 
assuming 
control 


By  thus  consolidating  all  of  the  districts  into  a  single  district,  the  enlarged 
district  became  possessed  of  the  school  property  of  all  the  old  districts,  and 
became  bound  to  manage,  and  assume  the  expense  of  managing,  all  the  schools 

Section  7,  out  of  which  the  present  controversy  arises,  provides  for  the  pay- 
ment of  the  debts  and  obligations  of  the  districts  After  providing,  in  the  earlier 
part  of  the  section,  that  the  town  shall  pay  these  debts  except  as  thereafter  pro- 
vided, it  proceeds  to  provide  for  what  is  called  an  "equalization  tax"  This  tax 
does  not  purport  to  be  laid  for  the  purpose  of  paying  indebtedness  which 
the  town  assumes  to  pay  for  the  different  districts  The  sum  to  be  raised  is  not 
the  amount  of  such  indebtedness,  but  the  value  of  the  property  received  less  the 
amount  of  such  indebtedness  It  may  be  much  more  than  the  total  indebtedness, 
and  it  may  be  less,  depending  upon  the  value  of  the  property  and  the  amount 
of  the  indebtedness  of  the  different  districts  Presumably  the  total  property 
taken  will  exceed  the  indebtedness;  but  fires  or  other  disasters  in  a  particular 
town  might  create  a  situation  not  contemplated  by  the  statute  Nor  does  the 
statute  contemplate  that  the  town  will,  upon  this  levy,  collect  the  full  tax  laid, 
for  the  taxpayers  in  the  several  districts  are  allowed  an  abatement  which  in  effect 
is  the  amount  by  which  the  appraised  value  of  the  property  taken  from  the  district 
exceeds    its   indebtedness 

The  purpose  of  the  tax  is,  as  its  name  implies,  equalization,  to  equalize  as 
between  the  different  districts,  in  proportion  to  their  grand  lists,  the  amount  in 
l)roperty  and  taxes  from  each  by  the  town  If  the  amount  thus  received  is  not 
sufficient  to  pay  all  the  indebtedness  assumed  by  the  town,  the  difference  must  be 
raised  later  by  a  new  levy  upon  all  the  taxpayers  in  the  town  in  the  usual  manner 
of   raising  money   by   taxation 


76 

schools ;  and  such  voters,  in  meeting  called  by  any  five  of 
their  number  or  by  the  selectmen,  by  notice  posted  con- 
spicuously in  such  part  of  said  district  five  days  before  such 
meeting,  may  do  all  acts  proper  for  the  reception  and  care 
of  such  money,  and  shall  expend  the  same  for  public  school 
purposes  for  the  benefit  of  the  inhabitants  in  said  part  of 
such  school  district  as  lies  in  the  town  not  assuming  con- 
trol of  its  public  schools. 


The  defendant,  therefore,  as  a  corporate  body,  has  no  interest  in  the  valuation 
of  the  school  property  For  that  reasons,  doubtless,  the  appraisal  was  left  to  its 
own  officers  chosen  to  appraise  and  assess  all  of  the  txable  property  in  town 
and  already  chosen  at  the  time  the  Act  was  passed  and  the  property  taken  over 

It  is  the  amount  of  the  indebtedness  in  which  the  town  is  interested,  and  it 
has  adequate  means  of  raising  the  necessary  amount  if  the  equalization  tax  fails  to 
produce  suflficient  Whether  the  appraisal  of  the  school  properties  was  too  great 
or  too  small  does  not  affect  the  defendant  In  the  case  before  us  the  court  has 
found  that  the  plaintiff's  property  was  properly  appraised,  its  value  being  the 
amount  of  the  appraisal,  $15,500.00  It  is  unnecessary,  therefore,  to  inquire 
whether  it  was,  as  claimed  by  the  defendant,  improper  to  leave  the  appraisal  of 
the  school  property  to  the  assessors  of  the  town  without  providing  for  a  hearing 
by  the  parties  interested,  because  the  defendant  is  not  an  interested  party  And 
as  none  of  the  defendant's  property  is  being  taken,  there  is  no  ground  for  its  claim 
that  it  is  being  deprived  of  its  property  without  due  process  of  law 

It  was  the  defendant's  duty  to  have  levied  this  equalization  tax  as  the  statute 
required  It  is  claimed  in  behalf  of  the  defendant  that,  having  neglected  its  duty 
to  levy  the  tax  at  its  next  town  meeting  after  the  statute  was  passed,  it  cannot 
now  levy  such  a  tax  because  property  has  changed  hands,  new  buildings  have 
been  erected,  and  no  provision  is  made  in  the  Act  for  laying  the  tax  at  any  other 
time  than  at  the  annual  town  meeting  for  1909  upon  the  grand  list  for  that  yeat 
The  statute  does  not  prescribe  that  the  levy  shall  be  upon  the  grand  list  of  1909 
For  aught  that  appears  it  might  have  been  laid  upon  the  last  completed  grand  list 
as  well  as  upon  that  of  1909  The  law  made  it  mandatory  upon  the  town  to  pay 
the  indebtedness  of  the  districts,  and  provided  a  way  The  defendant  cannot  be 
heard  to  say  that  because  it  neglected  its  duty  at  the  time  prescribed  for  its  per- 
formance it  is  now  excused  from  performance  A  levy  upon  the  last  grand  list, 
or  upon  the  next  one,  will  answer  the  purposes  of  the  statute 

The  plaintiff  district  having  never  determined  that  any  stated  amount  of  its 
indebtedness  shall  be  owed  by  it  exclusively  and  shall  not  be  devolved  upon  the 
town,  this  is  not  a  case  where  both  the  district  and  town  have  acted  in  fixing  such 
stated  amounts  The  plaintiff,  therefore,  is  not  precluded  by  the  votes  of  the  town 
from  bringing  this  action 

The  Superior  Court  is  advised  to  grant  the  plaintiff's  first  prayer  for  relief 
directing  that  the  equalization  tax  be  levied  upon  the  last  completed  grand  list 
of  the  town 


77 


Chapter  XI 
District  Committees  ^ 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  53   page  344 

Sec.   187     The  committee  of  every  district  shall  give  due   g  -^  ^/n'no** 

^  Rev  1902 

notice  of  all  meetings  of  the  district ;-  may  call  a  special    Sec  2233 
meeting  thereof  at  anv  time,  and  shall  call  one  on  the  writ-   Powers  and 

°  -  '  _  duties 

ten  request  of  one-fifth  or  of  ten  of  the  legal  voters  in  the 
district  stating  the  object  for  which  a  meeting  is  desired,  to 
be  held  within  fifteen  days  after  such  request  is  presented  ; 
and  for  any  failure  so  to  comply  with  such  request  they 
shall  be  fined  not  more  than  thirty  dollars.  They  shall 
provide  suitable  schoolrooms,  and  furnish  the  same  with 
fuel  properly  prepared  ;  visit  the  schools,  by  one  or  more  of 
their  number,  twice  at  least  during  each  term  ;  shall,  when 
the  scholars  are  not  properly  supplied  with  books,  and  their 
parents  are  too  poor  to  furnish  them,  provide  the  same,  the 
cost  thereof  to  be  included  in  the  incidental  expenses  of 
the  term  f  shall  suspend,  or  expel  from  school  for  the  term, 
or  for  any  part  thereof,  all  pupils  found  guilty,  on  full  hear- 
ing, of  incorrigibly  bad  conduct;  and  shall  give  such  in- 
formation and  assistance  to  the  school  visitors  of  the  town 
as  they  may  require. 

Sec  187  The  committeeman  of  a  school  district  is  a  public  agent  32  C  383 
When  the  district  has  a  proper  schoolhouse  the  committee  cannot  provide  another 
schoolroom  elsewhere  28  C  333  Committee  must  conform  to  vote  of  district  and 
its  authority  dc  schoolhouse  and  teacher  is  contingent  on  failure  of  district  to  act 
33  C  304,  305  Has  power  to  remove  teacher  unless  district  votes  otherwise  33 
C  304  Mandamus  will  lie  to  compel  committee  to  conform  to  order  of  district 
]h  Previous  to  enactment  of  Sec  189,  committee  might  contract  with  teacher  for 
a  period  beyond  term  of  office  36  C  282  Committeeman  may  forcibly  remove 
scholar  41  C  446  Committee  may  act  as  a  board  by  a  majority  if  all  are  present 
or  have  notice  46  C  408  All  members  of  committee  have  egual  powers  71  C  737 
Not  within  law  forbidding  officer  to  furnish  supplies  unless  in  open  competition 
85  C  33 

'  Must  be  residents  of  district,   Sec  140 
2  Sec  129,  137,  169 
^  Sec   44 


78 

Sec.  188  The  committee  shall  give  to  the  secretary  of 
the  board  of  school  visitors  notice  of  the  date  of  the  com- 
mencement and  close  of  each  school  term,  within  one  week 
of  said  commencement,  and  at  least  four  weeks  before  the 
close,  respectively,  and  each  committee  shall,  at  the  expira- 
tion of  its  term  of  office,  on  the  fifteenth  of  Julv  in  each 
year,  or  within  five  days  thereafter,  report  to  the  school 
visitors  in  the  manner  and  form  prescribed  by  the  state 
board  of  education.  They  shall  return  an  enumeration  of 
tlie  children  residing  in  the  district  on  the  first  Tuesday  of 
September  in  each  year,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  this  title  ;^  and  the  committee  of  every  district  formed 
from  parts  of  two  or  more  towns,  shall  make  such  return  to 
the  school  visitors  of  each  of  said  towns,  specifying  the 
towns  to  which  each  person  so  enumerated  belongs;-  and 
shall  make  returns  to  the  secretary  of  the  board  of  school 
visitors  of  the  town  having  jurisdiction  over  the  district  of 
the  receipts,  expenditures  and  statistics,  in  accordance  with 
I)lank  forms  furnished  by  the  secretary  of  the  state  board 
of  education.'^ 

Sec.   189     No  committee  of  any  school  district  elected 
under  tlie  provisions  of  section   140,   shall   enter  into  any 
Limitation  of     contract    in   behalf  of   said    district   extending  beyond    the 

power  to  b  J 

make  con-         exoiratiou  of  the  term  for  which  he  mav  have  been  elected. 

tracts  ^ 

without  first  obtaining  at  a  meeting  of  said  district  legally 
called  for  that  purpose  a  majority  vote  in  favor  of  such 
proposed  action.^ 

Ch. M'TF.R    XTI 

High  Schools 

General    Statutes,    Chapter   54,    page    345 

Sec.  190  Any  town  may  establish  and  maintain  a  high 
school  within  its  limits,  and  for  such  purpose  purchase,  re- 
ceive, hold  and  convey  any  property,  build  and  repair 
schoolhouses.  lay  taxes  and  make  contracts  and  adopt  regu- 
lations for  the  management  of  such  school.'^ 

»  Sec  237 
'  Sec  201 
"  To  he  notified  of  estimates  and  appropriations     Sees  250  and  252 

♦  Sec  1 40 

*  For  organization  of  Norwalk  higii  scliool,  see  page  23i> 


79 
Sec.   191     Anv  town  which  is  not  a  consoUdated  district   S -^  ^^/„^'^ 

Rev  1902 

may  choose  by  ballot  at  its  annual  town  meeting  a  commit-   Sec  2237 
tee*  of  three,  four  or  five  residents  of  the  town,  who  shall    High  school 

committee. 

have  all  such  powers  and  be  subject  to  such  duties  in  rela-  how  chosen 
tion  to  such  schools  as  are  by  law  imposed  upon  district 
committees  in  relation  to  district  schools.'  If  the  number 
to  be  chosen  is  three  or  four,  no  person  shall  vote  for  more 
than  two ;  if  five,  for  not  more  than  three.  The  number 
of  persons  sufficient  to  fill  the  committee  who  have  the 
highest  number  of  votes  shall  be  elected.  In  case  of  a  tie 
that  person  whose  name  stands  first  or  highest  on  the 
greatest  number  of  ballots  shall  be  elected. 

Sec.   192     When  any  town  shall  maintain  any  such  high    ^f^^  f/oo'^ 
school,  the  board  of  school  visitors  or  town  school  commit-   ^ec  2238 
tee,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  prescribe  rules  for  the  admis-   t'^^'n^chooi 
sion  of  scholars,  and  for  their  studies,  books  and  classifica-  ^"j'^^hoo, 
tion ;   examine  all   candidates   for   teachers   in   such   school   visitors 
and  give  to  those  of  satisfactory  moral  character,  literary 
attainments  and  ability  to  teach,  a  certificate  stating  what 
branches   they   are   found   capable   of   teaching;   visit   such 
school  at   least   twice  during  each   term ;   may   revoke   the 
certificate  of  any  teacher,  at  anv  time,  for  the  causes  pro- 
vided in  section  207.    In  towns  having  no  school  committee 
the  school  visitors   may  appoint  a   high   school  committee 
whenever  the  town  fails  to  elect  one  ;  and  such  committee, 
so  appointed,  shall  have  the  same  powers  and  duties  as  if 
appointed  by  the  town.'' 

Sec.   193     Any  town  or  incorporated  school  district   in    ^^\,  (^q./ 
which  a  high  school  is  not  maintained  by  such  town,  shall   fggi^clfsvr 
pay  the  tuition  fee  of  any  child  who  resides  with  his  parents   Tuition  in 
or  guardian   in   such   town  or  incorporated   school  district   wh^n^paid'^" 
and  attends  a  high  school  designated  by  the  school  com-    ''^  ^'^'^'^ 
mittee   of  the   town    in   which    such    child    resides   and   ap- 
proved by  the  state  board  of  education. 

Sec.   194     Every  town  having  a  grand  list  of  less  than    Rg^  ^^(^0 
four  million  dollars  shall  annually,  in  July,  receive  from  the    i.?li  ^^^,'*'?{ih 
comptroller  of  the  state  an  amount  equal  to  two-thirds  of 

'  Sec  284 

-  Chapter  xi.  page  77     May  employ  and  dismiss  teachers,  sec  212 

=  Sees  76,  284 


80 


the  aggregate  of  the  sums  which  have  been  actually  paid 
by  the  town  for  tuition  fees  under  the  provisions  of  section 
193,  provided  not  more  than  fifty  dollars  shall  be  paid  by 
the  state  for  each  pupil  attending  from  any  town. 

Sec,  195  The  number  and  names  of  the  children  so 
attending  high  schools  in  towns  other  than  those  in  which 
tliey  reside,  and  the  high  schools  which  they  have  attended 
shall,  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  July  in  each  year,  be 
certified  under  oath,  by  an  acting  school  visitor  or  the 
secretary  of  the  town  school  committee  of  the  town  in 
which  the  pupils  reside,  to  the  state  board  of  education.^ 
The  comptroller  shall,  on  application  of  said  board,  draw 
an  order  on  the  treasurer  in  favor  of  the  town  for  the 
amount  provided  in  section  193. 

Sec.  196  The  state  board  of  education  may  examine 
any  incorporated  or  endowed  high  school  or  academy  in 
this  state,  and  if  it  appears  that  said  school  or  academy  has 
a  satisfactory  high  school  course  of  study  and  sufificient 
equipment  for  high  school  instruction,  said  board  shall 
approve  said  school  or  academy  under  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter,  and  any  town  in  which  a  high  school  is  not  main- 
tained shall  pay  the  whole  or  a  part  of  the  tuition  fee  of 
scholars  attending  such  school  or  academy,  and  such  town 
shall  be  reimbursed  therefor  by  the  state  under  the  terms 
and  conditions  of  this  chapter. 

Sec.  197  Any  town  in  which  a  high  school  is  not  main- 
tained shall  pay  the  reasonable  and  necessary  cost  of  rail- 
way or  other  transportation  of  any  child  who  resides  with 
his  parents  or  guardian  in  said  town  and  who,  with  the 
written  consent  of  the  school  visitors  or  town  school  com- 
mittee attends  a  high  school  in  another  town ;  provided, 
such  high  school  be  approved  by  the  state  board  of  educa- 
tion. Such  necessary  and  reasonable  cost  of  railway  or 
other  transportation  shall  be  paid  annually  by  the  town 
treasurer  upon  the  order  of  the  chairman  of  the  board  of 
school  visitors  or  town  school  committee. 

Sec.  198  Every  town  shall,  annually,  in  July,  receive 
from  the  comptroller  of  the  state  an  amount  equal  to  one- 
lialf  of  the  aggregate  of  the  sinns  which  have  actually  been 

'  Dlanks  are  furnished  liv   state  lioaril   of   cilucation;   see  note   Sec  5 


81 

paid  by  the  town  for  transportation  under  the  provisions   ^"^"^^j  ;„ 
of  section   197;  provided,  not  more  than  thirty-five  dollars   part 
shall  be  paid  by  the  state  for  each  scholar  conveyed. 

Sec.   199     The    number   and    names   of   the   children    so  '^^^^^"^  ^i^'^ 

1903  ch  lo(6 

conveyed    to   hiirh   schools    in    towns   other   than    those    in   „ 

•'  °  .  Report    to 

which   they   reside,    the  names   of  the   hio-h   schools   which   state  board 

•'  '  .  Order 

they  have  attended,  and  the  amount  paid  by  the  town  for 
the  conveyance  of  each  child  shall,  on  or  before  the  first 
day  of  July  in  each  year,  be  certified  to  the  state  board  of 
education  by  an  acting  school  visitor,  under  oath,  of  the 
town  in  which  the  children  reside.  On  application  ot  said 
board  the  comptroller  shall  draw  an  order  on  the  treasurer 
of  the  state  in  favor  of  the  town  for  the  amount  provided 
in  section  198. 

Sec.  200     The    board    of    school    visitors,    town    school   ^''^i  ch  296 
committee  or  board  of  education,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  any  fchoYraccomus 
school  district,  town,  city  or  borough  maintaining  one  or   to^^be^  boards^ 
more  high  schools  in  which  the  course  or  courses  of  in-  and  com- 

°  _  ^  mittees. 

struction  require  a  year  or  more  for  completion  shall  keep 
at  least  two  separate  accounts  of  expenditures ;  one  of  which 
accounts  shall  include  all  expenditures  for  the  maintenance 
of  such  high  school,  or  schools,  and  the  other  shall  include 
all  expenses  for  the  maintenance  of  the  grades  below  the 
high  school.  A  statement  of  the  total  expenditures  as  thus 
determined  shall  be  published  in  the  annual  report  of  the 
board  of  school  visitors,  town  school  committee  or  board 
of  education  and  shall  be  incorporated  in  talnilar  form  in 
the  annual  report  to  the  state  board  of  education.  Such 
reports  shall  include  a  statement  showing  the  average  cost 
per  pupil  in  the  high  school  and  in  the  grades  below  the 
high  school. 

Sec.  201     Any  town   in   which  a  high   school   is   main-   ^9^7*^^  se"^ 
tained  may,  at  any  annual  or  special  meeting,  authorize  and   xransporta- 
instruct  the  high  school  committee,  board  of  school  visitors   sXci^pupfi^ 
or  town  school  committee,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  provide 
for   the   transportation,   to   and   from   such   school,   of   any 
pupil  attending  such  school  and  residing  within  the  limits 
of  such  town,  or  pay  the  whole  or  part  of  the  reasonable 
and  necessary  cost  thereof. 

6 


State  aid 


82 

ini^ch  292^  ^^^*  ^^^     ^^^y  ^^fe^  school  pupil  over  fourteen  years  of 

Hi  h  school       '^S^>  ^^^  shall  voluntcer  and  be  accepted  for  agricultural 
pupils  for         work  on  a  farm,  shall  be  permitted  to  re-enter  school  with- 

farm  work  '  •' 

out  loss  of  Standing  by  reason  of  absence,  provided,  such 
pupil  maintains  the  standard  prescribed  by  the  committee 
of  food  supply  and  receives  a  certificate  signed  by  the  gov- 
ernor. This  section  shall  not  be  operative  after  the  rising 
of  the  general  assembly  at  its  January  session,  1919. 

Chapter  XIII 
School  Libraries  and  Apparatus 

General   Statutes,  Chapter  55,  page  348 

G  s  sec  1004  Scc.  203     Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  secretary  of 

Rev  1902  ^  ,  ,   . 

Sec  2242  the  statc  board  of  education  the  comptroller  shall  draw  his 

1913  ch  167  ^ 

1921  ch  243       order  upon  the  treasurer  for  the  sum  of  ten  dollars  to  every 
Seel  ,       ,  .  ...  ,  .    , 

school   district,   and   to  every    town    maintaining    a    high 

school,  which  shall  raise  by  taxation  or  otherwise  a  like 
sum  for  the  same  purpose,  to  establish  within  such  district, 
or  for  the  use  of  such  high  school  a  school  library  com- 
posed of  books  of  reference,  and  other  books  to  be  used  in 
connection  with  school  work,^  and  to  procure  maps,  globes 
or  any  proper  geographical  apparatus,  physical  apparatus 
and  supplies,  biological  apparatus  and  supplies,  chemical 
apparatus  and  supplies,  projection  apparatus  and  talking 
machines,  and  the  sum  of  five  dollars  annually-  upon  a  like 
order,  to  every  such  district  or  town  which  has  raised  a  like 
sum  for  the  current  year  for  maintaining  or  replenishing 
such  library  or  apparatus.  If  the  number  of  pupils  in  actual 
attendance^  in  any  such  district  or  high  school  exceeds  one 
hundred  the  treasurer  shall  pay  ten  dollars  in  the  first  in- 
stance, and  five  dollars  annually  thereafter,  for  every  one 
hundred  or  fractional  part  of  a  hundred  pupils  in  excess  of 
the  first  hundred.  The  expense  incurred  by  any  district  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  section  may  be  in- 
cluded with  its  incidental  expenses,  to  be  defrayed  in  the 
manner  provided  in  this  act  for  such  incidental  expenses. 

'  Docs  not  include  supplementary  reading;   see  Sec  81 

*  The   lihrary  year  coincides  with    the  calendar  year 

'  Actual  attendance  means  number  of  diflferent  scholars  in  school  year 


83 

The  selection  of  all  books  and  apparatus  shall  be  made  or 
approved  by  the  board  of  school  visitors,  or  the  town  school 
committee,  which  shall  also  prescribe  the  rules  for  their 
use  and  safekeeping.^ 

Sec.  204     The  town  school  committee  or  the  joint  board   g  ^  ^iiJ'^'^^ 

■'  Rev  1902 

of  selectmen  and  school  visitors  in  each  town  may  appro-   1931  ^^^l^s 

priate  money  for  the  purchase  of  books  and  apparatus  to   Sec  2 

be   used   in  the   public  schools   of  the   town.     The   money    Purchase  of 

i^  _  •'      books   and 

appropriated  shall  be  expended  by  a  committee  on  libraries  apparatus 
and  apparatus,  annually  appointed  by  the  town  school 
committee  or  board  of  school  visitors,  to  whom  the  treas- 
urer of  the  town  shall  pay  such  money  upon  the  written 
order  of  such  committee.  The  treasurer  of  the  state  upon 
the  order  of  the  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education, 
shall  annually  pay  to  each  such  town  five  dollars  for  every 
public  school  within  the  town,  provided  such  town  shall, 
during-  the  calendar  year,  make  application  for  such  grant 
and  shall  file  with  the  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  edu- 
cation a  satisfactory  statement  of  expenditure  of  twice  the 
amount  of  the  previous  state  grant.  If  the  number  of 
pupils  in  any  public  school  within  the  town  exceeds  one 
hundred,  the  state  shall  annually  pay  five  dollars  for  every 
one  hundred  pupils  and  fractional  part  of  one  hundred 
pupils  in  actual  attendance  at  such  school ;  but  no  greater 
amount  shall  in  any  case  be  paid  by  the  state  than  is  ex- 
pended during  the  same  year  by  the  town  for  the  same 
purpose ;  provided,  any  amount  paid  by  the  state  under 
section  one  of  this  act  to  any  district  or  for  any  high  school 
within  said  town  shall  be  deducted  from  the  amount  pay- 
able under  this  section.  The  books  and  apparatus  so  pur- 
chased shall  remain  the  property  of  the  town  and  under  . 
the  care  and  control  of  said  library  committee. 

Sec.  205     The  state  board  of  education  shall  keep  an   Rev  1902 
account    of    the    money    drawn    and    paid    out    for    school   igli  ch  243 
libraries,  apparatus,  and  physical,  biological  and  chemical 
supplies   pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this   act,   and   the   expendi-  ° 
comptroller  shall  annually  audit  such  account.  kep" 

^  Teachers   may   ask   advice   and    assistance   of     the     Connecticut    public     library 
committee,  Sec  299 


84 


Sec.  206  Payment  by  the  state  under  the  provisions  of 
sections  203  and  204  shall  be  made  to  the  district  commit- 
tee, or  to  the  secretary  of  the  board  of  school  visitors,  town 
school  committee  or  board  of  education,  as  the  case  may  be. 


G  S  sec  1007 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2245 


Chapter  XIV 
Teachers^ 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  56,  page  349 

Sec.  207  School  visitors,  town  school  committees  or 
boards  of  education  shall,  as  a  board,  or  by  a  committee 
by  them  appointed,  examine  all  persons  desiring-  to  teach 
in  the  public  schools ;  and  give  to  those  with  whose  moral 


Sec  207  Teacher  may  be  discharged  by  the  district;  and  in  absence  of 
action  by  the  district,  may  be  discharged  by  the  committee  33  C  304  If 
improperly  discharged  by  the  committee  the  district  may  compel  reinstatement  33 
C  305,  306  General  certificate  of  teacher  is  sufficient  in  any  district  of  the  town 
where  issued  36  C  282  Previous  to  enactment  of  Sec  182,  a  teacher  might  be 
employed  by  the  committee  for  a  period  extending  beyond  committee's  term  of 
office  36  C  282  Is  not  a  public  officer  in  ordinary  sense  of  word;  his  wages  are 
subject  to  attachment  53  C  509  Status  of  teacher,  as  to  district  lb  Interest  of 
town  in  moral  fitness  of  teacher;  may  defend  action  brought  against  school  officers 
for  statements  as  to  79  C  237  Statement  as  to  qualifications  of  teacher  made  in 
report   of   superintendent   held   privileged     81    C   293 

'  a     May  be  employed  by  — 
i     school  visitors     §    §   42  213 
ii     board  of  education     §  71 
iii     district     §    118 

iv     town  committees     §   §  42  161   181 
v     high  school  committees     §  191 

b     May  be  examined  by  — 
i     state  board  of  education     §  208 
ii     school  visitors     §  207 
iii     boards  of  education     §   71 
iv     town  committee     §  ICl 

c     Make  eyesight  tests     §  215 

d     Shall  be  paid  once  a  month  unless  district  vote  otherwise 

e     The   reasonableness   of   the    punishment    administered   by    i 
to  a  pupil  is  purely  a  question  of  fact     53  Conn  481 

/  A  school  teacher  has  a  right  to  require  obedience  to  reasonable  rules 
and  a  proper  submission  to  his  authority,  and  to  inflict  punishment  for  disobedi- 
ence    lb 

In  the  absence  of  rules  established  by  the  school  board  or  other  proper  author- 
ity, the  teacher  has  a  right  to  make  all  necessary  and  proper  rules  for  the  regula- 
tion of  the  school     Jb 

In  inflicting  corporal  punishment  the  teacher  must  be  governed,  as  to  the  mode 
and  severity  of  it,  by  the  nature  of  the  ofi'cnse,  and  by  the  age,  size,  and  physical 
condition  of  the  pupil  Where  a  boy  has  been  habitually  refractory  and  dis- 
obedient, the  teacher,  in  punishing  him  for  a  particular  offense,  may  take  into 
consideration  his  habitual  disobedience     lb 

And  it  is  not  necessary  that  he  should  inform  the  pupil  at  the  time  that  he  is 
punishing  him  for  his  past  as  well  as  present  misconduct     lb 


§   254 

school   teacher 


85 

character  and  ability  they  are  satisfied,  if  found  qualified 
to  teach  reading,  writing,  arithmetic  and  grammar,  the  rudi- 
ments of  geography  and  history,  and  the  rudiments  of 
drawing  if  required*  a  certificate  authorizing  the  holder  to 
teach  in  any  public  school  in  the  town  or  district  so  long  as 
desired,  without  further  examination  unless  specially  or- 
dered; such  certificate  may  limit  the  authority  to  teach  to 
a  specified  time  or  in  a  specified  school.  No  certificate  to 
teach  in  grades  above  the  third  in  graded  schools  nor  in 
classes  corresponding  to  such  grades  in  ungraded  schools 
shall  be  granted  to  any  person  who  has  not  passed  a  satis- 
factory examinaticm  in  hygiene,  including  the  effects  of 
alcohol  and  narcotics  on  health  and  character.-  If  a  person 
is  examined  and  found  qualified  to  teach  branches  other 
than  those  required  in  all  cases,  such  branches  shall  be 
named  in  his  certificate.  Said  certificate  shall  be  signed  by 
a  majority  of  the  board  or  committee  or  by  all  the  mem- 
bers of  the  committee  appointed  to  examine.  They  may 
revoke  the  certificates  of  such  teachers  as  shall  at  any  time 
be  found  incompetent  to  teach  or  to  manage  a  school,  or 
fail  to  conform  to  their  requirements. 

Sec.  208     The  state  board  of  education  may,  in  accord-   5  •S'  ■r^<"  ^oos 

•^  '  Rev  1902 

ance  with  such   rules  and  regulations  as  it  may  prescribe,   Sec  2246 

*    .  ■'     ^  .     '     1921   ch  238 

grant  a  certificate  of  qualification  to  teach  or  to  supervise   Sec  1 

in  any  public  school  in  tlie  state,  and  may  revoke  the  same.    State  board 

mi  .  i~  .  .-..  '  .  o'  education 

The   certificate   of   qualification    issued    under   this   section   may  gi'ant 

certificate 

shall  be  accepted  by  boards  of  school  visitors,  boards  of 
education  and  town  school  committees  in  lieu  of  any  other 
certificate  except  in  so  far  as  additional  qualifications  may 
be  required  b  a  town  school  committee,  board  of  school 
visitors  or  board  of  education,  in  which  case  the  state  cer- 
tificate shall  be  accepted  for  such  subjects  as  it  includes. 

Sec.  209     No   certificate  to  teach  in   grades  above  the   J.^^^/^  ^38 

Sec  2 

third  in  graded  schools  or  in  classes  corresponding  to  such    (-e^tifij,ate 
grades  in  ungraded  schools  shall  be  granted  to  any  person   ^^^^^  '"  "'- 
w^ho  has   not   passed   a  satisfactory   examination,   or  been   restricted 
legally  excepted  therefrom,  in  hygiene,  including  the  effects 
of  alcohol  and  narcotics  on  health  and  character. 

1  Sec  19,  35 

'  Sec  83 


86 


1921    ch   238 
Sec  3 

Certain   cer- 
tificates 
already  valid 


G  S  sec  1009 
Rev  1902 
Sec    2247 

Teacher  must 
have   certifi- 
cate 


G  S  sec  1010 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2248 

Who    may 

employ 

teachers 


G  S  sec  1011 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2249 

Teacher   not 
to  be  a 
school  visitor 


G  S  sec  1012 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2250 

Teacher   to 
keep  register 


Sec.  210  All  certificates  heretofore  issued  by  or  under 
any  act  of  the  legislature,  which  certificates  shall  be  in 
force  at  the  time  this  act  shall  go  into  eflfect,  shall  be  valid 
and  shall  be  renewed  upon  the  same  conditions  and  by  the 
same  authority  under  which  they  were  originally  issued. 
This  act  shall  take  effect  July  1,  1922. 

Sec.  211  No  teacher  shall  be  employed  in  any  school 
receiving  any  portion  of  its  support  from  the  public  money 
until  he  has  received  a  certificate  of  approbation  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  this  chapter ;  nor  shall  any 
teacher  be  entitled  to  any  wages,  so  far  as  the  same  are 
paid  out  of  any  public  money  appropriated  to  schools,^  un- 
less he  can  produce  such  certificate,  dated  previous  to  the 
opening  of  his  school. 

Sec.  212  Town  school  committees,  boards  of  education 
and  high  school  and  district  committees,  unless  otherwise 
directed  by  the  district  or  ordered  by  the  town,  shall  em- 
ploy and  dismiss  the  teachers  for  the  schools  of  their 
respective  towns  or  districts ;  but  no  district  committee 
shall  employ  a  teacher  for  a  longer  period  of  time  than  that 
for  which  he  may  have  been  elected  without  first  obtaining, 
at  a  meeting  of  said  district  legally  called  for  that  purpose, 
a  majority  vote  in  favor  of  such  proposed  action.  Any 
town,  unless  otherwise  provided,  may  direct  the  school 
visitors  to  employ  the  teachers  for  all  public  schools  of  the 
town  for  such  terms  of  the  schools  as  it  may  specify.^ 

Sec.  213  No  person  elected  to  the  ofifice  of  school  visi- 
tor or  town  school  committee  shall  be  employed  as  teacher 
in  the  town  where  he  is  school  visitor  or  member  of  the 
town  school  committee.  If  any  school  visitor  or  member 
of  the  town  school  committee  shall  be  employed  contrary 
to  the  provisions  of  this  section,  the  office  of  school  visitor 
or  town  school  committee  to  which  he  was  elected  shall 
become  vacant. 

Sec.  214  The  teacher  of  every  public  school  shall  cor- 
rectly keep  the  school  register  provided  by  the  state,  in  the 
manner  and  form  required  by  the  state  board  of  education,^ 

*  Chapter   xvii 
»Sec   118 
»  Sec   5 


87 


and  at  the  end  of  each  school  term,  and  before  said  teacher 
shall  leave  such  school,  shall  certify  in  writing  to  the  cor- 
rectness of  the  same,^  and  immediately  deliver  it  to  the 
secretary  of  the  board  of  school  visitors,  town  school  com- 
mittee or  board  of  education  having  jurisdiction  over  such 
school ;  and  no  teacher  shall  receive  any  pay  except  for  such 
time  as  the  register  has  been  legally  kept  and  certified. 

Sec.  215     The  state  board  of  education  shall  prepare  or   c  s  sec  1013 
cause  to  be  prepared  suitable  test  cards  and  blanks  to  be    Sec  2251 
used  in  testing  the  eyesight  of  the  pupils  in  public  schools,    Eyesight  of 
and  shall  furnish  the  same,  together  with  all  necessary  in-   ttsttd 
structions  for  their  use,  free  of  expense,  to  every  school  in 
the  state.    The  superintendent,  principal  or  teacher,  in  every 
school,  during  the  fall  term  in  the  year  1919  and  triennially 
thereafter,  shall   test  the  eyesight  of  all  pupils   under  his 
charge   according  to  the   instructions   furnished,  and   shall 
notify  in  w'riting  the  parent  or  guardian  of  every  pupil  who 
shall  be  found  to  have  any  defect  of  vision  or  disease  of 
the  eyes,  with  a  brief  statement  of  such  defect  or  disease, 
and  shall  make  a  written  report  of  all  such  cases  to  the 
s^te  board  of  education. 

Chapter  XV 
Town  Boards  of  Examiners 

Chapter  226,  Public  Acts  of  1921 

Sec.  216     There  may  be  a  board  of  examiners  in  each   1921  ch  226 

Sec   1 

town  consisting  of  the  superintendent  of  schools,  or  super- 

•r   -1  1  11  1  1         Appointment 

vismg  agent,  11  there  be  one,  and  three  such  persons  as  the    of  board  of 

1  1        r         1  1        •    •  11  •  11     examiners 

board  01  school  visitors,  town  school  committee,  or  board 
of  education  shall  appoint.  No  person  shall  be  appointed 
as  such  examiner  unless  he  or  she  shall  hold  a  state  certi- 
ficate or  shall  be  a  graduate  of  a  college  or  university. 

Sec.  217     Said    board    of   examiners    shall,   under   such    i92i  ch  226 

Sec  2 

rules  and  regulations  as  the  state  board  of  education  shall   _   . 

^  Duties  of 

prescribe,  grant  certificates  to  teach  which  shall  be  valid   board  of 

examiners 

onlv  for  all  schools  of  such  town. 


>  Sec  86 


88 


1921  ch  226 
Sec  4 

Employment 
of    teachers 
without  state 
certificates 
prohibited 


Sec^*^''  ^^^  ^^^*  ^^^     -^^   certificate   to  teach   in   grades   above   the 

Certificate  to  third  in  graded  schools  or  in  classes  corresponding  to  such 
!;"ranted°  on%  g^adcs  in  Ungraded  schools  shall  be  granted  to  any  person 
t'ion"oMegar^  ^^'^°  ^^^^  "°t  passcd  a  Satisfactory  examination,  or  been 
the^'efrora  legally    exempted    therefrom,    in    hygiene,    including    the 

effects  of  alcohol  and  narcotics  on  health  and  character. 

Sec.  219  No  teacher  shall  be  employed  in  any  of  the 
schools  of  such  town  unless  he  or  she  shall  possess  such 
certificate  or  a  state  certificate,  except  as  provided  in  sec- 
tion five  of  this  act ;  provided  nothing  herein  contained 
shall  be  construed  to  prevent  the  board  of  school  visitors, 
town  school  committee  or  board  of  education  from  pre- 
scribing qualifications  additional  to  those  that  shall  have 
been  prescribed  by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  state 
board  of  education  as  aforesaid  ;  provided  if  any  such  town 
shall  maintain  a  normal  school  or  a  training  school  for 
teachers,  which  school  shall  have  been  approved  as  to  its 
course  of  study  by  the  state  board  of  education,  then  the 
diplomas  or  certificates  issued  to  pupils  of  any  such  school 
upon  graduation  therefrom  may  be  accepted  by  the  board 
of  visitors,  town  school  committee  or  board  of  education  of 
such  town  as  certificates  valid  for  the  school  of  such  town. 

Sec.  220  All  certificates  heretofore  issued  under  the 
provisions  of  the  general  statutes,  which  certificates  shall 
be  in  force  at  the  time  this  act  shall  go  into  efifect,  shall  be 
valid,  and  shall  be  renewed  upon  the  same  conditions  and 
by  the  same  authority  under  which  they  were  originally 
issued. 

Sec.  221     This  act  shall  take  effect  July  1,  1922. 

Sec.  222  Any  town  or  school  district  may  appropriate 
such  sum  as  may  be  necessary  to  construct,  lease  and  main- 
tain a  home  for  teachers  while  employed  by  such  town  or 
school  district,  and  may  provide  transportation  for  such 
teachers  to  and  from  the  schools  in  which  such  teachers 
are  employed. 


1921  ch  226 
Sec  5 

Certain    certifi- 
cates issued 
under  general 
statutes  valid 


1921  ch  226 
Sec  6 


G  S  sec  1014 
1917  ch  177 


Tfomes  for 
teachers 


89 

CtlAPTKR   XVI 

Retirement  System  for  Teachers 

General   Statutes,   Chapter  57,   page   351 

Sec.  223     Words  and  phrases  as  used  in  this  chapter,    g  s  src  1015 

^  _  .  ^  1917  ch  411 

unless  a  different  meaning  is  plainly  required  by  the  con-   _  ,  . . 

°  ^  ^  ^  ■'  Definitions 

text,  shall  have  the  following  meanings:  "Retirement 
system"  shall  mean  the  arrangement  provided  in  this  chap- 
ter for  payment  of  annuities  and  pensions  to  teachers; 
"annuities"  shall  mean  payments  for  life  derived  from  con- 
tributions from  teachers;  "pensions"  shall  mean  pa  .ments 
for  life  derived  from  contributions  from  the  state ;  "teacher" 
shall  mean  any  teacher,  principal,  supervisor  or  superin- 
tendent engaged  in  the  service  of  the  public  schools ;  "pub- 
lic school"  shall  mean  any  day  school  conducted  within 
this  state  under  the  orders  and  superintendence  of  a  duly 
elected  school  committee  or  board  of  education,  including 
the  state  board  of  education ;  "regular  interest"  shall  mean 
interest,  at  the  rate  determined  by  the  retirement  board, 
and  shall  be  substantially  that  which  is  earned  by  the  funds 
of  the  retirement  association  compounded  annually  on  the 
last  day  of  December;  "retirement  board"  shall  mean  the 
teachers'  retirement  board,  as  provided  for  in  section  225 ; 
"retirement  association"  shall  mean  the  teachers'  retire- 
ment association,  as  provided  for  in  section  224;  "expense 
fund"  shall  mean  the  fund  provided  for  in  paragraph  (1) 
in  section  226;  "annuity  fund"  shall  mean  the  fund  pro- 
vided for  in  paragraph  (2)  in  section  226;  "pension  fund" 
shall  mean  the  fund  provided  for  in  paragraph  (3)  in  sec- 
tion 226;  "school  year"  shall  mean  the  twelve  months  from 
and  including  the  first  day  of  July  of  any  year  to  and  in- 
cluding the  thirtieth  day  of  June  next  succeeding;  "assess- 
ments" shall  mean  the  annual  payments  to  the  annuity  fund 
by  members  of  the  association. 

Sec.  224     A    teachers'   retirement   association    shall   be   ^^f^  ch'^/n^'^ 
organized    among   the    teachers    in    the    public    schools    as   ^^^  ^^^^ 
follows :  All  teachers,  except  as  hereinafter  provided,  who   i9i9  Chap  270 

'I  I  '  Sec  1 

enter  the  service  of  the  public  schools  for  the  first  time  on 
or  after  July  1,  1917,  shall  become  thereby  members  of  the 
association.     Any   teacher,   who    shall    have    entered    the 


90 


Retirement 
system     Re- 
tirement   as- 
sociation 
Members 
Duei 

Organization 
of  teachers* 
retirement 
association 


G  S  sec 
1917  ch 

1017 
411 

Manage- 
ment of 
tirement 
system 
tirement 

re- 
Re- 

Powers 


service  of  the  public  schools  before  June  30,  1917,  may  at 
any  time  on  or  before  September  30,  1917,  upon  application 
in  writing  to  the  secretary  of  the  retirement  assocication, 
become  a  member  of  the  association.  Any  such  teacher 
failing  to  do  so  may  thereafter  become  a  member  of  the 
retirement  association  by  paying  an  amount  equal  to  the 
total  assessments,  with  regular  interest  thereon,  that  he 
would  have  paid  if  he  had  joined  the  retirement  association 
on  September  30,  1917.  Any  teacher  who  shall  have  attained 
the  age  of  sixty-five  years  and  shall  have  taught  at  least 
forty  years  in  the  public  schools,  twenty-five  of  which  shall 
have  been  in  this  state,  and  who,  prior  to  June  30,  1917,  shall 
have  retired  from  active  teaching  because  of  physical  in- 
capacity for  further  service,  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the 
retirement  board,  become  a  member  of  the  retirement  asso- 
ciation. Such  retired  teachers  shall  thereupon  be  entitled  to 
receive  an  annual  pension  so  long  as  he  shall  live,  at  the 
rate  to  which  he  would  be  entitled  had  he  become  a  member 
of  said  association  as  an  active  teacher  on  September  30. 
1917,  provided  no  pension  paid  such  retired  teacher  shall 
amount  to  less  than  three  hundred  nor  more  than  five  hun- 
dred dollars  per  year. 

Sec.  225  The  management  of  the  retirement  system  is 
vested  in  the  teachers'  retirement  board  which  shall  con- 
sist of  five  members.  The  insurance  commissioner,  the 
bank  commissioner  and  the  secretary  of  the  state  board 
of  education  shall  be  members  of  this  board.  The  other 
members  of  the  retirement  board  are  the  two  persons  from 
the  teaching  force  of  the  state,  appointed  by  the  governor, 
one  to  serve  until  July  1,  1919,  and  one  to  serve  until  July 
1,  1921.  On  or  before  June  15,  1919,  and  biennially  there- 
after, the  members  of  the  retirement  association  shall  elect 
from  their  number,  in  a  manner  to  be  prescribed  by  the 
retirement  board,  one  person  to  serve  upon  the  retirement 
board  for  a  term  of  four  years  beginning  July  first  follow- 
ing his  election.  If  a  vacancy  occur  in  the  positions  filled 
by  members  of  the  retirement  association,  the  retirement 
board  shall  elect  a  member  of  the  retirement  association 
to  fill  the  unexpired  term.    The  members  of  the  retirement 


91 

board  shall  serve  without  compensation,  but  they  shall  be 
reimbursed  from  the  expense  fund  of  the  retirement  asso- 
ciation for  any  expenditures  or  loss  of  salary  or  wages 
which  they  may  incur  througli  service  on  the  board.  All 
claims  for  reimbursement  on  this  account  shall  be  subject 
to  the  approval  of  the  board  of  control.  The  retirement 
board  shall  have  power  to  make  by-laws  and  regulations 
not  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  and  to 
employ  a  secretary,  who  shall  give  a  surety  bond  in  such 
amount  as  the  board  shall  approve,  and  clerical  and  other 
assistance  as  may  be  necessary.  The  salaries  shall  be  paid 
by  the  board  with  the  approval  of  the  board  of  control. 
The  retirement  board  shall  provide  for  the  payment  of  re- 
tirement allowances  and  such  other  expenditures  as  are 
required  by  the  provisions  of  this  chapter.  The  retirement 
board  shall  adopt  for  the  retirement  system  one  or  more 
mortality  tables  and  may,  from  time  to  time,  modify  such 
tables  or  prescribe  other  tables  to  represent  more  accurately 
the  expense  of  the  retirement  system.  The  retirement 
board  shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  are  required  for 
the  execution  of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 

Sec.  226     The  funds  of  the  retirement  system  shall  con-   g  s  sec  lois 

,  ■'  1917  ch  411 

sist  of  an   expense   fund,  an  annuity   fund   and   a  pension 

Funds   con- 
fund.     (1)  The  expense  fund  shall  consist  of  such  amounts    sist  of  ex- 
pense, an- 
as shall  be  appropriated  by  the  general  assembly  from  year   nuity  and 

.  I'll  pension  funds 

to  year  on  estimates  submitted  by  the  retirement  board  to 
defray  the  expenses  of  the  administration  of  this  chapter, 
exclusive  of  the  payment  of  retirement  allowances.  (2) 
The  annuity  fund  shall  consist  of  assessments  paid  by  mem- 
bers of  the  retirement  association,  and  interest  derived  from 
investments  of  the  annuity  fund.  Each  member  of  the  re- 
tirement association  shall  pay  into  the  annuity  fund  in  the 
manner  provided  in  section  230,  five  per  centum  of  his 
annual  salary,  provided,  when  the  total  sum  of  assessments 
on  the  salary  of  any  member  at  the  rate  of  five  per  centum 
would  amount  to  more  than  one  hundred  dollars  or  less 
than  twenty-five  dollars  for  any  school  year  such  member 
shall,  in  lieu  of  assessments  at  the  regular  rate,  be  assessed 
one  hundred  dollars  a  year  or  twenty-five  dollars  a  year, 


92 


as  the  case  may  be,  payable  in  equal  instalments  to  be 
assessed  for  the  number  of  months  during  which  the  schools 
of  the  community  in  which  such  member  is  employed  are 
commonly  in  session.  Any  member  of  the  retirement  asso- 
ciation who  shall  for  thirty  years  have  paid  regular  assess- 
ments to  the  annuity  fund,  as  herein  provided,  shall  be 
exempt  from  further  assessments ;  but  such  member  may 
thereafter,  if  he  so  elects,  continue  to  pay  his  assessments 
to  the  fund.  No  member  so  electing  shall  pay  further 
assessments  after  the  total  sum  of  assessments  paid  by  him 
shall  at  any  time  have  amounted,  with  regular  interest,  to 
a  sum  sufficient  to  purchase  an  annuity  of  five  hundred 
dollars  at  age  sixty  ;  and  interest  thereafter  accumulating 
shall  be  paid  to  the  member  at  the  time  of  his  retirement. 
(3)  The  pension  fund  shall  consist  of  such  amounts  as  shall 
be  appropriated  by  the  general  assembly  from  time  to  time 
on  estimates  submitted  by  the  retirement  board,  for  the 
purpose  of  paying  the  pensions  provided  for  in  this  chapter. 

Sec.  227  Any  member  of  the  retirement  association 
may  retire  from  service  in  the  public  schools  on  attaining 
the  age  of  sixty  years  or  on  the  completion  of  thirty-five 
years  of  service,  not  less  than  twenty  of  which  shall  have 
been  in  the  public  schools  of  this  state  and  not  less  than 
five  of  which  shall  immediately  precede  retirement.  Any 
member  of  the  retirement  association  whose  service  in  the 
public  schools  of  the  state  has  covered  a  period  of  ten  or 
more  years,  the  last  five  of  which  are  consecutive,  and  who, 
before  attaining  the  age  of  sixty  years,  becomes  perman- 
ently incapable  of  rendering  satisfactory  service  as  a  teacher 
by  reason  of  physical  or  mental  disability  as  shown  by 
examination,  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  retirement 
board,  be  retired  by  the  employing  board  of  education,  town 
school  committee  or  board  of  school  visitors;  and  any 
teacher  so  retired  shall  receive  for  retirement  allowance 
(1)  an  annuity  as  computed  under  the  tables  adopted  by 
the  retirement  board,  and  (2)  a  pension  equal  to  one- 
thirtieth  of  the  pension  such  a  teacher  would  have  received 
if  retired  at  the  age  of  sixty  years,  for  each  completed  year 
of    service ;    provided    continuance    of    disability    of    such 


93 

teacher  shall  be  indicated  by  examination  annually  for  five 
years  and  at  such  subsequent  times  as  the  retirement  board 
may  require  by  a  physician  selected  by  the  retirement 
board,  unless  exempted  from  such  examination  by  said 
board.  If  the  retirement  board  shall  at  any  time  find  that 
such  disability  no  longer  exists,  the  retirement  allowance 
as  provided  in  this  section  shall  cease.  Upon  refusal  of  a 
teacher  to  submit  to  examination,  the  retirement  board 
shall  discontinue  payment  of  the  retirement  allowance 
authorized  by  the  provisions  of  this  section.  Any  member 
of  the  retirement  association  on  attaining  the  age  of  seventy 
years,  shall  be  retired  from  service  in  the  public  schools ; 
provided,  if  the  employing  committee  shall  so  request  in 
writing,  the  retirement  board  may  permit  the  employment 
of  such  member  beyond  the  age  of  seventy  years,  and  on 
the  retirement  of  such  member  he  shall  receive  from  the 
state  the  pension  to  which  he  would  have  been  entitled  at 
the  age  of  seventy.  A  member  of  the  retirement  associa- 
tion after  his  retirement  under  the  provisions  of  this  sec- 
tion shall  be  entitled  to  receive  from  the  annuity  fund,  as 
he  shall  elect  at  the  time  of  his  retirement,  on  the  basis 
of  tables  adopted  by  the  retirement  board,  an  annuity,  pay- 
able in  monthly  payments,  to  which  the  sum  of  his  assess-   Amount  due 

•'     '^     -^  teacher  on 

ments,  under  the  provisions  of  section  1018  of  the  general   withdrawal 

'  ^  '^        _  from  service 

statutes,  with  regular  interest  thereon,  shall  entitle  him ; 
or  an  annuity  of  less  amount  as  determined  by  the  retire- 
ment board  for  the  annuitants  electing  such  option,  payable 
in  monthly  payments,  with  the  provision  that  on  the  death 
of  the  annuitant,  the  annuity  shall  be  continued  to  and 
throughout  the  life  of  such  person  as  he  shall  nominate  by 
written  designation  duly  acknowledged  and  filed  with  the 
retirement  board  at  the  time  of  his  retirement.  The  retire- 
ment board  may  offer  benefits  of  equal  value  with  the 
benefits  herein  provided  and  the  contributor  retiring  may 
accept  the  benefits  herein  provided  or  one  of  said  alternate 
benefits  in  lieu  thereof.  Any  person  receiving  payments  of 
an  annuity  as  provided  in  this  section  shall  receive  with 
each  monthly  payment  of  his  annuity  an  equal  amount  to 
be  paid  from  the  pension  fund  as  directed  by  the  retirement 


94 

board.  Any  teacher  who  shall  have  become  a  member  of 
the  retirement  association  under  the  provisions  of  chapter 
270  of  the  public  acts  of  1919  and  who  shall  have  served 
fifteen  years  or  more  in  the  public  schools  of  the  state, 
not  less  than  five  of  which  shall  immediately  precede  re- 
tirement, shall,  on  retiring  or  being  retired  as  provided 
in  this  section,  be  entitled  to  receive  a  retirement  allow- 
Annuities   and  aucc    as    follows :     Sucli    annuity    and    pension    as    may 

pensions  t      •    j  •    •  •  • 

be  due  under  the  provisions  of  this  section ;  an  addi- 
tional pension  to  such  an  amount  that  the  sum  of  this 
additional  pension  and  the  pension  hereinbefore  provided 
in  this  section  shall  equal  the  pension  to  which  he  would 
have  been  entitled  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  if  he 
had  paid  thirty  assessments  on  his  average  yearly  wage 
for  the  five  years  preceding  his  retirement,  with  interest 
tiiereon  at  three  per  centum  compounded  annually;  pro- 
vided, if  his  term  of  service  in  the  state  shall  have  been  over 
thirty  years,  the  thirty  assessments  shall  be  reckoned  as 
having  begun  at  the  time  of  his  entering  service  and  as 
drawing  interest  at  three  per  centum  compounded  annually 
until  the  time  of  his  retirement;  and  further  provided,  if 
the  sum  of  such  additional  pension,  with  the  annuity  and 
pension  provided  for  by  this  section,  is  less  than  three 
hundred  dollars  in  any  one  year,  an  additional  sum  suffi- 
cient to  make  an  annual  retirement  allowance  of  three  hun- 
dred dollars  shall  be  paid  from  the  pension  fund.  If  at 
any  time  it  is  impossil^le  or  impracticable  to  consult  the 
original  records  as  to  wages  received  by  a  member  during 
any  period,  the  retirement  board  shall  determine  tiie  pen- 
sion to  be  paid  under  the  provisions  of  this  section  in 
accordance  with  such  evidence  as  it  may  be  able  to  obtain. 

G  s  sec  1020  Sec.  228     The   treasurer   of  each   town,   city   or   school 

1917  ch  411  .... 

1921  ch  358       district  lu  the  state  shall  transmit  monthlv  to  the  secretary 

Sec  2  .  •', 

of  the  retirement  board  the  amount  deducted  from  teachers' 

Amount   due 

teacher  on         salaries  ill  such  town,  city  or  school  district  as  specified  in 

withdrawal  '  ' 

from  service  t^g  ordcr  of  the  school  Committee  or  board  of  education 
of  such  town,  city  or  school  district  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  section  1022  of  the  general  statutes.    All  such 


treasurer 


95 

amounts  due  to  the  retirement  board  shall  be  liable  to  in- 
terest at  nine  per  centum  per  annum  when  payment  of  the 
same  is  delayed  more  than  thirty  days  after  the  time  pre- 
scribed for  payment  thereof,  provided  the  minimum  amount 
of  interest  of  any  such  delayed  payment  shall  be  five  dol- 
lars ;  and  the  proceeds  of  said  interest  charge  shall  be  used 
to  reimburse  the  account  of  each  teacher  deprived  of  inter- 
est by  said  delay  and  the  balance  shall  be  paid  into  the 
general  fund  of  the  retirement  association.  The  secretary 
of  the  state  board  of  education  shall  transmit  monthly  to 
the  secretary  of  the  retirement  board  the  amount  deducted 
from  teachers'  salaries  under  the  provisions  of  section  1022 
of  the  general  statutes.  The  secretary  of  the  retirement 
board  shall  monthly  pay  to  the  treasurer  of  the  state  all 
sums  collected  by  him  under  the  provisions  of  this  act.  All  Sfrge 'of ''sUe 
funds  of  the  retirement  system  shall  be  in  custody  and 
charge  of  the  treasurer  of  the  state  and  the  treasurer  shall 
invest  such  funds  as  are  not  required  for  current  disburse- 
ments in  accordance  vv^ith  the  laws  of  the  state  governing 
the  investment  of  savings  bank  funds.  He  may,  whenever 
he  sells  securities,  deliver  the  securities  so  sold  upon  re- 
ceiving the  proceeds  thereof,  and  may  execute  any  docu- 
ment necessary  to  transfer  the  title  thereto.  The  treasurer 
of  the  state  shall  make  such  payments  to  members  of  the 
retirement  association  from  the  annuity  fund  and  pension 
fund  as  the  retirement  board  shall  order  to  be  paid  in  ac- 
cordance with  section  one  of  this  act  and  section  1020  of 
the  general  statutes.  On  or  before  the  third  Wednesday  in 
January,  the  treasurer  of  the  state  shall  file  with  the  insur- 
ance commissioner  and  with  the  secretary  of  the  retirement 
board,  a  sworn  statement  exhibiting  the  financial  condition 
of  the  retirement  system  on  the  thirty-first  day  of  the  pre- 
ceding December  and  its  financial  transactions  for  the  year 
ending  at  such  date.  Such  statements  shall  be  in  the  form 
prescribed  by  the  retirement  board  and  approved  by  the 
insurance  commissioner.  The  retirement  board  shall  sub- 
mit annually  to  the  governor  a  detailed  statement  of  the 
membership,  retirements,  withdrawals,  investments,  in- 
comes and  expenditures  of  the  retirement  assocication, 
which  statements  shall  be  printed  by  the  board  of  control. 


96 


G  S  sec  1021 
1917  ch  411 

Funds  not 
assignable, 
but  exempt 
from   attach- 
ment,  execu- 
tion and 
taxation 


Sec.  229  That  portion  of  the  salary  or  wages  of  a  mem- 
ber deducted  or  to  be  deducted  under  this  chapter,  the  right 
of  a  member  to  an  annuity  or  pension  and  all  his  rights  in 
the  funds  of  the  retirement  system  shall  be  exempt  from 
taxation  and  from  the  operation  of  any  laws  relating  to 
bankruptcy  or  insolvency  and  shall  not  be  attached  or  taken 
upon  execution  or  other  process  of  any  court.  No  assign- 
ment of  any  right  in  or  to  said  funds  shall  be  valid.  The 
funds  of  the  retirement  system,  so  far  as  the  same  are 
invested  in  personal  property,  shall  be  exempt  from  taxa- 
tion. 


G  S  sec  1022 
1917  ch  411 

Duties  of 

educational 

officials 


Sec.  230  The  school  committee  or  board  of  education 
of  each  town,  city  or  district  in  the  state  shall,  before  em- 
ploying in  any  teaching  position  any  person  to  whom  this 
chapter  may  apply,  notify  such  person  of  his  duties  and 
obligations  under  this  chapter  as  a  condition  of  his  em. 
ployment.  On  or  before  October  first  of  each  year  ti"e 
school  committee  or  board  of  education  of  each  town,  city 
or  district  shall  certify  to  the  retirement  board  the  names 
and  salaries  of  all  teachers  in  its  employ  to  whom  this 
chapter  shall  apply.  The  school  committee  or  board  of 
education  of  each  town,  city  and  district  in  the  state  shall, 
on  the  first  day  of  each  calendar  month,  notify  the  retire- 
ment board  of  the  employment  of  new  teachers,  removals, 
withdrawals  and  changes  in  salary  of  teachers  that  shall 
have  occurred  during  the  month  preceding.  Under  the 
direction  of  the  retirement  board  the  school  committee  or 
board  of  education  of  each  town,  city  and  district  in  the 
state  shall  furnish  such  other  information  as  the  board  may 
require  relevant  to  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  the  board. 
The  school  committee  or  board  of  education  of  each  town, 
city  and  district  in  the  state  shall,  as  directed  by  the  retire- 
ment board,  deduct  from  the  amount  of  the  salary  due  each 
teacher  employed  in  the  public  schools  of  such  town,  city 
or  district,  such  amounts  as  are  due  as  contributions  to  the 
annuity  fund  as  prescribed  in  this  chapter,  shall  send  to  the 
treasurer  of  said  town,  city  or  district  an  order  for  the 
amount  of  such  deductions  drawn  in  favor  of  the  retirement 
board  and  shall  send  a  statement  of  the  amounts  deducted 


97 


to  the  secretary  of  the  retirement  board.  The  school  com- 
mittee or  board  of  education  of  each  town,  city  and  district 
in  the  state  shall  keep  such  records  as  the  retirement  board 
may  require.  The  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education 
shall  keep  such  records  and  make  such  reports  concerning 
teachers  in  its  employ  as  may  be  required  by  the  retirement 
board  and  shall  deduct  monthly  from  salaries  of  such 
teachers  the  amounts  due  as  contributions  to  the  annuity 
fund  under  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 

Sec.  231  The  teachers'  retirement  board  may,  upon 
application  by  the  board  of  trustees  of  any  institution  sup- 
ported by  the  state  at  which  teachers  are  employed,  class 
such  institution  as  a  public  school  under  the  provisions  of 
section  207  of  the  general  statutes.  The  secretary  and 
treasurer  of  such  board  of  trustees  shall  perform  the  duties 
required  of  educational  officials  under  the  provisions  of 
sections  230  and  233. 

Sec,  232  Any  incorporated  secondary  school  not  under 
the  orders  and  superintendence  of  a  duly  elected  school 
committee  or  board  of  education,  but  located  in  a  town  not 
maintaining  a  high  school  and  providing  free  tuition  to 
pupils  of  the  town  in  which  it  is  located,  and  which  shall 
have  been  approved  by  the  state  board  of  education  under 
the  provisions  of  chapter  54*  of  the  general  statutes,  may 
upon  application  of  its  board  of  trustees  be  considered  a 
"public  school"  and.  included  in  the  retirement  system  for 
teachers  at  the  discretion  of  the  retirement  board  and  the 
duties  required  of  town  officials  under  sections  230  and  233 
shall  be  performed  by  the  corresponding  officers  of  said 
school. 

Sec.  233  The  treasurer  of  each  town,  city  or  district 
in  the  state  shall  transmit  monthly  to  the  secretary  of  the 
retirement  board  the  amount  deducted  from  teachers'  sal- 
aries in  such  town,  city  or  district  as  specified  in  the  order 
of  the  school  committee  or  board  of  education  of  such  town, 
city  or  district  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  section 
230.  The  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education  shall 
transmit  monthly  to  the  secretary  of  the  retirement  board 


1919  Chap  83 


1919  Chap  170 

Public 

schools   may 
include 
certain  in- 
corporated 
schools 


G  S  sec  1023 
1917  ch  411 

Custody,  care 
and   account- 
ing of  the 
fund 


*  Chapter  xii  of  this  compilation 

7 


98 


1917  ch  411 

Rev  1918 

G  S  sec  1024 

1919 

Chap  61 

Municipali- 
ties   main- 
taining pen- 
sion  systems 
to  be  paid  by 
state 


the  amount  deducted  from  teachers'  salaries  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  chapter.  The  secretary  of  the  retirement 
board  shall  monthly  pay  to  the  treasurer  of  the  state  all 
sums  collected  by  him  under  the  provisions  of  this  section. 
All  funds  of  the  retirement  system  shall  be  in  custody  and 
charge  of  the  treasurer  of  the  state  and  the  treasurer  shall 
invest  such  funds  as  are  not  required  for  current  disburse- 
ments in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  state  governing 
the  investment  of  savings  bank  funds.  He  may,  whenever 
he  sells  securities,  deliver  the  securities  so  sold  upon  receiv- 
ing the  proceeds  thereof,  and  may  execute  any  document 
necessary  to  transfer  the  title  thereto.  The  treasurer  of  the 
state  shall  make  such  payments  to  members  of  the  retire- 
men  association  from  the  annuity  fund  and  pension  fund  as 
the  retirement  board  shall  order  to  be  paid  in  accordance 
with  sections  227  and  228.  On  or  before  the  third  Wednes- 
day in  January,  the  treasurer  of  the  state  shall  file  with  the 
insurance  commissioner,  and  with  the  secretary  of  the 
retirement  board,  a  sworn  statement  exhibiting  the  financial 
condition  of  the  retirement  system  on  the  thirty-first  day 
of  the  preceding  December  and  its  financial  transactions  for 
the  year  ending  at  such  date.  Such  statements  shall  be  in 
the  form  prescribed  by  the  retirement  board  and  approved 
by  the  insurance  commissioner. 

Sec.  234  If  the  school  committee  or  board  of  education 
of  any  town  or  city,  or  any  town  or  city  having  in  effect 
at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  act,  a  pension  system  for 
teachers  or  a  teachers'  retirement  system,  constituted  by 
act  of  the  general  assembly,  shall,  on  or  before  September 
30,  1919,  by  written  application  filed  with  the  retirement 
board,  request  the  exemption  of  such  town  or  city  from  the 
provisions  of  this  act,  such  town  or  city  shall  be  exempted. 
Any  town  or  city  which  has  been  exempted  from  the  provi- 
sions of  this  act  which  shall  retire  a  teacher  with  a  pension 
annuity  or  allowance,  and  the  school  committee  or  board 
of  education  of  which  shall  certify  under  oath  to  the  retire- 
ment board  the  amount  of  such  annuity  or  allowance,  shall 
be  reimbursed  annually  by  the  state  within  one  month 
following  the  close  of  the  current  school  year,  to  such 
amount  as  the  retirement  board  may  determine. 


99 

Sec.  235     The  teachers'  retirement  board  is  directed  to  ^^^^  "^^  ^^^ 

return  to  any  teacher  who  shall  have  retired  from  active  ^rem'^en?'  '* 

teaching  prior  to  June  30,   1917,  who  has  made  any  pay-  fund^clruin 

ment  or  payments  into  the  annuity  fund  under  the  provi-  fu^™^"*^ '° 
sions  of  section  224,  an  amount  equal  to  the  amount  so 
paid  to  said  fund. 

Sec.  236     The   comptroller  is  directed  to   draw  orders  i9i9  ch  3i8 

on  the  treasurer  for  the  payment  of  such  moneys  as  may  Reserve  fund 

•/-111  ,  .  •  1  ,  for  retired 

be  certified  by  the  teachers    retirement  board  as  necessary  teachers 

,.  ,  ,.  ,,  ,  .,  ,,  ,,         established 

according  to  the  mortality  tables  adopted  by  the  board  tor 
the  payment  of  pensions  allowed  to  retired  teachers.  Such 
moneys  shall  be  held  in  a  reserve  fund,  invested  and  con- 
i  trolled  in  the  same  manner  as  the  annuity  fund  of  the  re- 
'tirement  system  and  used  for  the  payment  of  pensions. 

Chapter  XVII 
Support  of  Public  Schools^ 

General  Statutes,   Chapter  58,  page  357 

Sec.  237     The  committee  of  each  school  district  or,  if  g  5  sec  1025 
they  fail  or  are  unable  to  do  so,  the  clerk,  shall  annually  in   seJ  2252 


1907  ch  31 
1913  ch  182 


*Gen  Stat 

Sec  57  The  general  assembly,  in  behalf  of  the  state;  the  representatives  of 
the  towns  and  the  senators  resident  in  the  several  counties,  in  behalf  of  their 
respective  counties;  every  city,  by  its  common  council  when  so  authorized  by  its 
charter,  or  by  its  freemen  in  legal  meeting  assembled;  and  every  town,  borough 
or  school  district,  by  legal  meeting  of  its  qualified  voters;  shall  make  appropriations 
of  specific  sums  of  money  for  any  purpose  authorized  by  law  and  provided  for  in 
the  warnings  of  the  meetings  at  which  the  appropriations  are  made 

Sec  58  Whenever  any  specific  appropriation  of  money  may  have  been  made 
by  the  general  assembly,  by  the  representatives  and  senators  of  any  county  or 
by  any  community  or  corporation  named  in  the  preceding  section,  every  agent, 
commissioner  or  executive  officer  of  the  state,  or  of  any  county,  town,  city, 
borough  or  school  district,  who  shall  wilfully  authorize  or  contract  for  the  ex- 
penditure of  any  money,  or  the  creation  of  any  debt  for  any  purpose  in  excess 
of  the  amount  specifically  appropriated  for  such  purpose  by  the  general  assembly, 
the  county  representatives  and  senators  or  the  community  or  corporation  of  which 
he  is  agent,  commissioner  or  executive  officer,  unless  such  expenditure  shall  be 
made  or  debt  contracted  for  the  necessary  repair  of  roads  or  bridges,  or  the 
necessary  support  of  schools  or  paupers,  in  cases  arising  after  the  proper  appropria- 
tion has  been  exhausted,  shall  be  fined  not  exceeding  one  thousand  dollars  or 
imprisoned  in  the  county  jail  not  exceeding  one  year  or  both  As  to  what  con- 
stitutes an  appropriation  see  58  Conn  486 

Sec  57     Scope  of  section     89  C  562 

Sec  58  The  penalty  attaches  only  when  a  specific  appropriation  has  been 
made  and  exceeded  58  C  462  Does  not  apply  to  governmental  duty  of  munic- 
ipality, or  holding  election     89  C  563 


100 


Enumera-  _ 
tion  of  chil- 
dren in  dis- 
tricts 


G  S  sec  1026 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2253 

Return  of 
enumera- 
tion 

See   G   S 
Sec   1025 


September  ascertain  the  name  and  age  of  every  person 
over  four  and  under  sixteen  years  of  age  who  shall  belong 
to  such  district,  on  the  first  Tuesday  of  said  month,  with 
the  names  of  the  parents  or  guardians  of  such  persons.  If 
any  such  persons  are  not  attending  school  during  said 
month  of  September,  then  the  person  making  the  enumera- 
tion shall  ascertain  the  reason  for  such  non-attendance  and, 
if  such  persons  are  employed  at  labor,  the  names  ot  their 
employers  or  of  the  establishments  where  they  are  em- 
ployed. Returns  shall  be  made  to  the  school  visitors  ot 
the  town  to  which  such  district  belongs,  on  or  before  the 
twenty-fifth  of  September;  children  temporarily  residing  in 
one  district  but  having  parents  or  guardians  residing  in 
another  shall  be  enumerated  only  as  belonging  to  the  latter 
district.  For  making  such  enumeration  the  committee  or 
clerk  of  the  district  shall  receive  one  dollar,  and  in  addi- 
tion thereto  three  cents  for  each  child  enumerated  in  excess 
of  fifty,  and  the  cost  of  said  enumeration  shall  be  paid  from 
the  amount  appropriated  by  the  town  for  the  support  of 
schools  in  said  district.  If  the  return  of  enumeration  is 
not  made  to  the  board  of  school  visitors  on  or  before  said 
twenty-fifth  of  September,  one  of  the  school  visitors  or  a 
person  duly  appointed  by  the  board  of  school  visitors  shall 
make  a  complete  enumeration  before  the  fifteenth  of  Oc- 
tober next  following  and  return  it  to  said  school  visitors, 
and  shall  receive  therefor  a  sum  not  to  exceed  five  cents 
for  each  child  so  enumerated. 

Sec.  238  Such  return  shall  be  signed  and  sworn  to  by 
the  person  making  it,  substantially  in  the  following  form : 

I  hereby  certify  that  I  have  carefully  enumerated,  ac- 
cording to  law,  all  persons  between  the  ages  of  four  and 

sixteen   years,  within   the   school  district, 

and  find  that  on  the  first  Tuesday  of  September,  A.  D. 
19 ,  there  were  of  such  persons,  residing  in  and  belong- 
ing to  said  district,  the  number  of  

A.  B. 


Sec  237  Phrase  "who  shall  belong  to  such  district"  construed  59  C  491, 
492  No  distinction  between  "domocile"  and  "actual  residence"  as  to  subject  of 
enumeration     lb 


101 


On  this  day  of  

A.  D.  19 ,  personally  appeared  the  above-named  A.  B. 

and  made  oath  to  the  truth  of  the  above  return  by  him 
subscribed  before  me. 


Justice  of  the  Peace. 

Sec.  239     The  school  visitors  of  the  town  shall  examine   Rev  im^"^'' 
and  correct  the  returns  made  by  them,  so  that  no  person   ^^'^  ^^^* 
shall  be  enumerated  twice  in  different  districts  or  be  im-  ^e*t"TOsr"  °* 
properly  returned,  and   lodge  them  as   corrected  with  the   certificate 
town   treasurer.     They  shall  also   transmit   to  the   comp- 
Itroller,^  on  or  before  the  fifth  day  of  December,  annually,  a 
r certificate  in  which  the  number  of  persons  shall  be  inserted 
^  in  words  at  full  length,  which  shall  be  sworn  to,  substan- 
;  tially,  according  to  the  following  form  : 

We,  the  school  visitors  of  the  town  of ,  certify 

that  from  the  returns  made  to  us  under  oath,  by  law  pro- 
vided, we  find  that  on  the  first  Tuesday  of  September,  A.  D. 
19 ,  there  were  residing  within  the  school  districts  be- 
longing to  said  town  the  number  of  persons 

between  four  and  sixteen  years  of  age ;  and  from  the  best 
information  we  can  obtain,  we  believe  that  said  number  is 
correct. 


School  Visitors. 

On  this  day  of  ,  A.  D.  19 , 

personally  appeared  the  above-named  school  visitors,  and 
made  oath  to  the  truth  of  above  certificate  by  them  sub- 
scribed before  me. 

C.  D. 
Justice  of  the  Peace. 

Sec.  240     Town   school    committees    shall   annually    ap-   g  s  sec  1028 
point  one  or  more  persons  who  shall,  m  September  of  each   sec  2255 

^  .  ^  '  ^  .  1903  ch  64 

year,  ascertam  the  name  and  age  of  every  person  over  four   1907  ch  31 

•  r  ,  1   '1,    1      1  1       1913  ch  182 

and  under  sixteen  years  of  age  who  shall  belong  to  such 

»  Sec  96 


Enumera- 
tion in  con- 
solidated dis- 
tricts 


G  S  sec  1029 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2256 

Penalty  for 
refusing  to 
give  age  of 
child 


G  S  sec  1030 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2257 

Payments  by 
the  state 


102 


town  on  the  first  Tuesday  of  said  month.  If  any  such 
persons  are  not  attending  school  during  said  month  of  Sep- 
tember, then  the  person  making  the  enumeration  shall 
ascertain  the  reason  for  such  non-attendance  and  if  such 
persons  are  employed  at  labor,  the  names  of  their  employers 
or  of  the  establishments  where  they  are  employed.  Re- 
turns shall  be  made  to  the  town  school  committee  on  or 
before  the  twenty-fifth  of  September.  Said  person  so  ap- 
pointed shall  receive  a  sum  not  exceeding  five  cents  for 
each  child  so  enumerated.  Such  return  shall  be  signed  by 
the  person  making  it  and  sworn  to  substantially  according 
to  the  form  prescribed  in  section  238.  The  town  school 
committee  shall  examine  and  correct  the  returns  made  to  - 
it  so  that  no  person  shall  be  enumerated  twice  or  be  im- 
properly returned,  and  lodge  them,  as  corrected,  with  the 
town  treasurer,  and  shall  transmit  to  the  comptroller,  on 
or  before  the  fifth  of  December  annually,  a  certificate  in 
which  the  number  of  persons  shall  be  inserted  in  words  at 
full  length,  which  shall  be  sworn  to  substantially  according 
to  the  form  prescribed  in  section  239. 

Sec.  241  Every  person  having  control  of  a  child  be- 
tween four  and  sixteen  years  of  age,  who  shall  wilfully 
refuse  to  give  the  person  making  the  enumeration  required 
by  this  chapter  the  name  and  age  of  such  child,  and  such 
information  concerning  the  school  attendance  of  such  child 
as  said  chapter  requires,  shall  be  fined  three  dollars. 

Sec.  242  The  comptroller  shall  annually,  as  soon  after 
the  twenty-eight  of  February  as  may  be,  draw  orders  for 
the  support  of  the  common  schools  at  the  rate  of  two  dol- 
lars and  twenty-five  cents  for  each  child  between  the  ages 
of  four  and  sixteen  years  on  the  enumeration  last  made 
and  perfected,  which  orders  shall  be  payable  from  the  civil 
list  funds  of  the  state,  and' be  divided  and  distributed  among 
the  several  towns  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  persons 
in  each  between  the  ages  of  four  and  sixteen  years,  as 
ascertained  from  said  returns;  and  he  shall  transmit  the 
amount  distributed  to  each  town  to  its  treasurer,  on  the 
application  of  its  school  visitors,  or  its  town  school  com- 
mittee;   but   no   such   money    shall   be   transmitted   to   any 


103 


town  until  the  comptroller  shall  have  received  from  its 
school  visitors  or  committee  a  certificate  signed  by  them 
or  their  chairman  and  secretary,  and  substantially  in  the 
following  form : 

We,  the  school  visitors  (or  town  school  committee)  of 

the  town  of  ,  certify  that  the  schools  in  said 

town  have  been  kept  for  the  period  required  by  law  during 
the  year  ending  the  fourteenth  day  of  July  last,  by  teachers 
duly  examined  and  approved,  and  have  been  visited  ac- 
cording to  law ;  and  that  all  moneys  drawn  from  the  public 
treasury  by  said  town  for  said  year,  appropriated  to 
1  schooling,  have  been  faithfully  applied  and  expended  in 
^  paying  teachers'  wages,  and  for  no  other  purpose  whatever. 


Dated  at ,  this 


day  of 


!  A.  D.  19. 


School  Visitors  (or  Town 
School  Committee.) 

To  the  comptroller. 

Sec.  243  Children  committed  to  county  homes  shall  be 
enumerated  in  the  towns  or  districts  in  which  said  county 
homes  are  located,  but  children  placed  by  the  officers  of  said 
I  homes  in  families  shall  be  enumerated  only  in  the  towns 
or  districts  in  which  said  families  reside.  The  enumerator 
of  the  town  or  district  in  which  the  county  home  is  located 
shall  make  a  separate  list  of  the  children  in  the  county 
home  and  certify  said  list  to  the  school  visitors  or  town 
school  committee  as  the  case  may  be. 

Sec.  244  The  county  commissioners  may  establish 
schools  at  the  county  homes  if  in  their  opinion  it  is  for  the 
interest  of  the  children.  In  case  the  county  commissioners 
establish  and  maintain  such  a  school  in  any  county  the 
treasurer  of  the  town  in  which  the  school  is  located  shall 
pay  to  the  county  commissioners  from  the  amount  paid 
to  the  town  by  the  comptroller  that  proportionate  part 
which  was  derived  from  the  enumeration  of  the  children 
in  the  county  home.     Said  commissioners  shall  apply  the 


G  S  sec  1031 
Rev  1902 
Sec   225S 
1903  ch  200 

Enumera- 
tion of  chil- 
dren in 
county  homes 


G  S  sec  1032 
Rev  1903 
Sec  2259 

Establish- 
ment of 
schools   at 
county  homes 


104 


G  S  sec  10S3 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2260 

Employ- 
ment of 
teachers  in 
county  homes 


G  S  sec  1034 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2261 

Comptroller 
may  make 
deduction 
from   school 
moneys 


sum  SO  determined  to  the  payment  of  teachers,  and  to  no 
other  purpose.  Said  schools  shall  be  open  during  the 
same  days,  hours  and  terms  as  the  schools  in  the  district 
or  town  in  which  the  school  is  located,  and  the  branches 
taught  shall  be  those  prescribed  by  the  proper  school 
officers  for  the  schools  of  the  town. 

Sec.  245  The  county  commissioners  may  employ  and 
pay  as  teachers  of  the  schools  at  the  county  homes  persons 
found  qualified  as  provided  in  this  section  and  shall  pro- 
v'ide  books  for  the  children  and  apparatus  for  teaching. 
The  state  board  of  education  shall  examine  the  persons 
employed  by  the  county  commissioners^,  and  if  the  candi- 
dates are  found  qualified  in  respect  of  character,  education 
and  teaching  ability,  may  give  them  certificates  authorizing 
them  to  teach  in  said  schools,  and  said  board  may  revoke 
such  certificates,  and  the  county  commissioners  shall  not 
employ  any  person  who  does  not  hold  such  certificate. 
The  said  board  shall  appoint  an  acting  visitor  or  visitors,^ 
who  shall  inspect  and  examine  said  schools  at  least  twice 
in  each  term,  and  the  county  commissioners  shall  not  pay 
any  teacher  nor  maintain  said  school  unless  said  acting 
visitor  shall  certify  in  writing  that  said  school  has  been 
for  each  month  kept  in  conformity  to  law. 

Sec.  246  When  the  school  in  any  district  shall  not  be 
kept  according  to  law,-  the  school  visitors  of  the  town,  to 
which  said  district  belongs,  shall,  in  their  certificate  or  cer- 
tificates to  the  comptroller  for  the  year  following,  state 
such  fact,  and  also  the  number  of  children  enumerated  in 
such  district ;  and  when  application  is  made  for  the  school 
moneys  payable  to  such  town  for  said  year,  he  shall  deduct 
from  the  whole  number  of  children  enumerated  in  such 
town  the  number  contained  in  such  district;  and  shall  draw 
an  order  for  such  part  only  of  the  moneys  that  would 
otherwise  go  to  said  town,  as  is  proportioned  to  the  num- 
ber of  children  in  the  remaining  districts  therein. 


1  Sec  86 

*A    district    is    not    entitled    to    any    state    or    town    money    unless    the    school- 
house  and  outbuildings  arc  satisfactory  to  the  school  visitors,   Sec  149 


105 


Sec.  247  If  any  money  appropriated  to  the  use  of 
schools  shall  be  applied  by  a  town  or  school  district  to  any 
other  purpose,  such  town  or  school  district  shall  forfeit 
the  amount  thereof  to  the  state;  and  the  comptroller  shall 
sue  for  the  same  in  behalf  of  the  state,  to  be  applied,  when 
recovered,  to  the  use  of  schools. 

Sec.  248  The  income  of  the  town  deposit  fund,^  be- 
longing to  any  town,  and  of  any  other  town  fund  which  is 
or  shall  be  established  or  appropriated  for  the  support  of 
public  schools  in  any  town,  shall  be  paid  annually  into  the 
town  treasury,  for  the  support  of  public  schools  therein. 

Sec.  249  The  income  of  any  fund  that  is  or  shall  be 
established  or  appropriated  for  the  support  of  public 
schools  in  any  school  district  or  school  society  existing  in 
any  town,  shall  be  paid  annually  into  the  treasury  of  such 
district  or  society,  for  the  support  of  public  schools  therein ; 
but  if  such  district  or  society  shall  at  any  time  cease  to 
exist,  then  the  principal  of  said  fund  shall  be  paid  over  to 
the  treasurer  of  the  town ;-  the  income  thereof  to  be  applied 
for  the  support  of  public  schools  therein,  in  the  manner 
prescribed  in  section  166. 

Sec.  250  The  school  visitors  and  selectmen  in  each 
town  in  which  the  school  districts  are  not  consolidated 
shall  meet  as  a  joint  board  on  the  third  Tuesday  of  June 
in  each  year,  and  prepare  a  statement  showing  the  estimated 
,  cost  of  each  and  all  the  public  schools  in  their  town,  for 
the  next  succeeding  school  year,  and  shall  immediately 
thereafter  notify  the  committees  of  the  respective  school 
districts  of  the  several  amounts  so  fixed. 

Sec.  251.  The  school  year  shall  commence  on  the  fif- 
teenth day  of  July,  and  end  on  the  fourteenth  day  of  July 
following. 

Sec.  252  The  school  visitors  and  selectmen  in  each 
town  in  which  the  school  districts  are  not  consolidated 
shall,  as  a  joint  board,  present  at  the  annual  town  meeting 
a  written  or  printed  statement  of  the  total  cost  of  each  and 
all  of  the  public  schools  in  such  town  for  the  school  year 
next  preceding,  and  an  estimate  of  the  cost  of  such  schools 

*  Chapter   xxvi 
'Sec   166,    284 


G  S  sec  1035 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2262 

Misapplica- 
tion of 
school  money 


G  S  sec  1036 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2203 

Income  of 
town  deposit 
fiind 


G  S  sec  1037 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2264 

School  society 
and  district 
fund 


G  S  sec  1038 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2265 

Meeting   of 
joint  board 
of  school 
visitors   and 
selectmen 


G  S  sec  1039 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2266 

School  year 
defined 

G  S  sec  1040 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2267 

Estimates;   ex- 
penses ex- 
ceeding 
estimates 


106 


G  S  sec  1041 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2268 

Record  of 
decisions    of 
joint  board 

G  S  sec  1042 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2269 

Time  of  pay- 
ment to  dis- 
tricts 


for  the  current  school  year.  Said  board  shall  also  on  or 
before  the  fifteenth  of  October  in  each  year  fix  the  several 
amounts  which  in  their  judgment  will  be  sufficient  to  pay 
the  wages  of  teachers,  including  board,  and  the  incidental 
expenses^  of  maintaining  the  schools  in  the  various  dis- 
tricts within  the  jurisdiction  of  such  town  for  the  period 
during  the  current  year  that  schools  are  required  by  law 
or  by  vote  of  the  town  to  be  maintained ;  shall  notify  the 
respective  districts  of  the  several  amounts  so  fixed ;  and  if 
any  district,  by  contributing  the  teachers'  board  or  any  of 
the  incidental  expenses  of  the  school,  be  enabled  to  con- 
tinue its  school  year  beyond  the  time  required  by  law,  said 
district  shall,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  board  of  school 
visitors,  be  entitled  to  the  whole  amount  so  fixed. 

Sec.  253  The  secretary  of  the  board  of  school  visitors 
shall  keep  in  a  book  provided  by  the  town  a  record  of  all 
the  decisions  of  the  joint  board  of  school  visitors  and  select- 
men. 

Sec.  254  Whenever  a  school  district  shall,  at  its  annual 
school  meeting,  neglect  to  fix  the  time  or  period  for  the 
payment  of  its  teachers,  they  shall  be  paid  at  the  end  of 
each  school  month,  and  at  the  close  of  every  such  month 
or  period  for  the  payment  of  teachers  and  on  the  certifi- 
cate of  the  school  visitors  or  acting  visitor  or  visitors 
that  the  schools  of  the  district  for  such  month  or 
period  have  been  kept  in  all  respects  according  to  law  the 
selectmen  shall  draw  an  order  on  the  town  treasurer  in 
favor  of  such  district  for  a  sum  of  money  sufficient,  and  no 
more  than  sufficient,  to  pay  the  expenses  incurred  by  such 
district  for  said  month  or  period  for  the  wages  of  teachers, 
including  board,  and  for  fuel  and  incidental  expenses,^  if 
the  expenses  incurred  by  the  district  for  the  above-named 
purposes,  during  the  school  year,  do  not  exceed  the  amount 
fixed  upon  for  such  district  as  provided  in  this  chapter.  If 
such  expenses  exceed  said  amount,  the  joint  board  of  school 
visitors  and  selectmen  shall  meet,  on  or  before  the  four- 
teenth of  July  in  each  year,  and  decide  whether  or  not  the 
expenditure  in  excess  of  the  amount  fixed  upon  was  neces- 

»  Sec  187,  203 
'  Sec  187,  203 


107 

sary  to  maintain  the  school  or  schools  of  the  district  for 
the  time  required  by  law.  If  said  board  shall  decide  that 
such  additional  expense  was  necessary,  the  selectmen  shall 
draw  an  order  on  the  town  treasurer  for  an  amount  suffi- 
cient to  pay  the  same ;  but  if  said  joint  board  shall  decide 
that  such  additional  expense  was  not  necessary  the  district 
shall  pay  it,  unless  the  town  otherwise  order. 

Sec.  255     Whenever   a    district   shall   vote    to   pay    its   g  s  sec  1043 

1  1  r  1  1  ■,     r  Rev  1902 

teacher  or  teachers  oitener  that  once  each  term,  and  for   See  2270 
fixed  periods  of  not  less  than  four  weeks  each,  or  when,  as   Payment  of 
provided  in  section  254,  the  salary  of  teachers  shall  be  pay-  district  school 
able  monthly,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  school  visitors,  or 
acting  school  visitor  or  visitors,  at  the  close  of  each  of  the 
aforesaid  periods  of  school  or  school  months,  to  give  to  the 
selectmen  a  certificate  stating  whether  or  not  the  schools 
of  the  district  have  been  kept  in  all  respects  according  to 
law  during  such  period. 

Sec.  256     No    town   which    includes    a    city   within   its   0  s  sec  1044 

1-       •  1      11    1  -1  1     ^  1  /  •         Rev   1902 

limits  shall  be  required  to  expend  for  school  purposes  in   See  2271 
any  year  a  greater  sum  than  would  be  raised  by  a  tax  oi   Tax  in  city 

.,,  .  ...  .^         ■  1      •         •  ...  school  dis- 

one  mill  on  its  grand  list,  11  said  city  is  organized  into  one  tricts 
or  more  school  districts  by  which  a  sum  has  been  appro- 
priated for  the  support  of  public  schools  during  the  year 
in  which  such  tax  would  be  payable,  sufficient,  with  the 
income  derived  from  other  sources,  to  pay  the  wages  of 
teachers,  the  cost  of  fuel,  and  the  incidental  expenses  of 
the  public  schools  of  said  district  or  districts  for  at  least 
thirty-six  weeks  of  said  year;  provided,  said  sum  shall  be 
paid,  without  abatement,  on  or  before  the  first  of  March 
next  following  the  time  at  which  the  town  tax  shall  have 
become  due,  to  the  several  school  districts  in  the  town,  in 
proportion  to  the  number  of  children  in  each,  at  the  last 
preceding  enumeration,  between  the  ages  of  four  and  six- 
teen years. 

Sec.  257     Every   town    which    shall    neglect   or    refuse   G  s  sec  1045 
to  provide  for  the  support  of  its  schools  shall  forfeit  to  the   slJ  2272 
state  a  sum  equal  to  the  amount  which  it  is  required  to  Neglect  to  lay 

]  •     .  school   tax 

raise  and  appropriate. 


108 


G  S  sec  1046 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2273 

Discontinu- 
ance of  small 
schools; 
transporta- 
tion of  chil- 
dren 


G  S  sec  1047 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2274 

Extra  ex- 
penses  in- 
curred by  dis- 
tricts 


G  S  sec  1048 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2275 

District  to 
receive  no 
money  unless 
report   is 
made 


Sec.  258  When  the  number  of  scholars  in  any  district 
for  any  term  of  school  shall  be  so  small  that  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  school  visitors  the  maintenance  of  a  separate 
school  in  said  district  for  such  term  is  inexpedient,  said 
board  of  school  visitors  may  unite  the  school  of  such  dis- 
trict with  the  school  of  an  adjoining  district  or  districts, 
and  when  the  school  of  any  district  shall  be  thus  united 
with  the  school  of  another  district  or  districts  it  shall  be  as 
full  a  compliance  with  the  law  as  if  said  district  had  main- 
tained a  separate  school  for  the  time  required  by  law. 
Whenever  any  school  shall  be  discontinued  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  section  the  school  visitors  may  provide  trans- 
portation for  children  to  and  from  school,  and  the  expenses 
of  such  transportation,  when  approved  by  the  board  of 
school  visitors,  shall  be  paid  by  the  town  treasurer,  upon 
the  order  of  the  selectmen. 

Sec.  259  If  a  district  maintains  a  school  of  a  higher 
order  than  is  required  by  law,  and  thereby  incurs  increased 
expense  for  its  school ;  or  if  any  district  shall  continue  its 
school  for  a  longer  time  than  is  provided  for  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  town,  according  to  section  35,  or- if  any  dis- 
trict shall  expend  for  teachers"  wages  or  other  purposes,  a 
sum  which  the  school  visitors  and  selectmen  deem  unneces- 
sary and  extravagant ;  the  cost  of  such  school,  above  the 
sum  received  by  such  district  from  the  town,  shall  be  paid 
by  a  tax  laid  by  said  district.  Nothing  in  this  title  shall  be 
construed  as  forbidding  the  payment  of  the  additional  ex- 
penses of  continuing  a  school  longer  than  the  time  re- 
quired by  law,  by  voluntary  contribution  or  by  tuition 
charges. 

Sec.  260  No  district  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  any 
money  from  the  state  or  town  in  any  year,  unless  the  dis- 
trict committee  shall  have  made,  on  or  before  the  fifteenth 
of  July  preceding,  or  within  five  days  thereafter,  the  report 
required  by  section  188. 


G  S  sec  1049 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2276 

Apportion- 
ment to  dis- 
tricts formed 
from  parts 
of  towns 


Sec.  261  The  amount  of  the  annual  state  appropria- 
tion, apportioned  to  any  school  district  formed  from  parts 
of  two  or  more  towns,  shall  be  paid  into  the  treasury  of 
the  town  having  jurisdiction  over  such  districts  under  the 


109 

provisions  of  section  128,  and  the  expenses  of  the  school  in 
such  district  shall  be  paid  by  said  town,  in  the  same  man- 
ner and  on  the  same  conditions  as  if  said  district  lay  wholly 
within  it ;  but  during  September,  in  each  year,  the  school 
visitors  of  said  town  shall  ascertain  the  cost  of  maintain- 
ing said  school  for  the  year  ending  on  the  fourteenth  of  the 
preceding  July;  not  including  in  such  ascertainment,  the 
amount  received  by  said  district  from  any  fund  that  is  or 
shall  be  established  or  granted  for  the  support  of  public 
schools  in  said  district ;  and,  having  deducted  from  this 
amount  the  sums  received  by  the  town  for  such  district 
during  said  year  from  the  state  appropriation,  shall  appor- 
tion the  remainder  of  the  cost  of  such  school  among  the 
towns  in  which  such  district  lies,  iu'  proportion  to  the 
number  of  persons  between  the  ages  of  four  and  sixteen 
years,  as  ascertained  by  the  enumeration  made  in  Septem- 
ber of  the  preceding  year,  and  shall,  before  the  first  Mon- 
day in  October,  present  a  copy  of  said  apportionment  to 
the  selectmen  of  each  of  said  towms;  and  the  selectmen  of 
the  town  or  towns  not  having  jurisdiction  over  said  district 
shall  cause  the  sums,  thus  apportioned  to  their  respective 
towns,  to  be  paid  to  the  town  having  jurisdiction  over  said 
district.^ 

Sec.  262     The   selectmen   of   any   town   schooling   chil-   g  s  sec  loso 

,  /   .  ,...,.,      Rev  1902 

dren  residmg  m  another  town  and  m  a  district  m  which    Sec  2277 
no    school    is    maintained    may    ascertain    the    expense    of   Expenses  of 
schooling  said  children  and  present  a  bill  of  said  expense  tricts 
to  the  selectmen  of  the  town  in  which  said  children  reside. 
If  the  town   schooling  children   shall   be   indebted   to   the 
town  in  which  the  children  reside,  under  the  provision  of 
section  261,   the  expense  ascertained   as  provided   in   this 
section  shall  be  deducted  from  the  amount  of  said  indebt- 
edness, and  only  the  remainder  shall  be  due  to  the  town 
in  which  said  children  reside. 

Sec.  263     In  all  cases  when  a  school  in  any  district  has   g  s  sec  losi 

1  1       11    1         1  1        •  •  r      ,  1  ,  Rev   1902 

been  or  shall  be  kept  durmg  a  portion  of  the  school  year,   Sec  2278 
but  not  according  to  law,  or  when  for  any  other  cause  there   Forfeitures 
has  been  or  shall  be  a  forfeiture  of  moneys  accruing  from   remitted 

1  Sees  97,  128 


110 


G  S  sec  1052 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2279 

Fraudulent 
certificate  by 
school  visi- 
tors 


1919  ch  343 

Conditions 
for  securing 
average  at- 
tendance 
grant   from 
state 


the  school  fund  or  annual  state  appropriation  that  would 
otherwise  have  been  paid  to  any  town  or  school  district,  the 
secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education  shall,  on  applica- 
tion from  such  town  or  school  district,  examine  into  the 
facts  of  the  case,  and  decide  according  to  equity,  on  the 
right  of  the  applicants  to  receive  the  money  so  forfeited ; 
and  if  he  decides  in  favor  of  such  right,  and  so  certifies  to 
the  comptroller,  the  same  shall  be  paid  as  if  no  forfeiture 
had  occurred. 

Sec.  264  Every  school  visitor  or  member  of  a  town 
school  committee  who  shall  fraudulently  make  or  join  in 
making  any  false  certificate,  by  reason  of  which  money 
shall  be  drawn  from  the  treasury  of  the  state,  shall  be  fined 
not  more  than  sixty  dollars. 

Sec.  265  Any  town  complying  with  the  following  con- 
ditions may  secure  a  state  grant  for  the  schools  therein  for 
the  school  years  ending  July  14,  1920,  and  July  14,  1921,  of 
three  dollars  per  pupil  in  average  attendance  during  the 
school  year  ended  July  14,  1918.  No  town  shall  receive 
such  grant  unless  it  shall  have  raised  by  local  taxes  for  the 
support  of  schools  during  the  last  school  year  a  sum  not 
less  than  that  raised  in  the  school  year  ending  July  14, 
1918.  The  secretary  of  the  board  of  school  visitors,  town 
school  committee  or  board  of  education  of  each  town  en- 
titled to  a  grant  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall,  annu- 
ally on  or  before  the  fourteenth  day  of  July,  certify  under 
oath  to  the  state  board  of  education,  upon  blanks  to  be 
furnished  by  said  board,  the  average  attendance  in  each 
school  in  such  town,  and  shall  certify  also  that  the  schools 
of  the  town  have  been  kept  for  the  period  required  by  law 
during  the  year  ended  on  the  fourteenth  day  of  July  by 
teachers  legally  examined  and  found  qualified,  and  not  dis- 
approved by  the  state  board  of  education,  that  the  amount 
raised  by  tax  as  required  in  this  act  has  been  expended  for 
the  support  of  public  schools  and  that  the  amount  of  this 
grant  has  been  expended  for  compensation  of  teachers  and 
for  no  other  purpose.  The  comptroller,  on  application  of 
said  board,  shall  draw  his  order  on  the  treasurer  in  favor 


Ill 

of  each  such  town  for  the  amount  authorized  to  be  paid  by 
the  provisions  hereof. 

Sec.  266     Towns  having  a  grand  list  of  two  million  five  ^^J  igil^^ 

hundred  thousand  dollars  or  less  shall  be  divided  into  five  ^^^J'^J'{^. 

classes  as  follows :  First  class,  towns  having  a  grand  list  (^,^^53;^^.^. 

of  not  more  than  five  hundred  thousand  dollars ;  second  tion  of  towns 

by    grand    list 

class,  towns  having  a  grand  list  of  more  than  five  hundred 
thousand  dollars  but  not  in  excess  of  one  million  dollars; 
third  class,  towns  having  a  grand  list  of  more  than  one 
million  dollars  but  not  in  excess  of  one  million  five  hundred 
thousand  dollars ;  fourth  class,  towns  having  a  grand  list 
of  more  than  one  million  five  hundred  thousand  dollars  but 
not  in  excess  of  two  million  dollars ;  fifth  class,  towns  hav- 
ing a  grand  list  of  more  than  two  million  dollars  but  not  in 
excess  of  two  million  five  hundred  thousand  dollars. 

Sec.  267  Each  such  town  may  make  application  to  the  ReVml^^ 
state  board  of  education  for  the  proportional  amount  of  the  ^^f^  ^chzzi^ 
salaries  paid  to  teachers  in  such  town,  and  said  board  shall  g^^^^^  ^j^ 
certify  such  amount  to  the  comptroller,  who  shall  draw  his  ^"gnel'''""^ 
order  on  the  treasurer  for  such  proportion  of  the  salaries 
as  such  town  shall  be  entitled  to,  upon  the  following  basis : 
For  towns  in  the  first  class,  seventy-five  per  centum  of  the 
amount  paid  for  teachers'  salaries ;  towns  in  the  second 
class,  sixty  per  centum  ;  towns  in  the  third  class,  forty-five 
per  centum;  towns  in  the  fourth  class,  thirty  per  centum; 
and  towns  in  the  fifth  class,  twenty  per  centum.  Such  towns 
which  shall  have  paid  a  tax  in  any  year,  exclusive  of  any 
tax  for  the  cost  of  any  land  or  buildings,  of  not  less  than 
six  mills  for  the  maintenance  of  schools  and  the  money 
thereby  raised  shall  be  found  to  be  insufficient  to  maintain 
the  schools  therein  at  the  standard  required  by  the  state 
board  of  education,  may,  by  the  school  board  of  said  town, 
apply  to  the  state  board  of  education  for  special  aid  and 
upon  ascertaining  that  necessity  for  such  aid  exists  and 
upon  receipt  of  a  certificate  from  the  tax  commissioner 
showing  that  said  tax  of  six  mills  was  computed  on  a  val- 
uation of  the  property  on  the  basis  required  by  the  general 
statutes,  the  state  board  of  education  may  make  such  pro- 


112 


vision  for  the  maintenance  of  schools  in  such  town  as  the 
educational  interests  therein  require.  Special  grants  pro- 
vided for  in  this  section  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  board  of  control.  The  amount  of  any  grant  of  special 
aid  authorized  by  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  certified 
by  the  secretary  of  said  state  board  to  the  comptroller  who 
shall  pay  the  same  to  the  school  board  of  such  town  for  its 
use  in  maintaining  the  schools  therein,  but  when  any  grand 
list  shall  include  choses  in  action  of  the  inhabitants  of  any 
town,  the  aggregate  amount  of  choses  may  be  deducted 
from  the  grand  list  and  the  classification  for  such  town 
shall  be  made  after  the  choses  in  action  shall  have  been  so 
deducted. 


1917  ch  371 
Rev"  1918 
Sec  1058 
1919  ch  339 

Thirty    dollars 
must   be    ex- 
pended  for 
each  child 
in  average 
attendance 


1917  ch  371 
Rev  1918 
Sec   1059 
1919  ch  339 

Annual  state- 
ments 


Sec.  268  Each  such  town  shall,  annually,  in  July,  pre- 
sent to  the  state  board  of  education  a  statement  of  the  ex- 
penses of  the  maintenance  of  its  schools  during  the  year 
last  preceding,  which  statement  shall  show  that  such  town 
has  expended  in  its  support  of  schools,  a  sum  equal  to  thirty 
dollars  for  each  child  in  average  attendance,  as  determined 
by  the  attested  registers  of  the  schools  for  the  year  ending 
July  fourteenth.  Payments  of  principal  and  interest  on  in- 
debtedness, expenses  for  new  buildings,  sites  and  permanent 
improvements  shall  not  be  included  in  computing  the  cost 
per  child  in  average  attendance. 

Sec.  269  The  secretary  of  the  board  of  school  visitors 
or  the  town  school  committee  of  each  town  entitled  to  pay- 
ments under  the  provisions  of  sections  267  and  268  shall 
annually,  on  or  before  the  fourteenth  day  of  July,  certify, 
under  oath,  to  the  state  board  of  education,  upon  blanks  to 
be  furnished  by  said  state  board,  the  average  attendance  in 
each  school  in  such  town,  and  shall  also  certify  that  the 
schools  in  such  town  have  been  kept  open  for  the  period 
required  by  law  during  each  year  ending  on  the  fourteenth 
day  of  July  by  teachers  not  disapproved  by  the  state  board 
of  education  and  that  the  school  buildings  are  in  good  re- 
pair and  that  the  amount  of  payments  provided  for  under 
the  provisions  of  said  sections  have  been  expended  for 
teachers'  salaries  only. 


113 


Chapter  XVIII 
Normal  Schools 

General   Statutes,  Chapter  59,   page  366 

Sec.  270     The  state  board  of  education  shall  maintain  c.  s  sec  1061 

nt)rnial  schools  as  seminaries  for  training  teachers  in  the  art  Sec  2280 

of  instructing  and  governing  in  the  public  schools  of  this  1917  ch  303 

state,  at  the  places  where  such  schools  are  legally  estab-  sll  loei 
lished,  and  such  sum  as  the  state  board  of  education  may  in 

,  1  f  j1      •  i  i  ^•  Maintenance 

each  year  deem  necessary  for  their  support,  not  exceedmg  of  normal 

two  hundred  thousand  dollars,  for  the  normal   schools  at 

New  Britain,  New  Haven,  Willimantic  and  Danbury,  shall 

be  annually  paid  therefor  from  the  treasury  of  the  state,  on 

the  order  of  said  board ;  but  the  board  shall  not  expend  any 

money  for  any  other  normal  school,  until  the  town,  city  or 

city  school  district,  in  which  such  school  is  situated,  shall 

have  agreed  in  writing  with  said  board  to  furnish,  and  shall 

have    furnished    schools    in    suitable    and    sufficient    school 

buildings   in   connection   with   tlie   training  department   in 

said  school,  the  terms  of  such  agreement  to  be  satisfactory 

to  said   board ;  and   every   such   town,   city  or  city   school 

district  is  authorized  to  make  and  execute  such  agreements. 

Sec.  271     The  number  of  pupils  in  each  school  shall  be   c  5  sec  1062 

.  .,,  ,  iiri  •  0-11  1     Rev   1902 

determined   by  the  state  board  of  education,     baid  board   Sec  2281 
may  make  regulations  governing  the  admission  of  candi-   Number  and 

_,  ,,  .,  1-1  1  1  1        if     •  admission  of 

dates,  lo  all  pupils  admitted  to  a  normal  school  all  its  students 
privileges,  including  tuition,  shall  be  gratuitous ;  but  no 
persons  shall  be  entitled  to  these  privileges  until  they  have 
filed  with  said  board  a  written  declaration  that  their  object 
in  securing  admission  to  such  school  is  to  become  qualified 
to  teach  in  public  schools,  and  that  they  intend  to  teach  in 
the  public  schools  of  this  state. 

Sec,  272     The  school  officers  in  each  town  shall  annu-   g  s  sec  i06i 
ally,  upon  request,  forward  to  said  board  the  names  of  such    sic  2282 
persons  as  they  can  recommend  as  suitable  persons  in  age.   selection  of 
character,  talents  and  attainments,  to  be  received  as  pupils 
in  said  schools. 


114 


G  S  sec  1064 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2283 

Expendi- 
tures; ac- 
counts;   re- 
ports 


G  S  sec  1065 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2284 

Establish- 
ment of 
model   schools 

G  S  sec  1066 
1909  ch  198 

Trained 
teachers  for 
small  towns 


C  .9  sec  1067 
1917  ch  277 
1921  ch  263 

Summer  nor- 
mal schools 


Sec.  273  The  state  board  of  education  shall  expend  the 
funds  provided  for  the  support  of  normal  schools,  appoint 
and  remove  their  teachers  and  make  rules  for  their  man- 
agement;^ shall  file  semi-annually  with  the  comptroller,  to 
be  audited  by  him,  a  statement  of  the  receipts  and  expenses 
on  account  of  the  normal  schools,  and  shall  annually  make 
to  the  governor  a  report  of  the  condition  of  those  schools 
and  the  doings  of  said  board  in  connection  therewith. 

Sec.  274  Said  board  may  establish  and  maintain  model 
schools  under  permanent  teachers  approved  by  it,  in  which 
the  pupils  of  the  normal  schools  shall  have  an  opportunity 
to  practice  modes  of  instruction  and  discipline. 

Sec.  275  The  state  board  of  education  may  at  all  times 
maintain,  in  any  of  the  normal  schools,  one  student,  selected 
on  the  basis  of  scholarship  and  general  fitness,  from  each 
town  in  the  state  having  a  valuation  by  the  board  of  equali- 
zation of  less  than  one  and  one-half  million  dollars,  upon 
the  recommendation  of  the  town  school  committee  or  board 
of  school  visitors  of  such  town  ;  and  for  students  admitted 
to  said  schools  under  the  provisions  of  this  section  living 
expenses,  not  to  exceed  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  for 
each  pupil  in  any  one  year,  shall  be  provided  by  said  state 
board  of  education  free  of  charge.  Every  person  entering 
a  normal  school  under  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall 
enter  into  an  agreement  with  the  state  board  of  education 
to  remain  at  the  normal  school  for  two  years,  unless  in 
case  of  ill  health  or  dismissal  by  the  school  authorities,  and 
to  teach  in  one  of  the  towns  from  which  such  students 
are  nominated  or  appointed  for  a  period  of  three  years 
after  graduation  unless  excused  by  the  state  board  of  edu- 
catic)n. 

Sec.  276  The  state  board  of  education  is  directed  to 
maintain  in  connection  with  any  normal  school  a  summer 
school.  Such  school  shall  be  organized  for  the  benefit  of 
persons  wh(^  desire  to  obtain  or  complete  a  normal  school 
course.  The  sum  of  ten  thousand  dollars  annually  is  appro- 
priated for  the  maintenance  of  such  schools,  and  the  comp- 
troller is  authorized,  on  the  application  of  the  state  board 
of  education,  to  draw  orders  on  the  treasurer  for  the  main- 
tenance of  such  schools. 

'  See    Sec   83 


115 


Chapter  XIX 
Town  and  City  Meetings  and  Elections 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  15,  page  141 

Sec.  277  Except  as  otherwise  provided  by  law,  there 
shall  be  held  in  every  town,  annually,  a  town  meeting  for 
the  election  of  town  officers,  which  meeting  shall  be  desig- 
nated and  known  as  the  annual  town  meeting;  and  special 
town  meetings  may  be  convened  when  the  selectmen  shall 
deem  it  necessary,  and  they  shall  convene  a  special  town 
meeting  on  application  of  twenty  inhabitants  qualified  to 
vote  in  town  meetings,  within  ten  days  after  receiving  said 
application ;  and  town  meetings  may  be  adjourned  from 
time  to  time  as  the  interest  of  the  town  may  require. 

Sec.  278  Any  town,  if  the  electors  thereof  shall  so 
determine  by  ballot  at  an  annual  meeting  of  such  town  or 
at  a  special  meeting  thereof  duly  warned  and  held  for  that 
purpose,  may,  at  the  annual  town  meeting  next  thereafter 
held,  and  biennially  thereafter,  elect  any  or  all  town  officers 
required  by  law  to  be  elected  annually,  to  hold  office  for 
the  term  of  two  years  from  the  date  of  their  election  and 
until  their  successors  shall  be  elected  and  qualified. 

Sec.  279  Except  as  otherwise  specially  provided  by 
law,  annual  town  meetings  shall  be  held  on  the  first  Mon- 
day of  October. 

Sec.  280  The  warning  of  every  town  meeting,  and  of 
every  meeting  of  a  city,  borough,  school  society,  school  dis- 
trict or  other  public  community,  or  of  an  ecclesiastical 
society,  or  of  proprietors  of  common  fields,  shall  specify 
the  objects  for  which  such  meeting  is  to  be  held.  Notice  of 
a  town  meeting  shall  be  given  by  setting  upon  the  signposts 
in  the  town  and  at  such  other  place  or  places  as  may  be 
designated  as  hereinafter  provided,  a  printed  or  written 
warning  signed  by  the  selectmen,  or  a  majority  of  them, 
and  by  publishing  a  like  warning  in  a  newspaper  published 

Sec  277  Whether  election  of  one  oflficer  is  legal,  when  law  requires  election 
of  a  board  of  officers,  quaere  32  C  108  An  annual  officer  usually  continues  until 
superseded  by  another  1  R  83;  a  C  437  Calling  of  special  meeting  for  legal 
purpose  is  obligatory  Immaterial  that  application  names  a  day  41  C  245  Vote 
may  be  rescinded  at  subsequent  meeting  34  C  108  There  is  no  office  of  "town 
agent"  60  C  169  Mandamus  to  compel  calling  of  special  meeting;  reasonable 
certainty  enough   in  application     89   C  561 


G  S  sec  248 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1793 

Annual  and 
special  town 
meetings 


G  S  sec  249 
1907    ch    227 

Biennial    elec- 
tion of  town 
officers 


G  S  sec  250 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1794 
1905  eh  203 
Annual  town 
meetings  when 
held 


G  S  sec  251 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1795 
1907  ch  138 

Warnings  of 
town,  city, 
borough  and 
other   meet- 
ings 


See  G  S 
Sec  3652 


116 


in  said  town  or  having  a  circulation  therein,  such  posting 
and  such  publication  to  be  at  least  five  days  previous  to 
holding  the  meeting,  including  the  day  that  notice  is  given, 
but  not  including  the  day  of  holding  said  meeting;  but  any 
town  may,  at  an  annual  meeting,  designate  any  other  place 
or  places,  in  addition  to  the  signposts,  at  which  such  warn- 
ings shall  be  set  up,  and  the  selectmen  shall,  on  or  before 
the  day  of  such  meeting,  cause  a  copy  of  every  such  w^arn- 
ing  to  be  left  with  the  town  clerk,  who  shall  record  the 
same.  Notice  of  a  meeting  of  a  city,  borough  or  school 
society  shall  be  given  by  setting  upon  the  signposts  within 
the  limits  of  such  city,  borough  or  society,  or  at  such  place 
or  places  as  may  be  designated  by  special  charter  provi- 
sion, a  written  or  printed  warning  signed  by  the  mayor 
or  clerk  in  the  case  of  a  city,  the  warden  or  clerk  in  the  case 
of  a  borough,  and  the  committee,  or  a  majority  thereof,  in 
the  case  of  a  school  society,  and  by  publishing  a  like  warn- 
ing in  a  newspaper  published  within  the  limits  of  such 
city,  borough  or  school  society,  or  having  a  circulation 
therein,  at  least  five  days  previous  to  holding  the  meeting, 
including  the  day  that  notice  is  given  but  not  including  the 
day  of  holding  said  meeting;  provided,  the  committee  of  a 
school  society  having  an  enumeration  of  less  than  one 
hundred  may,  on  giving  notice  by  posting,  in  its  discretion, 
omit  the  publication  of  the  w'arning  in  a  newspaper  as  above 
prescribed. 

Sec  280  Both  warning  and  notice  are  requisite  for  legal  meeting  4  D  62;  5 
C  391;  37  C  392;  44  C  iru:  52  C  483;  58  C  4P8;  60  C  165;  121  U.  S.  121 
Warning  is  to  be  affirmatively  proved  8  C  247  Town  clerk's  record  that  meet- 
ing was  legally  warned  is  prima  facie  evidence  thereof  25  C  555;  see  121  U.  S. 
121  The  hour  of  meeting  presumed  to  be  a  proper  hour  13  C  227  The  notice 
should  fairly  state  the  purpose  of  meeting  13  C  227;  15  C  327;  36  C  83;  53  C 
577;  58  C  488  The  town  may  act  within  the  limits  of  the  warning  55  C  245 
The  statute  prescribed  method  of  notice,  while  by  its  vote  the  society  prescribed 
more  general  notice  Held  that  the  society  vote  was  merely  directory  15  C  327 
A  validating  act  of  the  general  assembly  cures  all  defects  incident  to  the  act 
validated  52  C  45  "Soldier's  bounty"  validating  acts,  so  held  32  C  47;  37  C 
225  Town  has  no  inherent  legal  powers  32  C  47  The  warning  needs  no  ad- 
dress, but  addressed  "to  the  inh.ibitants"  is  valid  32  C  47  Clerk's  certificate 
imports  verity  only  as  to  matters  of  lawful  consideration  44  C  1.58;  51  C  22 
Five  days  before  the  meeting,  means  five  days  before  the  day  of  meeting  51  C  22 
A  meeting  illegally  warned  voted  a  guarantee;  a  subsequent  legal  meeting  voted 
"to  let  conditions  of  former  vote  remain  as  they  now  stand"  Held  not  to  be  a 
ratification  51  C  22;  see  121  U.  S.  121  The  town  is  not  estopped  by  erroneous 
record  of  town  clerk,  as  against  one  acting  under  it  51  C  22  Meeting  voted  to 
adjourn  "to  Wednesday  evening;"  held  to  mean  the  next  Wednesday  52  C  45 
Unless  restrictive  in  terms,  a  subsequent  board  of  selectmen  may  carry  out  the 
purpose  of  a  vote  52  C  498  As  to  what  constitutes  an  appropriation  5S  C  447 
Town  may  by  acquiescence  ratify  unauthorized  act  of  selectmen  59  C  447 
General  notice  sufficient  as  to  action  required  by  law  77  C  197  Notice  published 
in    newspaper    four   days   before    meeting    insufficient     83    C    331 


117 


Sec.  281  The  person  who  posts,  causes  to  be  published, 
or  in  any  other  manner  gives  notice  of  the  warning  for  any 
meeting  of  a  town,  city,  borough,  school  society,  school  dis- 
trict or  other  public  community,  or  of  an  ecclesiastical  so- 
ciety, or  of  proprietors  of  common  fields,  shall  make  return, 
in  writing,  to  tiie  person  whose  duty  it  is  to  keep  a  record 
of  such  meeting,  showing  the  notice  given  of  such  warning, 
and  such  return  shall  be  kept  on  file,  and  recorded  at  length 
with  the  warning  or  doings  of  such  meeting. 

Sec.  282  There  shall  be  elected  by  every  town,  at  its 
annual  town  meeting,  such  number  of  school  visitors  as 
such  town  is  required  by  law  to  elect,  and  they  shall  be 
elected  in  the  manner  and  for  the  term  or  terms  by  law 
prescribed.^ 

Sec.  283  The  terms  of  office  of  elective  town  officers, 
when  not  otherwise  prescribed,  shall  be  for  one  year  from 
the  date  of  their  election,  and  the  terms  of  those  appointed 
by  the  board  of  selectmen  shall  expire  on  the  day  of  the 
annual  town  meeting  next  succeeding  their  appointment. - 

Sec.  284  ^Assessors,  meml^ers  of  boards  of  relief,  select- 
men, town  clerks,  town  treasurers,  agents  of  the  town  de- 
posit fund,'*  auditors,  grand  jurors,  collectors  of  taxes,  con- 
stables, registrars  of  voters,  high  school  committees.^  school 
visitors,*'   town   school   committees"   and    library   directors* 

1  See  Sec  284 

2  Sees  40,  159,  180,  282,  284 

^  Town    school    officers    must   be    elected    at   annual   town    meeting     See    §    §    159, 
282,   also   town  library  directors     §   296 

■*  §    346     '  §    191     In   towns   having   no   town   school   committee   the   high   school 
committee  may  in  certain  cases  be  appointed  by  school  visitors     §  192 

•  §   §  15,   40,   176,   177,  282,  286 

'  §   §  157,  158,  180  ''§  §  295,  296 

^  Powers  and  duties  of  selectmen  in  connection  with 

1  Enforcement  of  laws  relating  to  attendance 

a     approve   commitment   of   truants   to    Connecticut    School   for   Boys     §    30 

b     allow   fees   of   truant   officers     §  31 

c     appoint  special  constables  on  nomination  of  school  visitors     §   371 

2  Boundary  lines  of  districts     §  120 

3  District  meetings 

a     determine   in   certain   cases  place   of   meeting   when   there   is  no  school- 
house     §  130 
b     give  notice  of  meeting  if  no  district  officers     §  131 
c     call  meeting   of  new  district     §   140 

4  Consolidated  districts 

a  shall  appraise  property  in  case  of  joint  districts     §   §   165,  184 

b  shall  give  notice  of  consolidation  to  adjoining  towns     §   168 

c  may  call  special  meetings  to  close  up  affairs  of  abolished  districts     §  169 

d  shall  lay  tax  and  pay  debts  after  consolidation     §   170 

e  shall  collect  all  dues  and  demands  in  favor  of  abolished  districts     5   1"! 

/  determine   amounts   to  be   paid  by  districts   to   town   on   abandonment   of 

union  system  and  lay  tax  if  necessary     §   172 

g  shall   provide  ballot  boxes  for  election  in  certain  cases     §   156 


G  S  sec  252 
1911  ch  195 

Warnings 
of  meetings 
to  be  re- 
corded 


See   Sec  3552 
G  S 


G  S  sec  264 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1804 

School   visi- 
tors 


G  S  sec  266 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1806 

Official  terms 
of  town  of- 
ficers 

See  Sec  249 


G  S  sec  267 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1808 
1903  ch  162 
1907  ch  227 

Ballot  for 
and  appoint- 
ment of  town 
officers 


118 


See  Sec  2S6 
G  S 


G  S  sec  268 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1809 

Plurality    of 
votes   to   elect 

G  S  sec  272 
Sec   1814 

Vacancies 
how  filled 

See  Sec  257 
G  S 


shall  be  voted  for  by  ballot;  but  all  other  town  officers 
provided  for  by  law  shall  be  appointed  by  the  board  of 
selectmen  of  the  several  towns  respectively.  Any  town,  at 
a  town  meeting  duly  warned  for  the  purpose,  may  pass 
votes  determining,  within  the  limits  by  law  provided,  the 
number  of  its  officers  and  prescribing  the  mode  in  which 
they  shall  be  voted  for  at  subsequent  meetings,  but  no  al- 
teration of  such  number  shall  take  effect  until  after  the 
adjournment  of  the  meeting  by  which  it  was  adopted.  If  in 
any  town  the  powers  of  grand  jurors  therein  are  vested  in 
other  prosecuting  officers,  the  nomination  and  election  of 
grand  jurors  may  be  omitted  in  such  town. 

Sec.  285  In  all  elections  of  town  officers  a  plurality  of 
the  votes  cast  shall  be  sufficient  to  elect,  unless  it  is  other- 
wise expressly  provided  by  law.^ 

Sec.  286  If  any  town  office  in  any  town  shall  be  vacant 
by  the  neglect  of  the  town  to  elect  or  appoint,  or  the  refusal 
of  any  person  appointed  to  act,  or  by  the  death  or  removal^ 
of  any  person  appointed,  or  from  any  other  cause,  such 
town,  if  such  office  is  an  elective  office,  may  in  legal  town 
meeting  fill  the  vacancy  except  as  otherwise  provided  by 
law ;  but  until  the  town  shall  fill  it,  such  vacancy  may  be 
filled  by  the  selectmen,  and  the  selectmen  shall  fill  all 
vacancies  that  may  arise  in  offices  to  which  they  have  power 
of  appointment.^ 


5  Estimates 

shall   in  joint  board  meeting  make  preliminary  estimates     J  250 

6  Appropriations 

a     shall   in  joint  board  meeting  fix  amounts  for  respective  districts     §   252 
b     may  as  joint  board  with  school  visitors  appropriate   money  for  libraries 

5  204 
c     shall    as    joint    board    report    cost    for    preceding    year    to    town    meeting 

§   252 
d     shall    in    joint    board    meeting    pass    upon    cost    of    school    in    excess    of 

appropration      §   254 
e     shall  cause  sums  due  joint  districts  to  be  paid     §  261 
/      shall  give  order  for  money  in  case  of  district  neglecting  to  open  school 

S  148 

7  Taxation 

act  with  assessors  as  board  of  relief      S  310 

8  Manage  propcrtv  of  town  in  certain   cases     §   47 

9  Provide  flags     %    I    48,   49 

10  Take  bond  of  treasurer  of  town  deposit  fund     J   345 

11  Fill  vacancies  in  certain  cases     §   §  283,  286 

12  Post   signs    to   warn   persons  operating    motor  vehicles   to   reduce  speed   when 
within  five  hundred  feet  of  schoolhouse,  i   434 

'Sees  41,  159,  180,  191.  296 

'  Removal  means  removal  from  the  town     19  Conn  334 

•This  section  docs  not  apply  to  town  high  school  committees.  Sec  40,  191,  284 


119 

Sec.  287     The  moderator  of  any  town  meeting,  and  of  c  5  sec  276 
any  meeting  of  any  society  or  other  community  lawfully   Sec  isi? 
assembled,  may,  when  any  disorder  arises  in  the  meeting,   Power  of 

-^  -^  r    1  1  moderator  to 

and  the  offender  shall  refuse  to  submit  to  his  lawful  author-  suppress  dis- 

1   •         •  order 

ity,  order  any  proper  officer  to  take  him  into  custody,  and, 
if  necessary,  to  remove  him  from  such  meeting  until  he 
shall  conform  to  order,  or,  if  need  be,  until  such  meeting 
shall  be  closed,  and  thereupon  such  officer  shall  have  power 
to  command  all  necessary  assistance,  and  any  person  refus-  |^^g^"  ^^^ 
ing  to  assist  when  commanded  shall  be  liable  to  the  same 
penalties  as  for  refusing  to  assist  sheriffs  and  constables  in 
the  execution  of  their  offices ;  but  no  person  commanded 
to  assist  shall  be  deprived  of  his  right  to  act  in  the  meet- 
ing, nor  shall  the  offender  be  so  deprived  any  longer  than 
he  refuses  to  conform  to  order.^ 

Sec.  288     The  town  clerks  of  the  several  towns  shall,   g  s  sec  278 

r  ,  rr-  Rev    1902 

within  ten  days  after  the  election  of  such  officers,  return   Sec  i8i9 
to  the  secretarv  of  the  state  the  names  of  the  persons  elected  Returns  by 

•  J     town  clerk  of 

to  the  offices  of  selectmen,  town  treasurer,  assessors,  grand   election  and 

license  vote 

jurors,  constables,  school  visitors  or  school  committee  with 
date  of  expiration  of  term,  and  registrars  of  voters,  also 
the  number  of  votes  for  and  against  license,  and  if  no 
vote  was  taken  thereon,  said  return  shall  state  whether  the 
last  preceding  vote  was  for  license  or  no  license.  Every 
town  clerk  neglecting  to  make  such  return  shall  be  fined 
not  more  than  twenty-five  dollars. 

Sec.  289     Any  person  elected   to  the  office  of  assessor   g  s  sec  28i 

■^     ^  Rev  1902 

and  having  accepted  the  same,  who  shall  afterwards  refuse   See  1822 
to  be  sworn  or  to  perform  the  duties  of  the  office,  shall   Penalties  for 

refusing   to 

be  fined  thirty  dollars ;  and  any  person  elected  to  any  other  accept  or 

town  office  than  that  of  assessor  or  town  clerk,  and,  accept-   certain  duties 

ing  the  same,  or  not  declaring  his  refusal  to  accept,  who 

shall  neglect  to  perform  the  duties  of  the  office,  shall  be 

fined  not  more  than  ten  dollars ;  and  any  person  elected 

to  any  town  office  to  which  he  is  eligible,  who  shall  refuse 

to  accept  the  same  and  take  the  oath  prescribed  by  law, 

shall,  unless  he  has  reasonable  excuse  for  such  refusal,  be 

fined  five  dollars ;  and  any  town  clerk  who  shall  neglect 

to  perform  the  duties  of  his  office,  shall  be  fined  not  more 

'  The  enforcement   of  this  provision   requires   no  issue   of  process     65   Conn  30 
Sec   288     The   enforcement   of   this   provision   requires   no   issue   of   process     65 
Conn  30 


120 

than   fifty   dollars.      Every   moderator   of   a   town   meeting 
who  shall  neglect  to  make  any  return  required  by  law  shall 
be  fined  twenty  dollars. 
Rev  ^902^*^  ^^^'  ^^^     ^"^'    person    claiming   to    have    been    elected 

1905  df  135        selectman,    clerk,   treasurer,    collector   of    taxes,   or   justice 
1907  ch  6  of  the  peace,  assessor,  grand  juror,  constable,  registrar  of 

Swn  dec  voters,  or  registrar  of  births,  marriages  and  deaths  of  any 

comested^  town,  or  uiayor,  clerk,  treasurer,  auditor,  collector  of  taxes, 
alderman  or  councilman  of  any  city,  or  to  any  other  town, 
city  or  borough  office,  but  not  so  declared,  may,  within 
sixty  days  after  the  time  of  holding  the  election,  bring  his 
petition  to  any  judge  of  the  superior  court,  alleging  the 
facts  on  which  such  claim  is  founded,  which  shall  be  served 
upon  the  party  against  whom  the  claim  is  made  at  least 
six  days  before  the  return  day,  and  returnable  not  more 
than  sixty-six  days  after  the  day  of  such  election,  and  such 
judge  shall  thereupon  hear  and  determine  said  petition,  and 
his  decision  thereon  shall  be  conclusive,  and  if  in  favor  of 
the  petitioner,  his  certificate  to  that  eflfect,  under  the  seal 
of  the  court,  shall  entitle  the  petitioner  to  hold  and  exer- 
cise the  duties  and  powers  of  such  office;  but  this  section 
shall  not  aflfect  the  right  of  appeal  to  the  supreme  court  of 
errors  for  the  revision  of  questions  of  law  arising  thereon. 
and  it  shall  not  prevent  such  judge  from  reserving  such 
questions  of  law,  by  consent  of  all  parties,  for  the  advice  of 
said  supreme  court  of  errors.  And  said  judge  may,  if  neces- 
sary, issue  his  writ  of  inandamiis,  requiring  the  adverse 
party  and  those  under  him  to  deliver  to  the  petitioner  the 
appurtenances  of  such  office,  and  shall  cause  his  finding 
and  decree  to  be  entered  on  the  records  of  said  superior 
court  in  the  proper  county. 

Chapter  XX 
Public  Libraries 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  64,   page  375 

G  s  sec  1100  Sec.  291     Any  town,  citv,  borough  or  fire  district  may 

Rev  1902  -^  •  *  -^ 

.Sec  4624  establish  a  public  librarv,  the  use  of  which,  under  proper 

1905  ch  41  '  '  , 

1915  ch  156  Sec  290     This    provision    is    constitutional     Information    should    show    relator's 

election  AllcRed  errors  must  appear  to  be  injurious  Certificate  of  judge  is  con- 
clusive 51  C  113  Appeal  to  supreme  court  carries  stay  of  execution  62  C  488 
Quo  warranto  is  a  means  to  oust  an  illegal  incumbent,  but  not  to  induct  the 
rightful  person  66  C  294  Facts  held  to  justify  order  of  judge  that  ballot  boxes 
be  opened;  mere  irreiiularities  in  arrangement  of  polling  places  not  enough  to  in- 
validate election  75  C  50  Pleading;  after  ballots  recounted,  errors  in  inter- 
iDcutory   rulings   immaterial     85  C  396     See  notes   to   Sees  275,   576.    590,   595 


121 


regulations,  shall  be  free  to  its  inhabitants,  and  may  expend 
such  sum  of  money  as  may  be  necessary  to  provide  and 
furnish  suitable  rooms,  or  a  suitable  building-  for  the  library 
so  established,  or  for  a  previously  existing  public  library, 
the  use  of  which  is  free  to  its  inhabitants. 

Sec.  292  Any  town,  city,  borough  or  fire  district  may 
expend  such  sums  of  money  as  may  be  necessary  to  pur- 
chase land  for  a  suitable  site  for  a  public  library,  situated  in 
such  town,  city,  borough  or  fire  district,  and  may  appro- 
priate such  sums  of  money  as  may  be  necessary  to  maintain 
such  library  for  a  term  not  exceeding  ten  years,  which 
library  may  be  the  property  of  any  corporation  without 
capitol  stock,  or  may  be  the  property  of  such  town,  city, 
borough  or  fire  district  and  shall  be  free  to  the  inhabitants 
of  such  town,  city,  borough  or  fire  district. 

Sec.  293  Any  town,  city,  borough  or  fire  district  may 
annually  expend  such  sum  of  money  as  shall  be  necessary 
for  the  proper  maintenance  and  increase  of  a  free  public 
library  within  its  limits.  Any  such  municipality  shall  have 
the  power  at  any  meeting,  duly  called  for  the  purpose,  to 
fix  by  a  proper  by-law  or  ordinance  the  amount  which  shall 
be  annually  expended  for  the  public  library  therein.  The 
treasurer  of  such  municipality  shall  thereafter  annually  pay, 
upon  the  order  of  the  officer  designated  by  the  directors 
or  trustees  managing  its  public  library,  the  bills  incurred 
for  the  maintenance  and  increase  of  said  library,  not  ex- 
ceeding in  the  aggregate  the  sum  specified  in  said  by-law. 
The  town  clerk  may  deposit  in  a  public  library  within  his 
town  any  books,  other  than  records,  placed  by  law  or  other- 
wise in  his  custody. 

Sec.  294  Any  town,  city,  borough  or  fire  district  may 
receive,  hold  and  manage  any  devise,  bequest  or  gift  for  the 
establishment,  increase  or  maintenance  of  a  public  library 
within  its-  limits.^ 

Sec.  295  In  the  absence  of  any  other  lawful  provision 
for  the  management  of  a  public  library  in  any  town,  city, 
borough  or  fire  district  the  said  town,  city,  borough  or  fire 
district  shall  elect  a  board  of  directors-  who  shall  manage 

'  Devise    to   city,   with   discretionary   power   as   to    its    apnlication,    sustained,    al- 
though at  the  time  of  testator's  death  there  was  no  public  library     60   Conn   32 
="  Sec  284 


Establish- 
ment by 
municipali- 
ties 

See  G  S 
Sec  1114 


G  S  sec  1101 
1905  ch  41 
1915  ch  156 

Provision  for 
library     site 
and   library 
maintenance 


G  S  sec  1102 
Rev  1902 
Sec   4625 
1905  ch  41 
1915  ch  156 

Appropria- 
tions 


G  S  sec  110 i 
Rev  1902 
Sec    4626 
1905  ch  41 
1915  ch  156 

Gifts 

G  S  sec  1104 
Rev  1902 
Sec  4629  . 
1905  ch  41 
1915  ch  156 

Directors 


122 


G  S  sec  1105 
Rev  1902 
Sec   4630 
1905  ch  41 
1915  ch  156 

Directors' 
election 


G  S  sec  1106 
Rev  1902 
Sec    4631 
1903  ch  142 
1905  ch  98 
1909  ch  100 
1915  ch  209 
Rev  1918 
Sec   1106 
1919  ch  197 
1921  ch  372 

Connecticut 

Public 

I-ihrarv 

Committee 

expense 


said  library.  Said  board  may,  from  time  to  time,  make 
by-laws  for  its  own  government  and  may  adopt  rules  con- 
trolling the  use  of  the  library  and  the  administration  of  its 
affairs.  Said  board  shall  have  the  exclusive  right  to  expend 
according  to  its  best  judgment  all  money  appropriated  by 
the  town,  city,  borough  or  fire  district  for  the  library,  and 
shall  have  control  of  the  library  grounds,  buildings  and 
rooms. 

Sec.  296  The  first  election  of  directors  may  take  place 
at  any  meeting  of  the  town,  city,  borough  or  fire  district 
called  for  that  purpose.  It  shall  first  be  determined  by  a 
by-law  or  ordinance  of  the  municipality,  to  be  adopted  at 
this  meeting,  what  the  number  of  directors  constituting  said 
board  shall  be,  such  number  to  be  in  all  cases  one  divisible 
by  three.^  One-third  of  this  number  shall  then  be  elected" 
by  ballot  to  hold  office  until  the  next  annual  meeting,  one- 
third  until  the  second  annual  meeting,  and  one-third  until 
the  third  annual  meeting  thereafter.  At  each  subsequent 
annual  meeting  of  such  municipality,  one-third  of  the  direc- 
tors shall  be  elected  by  ballot  to  hold  office  for  three  years. 
No  director  of  a  public  library  so  elected  shall  receive  com- 
pensation for  any  services  rendered  as  director. 

Sec.  297  The  state  board  of  education  annually,  shall 
appoint  five  persons  wdio  shall  constitute  the  Connecticut 
Public  Library  Committee.  The  committee  may  expend  a 
sum  not  to  exceed  seven  thousand  five  hundred  dollars 
annually  for  carrying  out  the  purposes  stated  in  section 
1107  of  the  general  statutes  for  clerical  assistance  and  for 
incidental  and  necessary  expenses  incurred  in  the  discharge 
of  its  duties.  Said  committee  shall  semi-annually  render  to 
the  comptroller  an  account  of  all  moneys  expended  by  it 
under  the  provisions  of  this  act.  No  member  of  said  com- 
mittee shall  receive  any  compensation  for  his  services,  but 
the  necessary  expenses  of  the  members  shall  be  paid  by  the 
state.  All  moneys  expended  under  the  provisions  of  this 
act  and  of  section  1107  of  the  general  statutes  shall  be  paid 
by  the  treasurer  on  approval  and  order  of  the  comptroller. 


>  Sec  284 

»  I'lurality  elects,  Sec  285 


123 

Sec.  298     The   Connecticut   Public   Library   Committee  ^  ^  ^^^  ^^^7 

shall  give  to  communities  advice  and  assistance  in  the  or-  ^^^^  '^^  '^ 

ganization,  establishment  and  administration  of  free  public  p°1Jhc'^'''^"* 

libraries,  and  shall  extend  to  all  free  public  libraries  aid  in  i-ibrary 

'     _  _  Committee; 

selecting  and  cataloguing  books  and  in  library  manage-  duti" 
ment,  and  may  for  the  purposes  of  this  section  visit  and 
inspect  libraries  organized  under  the  provisions  of  section 
301,  and  may  suggest  improvements  in  said  libraries.  Said 
committee  is  authorized  to  purchase  and  arrange  books  and 
pictures  to  be  loaned  to  such  public  libraries,  schools,  asso- 
ciations and  individuals  as  the  committee  may  select. 

Sec.  299     The  librarian  or  director  of  any  public  library   ^^^  1902^^"* 
and  the  teachers  of  any  public  school  may  ask  said  commit-    Sec  4632 
tee  for  advice  and   assistance  in   regard   to   the  selection,   Connecticut 

°  '     Public 

purchase  and  cataloguing  of  books,  and  any  other  matters   J^'^rary 

^  _  .  ...  Committee; 

pertaining  to   the   maintenance  or    administration    of    the   advice; 

.  .  .  .  .  report 

library,  and  the  committee  shall  give  advice  and  assistance 
in  regard  to  said  matters  so  far  as  it  shall  find  it  practicable 
to  do  so.  The  committee  shall  annually  report  its  doings 
to  the  governor. 

Sec.  300     The   Connecticut  Public   Library   Committee   IH^  ^^^^ 
may  provide   and   shall  have   the   care   and   supervision  of   Connecticut 
suitable  libraries  in  the  penal  and  charitable  institutions  of   Library 
the  state  subject  to  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  direc-  may  provide 
tors  of  such  institutions  may  make.  in  penal  and 

charitable  in- 
stitutions 

Sec.  301     If   any    town   having   no   free   public    library    g  s  sec  1109 
shall  establish  a  free  public  library  and  shall  provide  for  the   sic  4633 
care,  custody  and  distribution  of  books  and  for  the  future   ^on'^for'^" 
maintenance  and  increase  of  such  library  in  a  manner  sat-   '°*"  libraries 
isfactory   to   said   library   committee,   said    committee   may 
expend  for  books  to  be  selected  by  the  said  committee  a 
sum  not  to  exceed  the  amount  expended  by  the  said  town 
for  the  establishment  of  such  library  and  not  to  exceed  two 
hundred  dollars. 

Sec.  302     The  treasurer  of  the  state  shall  pay  the  bills   gj  1902^^^" 
incurred  under  the  provisions  of  law  for  free  libraries,  upon    f^og^^^gg 
the  order  of  the  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education,   g^^^^ 
Said  board  shall  keep  an  account  of  all  moneys  expended   ''■^^^"'if  '° 

'■  -^  '  pay  bills 

under  sections  297,  298,  and  301,  and  the  comptroller  shall 


124 


G  S  sec  1111 
Rev  1902 
Sec  4635 
Board  of 
directors; 
women 
eligible 


G  S  sec  1112 
Rev  1902 
Sec   4636 
Reports  by 
libraries 


G  S  sec  1113 
Rev  1902 
Sec   4637 
1911  ch  3 
1917  ch  212 
Expendi- 
tures by 
public  library 
committee 


1921  ch   180 

Retirement 
upon  pensions 
of   employees 
in   public 
libraries 
authorized 


G  S  sec  1323 

Rev  1902 

Sec   2415 

1913  ch  13 

School  dis- 

trict taxes, 

levied  on 

what 

annually  audit  said  account.  The  provisions  of  sections  24 
and  26  of  the  General  Statutes  shall  not  apply  to  the  pay- 
ment of  money  expended  under  sections  297,  298  and  301. 
Sec.  303  No  person  shall  be  ineligible  by  reason  of  sex 
to  serve  on  the  board  of  directors  of  any  public  library,  or 
on  the  Connecticut  Public  Lil:)rary  Committee. 

Sec.  304  The  libraries  established  under  the  provisions 
of  this  chapter,  and  any  free  public  library  receiving  a 
state  appropriation,  shall  annually  make  a  report  to  the 
Connecticut  Public  Library  Committee. 

Sec.  305  In  towns  whose  grand  list  exceeds  one  million 
two  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  dollars,  the  Connecticut 
Public  Library  Committee  may  expend  annually,  for  books 
selected  by  it  for  any  free  public  library,  a  sum  not  to  ex- 
ceed the  amount  annually  appropriated  and  expended  by 
the  town  for  the  increase  of  such  library.  In  towns  whose 
grand  list  does  not  exceed  one  million  two  hundred  and 
fifty  thousand  dollars,  said  committee  may  expend  annually, 
for  books  selected  by  it  for  any  free  public  library,  a  sum 
not  to  exceed  the  amount  annually  appropriated  and  ex- 
pended from  any  source  for  the  increase  of  such  library, 
provided,  the  expenditure  by  said  committee  shall  not  ex- 
ceed the  sum  of  one  hundred  dollars  annually  for  any 
library. 

Sec.  306  Any  city,  borough  or  town  or  any  subdivision 
thereof  may  retire  with  a  pension  or  other  reward  any 
employee  of  any  public  library  within  the  limits  of  such 
city,  borough  or  town  or  subdivision. 

Chaptfr  XXI 
School  District  Taxes 

General   Statutes,   Chapter  68,   page  436  ' 

Sec.  307  All  taxes  levied  by  any  school  district  shall 
be  levied  on  the  real  estate  situated  therein,  and  the  ratable 
personal  property  of  those  persons  who  belonged  to  said 

Sec  307  Real  estate  in  any  district  taxable  there,  whatever  owner's  residence 
4  D  376;  11  C  479  Votes  irnposing  school  taxes  inartificially  drawn  held  valid 
15  C  331  Rate  bill  not  invalid  because  it  did  not  show  on  what  list  laid  15  C  447 
Personal  property  of  deceased  person's  estate  in  settlement  taxable  in  district  of  his 
domicil  at  death     38  C  413     District  mav  tax  to  pay  old  debt     76  C  695 

'  For  exemptions  see  Chapter  159  public  acts  of  1919 


125 


district  at  the  time  of  laying  such  tax,  and  upon  any  manu- 
facturing or  mechanical  business,  subject  to  taxation,  which 
is  located  or  carried  on  in  said  district,  not  including  therein 
the  value  of  any  real  estate  situated  out  of  the  district, 
and  also  upon  any  mercantile  buisness-  carried  on  in  said 
district  by  any  person  or  persons  who  do  not  reside  in  the 
town  in  which  said  school  district  is  situated  ;  and  neither 
the  business  so  taxed  nor  any  real  estate  in  said  district 
shall  be  taxed  in  any  other  district. 

Sec.  308  When  any  school  district  having-  within  its 
boundaries  any  town  almshouse  and  farm,  shall  impose  any 
tax  for  the  purpose  of  building  or  repairing  its  schoolhouse, 
said  real  estate  owned  by  said  town  shall  not  be  exempt 
from  such  taxation. 

Sec.  309  When  real  estate  in  any  district  is  so  entered 
in  the  list  of  the  town  in  common  with  other  real  estate 
situated  out  of  said  district  that  there  is  no  distinct  and 
separate  value  put  by  the  assessors  upon  the  part  lying  in 
said  district,  one  or  more  of  the  assessors  of  the  town  in 
which  said  property  is  situated  shall,  on  application  of  said 
district,  value  said  part  lying  in  said  district,  and  return  a 
list  of  the  same  to  the  clerk  of  said  district;  and  notice  of 
such  valuation,  and  of  the  meeting  of  the  assessors  and 
selectmen  mentioned  in  section  310,  shall  be  given  by  the 
district  committee  in  the  same  way  as  a  notice  for  district 
meetings. 

Sec.  310  At  the  end  of  ten  days  after  such  return  of 
said  list,  the  assessors  and  selectmen  of  the  town  shall  meet 
in  such  place  as  said  committee  shall  designate  in  such 
notice,  and  shall  have  the  same  power,  in  relation  to  such 
list,  that  the  board  of  relief  has  in  relation  to  town  lists ;  and 
no  deduction  or  abatement  shall  be  made  on  account  of  the 
indebtedness  of  the  owner  of  any  real  estate  so  taxed,  unless 
both  the  debtor  and  the  creditor  belong  to  said  district ;  and 
such  list,  when  perfected  by  said  assessors  and  selectmen, 
shall  be  lodged  with  the  town  clerk ;  and  said  valuation  shall 
be    the    rule    of    taxation    for    said    estate   by    said    district 


G  S  sec  1324 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2416 
Town  poor- 
house  proper- 
ty taxable  for 
schoolhouse 


G  S  sec  1325 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2417 
Land  partly 
in   district 
Assessment 
of   part  in   dis- 
trict 


G  S  sec  1326 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2418 

Board  of  re- 
lief Deduc- 
tions for  in- 
debtedness 


Sec  SOS     This  section  implies  that  poorhouses  are  not  otherwise  taxable     91    C 
u 
Sec   309     Doings   of   assessors   under    this   section   upheld   and    construed     15    C 
447;  76  C  696 


590 


126 


G  S  sec  1327 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2419 
1913   ch    20 
Listing   of 
real   estate 
omitted  from 
town  list 


G  S  sec  1328 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2420 
Assessment 
of  land  with 
title  changed 
since  town 
list 


G  S  sec  1329 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2421 

Mode  of  such 
assessment 


for  the  year  ensuing;  and  said  assessors  shall  be  paid  by- 
said  district  a  reasonable  compensation  for  their  services. 

Sec.  311  When  any  real  estate  in  any  district  liable  to 
taxation  has  not  been  put  into  the  town  list,  one  or  more  of 
the  assessors  of  the  town  in  which  such  omission  has  oc- 
curred, on  application  of  said  district,  shall  value  such  real 
estate,  and  add  such  property  to  the  list  of  the  district. 

Sec.  312  When  a  district  lays  a  tax  on  the  town  list 
last  completed,  and  the  title  to  any  real  estate  appearing 
on  said  list  has  been  in  any  way  changed  before  the  time 
of  laying  said  tax,  one  or  more  of  the  assessors  of  the  town 
in  which  such  change  of  property  has  occurred,  on  appli- 
cation of  such  district,  shall  value  said  real  estate  in  the 
name  of  the  person  owning  it  at  the  time  of  laying  said  tax, 
and  deduct  the  same  from  the  list  of  the  person  in  whose 
name  it  stood  on  the  town  list. 

Sec.  313  The  assessors  in  performing  the  duties  men- 
tioned in  sections  311  and  312  shall  proceed  in  the  manner 
prescribed  for  assessing  real  estate  in  section  309.^ 


'  The  following  sections  of  the  General  Statutes  apply  to  districts  taxes 

Sec  1253  Society,  school  district  and  highway  taxes  shall  be  laid  either  on 
the  assessment  list  of  the  town  last  before  or  on  the  next  thereafter  completed, 
and  be  payable  within  one  year  after  they  are  laid 

Sec  1279  Every  collector  of  taxes  shall,  before  he  receives  any  tax  warrant, 
give  to  the  community  of  which  he  is  collector,  a  bond  with  surety  to  the  accept- 
ance of  the  selectmen,  committee  or  authority  signing  the  rate  bill,  for  the  faith- 
ful discharge  of  his  duties;  but  every  town  tax  collector  shall  procure  such  bond 
from  a  surety  company  of  good  standing,  approved  by  the  selectmen,  and  the 
premium  on  such  bond  shall  be  paid  by  the  town  treasurer  upon  order  of  the 
selectmen 

Sec  1284  The  tax  book  of  any  collector  of  town,  city,  borough  or  school 
district  taxes,  shall  be  at  all  reasonable  times  open  to  the  inspection  of  any  tax- 
payer, and  to  any  auditor  of  public  accounts  of  such  town,  city,  borough  or  school 
district.  Any  collector  who  shall,  after  request,  refuse  to  exhibit  his  tax  book  as 
aforesaid,  shall  forfeit  the  sum  of  one  hundred  dollars  to  such  town,  city,  borough 
or  school  district,  and  such  penalty  may  be  recovered  by  an  action  on  such  col- 
lector's official  bond 

Sec  1292  Every  collector  of  town  taxes  shall,  except  as  otherwise  specially 
provided  by  law,  publish  a  notice  of  the  time  and  place  at  which  he  will  receive 
them,  by  advertising  in  a  newspaper  published  in  said  town,  or  if  no  newspaper 
is  published  in  said  town,  then  the  same  may  be  published  in  any  newspaper  of 
the  state  havng  a  general  circulation  in  such  town,  at  least  once  a  week  for 
three  successive  weeks  next  preceding  the  time  in  such  notice  appointed,  and  by 
posting  on  a  signpost  in  his  town  at  least  three  weeks  before  said  time;  and  col- 
lectors of  other  taxes  shall  appoint  a  time  and  place  for  receiving  the  same,  and 
give  reasonable  notice  thereof;  and  if  any  tax  laid  by  any  town,  city,  borough  or 
school  district,  except  as  otherwise  specially  provided  by  law,  shall  remain  unpaid 
for  one  month,  after  the  same  shall  become  due  and  payable,  interest  at  the  rate 
of  nine  per  centum  shall  be  charged  from  the  time  when  such  tax  becomes  due 
unffi  the  same  shall  be  paid,  which  shall  be  collectible  as  a  part  of  said  tax;  and 
said  collectors  shall  keep  an  accurate  and  separate  account  of  all  such  additions, 
and  the  time  when  the  same  may  be  received,  and  shall  pay  over  the  same  as  a 
part  of  said  tax 

Sec  1294  Taxes  shall  become  due  on  the  first  day  on  which  the  collector 
thereof,  according  to  the  terms  of  the  notice  given  by  him,  is  ready  to  receive 
them 


127 


Chapter  XXII 
Health  Officers 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  127,  page  737 

Sec.  314     The  county  health  officer  shall  cause  the  exe-   ^^^  {lo2^^^ 
cution  of  the  laws  relating  to  public  health  and  the  pre-   See  2518 
vention  and   abatement   of  nuisances   dangerous  to  public   ^°^^^"  ^"^ 
health,  and  of  the  laws  relating  to  the  registration  of  vital    g^^  ^  g 
statistics,  and  co-operate  with  and  supervise  the  doings  of  Sees   2369 
town,  city  and  borough  health  officers  and  boards  of  health, 
within  his  county.    He  shall  have  all  the  powers  of  a  grand 
juror  in  each  of  the  several  towns  within  his  county,  and 
all  the  powers  of  the  prosecuting  officer  of  each'  city,  bor- 
ough, town  or  police  court  within  his  county  in  prosecu- 
tions for  violations  of  the  law  concerning  contagious  dis- 
eases and  public   health,  nuisances  injurious   to   health   or 
life  for  violation  of  by-laws  or  ordinances  relating  to  public 
health  and  contagious  diseases  adopted  by  a  city  or  bor- 
ough,   for    the    violation    of    the    orders    of    town,    city    or 
borough  health  officers,  for  the  prevention  or  removal  of 


Sec  1313  All  taxes,  properly  assessed,  shall  become  a  debt  due  from  the 
person,  persons,  or  corportaion,  against  whom  they  are  respectively  assessed,  to 
the  town  city,  district,  or  community  in  whose  favor  they  are  assessed,  and  may 
be,  in  addition  to  the  other  remedies  provided  by  law,  recovered  by  any  proper 
action,  in  the  name  of  the  community  in  whose  favor  they  are  assessed;  but  the 
bringing  of  an  action  under  this  section  shall  in  no  way  whatsoever  affect  the 
life  of  the  lien  given  under  section  1308,  or  the  right  to  bring  action  of  fore- 
closure under  the  same;  provided,  a  substantial  recovery  by  either  of  such 
remedies  shall  bar  a  recovery  by  any  other  remedy 

Sec  1317     Warrants  for  the  collection  of  taxes  may  be   in  the   following  form: 
To    A    B,    collector    of    taxes   of    the    (here    insert    the    name    of   the    com- 
munity laying  the  tax),   in  the  county  of  ,  greeting: 

By  authority  of  the  state  of  Connecticut,  you  are  hereby  commanded  forth- 
with to  collect  of  each  person  named  in  the  annexed  list  his  proportion 
of   the   same,   as  therein   stated,   being  a  tax   laid  by    (name   of   community). 

on  the  day  of  A.  D.  19 And  you 

are  to  pav  the  amount  of  said  tax,  less  abatements,  and  less  taxes  the 
lien    for    which    has   been    continued    by    certificate,    to    the    treasurer    of    said 

(name  of  the  community),  on  or  before  the  day  of 

A    D    19 And    if   any    person    fails    to    pay    his    proportion    of    said    tax, 

upon  demand,  you  are  to  levy  upon  his  goods  and  chattels,  and  dispose  of 
the  same  as  the  law  directs;  and  after  satisfying  said  tax  and  the  lawful 
charges,  return  the  surplus,  if  any,  to  him;  and  if  such  goods  and  chattels 
do  not  come  to  your  knowledge,  you  are  to  levy  upon  his  real  estate,  and 
sell  enough  thereof  to  pay  his  tax  and  the  costs  of  levy,  and  give  to  the 
purchaser  a  deed  thereof,  or  take  the  body  of  said  person,  and  him  commit 
unto  the  keeper  of  the  jail  of  said  county  within  the  prison,  who  is  hereby 
commanded  to  receive  and  safely  keep  him  until  he  shall  pay  said  sum, 
together   with   your   fees,  or  be   discharged   in  due   course   of   law     Dated   at 

this  day  of 

A  D  19 

A  B.  Justice  of  the  Peace 


128 


G  S  sec  2392 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2519 

Temporary 
vacancy 


G  S  sec  2393 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2520 

Reports 


G  S  sec  2394 
Rev  1902 
Sec    2521 

Appoint- 
ment  ami 
jurisdiction 
of  town 
health  officers 


See  G  S 
sec  2398 


nuisances  dangerous  to  public  health,  for  violations  of  the 
laws  relating  to  the  registration  of  vital  statistics,  to  the 
practice  of  medicine,  surgery  or  midwifery,  and  of  the  laws 
relating  to  the  sale  of  poisons  and  antitoxin.  County  health 
officers  may  sign  complaints  in  any  town,  city  or  borough 
in  the  county,  to  run  into  the  same  or  any  other  town,  city 
or  borough  in   the  county. 

Sec.  315  In  the  event  of  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of 
health  officer  for  any  county,  or  in  the  event  of  his  absence, 
inability  or  disqualification,  the  health  officer  of  an  adjoin- 
ing county,  to  be  designated  by  the  governor,  may  act 
until  a  county  health  officer  is  appointed,  and  shall  possess 
all  the  powers  of  such  county  health  officer,  and  shall  file 
a  record  of  his  doings  with  the  succeeding  health  officer  of 
such  county. 

Sec.  316  The  county  health  officer  shall  keep  a  full 
record  of  his  doings  and  shall  annually,  in  the  month  of 
October,  make  a  report  to  the  state  department  of  health. 

Sec.  317  The  county  health  officer  shall  in  writing  ap- 
point for  each  town  some  discreet  person  learned  in  medical 
and  sanitary  science,  to  be  health  officer  for  said  town, 
except  in  towns  containing  a  city  or  borough  whose  limits 
are  coterminous  with  the  limits  of  said  town.  In  each 
town,  except  in  towns  having  a  city  or  borough  within 
their  limits,  said  town  health  officer  shall  have  and  exer- 
cise all  the  powers  necessary  and  proper  for  preserving  the 
pul)lic  health  and  preventing  the  spread  of  diseases ;  and 
in  towns  within  which  there  exists  a  city  or  borough,  the 
limits  of  which  are  not  coterminous  with  the  limits  of  such 
town,  such  town  health  officer  shall  exercise  the  powers 
and  duties  of  his  office  only  in  such  part  of  said  town  as 
is  outside  the  limits  of  said  city  or  borough.  Each  town 
health  officer,  except  when  appointed  to  fill  a  vacancy,  shall 
hold  his  office  for  four  years  from  and  after  the  first  Mon- 
day of  October  and  until  his  successor  is  appointed  and 
sworn,  unless  sooner  removed. 


Sec  317  De  powers  of  town  health  authorities  to  take  private  property  for 
use  as  a  pest-house  42  C  162  Provisions  of  statute  dc  powers  of  health  officers 
held  constitutional  51  C  99-101  Town  liable  for  expenses  incurred  by  health 
officer  in  quarantine  76  C  160  Power  to  make  quarantine  regulations  86  C 
681 


129 


Chapter  XXIII 

Health  Instruction  and  Physical  Education  in 
Public  Schools 

Chapter  399,   Public  Acts  of  1921 

Sec.  318  There  shall  be  estabhshed  and  made  a  part 
of  the  course  of  instruction  in  the  pubHc  schools  of  this 
state  a  course  in  health  instruction  and  physical  education. 

Sec.  319  The  course  in  physical  education  shall  be 
adapted  to  the  ages,  capabilities  and  state  of  health  of  the 
pupils  in  the  several  grades  and  departments  and  shall  in- 
clude exercises,  calisthenics,  formation  drills,  instruction 
in  personal  and  community  health  and  safety  and  in  pre- 
'venting  and  correcting  bodily  deficiency. 

Sec.  320  The  course  herein  prescribed  shall  be  pre- 
pared by  the  secretary  of  the  state  board  of  education  and, 
when  approved  by  the  state  board  of  education,  shall  con- 
stitute the  prescribed  course  in  physical  education.  With 
the  approval  of  said  board,  said  secretary  may  employ  ex- 
perts to  assist  him  in  preparing  such  courses  of  instruction, 
and  to  assist  in  putting  into  operation  the  courses  and  work 
in  the  public  schools  of  the  state. 

Sec.  321  Every  pupil,  excepting  kindergarten  pupils, 
attending  the  public  schools  of  this  state,  shall  take  the 
course  in  physical  training  as  herein  provided,  and  such 
course  shall  be  a  part  of  the  curriculum  prescribed  for  the 
several  grades.  The  standing  of  the  pupil  in  connection 
therewith  shall  form  a  part  of  the  requirements  for  promo- 
tion or  graduation.  The  time  devoted  to  such  courses  shall 
aggregate  at  least  two  and  one-half  hours  in  each  school 
week,  or  proportionately  when  holidays  fall  within  the 
same.  Four-fifths  of  such  time  shall  be  given  to  physical 
education  and  one-fifth  to  the  teaching  of  health. 

Sec.  322  The  state  board  of  education  shall  adopt  regu- 
lations fixing  the  necessary  qualifications  of  teachers  in 
physical  education,  shall  require  all  students  at  the  normal 
schools  to  receive  thorough  instruction  in  such  courses, 
and  shall  provide  such  instruction  for  such  students  in  at- 
tendance at  the  state  summer  schools  as  shall  elect  to  take 
instructions. 


1921  ch  399 
Sec   1 
Health    in- 
struction and 
physical 
education  to  be 
provided    in 
schools 


1921  ch  399 
Sec  2 

Course  to  be 
adapted  to 
pupils 


1921  ch  399 
Sec   3 

Course  to  be 
approved   by 
the  state  board 
of   education 


1921  ch  399 
Sec   4 
Course    in 
physical   edu- 
cation  to    be 
part  of   school 
curriculum 


1921  ch  399 

Sec  5 

State  board  to 

fix   regulations 

concerning 

qualifications 

of    instructors 


130 

Chapter  XXIV 
Optometry 

Chapter  276,    Public  Acts  of  1921 
1921  ch  276 

Sec  2  Sec.  323     Every    person    before    beginning    to    practice 

Qua'^'ficatbns     optometry   in   this  state   after  January    1,    1922,   except   as 
optometry  hereinafter  provided,  shall  present  to  said  board  satisfac- 

tory evidence  in  the  form  of  af^davits  properly  sworn  to, 
that  he  is   over   twenty-one   years   of   age,   of  good   moral 
character,  and  has  a  qualifying  academic  certificate  from 
the  commissioner  of  education  showing  that  he  has  gradu- 
ated, after  a  four  years'  course  of  study  in  a  public  high  [ 
school  approved  by  the  state  board  of  education,  or  has  I 
a  preliminary  education  equivalent  thereto,  and  has  studied  i 
the  subjects  herein  prescribed  for  at  least  three  years  in  a  i 
registered  optometrist's  office  or    has    graduated    from    a  \ 
school  of  optometry  approved  by  the  board  of  examiners  i 
and  maintaining  a  course  of  study  of  not  less  than  two 
years.     No  school  of  optometry  shall  be  approved  unless  it 
has  a  minimum  requirement  of  a  course  of  study  of  one 
thousand  attendance  hours.     The  qualifications  of  any  ap- 
plicant who  has   not  graduated  from  an  approved  public 
high  school  shall  be  determined  by  the  state  board  of  edu- 
cation by  proper  preliminary  examination,  the  fee  for  which 
shall  be  five  dollars. 

Chapter  XXV' 
Public  and  Other  Buildings 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  135,  page  791 

G  s  sec  2600  Sec.  324     No   owner,   proprietor,   manager  or  agent   •>! 

,   ...       ,         anv  theater,  concert  or  music  hall,  assembly  hall,  or  am 

Public   safety  -  -^  _       • 

in  halls,  building,  auditorium  or  rooms  used  for  public  gatherings 

theaters   and  °  .  . 

other  build-  shall  permit  any  person  to  occupy  any  aisle  in  any  such 
theater,  concert  or  music  hall,  assembly  hall  or  other  build- 
ing used  for  such  porpose,  nor  permit  any  person  to  occupy 
the  back  or  sides  of  any  such  building  or  room  used  as 
aforesaid,  to  such  an  extent  as  to  prevent  the  free  and  un- 
obstructed passage  to  and  from  the  entrance  to  any  aisle 
or  any  of  the  exits  in  such  place;  provided,  this  section  shall 
not   apply    to   town    halls    which    are   on    the   ground    floor. 


inRS 


131 


Every  person  who  violates  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
section  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  fifty 
dollars. 

Sec.  325  Every  theater,  nickelette,  schoolhouse  or  hall, 
excepting  town  halls,  in  which  people  commonly  assemble 
in  larger  numbers  than  one  hundred,  shall  be  provided  with 
one  or  more  exits,  each  exit  consisting  of  a  door  so  hung 
as  to  open  outward,  and  in  case  any  passageway  from  such 
theater,  nickelette,  schoolhouse  or  hall  to  such  exit  contains 
one  or  more  doors,  each  door  shall  be  so  hung  as  to  open 
outward. 

Sec.  326  The  owner  or  lessee  of  any  such  theater, 
nickelette,  schoolhouse  or  hall  who  uses  or  permits  the 
same  to  be  used  as  a  place  for  the  assembly  of  people  when 
it  does  not  conform  to  the  provisions  of  section  324,  shall 
be  lined  not  more  than  two  hundred  dollars  or  confined  in 
jail  not  more  than  six  months  or  both.  If  the  owner  or 
lessee  is  a  corporation  the  directors  shall  be  deemed  the 
owners  or  lessees  within  the  meaning  of  this  and  the  pre- 
ceding section.  If  the  owner  or  lessee  is  an  ecclesiastical 
society  or  a  school  district,  the  trustees  of  such  society 
or  the  board  having  control  of  the  property  or  of  such 
schoolhouse  shall  be  deemed  the  owner  or  lessee  within 
the  meaning  of  this  and  the  preceding  section. 

Sec.  327  In  all  cities  the  common  council,  in  all  bor- 
oughs the  warden  and  burgesses,  and  in  all  towns  and  parts 
of  a  town  not  within  the  limits  of  a  city  or  borough  the 
selectmen,  shall  require  that  all  churches,  schoolhouses,  and 
public  halls  that  are  used  for  lectures,  amusements,  exhibi- 
tions or  assemblages  of  people,  shall  be  provided  with 
ample  facilities  for  safe  and  speedy  entrance  and  exit  in 
case  of  necessity,  be  arranged  so  as  to  promote  the  comfort 
and  safety  of  persons  visiting  them,  and  be  closed  till  such 
requirements  are  complied  with ;  and  any  town,  city  or 
borough  may  make  suitable  by-laws  regarding  the  same. 
Every  person  who  shall  let  or  use  any  such  building  for 
such  purpose  after  it  shall  have  been  so  ordered  closed, 
shall  be  fined  one  hundred  dollars. 


G  S  sec  2601 
1909  ch  130 

Exits  in 
public   build- 
ings required 


G  S  sec  2602 
1909  ch  126 


Penalties 


G  S  sec  2603 
Rev  1902 
Sees  2607. 
2608  G  S 

Safe  exit  to 
be  provided 
for   public 
buildings 


132 


G  S  sec  2610 
Rev  1902 
1911  ch  123 
G  S  sec  2614 

Operation  of 
elevators  by 
minors 


G  S  sec  2612 
1909  ch  81 
1917  ch  182 

Construc- 
tion and  fire- 
proofing  of 
public  school- 
houses 


G  S  sec  2613 
1909  ch  81 

Method  of 
construc- 
tion 


Sec.  328  No  person  under  sixteen  years  of  age  shall 
be  employed  or  permitted  to  have  the  care,  custody,  opera- 
tion or  management  of  an  elevator;  any  person,  partnership 
or  corporation  violating  this  provision,  shall  forfeit  not 
more  than  twenty-five  dollars  for  each  offense.  No  person 
under  eighteen  years  of  age  shall  be  employed  or  permitted 
to  have  the  care,  custody,  management  or  operation  of  an 
elevator,  either  for  freight  or  passengers,  running  at  a 
speed  of  over  two  hundred  feet  per  minute ;  any  person, 
whether  acting  for  himself  or  as  agent  for  another,  who 
shall  authorize  or  permit  to  be  employed,  any  person  in 
violation  of  this  provision  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  one 
hundred  dollars. 

Sec.  329  All  public  schoolhouses  the  erection  of  which 
was  begun  since  June  9,  1909  shall  be  constructed  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  provisions  of  this  section  and  sections 
330,  331  and  332.^  No  such  schoolhouse  shall  be  con- 
structed so  as  to  contain  more  than  two  stories  above  the 
basement  unless  such  schoolhouse  is  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion throughout,  and  in  that  event  it  shall  not  exceed  three 
stories  above  the  basement. 

Sec.  330  All  such  schoolhouses  of  eight  or  more  class 
rooms  not  of  fireproof  construction,  throughout  shall  be 
built  as  follows:  (a)  The  outer  walls  shall  be  of  brick, 
natural  or  artificial  stone,  terra  cotta  blocks,  reinforced  con- 
crete or  other  fireproof  material,  (b)  The  walls  separating 
the  schoolrooms  from  the  halls  or  corridors  shall  be  of  ma- 
sonry or  other  fireproof  material,  (c)  There  shall  be  a  stair- 
way constructed  in  at  least  two  opposite  sides  of  the  build- 
ing leading  to  the  ground  floor  from  the  floor  above,  and  no 
such  schoolhouse  shall  contain  circular  stairs,  (d)  There 
shall  be  one  exit  constructed  in  at  least  each  of  two  oppo- 
site sides  of  the  building  upon  the  first  floor  leading  to 
the  ground,  which  may  be  the  same  as  the  exits  from  the 
floor  or  floors  above  the  first,  (e)  The  stairs  and  stairway 
shall  be  of  fireproof  construction,  (f)  All  doors  leading 
from  rooms  into  halls  or  corridors  shall  be  hung  so  as  to 
swing  into  the  hall  or  corridor,  and  all  doors  leading  from 
the  corridors  out  of  the  building  shall  be  so  hung  as  to 
swing  outward,      (g)    There   shall   be   a   door   of   fireproof 

'  The  words  "public  buildings"  include  schoolhouse     Gen  Stat,   Sec  6721 


133 


material  at  the  head  of  each  stairway  leading  from  the  first 
floor  to  the  basement,  (h)  All  wooden  partitions,  ceilings, 
floors  and  woodwork  about  the  heating  apparatus  or  plant 
shall  be  covered  with  asbestos,  tin,  sheet  iron  or  other  fire- 
proof material  so  as  to  effectually  overcome  danger  from 
fire. 

Sec.  331  No  door  leading  from  a  schoolroom  into  a 
hall  or  corridor,  or  from  a  hall  or  corridor  out  of  the  build- 
ing shall,  during  school  hours,  be  locked  or  bolted  or  secured 
in  any  other  manner  than  by  a  spring  which  will  readily 
yield  to  pressure  from  the  inside. 

Sec.  332  There  shall  be  placed  in  a  hall  or  corridor  of 
every  such  school  an  alarm  consisting  of  a  bell  or  gong 
arranged  or  equipped  so  as  to  be  sounded  from  at  least  one 
convenient  station  or  place  upon  each  floor  and  of  sufficient 
size  and  volume  of  tone  to  be  distinctly  heard  in  every 
room  when  sounded.  In  the  absence  of  such  alarm  there 
shall  be  placed  in  each  room  an  alarm  consisting  of  a  bell 
or  gong  of  sufficient  volume  to  be  heard  throughout  the 
room  where  placed,  all  of  which  alarms  shall  be  arranged 
or  equipped  so  as  to  be  sounded  simultaneously  from  the 
same  station  or  place,  at  least  one  of  \vhich  stations  or 
places  shall  be  conveniently  located  in  a  hall  or  corridor 
upon  each  floor. 

Sec.  333  Any  janitor,  teacher  or  other  person  who  vio- 
lates the  provisions  of  section  331  and  every  member  of  a 
board  of  education,  school  board,  board  of  school  visitors, 
or  building  committee,  or  official  who  is  charged  witii  the 
duty  of  planning,  contracting  for  or  building  a  public 
schoolhouse,  who  plans  or  contracts,  or  participates  in 
contracting  for,  or  votes  to  build,  or  builds  such  school- 
house  in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  sections  329, 
330  and  331  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  three  hundred 
dollars  or  imprisoned  not  more  than  three  months  or  both.^ 


G  S  sec  2614 
1909  ch  81 

Fastening  of 

doors 


G  S  sec  2615 
1909  ch  81 


Fire  alarms 


G  S  sec  2616 
1909  ch  SI 


Penalties 


*  Gen  Stat  Sec  64  Employment  of  architects  on  public  buildinijs  When 
ever  any  buildinj?  is  to  be  erected  by  the  state  in  the  designing  or  construction 
of  which  the  services  of  an  architect  shall  be  required,  the  comptroller  shall  give 
public  notice,  for  not  less  than  one  month,  through  the  public  press,  that  such 
public  building  is  to  be  erected,  together  with  a  statement  of  the  amount  appro- 
priated therefor  and  other  details  of  the  proposed  construction,  and  that  any  and 
all  architects'  who  may  see  fit  may  submit  plans,  specifications  and  estimates  of 
cost  for  the  construction  of  such  building  Upon  application  to  the  comptroller 
by   any   architect,   the   comptroller  shall   give   such  additional   information   regarding 


134 
G  s  sec  2617  Scc.  334     Everv  building  used  as  a  schoolhouse,  which 

1913  ch  40  .  .  .       .      .     .  ,    .  ,   .    ,        , 

1915  ch  258       is  two  Or  morc  stones  in  height,  and  in  which  the  greatest 
Fire  escapes      elcvation   of   the   floor  of  any   story   used   or  occupied   by 

on  public  ...  .  ;  ,  ,.     .     .  , 

school  build-  pupils  IS  ten  tect  or  more  above  the  adjoining  ground  at 
any  accessible  door,  window  or  other  suitable  place  of  exit, 
shall  be  provided  with  at  least  one  adequate  fire  escape,  of 
iron  or  other  incombustible  material,  securely  erected  on 
the   outside   of  such   building,   for   each   two   hundred   and 

See  G  s  fifty  pupils   or  fractional   part  of  such   number ;   and   each 

such  fire  escape  shall  be  free  from  obstruction  and  shall  be 
constructed  so  as  to  secure  a  safe  exit  for  children,  con- 
veniently accessible  from  each  floor  ten  or  more  feet  above 
the  ground  adjoining  such  building,  of  sufficient  width  and 
strength  so  that  each  step  and  landing  may  accommodate 
two  adult  persons  at  the  same  time.  The  exits  from  each 
floor  shall  consist  of  doorways,  the  base  of  which  shall  be 
level  with  the  floor  of  such  building  and  the  landing  of 
such  fire  escape  to  which  it  leads,  provided,  the  state  board 
of  education  may  approve  of  construction  having  such 
difference  in  level  between  such  floors  and  landing  as  will 
secure  a  convenient  and  safe  passage  for  children.  Each 
such  doorway  shall  not  be  less  than  three  feet  wide  nor 
seven  feet  high,  constructed  so  that  the  door  may  be 
quickly  opened  from  the  inside,  and  each  such  door  shall 
have  clear  glass  panels  or  sashes  extending  from  not  more 
than  eight  inches  from  the  top  to  not  more  than  two  feet 
from  the  bottom.  If  there  are  two  or  more  rooms  or  hall- 
ways adjoining  and  convenient  to  the  landing  of  a  fire 
escape,  each  such  room  or  hallway  shall  have  a  doorway 
leading  to  such  landing.  The  provisions  of  this  section 
shall  not  apply  to  any  building  having  not  more  than  two 
stories,  constructed  witli  fire-proof  halls  and  two  or  more 
exits  on  the  ground  floor  opening  out. 

such  contemplated  buildinc  and  its  character,  construction  and  details  as  he  may 
possess  All  plans,  specifications  and  estimates  for  such  building,  submitted  to 
the  comptroller,  shall  be  received  by  him  and  by  him  delivered  into  the  custody 
of  the  board  of  control  or,  in  case  a  committee  is  raised  or  persons  appointed  bv 
the  (jeneral  assembly  to  have  charge  of  the  supervision  or  construction  of  such 
building,  then  to  such  committee  or  persons,  which  board,  committee  or  persoTis 
shall  receive  and  inspect  all  of  such  plans  and  specifications  Said  board,  com- 
mittee or  presons  having  charge  of  the  supervision  or  construction  of  s'uch  build- 
ing and  the  selection  of  plans  and  specifications  therefor,  shall  give  a  public  hear- 
ing to  all  parties  interested,  who  shall  have  ample  opportunity  to  present  the 
merits  of  any  of  said  plans  and  specifications  Said  board,  committee  or  persons 
siiali  have  the  right  to  accept  and  adopt  any  one  of  the  said  plans  and  specifica- 
tions and  may   reject  any  or  all  of  them,  and   such  selection  shall   be  conclusive 


135 
Sec.  335     Any   school   building  which    is   not   equipDed    C  S  sec  2618 

.    ,      £  •  J  •    ,        ,  .    .  ,  1913  ch  40 

with  tire  escapes  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  sec- 
tion 334  within  sixty  days  after  notice  given  as  provided  in  nation  of 
section  336  shall  be  condemned  by  the  official  giving  such 
notice,  and  shall  not  thereafter  be  used  for  school  purposes 
until  the  said  provisions  have  been  complied  with.  In  case 
any  such  building  is  used  for  school  purposes  after  being 
so  condemned  the  officials  in  charge  of  such  building  shall 
be  subject  to  the  penalty  provided  in  section  2627  of  the 
General  Statutes,  and  the  town  in  which  such  building  is  so 
used  shall  forfeit  the  state  enumeration  grant  during  the 
time  such  building  is  so  used.  The  officials  making  such 
order  may  cause  fire  escapes  to  be  erected  on  such  school 
buildings  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  section  334 
and  the  cost  thereof  shall  be  paid  by  the  town. 

Sec.  336  The  chief  of  the  fire  department  of  any  city  c  5  sec  26i9 
or  borough  and  the  state  board  of  education  shall  have 
power  to  enforce  the  provisions  of  section  334  and  335,  and  men""^"' 
it  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  official  and  said  board,  acting 
either  conjointly  or  singly,  to  order  the  proper  school 
authorities  to  place  on  all  schoolhouses  or  buildings  used 
as  schoolhouses  to  w^hich  the  provisions  of  said  sections  are 
applicable,  such  number  of  fire  escapes  as  will  equip  said 
building  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  thereof. 

Sec.  337     The  chief  of  the  fire  department  of  any  town,   g  s  sec  ztio 

.  .  ..         .  ,     .  •'  1913  ch  40 

city  or  borough  or  fire  district,  or,  if  there  be  no  such  chief   i9i5  ch  258 
the   principal    or   superintendent    of   anv    school,   with    the   Certain  buiid- 

,  '        .        ,  .  ings  exempt 

approval  or  any  agent  oi  the  state  board  of  education,  may 
exempt  from  the  provisions  of  sections  334  and  335  any 
school  building  which  has  two  or  more  exits  by  inside  stair- 
ways at  opposite  ends  of  each  hallway. 

Sec.  338     Every  storv  above  the  first  storv  of  a  build-   ^  s  sec  2621 

.    '  Rev   1902 

ing  used  as  a  schoolhouse,  orphan  asvlum,  insane  asylum,   Sec  2628 

y  ^  '    .  .  -  1911  ch  239 

reformatory,  opera  house,  hall  for  public  assemblies,  hotel,   i9i7  ch  247 
boarding    or    lodging    house    accommodating    more    than   Fire  escapes 

^  '^      ^  ^     ^  on  certain 

twelve  persons,  or  a  tenement  house  occupied  by  more  than   buildings 
two   families  or  as   a  workshop,   manufactory   or  store   in   See  g  s 

1-1  1  1      '1  1         /-  ^"    2617 

which  more  than  ten  persons  are  employed  above  the  first 
story,  or  of  a  building  used  in  any  way  not  named  above 


136 

but  which  has  a  similar  need  of  such  protection,  shall  be 
provided  with  more  than  one  way  of  egress,  by  stairways 
on  the  inside  or  fire  escapes  on  the  outside  of  such  build- 
ings. Such  stairways  and  fire  escapes  shall  be  so  con- 
structed, in  such  number,  of  such  size  and  in  such  location 
as  to  give,  in  the  opinion  of  the  officer  charged  with  the 
enforcement  of  this  section,  safe,  adequate  and  convenient 
means  of  exit,  in  view  of  the  number  of  persons  who  may 
need  to  use  such  stairway  or  fire  escape,  shall  at  all  times 
be  kept  free  from  obstruction  and  shall  be  accessible  from 
each  room  in  every  story  above  the  first  story.  A  ladder 
affixed  to  any  of  the  premises  herein  described  shall  not  be 
considered  a  fire  escape  within  the  meaning  of  this  section 
and  of  sections  2622  and  2623  of  the  General  Statutes. 

G  s  sec  2623  Sec.  339     If  anv    building   specified   in    section   338,   or 

Rev  1902  ,      ,  -         .  ,  ,.  , 

Sec  2629  any    workshop,    manuractorv,    boardmo-    house,    tenement 

1911  ch  239  '      . 

1913  ch  81         house  or  other  building  used  in  whole  or  in  part  for  any 
Fire  escapes      of  the  purposcs   therein  specified,  or  in   which   more  than 

in    hotels   and         .  1111  1  11  1  1   •     i  t      11 

other  build-        SIX  pcrsous  Shall  be  employed  above  the  third  story,  shall 
be  more  than  three  stories  in  height,  it  shall  be  provided 

See  Sec  2626  .    ,  ,  ^  ,    .  ,.,.,, 

G  s  with  at  least  one  fire  escape  ot  iron  or  other  incombustible 

material  on  the  outside  of  said  building;  and  if  such  build- 
ing shall  be  more  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  in  length 
it  shall  be  provided  with  one  such  fire  escape  for  every 
one  hundred  and  fifty  feet,  or  fractional  part  thereof  ex- 
ceeding fifty  feet,  and  such  fire  escape  shall  be  conveniently 
accessible  from  each  story  of  said  building;  and  if  such 
building  be  a  tenement  house  the  fire  escapes  shall  be 
directly  accessible  from  each  apartment,  without  passing 
through  any  public  hall.  Any  hotel  or  other  building  con- 
nected therewith,  which  is  more  than  two  stories  in  height 
and  contains  sleeping  accommodations  for  more  than  ten 
persons,  shall  be  provided  with  one  such  fire  escape  for 
each  one  hundred  and  fifty  running  feet,  or  fractional  part 
thereof  exceeding  fifty  feet,  in  tiie  perimeter  of  such  hotel 
or  other  building. 


137 

Sec.  340     The  building  inspector  of  each  city,  the  war-   ^^^  1902^**^^ 
den  of  each  borough,  or  the  first  selectman  of  each  town   ^^"^  ^^^^ 
not  having  a   building  inspector,   either  by   himself  or   by    i^uilJfing'^^in- 
some  proper  person  appointed  by  him,  shall  inspect  all  the    spectors 
buildings  specified  -in   sections  338  and  339.   at   least   once 
each  year  between  April  first  and  October  first,  and  shall 
see  that  the  provisions  of  sections  338,  339  and  of  section 
2624  of  the  General  Statutes  are  complied  with  ;  and  for 
such  purpose  he  shall  have  the  right  to  enter  any  of  said 
buildings   in   the  daytime   between   the  hours  of   nine  and 
five  o'clock.     Said  town,  city  or  borough  shall  fix  and  pay 
the  compensation  for  all  such  services. 


Chapter  XXVI 
Town  Deposit  Fund 

General   Statutes,  Chapter  29,  page  187 

Sec.  341  The  money  received  from  the  United  States 
in  pursuance  of  the  act  of  congress  approved  June  3,  1836, 
shall  remain  on  deposit  with  the  several  towns  on  the 
terms  hereinafter  specified. 

Sec.  342  When  any  new  town  shall  be  constituted, 
such  money  shall  l)e  divided  between  it  and  the  towns  of 
which  it  w^as  formed,  agreeably  to  the  last  census  of  the 
United  States ;  and  when  the  proportion  of  each  of  said 
towns  cannot  be  determined  by  reference  to  said  census, 
it  shall  be  determined  by  a  census  to  be  taken,  as  soon  as 
may  be,  by  some  suitable  person  appointed  for  that  purpose 
by  the  treasurer  of  the  state,  on  application  of  either  of 
such  towns,  unless  they  shall  agree  upon  the  mode  of  divi- 
sion. 

Sec.  343  Every  town  shall  keep  its  share  of  the  said 
money  as  a  deposit  in  trust  for  the  state,  and  account  for 
the  same  when  called  for;  and  until  called  for,  shall  appro- 
priate the  entire  income  thereof,  annually,  for  the  support 
of  public  schools  therein. 

Sec.  344  The  treasurer^  of  each  town  shall  have  the 
custody  of  said  fund  and  be  the  treasurer  thereof  and  shall 
keep  separate  accounts  relating  to  the  fund  and  exhibit  at 

Sec  344  Slight  irregularity  in  printing  name  of  office  on  ticket  imniaterial 
75  C  15 

1  Sec  284 


G  S  sec  430 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1921 

Town  deposit 
fund 


G  5  sec  431 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1922 

Town    deposit 
fund    how 
apportioned 
on    division    of 
a   town 


G  S  sec  432 
Rev  1908 
Sec   1923 

Conditions    of 
deposit 


G  S  sec  433 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1924 
1907  ch  227 

Custodian     of 
fund;    duties 


138 


G  S  sec  434 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1925 

Treasurer  to 
give  bond  and 
report  losses 


G  S  sec  435 
Rev   1902 
Sec    1926 
1917  ch  353 

Management 
of    town 
deposit   funds 


G  S  sec  436 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1927 

Deficiency 
in    fund    to 
be  trade 
good 


each  annual  town  meeting  an  account  showing  the  amount 
of  the  fund,  how  invested,  the  amount  of  its  income,  to 
whom  paid,  for  what,  and  the  balance  remaining  in  the 
treasury ;  which  account  shall  be  recorded  and  kept  on  file 
by  the  town  clerk ;  and  no  payment  shall  be  made  from  the 
fund  except  on  orders  drawn  by  the  agent  appointed  by  the 
town  specifying  whether  they  are  to  be  paid  from  the  prin- 
cipal or  income  of  the  fund. 

Sec.  345  Such  treasurer  shall  immediately  after  his 
appointment,  execute  a  bond  to  the  town,  with  surety  to 
the  acceptance  of  the  selectmen,  for  the  faithful  execution 
of  his  office  as  treasurer  of  the  fund;  and  any  loss  or  defi- 
ciency in  the  fund  belonging  to  such  town,  and  any  illegal 
or  improper  management  or  application  of  its  income, 
which  shall  come  to  his  knowledge,  he  shall  immediately 
report  to  the  comptroller,  and  shall  forfeit  to  the  state 
twenty  dollars  for  every  week  that  he  shall  neglect  to  make 
such  report. 

Sec.  346  The  town  deposit  fund  in  each  town  shall  be 
managed  by  such  agents  as  the  town  shall  appoint,  who 
shall  lend  it  on  notes  payable  to  the  town,  secured  by 
mortgage  of  real  estate,  in  value  double  the  amount  loaned, 
and  no  expense  shall  be  deducted  from  the  principal  of  the 
fund  ;  and  when  any  loan  shall  be  paid  in  full,  the  treasurer 
of  the  town  where  the  loan  was  made  may  release  the 
mortgaged  premises  and  may  deposit  the  proceeds  at  interest 
in  any  bank  or  trust  company  incorporated  under  the  laws 
of  this  state  ;  and  any  town  may  authorize  its  managers  to 
invest  said  fund  or  any  part  thereof,  in  the  stock  of  any 
l)ank  in  this  state,  in  the  bonds  or  securities  of  any  town, 
city  or  borough  in  this  state,  or  in  the  bonds,  loans  or 
securities  of  this  state  or  of  the  United  States. 

Sec.  347  Each  town  shall  make  good  any  deficiency 
which  may  occur  in  said  fund,  and  on  failure  to  make  such 
deficiency  good  within  one  year  after  it  shall  occur,  shall 
forfeit  to  the  state  a  sum  equal  to  the  amount  thereof. 


139 

Sec.  348     If  any   town    shall   not   agree   to   receive   its   g  s  sec  437 

r  •  ,  1  ._,.,.        Rev   1902 

proportion   of  said  money   on   the   terms   specified  in  this   Sec  1928 
chapter,  the  treasurer  of  the  state  mav,  at  the  expense  of   Proceedings 

'  when  a  town 

said  town,  loan  the  same  on  note  pavable  to  the  state,  se-   declines  to 

•"      •  receive  fund 

cured  by  mortgage  of  real  estate,  in  value  at  least  double 
the  amount  of  the  loan,  or  he  may  deposit  the  same  in  any 
bank  in  this  state,  at  interest;  and  any  interest  which  he 
may  receive  for  the  said  loans  or  deposits  shall  be  paid  by 
said  treasurer  to  the  treasurer  of  such  town,  to  be  by  it 
appropriated  for  the  support  of  schools  annually,  and  it 
shall  be  liable  for  its  due  application  in  the  same  manner 
as  if  it  had  agreed  to  receive  its  proportion  of  the  principal. 


Sec.  349     In  case  of  the  division  of  any  town,  and  the  c  s  sec  438 

■'  Rev   1902 

apportionment  of  its  town   deposit  fund,  the  treasurer  of  Sec  1929 

^^  ^     _  1907  ch  227 

the  state  may  exchange  the  receipt  of  such  town  for  new  _     .... 

-'  °  ^  On  division 

receipts  for  the  same  from  the  treasurers  of  the  towns  so  °^  ^  *°^'?  . 

i  new  receipts 

constituted  by  such  division.  ™^y  ^^  '^''«" 

Sec.  350     The  treasurers  of  the  several  towns,  upon  the  g  s  sec  439 

^  Rev  1902 

receipt  of  the  amount  of  any  loan  made  from  the  town  de-  See  1930 

posit  fund,  mav,  with  the  assent  of  the  managers  of  the  Release  or  as- 

r  '  .   '  o  signment    oi 

fund  for  such  town,  execute  an  assignment  or  release  of  any  security 
security  held  for  such  loan,  and  convey  to  the  assignee  or 
releasee  the  legal  title  of  the  premises  mortgaged  to  secure 
the  payment  of  such  loan. 


Chapter  XXVII 
Employment  of  Children 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  283,  page  1490 

Sec.  351     No  child  under  fourteen  vears  of  age  shall  be   c;  5  sec  5322 

,  ,     .  ...  .'  .  .  Rev  1902 

employed  in  any  mechanical,  mercantile  or  manufacturing  Sec  4704 

11-1  1'         1-  11  ,  1    •  ,  X-  1911  ch  119 

establishment,  bowling  alley  or  shoe  shine  parlour.     Every   1913  ch  221 

11  •  r  ,    •  ,r  r  ,'        1921   ch   212 

person,  whether  acting  for  himself  or  as  agent  for  another. 

Employment 

who  shall  employ  or  authorize  or  permit  to  be  emploved   of  children 

_      '^  *        •  under  fourteen 

any  child  in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall 
be  fined  not  more  than  one  hundred  dollars. 


140 

Rev  1902^'^^'^  ^^^-  ^^2     -^"o  child  undcr  sixteen  years  of  age  shall  be 


msd^Ts  employed  in  any  mechanical,  mercantile  or  manufacturing 
1909  ch  123  establishment  unless  the  employer  of  such  child  shall  have 
1913  ch  221  ^^^^  obtained  a  certificate  signed  by  the  secretary  or  an 
1921  ch  272  agent  of  the  state  board  of  education  or  by  a  school  super- 
visor, school  superintendent,  supervising  principal  or  acting 
orchiw^under  school  visitor  designated  by  said  board,  stating  the  date  of 
Certificate  ^^^^  birth   of  such   child,  showing  that  such   child   is   over 

fourteen  years  of  age,  is  able  to  read  intelligently  and  write 
legibly  simple  sentences  in  the  English  language,  has  com- 
pleted a  course  of  study  equivalent  to  six  yearly  grades  in 
reading,  writing,  spelling,  English  language  and  geography, 
is  familiar  with  the  fundamental  operations  of  arithmetic 
up  to  and  including  simple  fractions ;  provided  nothing 
herein  contained  shall  prevent  a  town  school  committee, 
board  of  school  visitors  or  board  of  education  from  requir- 
ing further  and  higher  educational  qualifications ;  and  pro- 
vided a  child  may  be  released  from  the  educational  require- 
ments herein-above  described,  by  the  secretary  or  an  agent 
of  the  state  board  of  education,  or  by  a  member  of  the 
board  of  school  visitors,  town  school  committee  or  board 
of  education  designated  by  said  state  board  of  education ; 
has  regularly  attended  a  public  school  or  has  received 
instruction  equivalent  to  that  provided  in  the  public  schools 
for  a  period  of  not  less  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  days 
during  the  twelve  months  next  preceding  the  date  of  appli- 
cation for  such  certificate,  and  does  not  appear  to  be  physi- 
cally unfit  for  employment.  No  certificate  shall  be  issued 
unless  it  shall  be  made  to  appear  to  the  authority  to  whom 
the  application  is  made  for  such  certificate  that  it  is  for 
the  best  interest  of  the  child  that  such  certificate  shall  be 
issued.  Such  certificate  shall  have  printed  on  the  back  a 
list  of  the  occupations  in  which  the  child  named  in  such 
certificate  shall  not  be  employed.  Such  certificate  shall  be 
in  the  form  prescribed  and  upon  a  blank  furnished  by  the 
state  board  of  education,  and  shall  be  issued  in  triplicate  ; 
and  one  copy  thereof  shall  be  delivered  to  the  employer, 
and  one  copy  shall  be  deposited  in  the  office  of  the  state 
board   of   education.      Copies    of   such    certificate    shall   be 


141 

obtainable  from  the  state  board  of  education,  upon  applica- 
tion, at  any  time.  The  copy  of  such  certificate  delivered  to 
the  parent  or  guardian  of  the  child  may  be  accepted  by  the 
employer  as  a  temporary  certificate,  good  for  one  week, 
after  which  time  it  shall  be  returned  to  the  parent  or  guar- 
dian of  such  child.  Every  person,  whether  acting  for  him- 
self or  as  an  agent  for  another,  who  shall  employ  or  shall 
authorize  or  permit  to  be  employed  any  child  in  violation 
of  the  provisions  of  this  section,  shall  be  fined  not  more 
than  one  hundred  dollars.  The  secretary  or  the  agent  of 
the  state  board  of  education  or  the  school  supervisor,  school 
superintendent,  supervising  principal  or  acting  school  visi- 
tor to  whom  application  shall  be  made  for  a  certificate  as 
provided  in  this  section,  shall  have  authority  to  require  all 
statements  of  fact  offered  in  support  of  such  application  to 
be  made  under  oath,  and  such  oath  may  be  administered  by 
said  secretary  or  such  agent,  school  supervisor,  school 
superintendent,  supervising  principal  or  acting  school  visi- 
tor and  said  secretary  or  any  such  agent,  school  super- 
visor, school  superintendent,  supervising  principal  or  act- 
ing school  visitor  may  cause  any  child  to  be  examined  by  a 
reputable  physician  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  him  in  deter- 
mining whether  such  child  is  physically  fit  for  employment, 
and  may  charge  the  expenses  of  such  physical  examination 
against  the  state  as  a  part  of  his  expenses.  Bowling  alleys 
and  shoe-shine  establishments  shall  be  regarded  as  mer- 
cantile estal:)lishments  within  the  meaning  of  this  act. 

Sec.  353     Everv  emplover  receiving  a  certificate  issued    ^„-^  ^f<^  ^-^-^ 

'  ^      '       .  1911  ch  119 

under  the  provisions  of  section  352  shall  promptly  notifv    ^     , 

'^  .  Employer  s 

the  state  board  of  education,  in  writing,  in  the  form  pre-   duty  upon 

°  '^  receiving    cer- 

scribed  and  upon  a  blank  furnished  by  said  board,  of  the  ''fixate 
time  of  commencement  of  the  employment  of  any  child 
thereunder  and,  whenever  such  employment  terminates 
before  such  child  attains  the  age  of  sixteen  years,  of  the 
time  of  the  termination  of  such  employment.  Every  per- 
son violating  any  provision  of  this  section  shall  be  fined 
not  more  than  ten  dollars. 


142 


G  S  sec  5325 
Rev  1902 
Sec   4706 
1911  ch  119 

Penalty 


1919  ch  264 

Applications 
for  employ- 
ment   certifi- 
cate  may   be 
required   to 
be  under  oath 


Sec.  354  Evxry  employer  or  other  person  having  con- 
trol of  any  establishment  or  premises  where  children  under 
sixteen  years  of  age  are  employed  who  shall  neglect  to 
have  and  keep  on  file  the  certificate  described  in  sections 
352  and  353  or  to  show  the  same,  with  a  list  of  the  names 
of  such  children  so  employed,  to  the  secretary  or  an  agent 
of  the  state  board  of  education,  when  demanded  during  the 
usual  business  hours,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  one  hun- 
dred dollars. 

Sec.  355  The  secretary,  or  the  agent,  of  the  state  board 
of  education,  the  school  supervisor,  school  superintendent, 
supervising  principal  or  acting  school  visitor  to  whom 
application  shall  be  made  for  an  employment  certificate  as 
provided  for  in  the  provisions  of  section  352  shall  have 
power  to  require  all  statements  of  facts  offered  in  support 
of  such  application  to  be  made  under  oath,  which  oath  may 
be  administered  by  the  official  to  whom  application  shall 
be  made,  and  said  secretary,  his  agent,  school  supervisor, 
school  superintendent,  supervising  principal  or  acting 
school  visitor  shall  cause  each  child  for  whom  such  certifi- 
cate has  been  applied  for,  to  be  physically  examined  by  a 
physician  designated  by  the  state  board  of  education.  Such 
examining  physician  shall,  before  any  employment  certifi- 
cate is  issued  to  such  child,  file  with  the  agent  of  said  board, 
his  certificate,  on  a  form  provided  by  the  state  board  of 
education,  setting  forth  the  height  and  weight  of  such  child, 
the  condition  of  his  eyes  and  teeth  and  such  other  informa- 
tion regarding  the  physical  condition  of  such  child  as  shall 
be  needful,  sliall  certify  as  to  whether  such  child  is  of  suffi- 
ciently sound  health  and  physically  fit  for  the  employment 
specified  in  the  statement  of  the  prospective  employer  and 
shall  indicate  the  kind  of  employment  proper  for  such  child 
in  view  of  his  physical  condition.  When  the  examining 
physician  considers  it  advisable,  he  may  issue  a  certificate 
of  physcal  fitness  for  a  limited  time,  at  the  expiration  of 
which  time  tlie  child  shall  again  appear  and  submit  to  an 
examination  before  being  permitted  to  continue  at  such 
work.  In  carrying  (^ut  the  provisions  of  this  act  the  town 
in  which  the  chili!  resides  shall  pay  the  expense  of  the 
examination  and  such  town  shall  certifv  to  the  state  board 


143 

of  education,  upon  forms  prescribed  by  said  board,  the 
amount  paid  for  such  examination  and  the  state  board  of 
education  shall  make  application  to  the  comptroller  for 
one-half  of  the  amount  certified  by  the  town. 

Sec.  356     The  state  board  of  education,  the  school  visi-   g  s  sec  5326 

Rev  1902 

tors,  boards  of  education  and  town  school  committees  shall   Sec  47ot 

1911  ch  119 

enforce  the  provisions  ot  sections  351,  352.  d:)6  and   334;   1917  ch  320 
and  for  that  purpose  the  state  board  of  education  may  ap-   See  n 

,  .  .    .  ,  ,      ,  '  1921  ch  294 

point  agents  under  its  supervision   and  control,  tor  terms 

r  ^  ^1  CI  .         I      11  •  u     Appointment 

of  not  more  than  one  year,  buch  agents  shall  receive  such  of  agents 
salary  as  may  be  fixed  by  the  state  board  of  education,  sub- 
ject to  the  approval  of  the  board  of  control,  with  their 
necessary  expenses  which  shall  be  approved  by  said  board 
and  audited  by  the  Comptroller.  The  agents  so  appointed 
may  be  directed  by  said  board  to  enforce  the  provisions  of 
the  law  requiring  the  attendance  of  children  at  school^  and 
to  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  required  by  said 
board.- 

Sec.  357     Any    child    in    good    physical    condition,    be-   g  s  sec  5327 

•'  »  r    .  ...        1913  ch  211 

tween  fourteen  and  sixteen  years  of  age,  on  application  in   ^     , 

•^  CI  1  1  ^    Employment 

person  to  the  secretary  or  an  agent  of  the  state  board  of   of  children 

•^  .  J     '"  vacation 

education  for  a  certificate  of  employment,  shall  be  granted 
a  temporary  or  vacation  certificate,  permitting  the  employ- 
ment of  said  child  during  the  summer  vacation. 

Sec.  358     No  child  under  sixteen  years  of  age  shall  be   fgfj  ^^if  1^3^* 
employed  or  permitted   to  work  in  operating  or  assisting   „     , 

r       J  r  r  o  <-j     t,mployment 

in   operating  any   of   the   following  machines :   Circular   or   ?f  children 

r  »  ,'  o  ,n   certain 

band  saws,  wood  shapers,  wood  jointers,  planers,  sandpaper   occupations 

'  i        _  ■"  '^  "^  /  forbidden 

or  wood-polishing  machinery ;  picker  machines  or  machines 
used  in  picking  wool,  cotton,  fur,  hair  or  any  upholstery 
material;  paper-lace  machines;  burnishing  machines  in  any 
tannery  or  leather  manufactory ;  job  or  cylinder  printing 
presses  having  motor  power  other  than  foot :  wood  turn- 
ing or  boring  machinery' ;  stamping  machines  used  in  sheet 
metal  and  tinware  manufacturing  or  in  washer  or  nut 
factories ;  machines  used  in  making  corrugating  rolls, 
dough    brakes    or   cracker   machinery    of   any   description ; 

»  Sees  19,  21-25 

'  Must  grant  certificates  of  age  to  foreign  born  children  Sec  3.52  May  inspect 
registers  of  private  schools  Sec  23  If  school  accommodations  are  not  supplied 
by  tov/ns  may  request  a  hearing  by  town  school  committee,  board  of  school  visi- 
tors, or  board  of  education,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  an  appeal  may  be  taken  to  the 
state  board  of  education     Sec  20 


144 


G  S  sec  5329 
1911  ch  123 
1915  ch  195 

Hazardous 
employment 
of    children 
forbidden 


G  S  sec  5330 
1911    ch   123 

Commissioner 
of  labor 
and   factory 
inspection  to 
enforce 


G  S  sec  5331 
1911  ch  123 

Penalty 


wire  or  iron  straightening  machinery  ;  rolling  mill  machin- 
ery; power  punches  or  shears;  washing,  grinding  or  mixing 
machinery;  calender  rolls  in  rubber  manufacturing;  or 
laundering  machinery. 

Sec.  359  No  child  under  sixteen  years  of  age  shall  be 
employed  or  permitted  to  work  in  adjusting  or  assisting  in 
adjusting  any  belt  upon  any  machine,  or  in  oiling  or 
assisting  in  oiling,  wiping  or  cleaning  machinery,  while 
power  is  attached,  or  in  preparing  any  composition  in 
which  dangerous  acids  are  used,  or  in  soldering,  or  in  the 
manufacture  or  packing  of  paints,  dry  colors,  red  or  white 
lead,  or  in  the  manufacture,  packing  or  storing  of  gun  or 
blasting  powder,  dynamite,  nitro-glycerine  compounds, 
safety  fuses  in  the  raw  or  unvarnished  state,  electric  fuses 
for  blasting  purposes  or  any  other  explosive,  or  in  or  about 
any  distillery,  brewery  or  other  place  where  alcoholic 
liquors  are  manufactured,  packed,  wrapped  or  bottled,  or 
in  the  manufacture  or  use  of  any  dangerous  or  poisonous 
gas  or  dye,  or  composition  of  lye  in  which  the  quantity 
thereof  is  injurious  to  health,  or  upon  any  scaffolding,  or  in 
any  heavy  work  in  any  building  trade  or  in  any  tunnel, 
mine  or  quarry,  or  in  operating  or  assisting  to  operate 
any  emery,  stone  or  buffing  wheel ;  and  no  female  under 
sixteen  years  of  age  shall  be  employed  or  permitted  to 
work  in  any  capacity  requiring  such  female  to  stand  con- 
tinuously. 

Sec.  360  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  commissioner  of 
labor  and  factory  inspection  to  enforce  the  provisions  of 
sections  v^28.  358  and  359,  to  investigate  all  complaints  of 
violations  thereof,  and  to  report  all  cases  of  such  violation 
to  the  prosecuting  officer  having  jurisdiction.  The  com- 
missioner of  labor  and  factory  inspection  shall,  on  or  be- 
fore the  first  day  of  December  in  each  year,  make  a  report 
to  the  governor  of  the  number  of  such  violations  found 
and  the  number  of  prosecutions  instituted  thereon. 

Sec.  361  Every  person,  whether  acting  for  himself  or 
as  agent  for  another,  who  shall  employ  or  authorize  or 
permit  to  be  employed  any  child  in  violation  of  any  of  the 
provisions  of  sections  358  and  359  shall  be  fined  not  more 
than  one  hundred  dollars. 


145 


Chai-ter  XXVIII 
Education  of  the  Deaf 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  61,  page  371 


G  S  sec  1081 
1911  ch  47 
1915  ch  326 

Governor 
may   appoint 
pupils  at   in- 
stitution  for 
deaf 


G  S  sec  1082 
1911  ch  47 
1915  ch  326 

Governor  may 
contract  for 
support,    care 
and  educa- 
tion of  such 
pupils 

G  S  sec  1083 
1911  ch  47 
1915  ch  326 

Expense 
borne   by   state 


Sec.  362  The  governor  may  appoint,  for  a  period  of 
not  more  than  twelve  years,  any  deaf  minor  person,  domi- 
ciled within  this  state,  as  a  pupil  at  any  institution  in  this 
state  for  the  education  of  the  deaf,  and  he  may,  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  principal  or  superintendent  of  such 
institution,  extend  such  period  not  exceeding  six  years. 
The  governor  may  revoke  any  such  appointment. 

Sec.  363  The  governor  may  contract  on  behalf  of  the 
state  for  the  support,  care  and  education  of  persons  ap- 
pointed under  section  362  and  no  such  appointees  shall  be 
withdrawn  from  any  such  institution,  except  with  the  con- 
sent of  the  proper  authorities  thereof  or  of  the  governor. 

Sec.  364  The  expense  incurred  for  the  support,  care 
and  education  of  all  deaf  minor  persons  who  are,  l:)y  ap- 
pointment of  the  governor,  pupils  of  any  institution  in  this 
state,  for  the  education  of  the  deaf,  shall,  while  they  con- 
tinue as  such  pupils,  except  so  far  as  such  expense  may  be 
voluntarily  paid  by  any  of  such  pupils,  their  parents  or 
guardian,  be  borne  by  the  state,  at  not  exceeding  three 
hundred  dollars  per  capita  per  annum,  except  that  an  addi- 
tional sum  not  exceeding  twenty  dollars  per  annum  may 
be  expended  for  necessary  wearing  apparel  for  any  such 
pupil. 

Chapter  XXIX 

Playgrounds  and  Neighborhood  Recreation  Centers 
General  Regulations 

General   Statutes,  Chapter  29,   page  190 

Sec.  365     Any    city,    town    or    borough    may    establish,  s^^V*^  ^*^ 

maintain    and    conduct    public    parks,    playgrounds,    baths,  ^.j^j^^   ^^^^ 

swimming  pools,  gymnasiums,  recreation  places  and  public  auUior?z'ed**to* 

gardens,  may  acquire  by  gift,  purchase  or  lease,  or  other-  ^"ubHc^r'ecrea- 

wise,  land  and  property  necessary  thereto,  may  raise  money  *'°°  grounds 
by  taxation  or  by  a  special  bond  issue  therefor,  may  appoint 
and  authorize  a  commission  or  committee  to  purchase  or 


146 


1010  ch  S45 
Sec  S 

Muoicipalitjr 
may   authorize 
person  or 
corporation   to 
establish 


1919  ch  245 
Sec  3 

Authority    to 
establish    may 
be  vested  in 
boards 


1919  ch  245 
Sec  4 

Election    of 
members    of 
recreation 
commission 


lease  such  land  and  property  on  behalf  of  such  city,  town 
or  borough,  and  may  provide  by  ordinance  or  by-law  for 
the  proper  equipment,  management  and  conduct  thereof. 

Sec.  366  The  common  council  of  any  city,  the  select- 
men of  any  town,  or  the  warden  and  burgesses  of  any 
borough,  may  authorize  any  person  or  corporation  to  pro- 
vide, establish,  equip  or  maintain  public  parks,  play- 
grounds, baths,  swimming  pools,  gymnasiums,  recreation 
places  or  public  gardens  within  such  city,  town  or  borough, 
subject  to  such  conditions,  restrictions  and  supervision  by 
or  on  behalf  of  such  city,  town  or  borough  as  the  common 
council,  selectmen  or  burgesses  may,  by  ordinance  or  other- 
wise, provide  for,  and  such  parks,  playgrounds,  baths,  swim- 
miming  pools,  gymnasiums,  recreation  places  or  gardens  so 
provided  and  maintained  shall,  so  long  as  the  same  are 
maintained  and  conducted  in  accordance  with  such  condi- 
tions and  restrictions  and  subject  to  such  supervision  as 
may  be  imposed  as  hereinbefore  provided,  be  deemed  in  all 
respects  to  be  provided  and  conducted  by  such  city,  town 
or  borough. 

Sec.  367  The  authority  to  establish  and  maintain  the 
aforesaid  activities  may  be  vested  in  a  school  board,  park 
board  or  other  existing  public  body  or  in  a  recreation  com- 
mission. Such  recreation  commission,  if  established,  shall 
consist  of  five  or  seven  members  appointed  by  the  mayor 
of  such  city,  the  warden  and  burgesses  of  such  borough, 
or  the  selectmen  of  such  town,  to  serve  for  terms  of  five 
or  seven  years  or  until  their  respective  successors  are  ap- 
pointed, except  that  the  members  of  such  commission  first 
appointed  shall  be  appointed  for  such  terms  that  the  term  of 
one  commissioner  shall  expire  annually  thereafter.  Mem- 
bers of  such  commission  shall  serve  without  pay.  Vacancies 
in  such  commission  occurring  otherwise  than  by  expiration 
of  term  shall  be  for  the  unexpired  term  and  shall  be  filled 
in  the  same  manner  as  original  appointments. 

Sec.  368  The  members  of  a  recreation  commission 
established  pursuant  to  this  article  or  other  body  desig- 
nated under  the  provisions  of  section  367  shall  elect  neces- 
sary officers  from  their  number  and  may  employ  such  per- 
sons as  may  be  needed,  and  as  they  may  be  authorized  to 


147 

do.    Such  recreation  commission  shall  have  power  to  adopt   ^J^^^^  *" 
rules  of  procedure  for  the  conduct  of  its  business.  _         ^    , 

"  Payment   of 

Sec.  369     All  expenses  of  maintenance  and  operation  in-   expenses  of 

^  ^  maintenance 

curred  under  the  authority  of  this  act  shall  be  payable  from  ^ow  made 

private  gifts  or  from  such  appropriations  as  may  be  made  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^ 
from  the  current  funds  of  such  city,  borough  or  town. 

Sec.  370     Any  two  or  more  cities,  boroughs  or  towns  or  Authorizing 

•'  ...  **•*   establish- 

any  city  or  borough  and  town,  may  jointly  acquire  prop-   «"«"'  °^  pi*y 

erty  for,  operate  and  maintain,  playgrounds,  play  fields,  c"'"-  *'°r- 
gymnasiums,  public  baths,  swimming  pools  or  indoor  recre-  towns 
ation  centers.  Any  town  school  committee  shall  have 
power  to  join  with  any  city  or  borough  in  equipping,  oper- 
ating and  maintaining  playgrounds,  play  fields,  gymna- 
siums, public  baths,  swimming  pools  or  indoor  recreation 
centers. 

Chapter  XXX 
Powers  of  Selectmen 

General  Statutes,   Chapter  16,  page  152 

Sec.  371     The    selectmen    of   any    town    may     appoint   g  s  sec  soi 
committees  of  school  districts  and  janitors  of  school  build-   Sec  i84o 
ings,  and  other  persons  on  nomination  by  the  school  visi-   School  com- 

°  ^  ,  .  .  .  J     mittces  and 

tors  of  the  town  or  board  of  education  of  an  incorporated   janitors  as 
school   district,   special   constables.     Said   constables   shall  constables 
have  power  in  the  town  in  which  they  reside,  and  in  ad- 

.  See  G  S 

joining  towns  when   offenders   have    escaped    thither,    to   Sec  35t 
arrest  for  truancy  and  other  causes  named  in  section  29 
and   for  disturbance  of  schools  and   school   meetings,   and 
damage  to  school  property,  and  to  serve  criminal  process 
in  all  such  cases. 

Sec.  372     The  selectmen  of  anv  town  may  appoint  the   G  S  sec  304 

-^        *  *  .  190T  ch  25 

janitor  of  any  public  building  in  such  town  to  be  a  special 
constable  to  preserve  the  peace  in  and  about  such  building  iiubiic  buiid- 

■^  ^  ings  as   special 

and  the  grounds  connected  therewith.     Such   special  con-   constables 
stable  shall  be  duly  sworn  and  shall  have  the  power  which    ^ 

•'  .      .  ^  Sec  Sec  357 

constables  by  law  have  to  serve  criminal  process  and   to   g  s 
make  arrests   for   crimes   committed     in    and    about    such 
building  and  upon  the  grounds  connected  therewith.     Such 
appointment,  when  so  made,  shall  continue  until  revoked 


148 

by  said  selectmen,  and  such  appointment,  and  the  revoca- 
tion thereof,  shall  be  by  a  written  instrument  signed  by 
said  selectmen  and  filed  with  the  town  clerk  of  the  town 
where  such  appointment  is  made. 

Chapter  XXXI 
Mansfield  State  Training  School  and  Hospital 

General   Statutes,   Chapter  89,   page   567 

G  s  sec  1762  Scc.  373     Anv   court   of  probate   shall   have   power   to 

1917  ch  417  .  .....  .,...,. 

commit  to  said  institution  any  person  residing  in   its  dis- 

Commitments  .  .        ,      ,,    ^      ,  i  r      i  i  •      i      i  -i 

trict  whom  it  shall  find  to  be  a  feeble-minded  or  an  epilep- 

See   Sec   1668         .  ^  ,  .  i-         •  ,      ii    il 

G  s  tic  person.     In  the  case  of  a  pauper,  application  shall  be 

made  by  the  selectmen  of  the  town  in  which  he  resides. 
In  all  other  cases  application  may  be  made  by  any  rela- 
tive, or  by  the  selectmen  of  the  town  in  which  the  alleged 
feeble-minded  or  epileptic  person  resides.  Upon  applica- 
tion so  being  made  said  court  of  probate  shall  set  a  time 
and  place  for  hearing  the  same  and  shall  appoint  some  repu- 
table physician  to  examine  the  person  alleged  to  be  feeble- 
mided  or  epileptic  who,  on  or  before  said  hearing,  shall 
make  written  return  under  oath  stating  whether  or  not  in 
his  opinion  such  person  is  feeble-minded  or  epileptic,  and 
also  whether  or  not  such  person  is  violently  insane  or 
afflicted  with  any  contagious  disease.  In  case  the  applica- 
tion is  not  made  by  the  selectmen,  said  court  shall  also 
appoint  a  selectman  of  the  town  of  alleged  residence  who 
shall  investigate  and  report  at  the  time  of  said  hearing 
as  to  the  residence  and  estate  of  the  person  alleged  to  be 
feeble-minded  or  epileptic  and  as  to  the  pecuniary  responsi- 
bility of  those  responsible  for  his  support.  If  said  court 
after  due  hearing  had,  finds  the  allegations  in  the  applica- 
tion to  be  true  and  that  the  person  alleged  to  be  feeble- 
minded or  epileptic  resides  within  the  jurisdiction  of  said 
court,  and  is  not  violently  insane  or  afflicted  with  any  con- 
tagious disease,  it  may  order  the  person  so  complained  of 
to  be  committed  to  the  Mansfield  State  Training  School 
and  Hospital,  and  in  such  order  of  commitment  said  court 
shall  find  and  state  the  name,  residence,  date  of  birth  of  the 
person  committed,  the  names,  nationality  and  address  of 


149 


his  parents,  so  far  as  the  same  can  be  ascertained,  the 
amount  of  his  estate,  and  the  amount  per  week  which  any 
person  liable  for  his  support  can  afford  to  pay  for  his  main- 
tenance in  said  institution.  No  such  commitment  shall  be 
valid  until  approved  by  the  governor,  and  two  copies  of 
such  order  of  commitment  shall  be  made,  one  of  which 
shall  be  lodged  in  the  office  of  the  governor,  and  the  other, 
bearing  the  indorsement  of  his  approval,  shall  be  left  in 
the  hands  of  the  superintendent  of  the  institution  by  the 
person  appointed  by  the  court  of  probate  to  serve  the  same 
and  to  deliver  the  person  committed  to  said  institution. 

Sec.  374  The  court  of  probate  for  the  district  in  which 
any  county  temporary  home  or  reformatory  institution  for 
minors  is  situated  may,  upon  application  to  it  therefor  by 
the  board  of  management  of  such  home  or  institution  or  by 
the  state  board  of  charities,  after  inquiry  and  upon  finding 
that  any  inmate  of  such  home  or  institution  will  be  bene- 
fited by  being  transferred  to  the  Mansfield  State  Training 
School  and  Hospital  or  other  suitable  institution  and  is  a 
proper  subject  to  be  received  therein,  order  such  inmate 
discharged  from  such  county  home  or  reformatory  institu- 
tion and  committed  to  said  training  school  or  other  institu- 
tion to  be  kept  and  supported  for  such  length  of  time  as 
such  court  may  deem  proper.  On  approval  of  such  order  by 
the  governor,  such  inmate  shall  be  thereupon  discharged 
from  such  county  home  or  other  institution  and,  by  a  person 
selected  by  the  superintendent  of  such  home  or  institution, 
shall  be  delivered  to  said  Mansfield  State  Training  School 
and  Hospital,  or  other  institution  there  to  be  retained  and 
supported  in  the  manner  provided  in  sections  1760  and 
1765  of  the  general  statutes. 

Sec.  375  The  provisions  of  section  1640  and  1641  of  the 
general  statutes  in  regard  to  the  examination  and  removal 
of  inmates  of  almshouses  who  may  be  found  to  be  insane  or 
feeble-minded,  are  made  applicable  in  like  manner  to  chil- 
dren in  the  county  temporary  homes,  except  that  the  du- 
ties specified  in  said  sections  for  selectmen  or  similar  boards 
of  any  town,  shall  in  the  case  of  children  in  any  county 
temporary  home,  devolve  upon  the  board  of  management 
of  such  county  temporary  home,  and  that  the  proceedings 


1919  ch  301 
Sec  1 

Probate    court 
may    order 
transfer   of 
inmates    of 
county 
temporary 
homes  or  re- 
formatory   in- 
stitutions for 
minors    to 
Mansfield  State 
Training 
School    and 
Hospital 


1919   ch   301 
Sec   2 

Removal    of 
insane   or 
feeble-minded 
inmates  of 
county    tem- 
porary homes 


150 


G  S  sec  1766 
Rev   1902 
Sec   2788 
1921  ch  381 
Sec  1 

Establish- 
ment   of    tem- 
porary homes 
for  children 
provided 


G  S  sec  1780 
1907  ch  108 

Temporary 
homes;    bind- 
ing out;  con- 
tract 


for  commitment  of  any  such  child  shall  be  brought  to  the 
probate  court  for  the  district  in  which  such  county  tempor- 
ary home  is  located. 

Chapter  XXXII 

Homes  for  Dependent  and  Neglected  Children 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  90,  page  569 

Sec.  376  For  the  better  protection  of  uncared-for  and 
neglected  children  between  the  ages  of  four  and  eighteen 
years,  there  shall  be  provided  in  each  county  one  or  more 
places  of  refuge  to  be  known  as  temporary  homes.  No  such 
home  shall  be  located  within  one-half  mile  of  any  penal  or 
pauper  institution,  and  no  pauper  or  convict  shall  be  per- 
mitted to  live  or  labor  therein.  No  such  home  shall  be 
used  as  a  permanent  residence  for  any  child,  but  for  its 
temporary  protection  for  so  long  a  time  only  as  shall  be 
absolutely  necessary  for  the  placing  of  the  child  in  a  well 
selected  family  home.  Any  child  adjudged  uncared-for  or 
neglected  may  be  committed  by  a  juvenile  court  to  such 
home. 

Sec.  377  Whenever  any  child  from  a  county  temporary 
home  shall  be  placed  by  the  board  of  management  of  such 
county  home  in  a  private  family,  the  responsible  person 
receiving  such  child  shall  execute  in  duplicate  a  written 
agreement  with  the  board  of  management  of  the  county 
home  concerned,  substantially  in  the  following  form  :     In 

consideration  of  receiving  a  child,  (name)  aged 

years,  into  my  family  home  from  the  

county    temporary   home,    I    ,   of   the   city 

town  of  ,  do  hereby  agree  with  the  board  of 

management   of   said    county    temporary   home, 

that  so  long  as  said  child  shall  be  within  the  care  of  my 
family, 

1.  Said  child  shall  be  given  sufficient  and  suitable  food, 
clothing  and  bed,  and  medical  attendance  when  necessary, 
and  shall  not  be  required  to  perform  an  amount  of  labor 
unsuitable  for  his  age  or  strength. 

2.  Said  child  shall  be  given  full  opportunity  to  attend 
school  during  the  terms  and  hours  prescribed  by  the  laws 
of  the  state  and  the  rules  of  the  state  board  of  education. 


151 

3.  Said  child  shall  be  given  full  opportunity  to  attend 
religious  services  and  receive  instruction  in  the  faith  of  his 
parents,  when  that  is  known. 

4.  Notice  shall  be  given  to  said  county 

temporary  home  of  any  change  of  residence  of  my  family 
or  of  said  child  within  three  days  after  such  change. 

5.  The  name  of  said  child  shall  not  be  changed  except 
by  the  approval  of  the  board  of  managers  of  the  county 
home  and  by  application  to  the  superior  court,  as  provided 
by  section  5572  of  the  general  statutes,  and  notice  shall  be 
given  to  said  county  temporary  home  whenever  such 
change  of  name  is  made. 

A.  B. 

(Town  or  city.)  

(District  or  street.)  

(Date.)   

One  copy  of  such  agreement  shall  be  retained  by  the 
person  receiving  such  child,  and  the  other  copy  placed  and 
kept  on  file  at  the  county  temporary  home ;  printed  forms 
for  the  agreement  provided  for  in  this  section  shall  be 
furnished  by  the  comptroller,  at  the  expense  of  the  state,  to 
the  boards  of  management  of  the  temporary  homes  in  the 
several  counties. 

Sec.  378     Anv  child  who  shall  have  been  adjudged  un-   i^^i  ch  38i 

■"        °  Sec  2 

cared-for  or  neglected  may  be  committed  to  any  temporary   commitments 
home  that  may  have  been  established,  where  he  may  remain    of  neglected 

•^  _  -^  and   uncared- 

until  he  shall  be  eighteen  years  of  age,  unless  sooner  dis-   for  children 

charged   by   the   board  of   management  of   the   temporary 

home  in  the  county  in  which  such  child  is  committed.     Said 

board   may   place  any   such   child    in    any    private    family 

whether  he  is  cared  for  free  or  for  a  compensation  or  in 

any  chartered  orphans'  asylum  or  children's  home  in  this 

state  wherein  such  child  shall  be  accepted  for  the  period, 

or  any  portion  thereof,  for  which  such  child  was  committed 

to  such  temporary  home.     The  authority  committing  any 

such  child  shall,  within  thirty  days  after  such  commitment, 

transmit  a  certified  copy  of  the  items  of  the  costs  of  such 

proceedings   to   the   clerk   of  the    superior    court    for    the 

county   in   which    the   trial   or  hearing  was  had,   and   such 

costs  shall  be  paid  as  costs  are  paid  in  criminal  cases  com- 


152 


1921  ch  381 
Sec  3 

Hearings   upon 
commitments 
by  juvenile 
courts 


1921  ch  381 
Sec  4 

Waiver  of 
notice  where 
immediate 
commitment 

required  by- 
court 


1921  ch  381 
Sec  5 

Establish- 
ment and 
duties  of  board 
of    organiza- 
tion and  man- 
agement  of 
temporary 
homes 


ing  to  the  superior  court  from  an  inferior  court.  Said  board 
shall  present  to  the  comptroller,  monthly,  a  bill  at  the  rate 
of  three  dollars  and  fifty  cents  per  week  for  each  child  com- 
mitted, the  amount  of  which  bill  shall  be  paid  from  the 
state  treasury,^ 

Sec.  379  Whenever  a  petition  is  filed  in  any  juvenile 
court  for  the  commitment  of  any  child  to  a  temporary  hom.e, 
notice  of  the  hearing  upon  said  petition  shall  be  given  to 
the  commissioners  of  the  county  in  which  such  temporary 
home  is  located,  and  to  the  commissioner  of  child  welfare 
at  Hartford,  at  least  seven  days  before  the  date  of  such 
hearing,  and  at  such  hearing  said  commissioners,  and  the 
commissioner  of  child  welfare  or  his  representative,  shall 
have  the  right  to  be  heard  upon  the  propriety  of  such  pro- 
posed commitment. 

Sec.  380  In  any  case  where  the  court  to  which  petition 
for  the  commitment  of  a  child  to  a  county  temporary  home 
is  brought  finds  that  the  circumstances  of  the  child  require 
the  immediate  commitment  of  such  child  to  said  county 
temporary  home,  opportunity  shall  be  given  to  the  county 
commissioners  and  to  the  commissioner  of  child  welfare, 
before  such  commitment,  to  consent  to  a  waiver  of  notice 
of  the  hearing  as  provided  in  the  foregoing  section. 

Sec.  381  In  each  county  the  county  commissioner,  with 
one  member  of  the  bureau  of  child  welfare  and  one  mem- 
ber of  the  state  department  of  health,  shall  constitute  a 
board  for  the  location,  organization,  management  and  gen- 
eral supervision  of  such  temporary  home  or  homes  in  such 
county.  Said  board  may,  with  the  consent  of  its  managers, 
use  orphan  asylums  in  operation  in  any  county  as  tem- 
porary homes  for  that  county ;  and  the  county  commis- 
sioners may  lease,  purchase,  hold,  sell  and  convey  real  and 
personal  estate  for  the  purposes  of  such  temporary  home  or 
homes;  and  the  board  may,  when  desirable,  for  economical 
reasons,  and  when  consistent  with  the  welfare  of  the  chil- 
dren to  be  provided  for,  establish  such  temporary  homes  in 
desirable  private  families;  provided,  in  no  instance  shall 
such  home  be  under  the  same  care  or  management  as  an 
almshouse,    workhouse    or    penal    instittition.      Said    board 

•  Roard    not    hound    to    permit   withdrawal    of   child   under    any    circumstances     61 
Conn  268 


153 


may  appoint  such  superintendents  or  agents,  and  make  such 
rules,  regulations  and  by-laws  as  may  be  necessary  or  con- 
venient for  the  order  and  government  of  the  temporary 
home  and  its  officers. 

Sec.  382  Tlie  necessary  extra  expense  incurred  by  any 
town  or  school  district  in  providing  school  accommoda- 
tions and  instruction  for  the  inmates  of  any  temporary 
homes  located  therein  shall  be  paid  by  the  county  as  pro- 
vided in  section  1787  of  the  general  statutes. 

Sec.  383  In  case  children  are  placed  by  county  com- 
missioners in  homes  in  towns  other  than  the  town  in  which 
the  county  home  is  located,  the  school  visitors,  town  school 
committee  or  board  of  education  of  the  towMi  in  which  said 
children  are  placed  shall  ascertain  the  cost  of  maintaining 
the  school  or  schools  in  which  said  children  attend  for 
the  year  ending  the  fourteenth  of  the  preceding  July,  and, 
having  deducted  from  this  amount  the  sums  received  by  the 
town  for  said  children  during  said  year  from  the  state  ap- 
propriation, shall  apportion  the  remainder  of  the  cost  of 
said  school  or  schools  between  the  town  and  the  county  in 
proportion  to  the  number  of  persons  between  the  ages  of 
four  and  sixteen  years  as  ascertained  by  the  enumeration 
made  in  the  September  preceding  and  shall  present  a  copy 
of  said  apportionment  to  the  county  commissioners,  and 
the  county  commissioners  shall  cause  the  proportionate 
expense  of  said  children  located  in  families  to  be  paid  to 
the  town  in  which  said  children  are  placed ;  and  whenever 
the  town  wholly  maintains  the  school  at  the  county  home 
in  any  county,  the  board  of  school  visitors,  town  school 
committee  or  board  of  education  of  said  town  shall  ascer- 
tain the  expense  of  said  school  at  the  county  home  as 
above  provided  and  shall  certify  the  expense  to  the  county 
commissioners,  who  shall  pay  the  whole  amount  so  certified. 

Sec.  384  The  board  of  managers  of  temporary  homes 
in  any  county  shall  be  the  judge  of  what  are  necessary 
extra  expenses,  under  section  382,  for  school  accommoda- 
tions and  instruction  for  inmates  of  temporary  homes  lo- 
cated  therein,   and    no   such   expense   shall   be   allowed   or 


G  S  sec  1788 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2800 

Extra  school 
expense  of 
town   or   dis- 
trict to   be 
paid  by 
county 

G  S  sec  1789 
1903  ch  311 
1913  ch  182 

School  ex- 
pense; appor- 
tionment; 
payment 


G  S  sec  1790 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2801 

Managers  of 
home  to  fix 
necessary 
school   ex- 
penses 


154 


G  S  sec  1791 
1905   ch   50 

Temporary 
homes 

School  books 
and  apparatus 


1921  ch  265 
Sec  1 

Physical    ex- 
aminations to 
be    made    of 
children    com- 
mitted   to 
county    homes 


1921  ch  205 
Sec  2 

Physician  to 
make  report 
as  to  exam- 
ination 


collected  of  such  county  unless  it  shall  have  been  incurred 
with  the  approval  of  such  board,  nor  until  the  account  of 
the  same  shall  have  been  audited  and  approved  by  such 
board. 

Sec.  385  The  state  board  of  education,  or  a  committee 
appointed  by  said  board,  may  provide  books  and  apparatus 
to  be  used  at  or  in  any  of  the  public  schools  in  charge  of 
said  board  at  county  temporary  homes,  at  an  expense  not 
exceeding  in  any  year  the  amount  hereinafter  authorized ; 
and  the  treasurer  of  the  state,  upon  the  order  of  the  secre- 
tary of  the  state  board  of  education,  shall  annually  pay  said 
state  board  of  education  ten  dollars  for  each  public  school 
within  such  temporary  homes  in  charge  of  said  board,  for 
which  such  books  or  apparatus  are  provided,  and  if  the 
number  of  scholars  in  any  such  school  exceeds  one  hundred 
the  treasurer  shall  pay  to  said  board  ten  dollars  for  each 
one  hundred  or  fractional  part  of  one  hundred  scholars  in 
actual  attendance  at  said  school. 

Sec.  386  Whenever  a  petition  is  filed  in  any  court  for 
the  commitment  of  a  child  to  a  county  temporary  home  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  section  1782  of  the  gen- 
eral statutes  as  amended  by  chapter  338  of  the  public  acts 
of  1919,  the  court  to  which  such  petition  is  brought  shall, 
before  the  hearing  is  held  on  such  petition,  require  a  thor- 
ough physical  examination  to  be  made  of  the  child  con- 
cerned in  such  petition  by  a  duly  qualified  physician  ap- 
pointed by  the  court  for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether 
or  not  such  child  is  a  fit  subject  for  commitment  to  a 
county  temporary  home. 

Sec.  387  The  physician  appointed  to  make  the  exami- 
nation required  by  section  one  of  this  act  shall  file  with 
the  court  a  written  report  of  the  examination  at  or  before 
the  time  of  the  hearing  upon  the  petition  for  commitment. 
The  expense  incurred  in  making  the  physical  examination 
provided  for  in  this  act  shall  l)e  paid  as  costs  of  commit- 
ment are  paid  under  the  provisions  of  section  1782  of  the 
general  statutes  as  amended  by  chapter  338  of  the  public 
acts  of  1919.     In  all  cases  where  the  commitment  of  a  child 


155 

to  a  county  temporary  home  is  carried  into  effect,  the 
physician's  report  of  the  examination  shall  accompany  the 
mittimus  upon  which  the  child  was  committed. 

Sec.  388     In  all  cases  where  the  court  to  which  petition    1021  ch  266 

Sec  3 

is  brought  for  commitment  of  a  child  to  a  county  temporary    ,, 

°  ■  .  Mental   exam- 

home  is  situated  within  fifteen  miles  of  a  duly  recognized   inations  to  be 

f.  y  made  of  chil- 

clinic  in   mental   hygiene  or   institution   for   the   treatment   dren  com- 

.  mitted 

of  mental  diseases  or  professional  office  of  a  responsible 
alienist  or  expert  in  psychiatry,  said  court  shall,  before  the 
hearing  is  held  on  the  petition,  require  a  mental  examina- 
tion to  be  made  of  the  child  concerned  in  such  petition  by 
I  such  responsible  alienist  or  by  an  expert  connected  with 
,  such  clinic  or  institution  as  heretofore  described,  who  shall 
be  appointed  by  the  court  for  this  purpose,  provided,  in 
case  the  town  is  more  than  fifteen  miles  from  a  duly  recog- 
nized clinic,  the  examination  shall  be  made  by  a  reputable 
physician.  Every  child  subject  to  such  examination  shall 
be  accompanied  to  and  from  the  place  of  examination  by 
a  responsible  adult  person  appointed  for  the  purpose  by  the 
court  and,  in  the  case  of  a  female  child,  such  responsible 
adult  person  shall  be  a  female. 

Sec.  389     The  alienist  appointed  to  make  the  examina-   gec^^^^  ^^^ 
tion  required  by  section  three  of  this  act  shall  file  with  the   Rgpon  ^s  to 
court  a  written   report  of  such   examination   at   or  before   fn^tfon  *^''*" 
the    time    of   hearing   upon    the   petition    for   commitment. 
The   expense   incurred   in  making  the  mental   examination 
provided  for  in  this  act  shall  be  paid  as  costs  of  commit- 
ment are  paid  under  the  provisions  of  section  1782  of  the 
general  statutes  as  amended  by  chapter  338  of  the  public 
acts   of    1919.      In   all    cases   where   the    commitment   of   a 
child   to  a   county   temporary   home  is   carried   into   effect, 
the   alienist's   report   of   examination    shall   accompany   the 
mittimus  under  which  the  child  was  committed. 

Sec.  390     The    Connecticut    School    for    Bo^•s    may    be   g  ^  ,^oL^*^* 

-'  Rev  1902 

used  under  the  authority  of  the  United  States  for  the  con-   See  2825 
finement  of  anv  boy  over  the  age  of  ten  years  and  under   United  states 

.'  -'  ^3  -'  courts    may 

the  age  of  sixteen  years,   convicted   in   the   United    States   commit  boys 
court  for  the  district  of  Connecticut  of  any  crime  or  mis- 
demeanor punishable  by  fine  or  imprisonment,  other  than 


156 


imprisonment  for  life,  who  shall  be  committed  to  said 
school  until  he  shall  arrive  at  the  age  of  twenty-one  years, 
unless  sooner  discharged  by  the  board  of  trustees  of  said 
school ;  but  the  expense  of  supporting  and  confining  any 
boy  so  committed  shall  be  paid  by  the  United  States. 


1921  ch  402 
Sec  1 

Transfer  to 
the  state  of 
property  of 
The  Connecti- 
cut School  for 
Girls  author- 
ized 


1921  ch  402 
Sec  2 

School  to  be 
named  Lens 
Lane   Farm 


1921  ch  402 
Sec  3 

Appointment 
and    terms    of 
school 
directors 


Chapter  XXXIII 
Long  Lane  Farm 

Chapter  402,  Public  Acts  of  1921 

Sec.  391  The  Connecticut  Industrial  School  for  Girls 
is  authorized  to  apply  to  the  superior  court  for  Middlesex 
county  to  secure  a  decree  authorizing  the  transfer  to  the 
state  of  all  of  the  property  of  said  corporation.  Upon  ob- 
taining such  decree  the  directors  of  said  school  shall  cause 
a  certified  copy  of  the  same  to  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the 
secretary  of  the  state  and  shall  transfer  and  convey  to  the 
state  such  property  pursuant  to  such  judgment  in  such 
manner  as  shall  be  approved  by  the  attorney-general,  and 
thereupon  the  government  and  control  of  the  property 
vested  in  said  corporation  shall  vest  in  the  directors  pro- 
vided for  by  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

Sec.  392  Said  school  shall,  after  such  transfer,  be 
known  as  Long  Lane  Farm  and  shall  have  the  custody 
and  guardianship  of  the  person  of  any  inmate  committed  by 
any  court  of  the  state  and  any  girl  who  may  enter  said 
school  with  the  consent  of  the  directors.  Such  guardian- 
ship shall  supersede  any  other  guardianship  of  the  person 
during  the  period  when  such  person  is  in  the  custody  of 
said  school,  and  all  commitments  theretofore  made  shall 
be  effective  in  the  hands  of  the  directors  herein  provided 
for  in  the  same  manner  as  if  such  commitments  had  been 
made  to  said  Long  Lane  Farm. 

Sec.  393  The  government  and  control  of  said  school 
shall  be  vested  in  a  board  of  nine  directors  who  shall  be 
appointed  by  the  governor  within  thirty  days  after  such 
decree  shall  have  been  obtained,  who  shall  hold  office  until 
July  1,  1922.  On  or  before  June  30,  1922,  the  governor 
shall  appoint  three  directors  who  shall  hold  office  for  three 
years  from  said  date,  three  directors  who  shall  hold  office 


157 

for  two  years  from  said  date,  and  three  directors  who  shall 
hold  office  for  one  year  from  said  date,  and  annually  there- 
after he  shall  appoint  three  directors,  who  shall  hold  office 
for  the  term  of  three  years  and  until  their  successors  are 
appointed.  The  governor  shall  fill  any  vacancy  that  may 
occur  for  the  unexpired  term.  He  is  authorized  to  remove 
any  director  for  cause.  The  directors  shall  receive  no  com- 
pensation for  their  services  but  shall  be  paid  their  neces- 
sary expenses  incurred  in  the  performance  of  duty. 

Sec.  394     The  parent  or  guardian  of  anv  girl  between   g  s  sec  mz 

^  *="  '         1  Rev  1902 

,  the  ages  of  eight  and  sixteen  years,    or    a    selectman    or   Sec  2839 

'  •      r  rv-  r       1  i  1^21   ch  90 

[grand  juror  or  other  informing  officer  of  the  town  where    Sec  2 
^she  may  be  found,  may  present  a  written  complaint  to  the   who  maybe 

i  .      ,  r     ,  r  ^  r  1  1-         •         •  1   •    1  1       sent  to  said 

I  judge  of  the  court  of  probate  for  the  district  in  which  such  school 
'  town  is.  or  to  anv  justice  of  the  peace  of  such  town,  or  to 

I  .  .  .  .  ,  ,  See  Sees  1870. 

the  judge  of  the  police  court  of  any  city  where  she  may   1817,  6330  of 

,  ,         ,  •  ,  rr  Gen  Stat 

be  found,  alleging  that  she  has  committed  any  offense 
within  the  final  jurisdiction  of  a  justice  of  the  peace,  or 
is  rude,  stubborn  and  unruly,  or  is  an  habitual  truant  from 
school,  or  is  the  child  of  a  person  who  has  had  town  re- 
lief, and  is  by  such  parent  suffered  to  misspend  her  time, 
and  to  be  without  any  honest  calling,  or  is  so  ill  provided 
for  by  her  parents  as  to  be  exposed  to  want,  or  is  exposed 
to  want  with  none  to  care  for  her,  or  is  leading  an  idle, 
vagrant  or  vicious  life,  or  is  in  manifest  danger  of  falling 
into  habits  of  vice,  and  praying  that  she  may  be  sent  to 
the  Long  Lane  Farm,  and  such  judge  or  justice  of  the 
peace  shall  thereupon,  after  notice  to  her  and  such  other 
notice  as  he  may  deem  proper,  inquire  into  said  complaint, 
and,  on  being  satisfied  of  the  truth  of  the  allegations  there- 
in, may  order  her  to  be  committed  to  the  guardianship  and 
control  of  such  school  for  such  time  as  the  court  shall 
order,  or  until  she  shall  arrive  at  the  age  of  twenty-one 
years,  unless  sooner  lawfully  discharged,  and,  if  he  finds 
that  she  has  committed  an  offense  punishable  by  impri- 
sonment, other  than  imprisonment  for  life,  she  may  be 
sentenced  to  the  Long  Lane  Farm,  or  judgment  may 
be  suspended,  on  such  terms  and  for  such  time  as  he 
may   prescribe,    and    said    authority   may   issue   a    warrant 


Rev  1918 
Sec  1838 
1909  ch  1C2 
1911  ch  199 
1915  ch  186 
1917  ch  132 
1919  ch  262 
Sec  1 

Commit- 
ments to 
reformatory 


1919  ch  262 
Sec   2 

Detention 
where    otTense 
punishable    by 
imprison- 
ment   in    the 
state  prison 


1919  ch  262 
Sec  3 

Detention 
where  penalty 
is  jail 
sentence 


1919  ch  262 
Sec    4 

Certain   courts 
may  sentence 
to   reformatory 


158 


for  the  execution  of  such  sentence ;  but  this  chapter 
shall  not  be  construed  to  deprive  any  girl  of  fourteen 
years  of  age  and  upward  of  the  privilege  of  choosing  her 
own  guardian  with  the  approval  of  the  court  of  probate  as 
provided  by  law. 

Chapter  XXXIV 
Connecticut  Reformatory 

General   Statutes.   Chapter  93,   page   587 

Sec.  395     Male  persons  between  the  ages  of  sixteen  and 
twenty-five  years  who  are  convicted  of  offenses  for  which 
they  may  be  punished  by  imprisonment  for  a  shorter  period 
than   life,  either   in   the  state  prison  or  in  a  jail,  may  be  I 
committed   to    the   reformatory   if  they   seem   to  the  trial  1 
court  to  be  amenable  to  reformatory  methods.    The  judges  ] 
imposing   a   reformatory   sentence   shall   fix   the    term    un-  ' 
less  it  exceeds  five  years,  but  shall  impose  a  sentence  of  , 
imprisonment  in  the  reformatory. 

Sec.  396  Any  offender  who  is  sentenced  to  the  re- 
formatory by  a  superior  court  for  any  offense  punishable 
by  imprisonment  in  the  state  prison  may  be  detained  in  the 
reformatory  not  more  than  five  years,  unless  he  is  sen- 
tenced for  a  longer  term,  in  which  case  he  may  be  held 
for  such  longer  term. 

Sec.  397  Any  offender  sentenced  to  the  reformatory 
for  an  offense  for  which  the  maximum  punishment  is  a 
sentence  to  a  jail,  with  or  without  a  fine,  may  be  detained 
in  the  reformatory  not  more  than  two  years. 

Sec.  398  Any  town,  city,  borough,  police,  district  or 
common  pleas  court  may  sentence  offenders  to  the  reform- 
atory. Any  offenders  so  sentenced  may  be  detained  in 
the  reformatory  not  more  than  two  years.  The  limit  of 
jurisdiction  of  the  courts  named  in  this  section  shall  be  for 
offenses,  the  punishment  for  which  shall  be  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  one  thousand  dollars,  or  imprisonment  in  the 
state  prison  for  not  more  than  five  years,  or  both.  An 
appeal  may  be  taken  by  the  accused  within  forty-eight 
hours  from  the  time  of  sentence,  from  a  judgment  so  im- 
posed by  a  town,  city,  borough  or  police  court,  as  is  pro- 
vided by  law  in  other  criminal  cases. 


159 
Sec.  399     Inmates  of  the  Connecticut  School  for  Boys,   i9i9  ch  2«8 

•^         Sec  5 

between  the  ages  of  fourteen  and  twenty-one  years,  whom  _      ,     , 

.       .  .  .  .  Transfer  from 

the  trustees  of  said  mstitution  desire  to  have  transferred  to  Connecticut 

School  for 

the  reformatory  and  whom  the  directors  of  the  reformatory  Roy* 
are  willing  to  receive,  may  be  so  transferred.  Offenders  of 
this  class  may  be  detained  at  the  reformatory  for  the  same 
period  for  which,  except  for  their  transference  to  said  re- 
formatory, they  could  have  been  held  at  said  school  for 
boys. 

Sec.  400     When  a  person  is  sentenced  to  the  reforma-  secV*  ^"' 
tory  for  an  ofTense  for  which  a  fine  is  provided  by  law  as  a  suppiemen- 
supplementary  penalty,  the  trial  court  shall  impose  no  such  no't^o''be^'m■ 
supplementary  penalty.  Lmlcf  to" 

reformatory 

Sec.  401     No  justices   of  the  peace   shall   commit   any  gec^-'^*'  ^^^ 
offender  to  the  state  reformatory.  justices  of 

peace  not  to 
Chapter  XXXV  commit   to   re- 

formatory 

General  Provisions 

General   Statutes,  Chapter  95,  page  595 

Sec.  402     An  appeal  shall  lie  from  any  judgment,  order  c  5  sec  mo 
or  decree,  committing  any  minor  to  the  Connecticut  School  Sec  2454 

1909  ch  212 

for  Boys,  to  the   Long  Lane  Farm,  to  any  county  home 

•'  ^  '  "^  ...       Appeals  from 

for  dependent  or  neglected  children,  or  to  any  institution  in  commitments 

1  •  1  ill  1  1  1         r  •       -1  *°  schools  or 

this  state  chartered  by  the  general  assembly  for  similar  county  homes 
purposes,  to  the  next  term  of  the  criminal  court  of  common 
pleas  to  be  held  within  and  for  the  county  where  such 
judgment  is  rendered  ;  but  in  towns  within  the  appellate 
jurisdiction  in  criminal  cases  of  the  district  court  of  Water- 
bury  such  appeal  shall  be  taken  to  the  next  criminal  term 
of  said  district  court;  and  in  cases  not  in  the  jurisdiction 
of  such  criminal  court  of  common  please  or  district  court 
to  the  next  criminal  term  of  the  superior  court.  Such  appeal 
may  be  taken  by  any  parent  or  guardian  of  the  child  so 
committed,  or  by  the  selectmen  of  the  town  in  which  such 
judgment  is  rendered,  within  twenty  days  thereafter;  and 
the  appellant  shall  enter  into  a  recognizance,  with  surety, 
to  the  state,  conditioned  to  answer  to  the  complaint  and 
abide  the  order  and  judgment  of  the  court  thereon.  Com- 
plaints in  such  cases  charging  a  minor  with  crime  shall  on 


160 


G  S  sec  1871 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2855 

Fees  for 
commitments 
to  schools  iind 
county    homes 


G  S  sec  1872 
Rev  1902 
Sec   2856 

Costs  on  Com- 
mitment  to 
schools  or 
county   homes 


appeal  be  tried  by  a  jury,  but  all  other  complaints  shall  be 
tried  in  chambers  by  the  judge  of  the  court  to  which  the 
appeal  is  taken  and  such  minor  shall  be  produced  in  court  or 
chambers,  during-  trial  and  to  receive  final  judgment,  by 
the  appellant  or  by  the  person  or  persons  having  such 
minor  in  their  possession  or  control. 

Sec.  403  There  shall  be  allowed  in  each  case  of  com- 
mitment to  the  Connecticut  School  for  Boys,  a  temporary 
home  or  the  Long  Lane  Farm,  the  same  fees  for  complaint 
and  warrant,  or  order,  that  are  allowed  by  law  for  com- 
plaints and  warrants  in  criminal  cases;  and  there  shall  be 
allowed  to  the  grand  jurors  or  prosecuting  officers  attend- 
ing such  cases  the  same  fees  for  travel  and  attendance  as 
are  allowed  by  law  to  grand  jurors  in  criminal  cases. 

Sec.  404  The  authority  committing  any  boy  to  the 
Connecticut  School  for  Boys,  or  committing  any  child  to 
the  home  for  dependent  and  neglected  children  in  any 
county,  or  committing  any  girl  to  the  Long  Lane  Farm, 
shall  transmit  a  certified  copy  of  the  items  of  the  costs  on 
the  complaint  to  the  clerk  of  the  superior  court  for  the 
county  in  which  the  trial  or  hearing  was  had,  within  thirty 
days  after  the  trial  or  hearing,  and  said  costs  shall  be 
taxed  and  paid  as  costs  are  taxed  and  paid  in  criminal 
cases  coming  to  the  superior  court  from  an  inferior  court. 


1921  ch  356 
Sec  1 

Terms  "child", 
"dependent 
child"    and 
"uncared-for 
child",  defined 


Chattkr  XXXVI 
Reformatory  Institutions  for  Boys  and  Girls 

(Connecticut  School  for  Roys  and  Long  Lane  Farm  for  Girls) 
Chapter  356,  Public  Acts  of  1921 

Sec.  405  Terms  used  in  this  act  are  defined  as  follows : 
"Child"  shall  mean  any  person  under  sixteen  years  of  age; 
"dependent  child"  shall  mean  a  child  whose  home  is  a  suit- 
able one  for  it,  save  for  conditions  arising  from  the  poverty 
of  its  parents,  parent,  guardian  or  other  persons  maintain- 
ing such  home,  but  who  solely  because  of  such  poverty  is 
in  need  of  care ;  "uncared-for  child"  shall  mean  a  child  who 
is  homeless  or  whose  home  is  for  any  reason  unsuitable 
and  who  may  not  lawfully  support  himself  save  by  a  resort 
to  occupations  that  either  are  illegal  in  themselves  or  would 
subject  him  to  conditions  prejudicial  to  his  normal  develop- 


161 

ment,  physically,  mentally  or  morally ;  "neglected  child" 
shall  mean  a  child  who,  (a)  being  unable  to  lawfully  and 
properly  support  himself  has  been  abandoned,  or  (b)  who 
is  being  denied  proper  care  and  attention  physically,  men- 
tally or  morally,  or  (c)  is  being  permitted  to  live  under  the 
influences  of  evil  associations  of  home  or  other  conditions 
prejudicial  to  his  well-being;  "defective  child"  shall  mean 
one  who  by  reason  of  a  deficiency  or  defect  of  intelligence, 
which  has  eixsted  from  birth  or  from  early  age,  requires  or 
will  require,  for  his  protection,  or  for  the  protection  of 
others,  special  care,  supervision  and  control;  "delinquent 
'  child"  shall  mean  a  child  who  (a)  violates  any  law  of  the 
',  state  or  local  ordinance,  or  (b)  is  habitually  truant,  incorri- 
gible or  knowingly  or  wilfully  associates  with  vicious, 
criminal  or  immoral  persons,  or  (c)  uses  vile,  indecent  or 
profane  language,  or  is  guilty  of  indecent  or  immoral  con- 
duct, or  (d)  is  growing  up  in  idleness,  ignorance  or  vice,  or 
(e)  absents  himself  from  home  without  just  cause  or  the 
consent  of  his  parents,  or  wanders  about  at  night-time 
without  any  lawful  purpose  or  occupation,  or  (f)  know- 
ingly or  wilfully  engages  in  any  practice  or  practices,  em- 
ployment or  occupation  prejudicial  to  his  normal  develop- 
ment, physically,  mentally  or  morally. 

Sec.  406     *No  court  or  justice  of  the  peace  shall  com-  1921  ch  3.-)6 
mit  any  child  under  sixteen  years  of  age  to  any  jail,  alms- 

1  11  ■\\Ti  i_  j'i  Commitment 

house  or  workhouse.     When  any  boy  under  sixteen  years   of  chiUrm 
of  age  shall  have  been  adjudged  delinquent  by  a  juvenile  rMtricte'iT  '^^" 
court,  by  a  probate   court  or  by   a   justice   of  the  peace, 
such  boy  may  be  committed  to  the  Connecticut  School  for 
Boys. 

Sec.  407     Any  bov  sent  to  the  Connecticut  School  for  i92i  ch  356 

.  '  .  .  Sec  3 

Boys   shall   remain   there   until   he   is  twenty-one   years   of   _ 

•'  J  J  Boys    coin- 

age,  unless  sooner  placed  in  a  suitable  home,  paroled   or   "?'»ed  to 

_  ^  '  ,  Connecticut 

discharged ;  and  no  boy  shall  be  retained  after  the  superin-   School  for 
tendent  shall  have  reported   him   fullv  reformed.  main  there 

'^  -  until   age  of 

•  See  section  30  twenty-one 


162 


1921  ch  356 
Sec  4 

Release    of 
boys  may  be 
made  under 
parole 


1921  ch  356 
Sec  5 

Commitment 
of  girls  under 
sixteen   years 
of  age 


1921  ch  356 

Sec  6 

Release  to  be 
upon    parole 


1921  ch  356 
Sec   T 

Certain   girls 
may  be 
placed  in 
employment 


1921  ch  356 
Sec  8 

Uniform 
forms    of    com- 
mitment 
papers   to  be 
used 


Sec.  408  When  a  boy  is  released  from  the  school,  he 
may  be  released  on  parole,  and  the  board  of  trustees  shall 
have  power  to  send  for  and  return  him  to  the  school  when, 
in  the  opinion  of  a  majority  of  the  members  of  said  board, 
the  best  interest  of  the  boy  will  be  promoted  by  such 
return. 

Sec.  409  '''When  any  girl  under  the  age  of  sixteen 
years  shall  have  been  adjudged  delinquent  by  a  juvenile 
court  or  by  a  probate  court  or  justice  of  the  peace,  such 
girl  may  be  committed  to  The  Long  Lane  Farm. 

Sec.  410  When  a  girl  is  released  from  the  school,  she 
shall  be  released  on  parole,  and  the  board  of  trustees  shall 
have  power  to  send  for  and  return  her  to  to  the  school 
when,  in  the  opinion  of  a  majority  of  the  members  of  said 
board,  the  best  interests  of  the  girl  will  be  promoted  by 
such  return. 

Sec.  411  When  any  girl  committed  to  said  school  shall 
have  improved  in  knowledge  and  behavior  sufficiently,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  trustees  of  said  school,  to  qualify  her 
for  useful  employment  elsewhere,  they  shall  as  soon  as 
possible  place  her  in  a  suitable  home,  with  relatives  or 
others,  and  cause  her  to  be  further  instructed  and  regu- 
larly employed  in  some  trade  or  useful  occupation,  suited 
to  her  age  and  capacity,  until  she  becomes  twenty-one  years 
of  age. 

Sec.  412  Uniform  forms  of  commitment  papers  or  mit- 
timus shall  be  used  by  all  authorities  throughout  the  state 
in  the  commitment  by  them  of  minors  to  humane  or  re- 
formatory institutions  in  this  state.  Such  forms  shall  be 
prepared  by  the  attorney-general,  printed  at  the  expense 
of  the  state  and  furnished  by  the  comptroller.  In  such 
forms  there  shall  be  stated  the  following  particulars  in  re- 
gard to  the  minor  commited  thereby:  Name,  age  or  date 
of  birth  as  exactly  as  can  be  determined,  and  the  town 
or  city  and  state  in  which  born ;  name,  nationality  and  reli- 
gious preference  of  the  parents  so  far  as  known.  The 
authority   committing   any    minor   shall    forthwith    send  .a 

*  See  section  S4 


163 


certified  copy  of  the  mittimus  to  the  comptroller.  The 
provisions  of  this  section  shall  not  affect  those  of  section 
1839  of  the  general  statutes. 

Sec.  413     Section    1807,    1811,    1812,    1823,    1824,    1861,  l^.^i^ch  see 
1862,  846  and  850  of  the  general  statutes  are  repealed.  Repeal 

Chapter  XXXVII 

Elections  and  Electors 

Sec.  414     All  electoral  privileges  extended  to  males  by  iglo'ch  i"*'**** 
authority    of    the    provisions    of    the    general    statutes    are   Electoral 
extended  to  females.     The  provisions  of  the  statute  relat-  tended^" 
ing  to  the  forfeiture  of  such  privileges  applicable  to  males   ''°™*'* 
shall   be    applicable   to   females.      The   provisions    of   said 
statutes  and  of  this  act  relating  to  the  admission  of  electors 
and  their  participation  in  primaries,  caucuses,  conventions 
and  elections  and  to  the  casting  and  counting  of  ballots, 
having  reference  to   males  shall  be   construed   to   include 
females.     Proof  of  citizenship   shall    be    required    of    all 
women,  and  admission  to  the  privileges  hereby  conferred 
shall  be  otherwise  upon   the   same   conditions  as   are  im- 
posed upon  males.    All  applications  of  women  to  have  their 
names  placed  upon  the  list  "to  be  made"  prior  to  the  date 
of  the  passage  of  this  act  shall  be  construed  to  have  been 
made  for  the  electoral  privileges  conferred  by  the  provi- 
sions hereof. 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  85,  page  238 

Sec.  415     Whenever  at  any  election  anv  vote  for  the   f„„^  ^i'^Ai* 

J  _      -  1909  ch  350 

approval  or  disapproval  of  any  constitutional  amendment  ^  ^ 
submitted  for  ratification  or  any  vote  for  or  against  any  stitutionai 

•'       ^  °  -'      amendment  or 

educational  purpose  under  the  special  laws  of  this  state  or  educational 

^        ^  ^  purpose 

any  other  vote  upon  any  question  shall  be  taken  by  ballot 
in  any  town,  city  or  borough  pursuant  to  any  special  law, 
the  ballot  hereinbefore  prescribed,  provided  for  towns, 
cities  or  boroughs  affected  by  any  such  question,  shall,  in 
addition  to  the  columns  hereinbefore  provided  for,  contain 
two  additional  columns,  each  of  which  shall  contain  spaces 
of  the  same  general  description  as  the  spaces  in  the  party 
columns,  except  that  such  spaces  provided  for  each  such 
question  may  be  of  sufficient  depth  to  contain  the  designa- 


164 


tion  of  such  constitutional  amendment  or  other  question 
submitted,  and  the  word  "yes"  or  the  word  "no"  printed 
thereunder.  At  the  left  of  each  such  space  shall  be  the 
voting  space,  which  shall  be  of  the  same  width  as  herein- 
before provided  and  of  the  same  depth  as  the  space  con- 
taining the  question  to  be  voted  upon.  At  the  head  of  each 
such  column  shall  be  printed  a  circle  as  hereinbefore 
described.  In  the  first  of  the  two  columns  provided  for  in 
this  section  shall  be  printed  in  the  spaces  provided  the 
designation  of  each  such  constitutional  amendment  or 
other  special  question  to  be  voted  upon  and  the  word  "yes" 
thereunder,  and  in  the  other  column  provided  for  in  this 
section  shall  be  printed  in  the  space  provided  the  designa- 
tion of  each  such  constitutional  amendment  or  other  spe- 
cial question  to  be  voted  upon  and  the  word  "no"  there- 
under. Any  elector  desiring  to  vote  "yes"  upon  all  such 
questions  may  indicate  his  choice  by  placing  a  cross-mark 
"X"  within  the  circle  at  the  head  of  the  column  containing 
the  word  "yes,"  and  any  elector  desiring  to  vote  "no"  upon 
all  of  such  questions  may  indicate  his  choice  by  placing  a 
cross-mark  "X"  within  the  circle  at  the  head  of  the  column 
containing  the  word  "no,"  and  any  elector  desiring  to  vote 
"yes"  upon  any  of  such  questions  and  "no"  upon  any  of 
the  others  may  indicate  his  choice  by  placing  a  cross-mark 
"X"  in  the  voting  space  at  the  left  of  the  space  containing 
such  question.  Any  ballot  marked  in  any  manner  other 
than  as  provided  in  this  chapter,  and  any  ballot  bearing  any 
mark  other  than  the  cross-mark  "X"  used  for  the  purpose 
of  voting  will  render  such  ballot  void ;  but  this  provision 
shall  not  be  so  construed  as  to  prevent  any  elector  from 
writing  the  name  of  any  candidate  upon  any  ballot  as 
hereinbefore  provided.  Whenever  any  question  provided 
for  in  this  section  shall  be  printed  upon  any  such  ballot,  in 
addition  to  the  instructions  provided  for  in  section  598  of 
the  general  statutes  there  shall  be  printed,  in  the  same 
style  of  type,  and  in  the  same  manner,  such  additional  in- 
structions concerning  voting  upon  such  questions  as  the 
secretary  may  deem  necessary. 


165 


Chapter  XXXVIII 


Employment  of  Children  in  Certain  Occupations 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  2S3,  page  1486 

Sec.  416  No  minor  under  sixteen  years  of  age  and  no 
woman  shall  be  employed  in  any  manufacturing  or  mechan- 
ical establishment  more  than  ten  hours  in  any  day,  or  fifty- 
five  hours  in  any  calendar  week.  Every  employer  in  such 
establishment  shall  post  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  every 
room  wh.ere  such  persons  are  employed  a  notice,  the  form 
of  which  shall  be  furnished  by  the  commissioner  of  labor 
and  factory  inspection,  specifically  stating  the  hours  of 
work  required  of  them  on  each  day  of  the  week,  and  the 
employment  of  any  such  person  for  a  longer  time  on  any 
day  than  so  stated  shall  be  a  violation  of  this  section. 

Sec.  417  No  minor  under  sixteen  years  of  age  and  no 
woman  shall  be  employed  in  any  bowling  alley  or  mercan- 
tile establishment,  other  than  manufacturing  or  mechanical, 
more  than  fifty-eight  hours  in  any  calendar  week,  provided, 
any  employer  who  shall,  during  each  year,  give  not  less 
than  seven  holidays  with  pay,  shall  be  exempt  from  the 
provisions  of  this  section  during  the  period  from  the  seven- 
teenth to  the  twenty-fifth  day  of  December  of  each  year. 
Every  employer  in  such  an  establishment  shall  post  in  a 
conspicuous  place  in  every  room  where  such  persons  are 
employed  a  notice,  the  form  of  which  shall  be  furnished 
by  the  commissioner  of  labor  and  factory  inspection,  stat- 
ing specifically  the  hours  of  work  required  of  such  persons 
on  each  day  of  the  week,  and  the  employment  of  any  such 
person  for  a  longer  time  on  any  day  than  so  stated  shall 
be  a  violation  of  this  section. 

Sec.  418  No  person  under  sixteen  years  of  age  shall  be 
employed  in  any  manufacturing  or  mechanical  establish- 
ment after  six  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  ;  and  no  such  minor 
shall  be  employed  in  any  mercantile  establishment  after 
six  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  on  more  than  one  day  in  each 
calendar  week,  except  during  the  period  from  the  seven- 
teenth to  the  twenty-fifth  day  of  December  of  each  year ; 
and  no  female  shall  be  employed  in  any  manufacturing, 
mechanical  or  mercantile  establishment  between  the  hours 


G  S  sec  SiOl 
Rev  1902 
Sec   4691 
1907  ch  251 
1909  ch  220 
1913  ch  179 

Employment 
of  minors 
and  women 
in  manufac- 
turing or  me- 
chanical 
establish- 
ment 


G  S  sec  5302 
Rev  1902 
Sec   4691 
1907  ch  251 
1909  ch  220 
1911  ch  278 
1913  ch  179 
1917  ch  300 

Employment 
of  minors 
and  women 
ill   mercantile 
establishment 


G  S  sec  5303 
1909  ch  220 
1913  ch  179 
1921  ch  220 

Employment 
of  minors  or 
women  in  cer- 
tain establish- 
ments during 
certain  hours 
prohibited 


166 


of  ten  o'clock  in  the  evening  and  six  o'clock  in  the  fore- 
noon, provided  in  event  of  war  or  other  serious  emergency 
the  governor  may  suspend  the  limitations  upon  night  work 
contained  in  this  act  as  to  any  industries  or  occupations,  as 
he  may  find  such  emergency  demands.  Public  bowling 
alleys  shall  be  regarded  as  mercantile  establishments  within 
the  meaning  of  this  act. 


Chapter  XXXIX 


1921  ch  188 
Sec  1 

Minimum  day 
of   labor   for 
children 
established 


1921  ch  188 
Sec  2 

Duty    of    com- 
missioner _  of 
labor  to   in- 
vestigate em- 
ployment of 
children 


1921  ch  IS 
Sec   3 

Penalty 


Eight  Hour  Day  for  Child  Laborers 

Chapter  188,  Public  Acts  of  1921 

Sec.  419  No  child  under  sixteen  years  of  age  shall  be 
emplo}  ed,  required  or  allowed  to  work  in  any  mill,  cannery, 
workshop,  factory  or  manufacturing  establishment  more 
than  eight  hours  in  any  day  or  more  than  six  days  in  any 
week,  or  after  the  hour  of  six  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  or 
before  the  hour  of  six  in  the  morning. 

Sec.  420  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  commissioner  of 
Labor  and  Factory  Inspection  to  examine  and  inquire  into 
the  employment  of  such  children  in  the  establishments 
described  in  this  act,  and  to  investigate  all  complaints  of 
violations  thereof  and  to  report  all  cases  of  such  violation  to 
the  prosecuting  officer  having  jurisdiction  thereof.  The 
commissioner  of  Labor  and  Factory  Inspection  shall,  on  or 
before  the  first  day  of  December  in  each  year,  make  a  re- 
port to  the  governor  of  the  number  of  such  violations  and 
of  the  prosecutions  instituted  therefor. 

Sec.  421  Every  person  who  wilfully  employs  or  has 
in  his  employment  or  under  his  charge  any  child  in  viola- 
tion of  the  provisions  of  this  act,  and  every  parent  or  guar- 
dian who  permits  any  such  child  to  be  so  employed,  shall 
be  fined  not  more  than  twenty  dollars  for  each  offense.  A 
certificate  of  the  age  of  a  child,  made  as  provided  in  sec- 
tion 5323  of  the  general  statutes,  and  amendments  thereof, 
shall  be  conclusive  evidence  of  his  age  upon  the  trial  of 
any  person  other  than  the  parent  or  guardian  for  violation 
of  any  provision  of  this  act. 


167 

ClIArTFR  XL 

Crimes 
Offenses  against  the  Person 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  327,  page  1715 

Sec.  422     Every  person  who  shall  exhibit,  use,  employ,   c.  s  sec  6208 

...  1    i  i.  i.1  •  1-  r  Rev  1902 

apprentice,  give  away,  let  out  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any   Sec  iics 
child  under  the  age  of  sixteen  years,  in  or  for  the  vocation, 

,  •  .  r  ....  Unlawful  ex- 

occupation,  service  or  purpose  of  rope  or  wire  walking,  hibition  or 
dancing,  skating,  bicycling  or  peddling,  or  as  a  gymnast,  orchiur'"' 
contortionist,  rider  or  acrobat,  in  any  place ;  or  tor  or  in  any 
obscene,  indecent  or  immoral  purpose,  exhibition  or  prac- 
tice ;  or  for  or  in  any  business,  exhibition  or  vocation,  injuri- 
ous to  the  health,  or  dangerous  to  the  life  or  limb  of  such 
child ;  or  who  shall  cause,  procure  or  encourage  any  such 
child  to  engage  therein,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  two 
hundred  and  fifty  dollars  or  imprisoned  not  more  than 
one  year  or  both. 

Offenses  Against   Humanity  and  Morality 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  333,  page  1752 

Sec.  423  Any  parent,  guardian  or  other  person  who  g  s  sec  6407 
shall  by  any  act  or  neglect,  cause,  encourage,  contribute 
to  or  be  responsible  for  such  conduct  or  condition  of  any  wnqueiKy  of 
child  under  sixteen  years  of  age  as  by  statute  is  made  cause 
for  the  commitment  of  such  child  to  the  Connecticut  School 
for  Boys,  the  Long  Lane  Farm,  or  a  county  temporary 
home,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  five  hundred  dollars  or 
imprisoned  not  more  than  six  months  or  both.  The  court 
may  impose  conditions  upon  any  person  convicted  under 
the  provisions  of  this  section,  and  so  long  as  such  person 
shall  comply  therewith  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  court  the 
sentence  imposed  may  be  suspended. 

Offenses  Against  Public  Property 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  32S,  page  1717 

Sec.  424     Every  person  who  shall  wilfullv  injure  anv   g  s  sec  62i6 

•'     ^  .  '  Rev  1902 

public  building,^  or  who  shall  wilfully  injure  or  carry  away   sec  ii69 
any  stove,  stove-pipe  or  furniture,  in  and  belonging  to  any   J,"j,"i7  buijd- 
such  building,  or  who  shall  wilfully  deface  or  injure  a  vot-   l,"ffd'vSg"" 

^  The   words   "public   buildings"   include   schoolhouses     Gen    Stat     Sec   6721  booths 


168 


G  S  sec  6221 
Rev  1902 
Sec  1174 

Wilful    injury 
to   property   of 
public  library 


ing  booth  or  compartment,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than 
one  hundred  dollars  or  imprisoned  not  more  than  six 
months  or  both;^ 

Sec.  425  Every  person  who  shall  wilfully  write  upon, 
injure  or  destroy  any  book,  plate,  picture,  engraving  or 
statue  belonging  to  any  library  not  exclusively  owned 
by  himself,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  five  hundred  dol- 
lars ;  and  every  person  who  shall  wilfully  detain  any  book, 
paper,  magazine,  pamphlet,  manuscript  or  other  property, 
belonging  to  any  town,  city,  law,  university,  college,  school 
or  other  public  or  incorporated  library,  for  thirty  days 
after  notice  in  writing  from  the  librarian  of  such  library, 
sent  by  mail  or  otherwise  to  the  last  known  or  registered 
place  of  residence  of  such  person,  after  the  expiration  of  the 
time  during  which,  by  the  by-laws,  rules  or  regulations 
of  such  library,  such  book,  paper,  magazine,  pamphlet, 
manuscript  or  other  property  may  be  kept,  shall  be  fined 
not  more  than  one  hundred  dollars.  The  notice  herein 
required  shall  bear  upon  its  face  a  copy  of  this  section. 


i 


G  S  sec  6340 
Rev  1902 
Sec  1281 

Interrupting 
or  disturbing 
schools  or 
meetings 

G  S  sec  6362 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1300 

Disturbance 
of    meetings 


Offenses  Against  Public  Peace  and  Safety 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  331,  page  1740 

Sec.  426  Every  person  who  shall  wilfully  interrupt  or 
disturb  any  school,^  or  any  assembly  of  people  met  for  a 
lawful  purpose,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  seven  dollars 
or  imprisoned  not  more  than  thirty  days  or  both. 

Sec.  427  Every  person  who  shall  prevent  a  lawful 
meeting  of  any  community  from  proceeding,  in  an  orderly 
and  peaceable  manner,  to  the  appointment  of  a  moderator, 
or  shall  abuse  him  or  a  presiding  officer  of  an  electors' 
meeting,  or  interrupt  either  in  the  discharge  of  his  duty, 
or,  after  he  has  commanded  silence,  shall  speak  in  the  meet- 
ing without  his  permission,  except  to  ask  reasonable  liberty 
to  speak,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  fifty  dollars. 

>  Complaint  must  set  out  with  particularity  the  "injury"  62  Conn  131  "Wil- 
fully" means  in  a  spirit  of  wantonness  or  with  an  evil  intent  or  guilty  purpose  71 
Conn  742 

*  Singing  school  within  terras  of  statute  de  interrupting  "any  public,  private, 
or  select  school"     26  Conn  607;  see  also  28  Conn  232 


169 


Offenses   Against   Public   Policy 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  334,  page  1757 

Sec.  428  Any  person  owning,  keeping  or  managing, 
wholly  or  in  part,  any  dance  house,  concert,  saloon,  roller 
skating  rink,  theater,  moving  picture  show  or  phonograph 
hall,  or  any  museum  having  entertainments  or  variety 
shows  connected  therewith,  who  shall  allow,  at  any  time, 
any  child  under  the  age  of  fourteen  years,  or,  after  six 
o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  any  day,  any  boy  under  the  age 
of  fourteen  or  any  girl  under  the  age  of  sixteen  years,  to 
be  admitted  to  or  remain  in  such  place,  unless  such  child 
is  accompanied  by  its  parent  or  guardian  or  some  adult 
person  authorized  by  such  parent  or  guardian  to  attend 
such  child,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  fifty  dollars. 

Sec.  429  Every  person  who  shall  sell,  give  or  deliver  to 
any  minor  under  sixteen  years  of  age,  tobacco  in  any  form, 
shall  be  fined  not  more  than  twenty-five  dollars  for  the  first 
offense,  and  not  less  than  twenty-five  dollars  nor  more 
than  one  hundred  dollars  for  each  subsequent  oflfense. 

Sec.  430  Every  person  under  sixteen  years  of  age,  who 
shall  smoke,  or  in  any  way  use,  in  any  public  street,  place 
or  resort,  tobacco  in  any  form  whatsoever,  shall  be  fined 
not  more   than   seven   dollars   for   each   oflfense. 

Sec.  431  Every  person  who  shall  display  the  flag  or 
emblem  of  any  foreign  country  upon  the  outside  of  any 
state,  county,  city  or  town  building,  or  public  schoolhouse. 
shall  be  fined  not  more  than  one  hundred  dollars ;  provided. 
when  any  foreigner  shall  become  a  guest  of  the  United 
States  or  of  this  state,  upon  the  proclamation  of  the  gover- 
nor, the  flag  of  the  country  of  such  guest  may  be  displayed 
upon  all  public  buildings  except  schoolhouses. 

Sec.  432  .  .  .  Any  proprietor  or  keeper  of  a  pub- 
lic billiard  or  pool  room  ....  who  shall,  at  any  time, 
permit  any  person  under  eighteen  years  of  age  unaccom- 
panied by  parent  or  guardian  to  loiter  in  or  about  such 
room,  or  who  shall  employ  any  person  under  eighteen  years 
of  age,  in  or  about  such  room,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than 
fifty  dollars  or  imprisoned  not  more  than  thirty  days*  or 
both. 


G  S  sec  6435 
Rev  1902 
Sec    1360 
1911  ch  164 

Children  pro- 
tected from 
improper 
amusements 


G  S  sec  6436 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1361 
1911  ch  90 

Sale  of  to- 
bacco to 
minors  under 
sixteen 

G  S  sec  6437 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1362 

Use   of    to- 
bacco by 
minors  under 
sixteen 

G  S  sec  6466 
Rev  1902 
Sec   1385 

Display  of 
foreign  flags 


G  S  sec  6479 


178 


G  S  sec  143 
Rev  1902 
Sec  121 

1909  ch  22 
To  lodge  list 
of   children 
with  treasurer 


1921  ch  334 
Sec  2 

Speed  to  be 
reduced  upon 
approach  to 
schoolhouse. 
or  intersecting 
highway 


Rules  to  apply 
to  operation 
of  street 
railways 

Penalty 


Chapter  XLI 

General  Provisions 

Comptroller 

General   Statutes,   Chapter  7,   page  114 

Sec.  433  The  comptroller  shall,  annually,  in  the  month 
of  February,  lodge  with  the  treasurer  a  certified  list,  by 
towns,  of  the  enumeration  of  children  by  him  last  perfected. 

Motor  Vehicles 

Sec.  434  (b)  Any  person  operating  any  motor  vehicle 
upon  approaching  an  intersecting  highway,  a  curve  or  a 
corner  of  a  highway  or  a  schoolhouse,  provided  signs  on 
the  highway,  legible  for  a  distance  of  one  hundred  feet, 
indicate  such  intersecting  highway,  curve,  corner  or  school- 
house,  shall  reduce  the  speed  of  such  vehicle  and  give 
timely  signal  when  reasonable  care  requires,  and  shall  keep 
to  the  right  of  the  intersection  of  the  center  of  both  high- 
way when  turning  to  the  right,  and  pass  to  the  right  of  the 
intersection  of  the  centers  of  such  highways  before  turning 
to  the  left,  provided  traffic  officers  shall  have  authority  to 
regulate  traffic,  (c)  The  provisions  of  the  general  statutes 
relating  to  the  right  of  way  shall  apply  to  the  operation  of 
street  railway  cars  in  so  far  as  practicable,  (d)  Any  per- 
son who  shall  violate  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  section 
shall  be  fined  not  less  than  five  nor  more  than  fifty  dollars 
for  each  offense. 


1921  ch  400 
Sec  59 

Sig^s  to  be 
placed    on 
certain    high- 
ways 


Warning  Signs  on  the  Highway 

The  selectmen  in  each  town  may  maintain  suit- 
able signs,  approved  by  the  commissioner,  on  the 
highway,  legible  from  a  distance  of  one  hundred  feet  and 
located  at  a  distance  approximately  five  hundred  feet,  in 
each  direction,  from  schoolhouses,  bridges,  dangerous 
curves  and  intersecting  highways,  unless  such  signs  have 
been  established  and  are  maintained  by  the  highway  com- 
missioner or  some  other  person. 

9ec  434  Turning  out  to  pass  another;  driving  on  left  side  of  road  not  for- 
bidden 81  C  492  Statute  of  limitations  applicable  to  action  for  violation  of  rules 
of  road  83  C  508  Imputing  negligence  of  driver  to  guest  riding  with  him  83  C 
219;  89  C  707     See  notes  to  Sees  1538,  1568,  1573  of  General  Statutes 


171 

Salaries  and  Fees 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  119,  page  703 

Sec.  435     Acting  school  visitors  shall  receive  two  dol-  g  s  sec  2259 

j  lars  a  day  each  while  actually  employed,  and  a  like  propor-  sec  4555 

tion  for  parts  of  days,  and  such  further  compensation  as  Acting  school 
their  respective  towns  may  fix  at  an  annual  meeting. 

Tuberculosis 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  136,  page  802 

I        Sec.  436     The  commission  shall  take  measures  to  cause  c  s  sec  2649 

\  .  „  ,  -  ,     ^.  ^     ^        .  ,  r     1-     •  1809  ch  120 

■  instruction    in   all   schools   of   the   state   in   rules   of   living  lois  ch  iss 
'  essential  to  the  suppression  of  tuberculosis  and  the  mainte-   School  in- 
I  nance  of  the  public  health,  and  to  that  end  may  publish  ceming  tuber- 
tracts  and   leaflets  explaining    the    movement    to    control 
tuberculosis,    suitable    for   distribution    in    schools,   stores, 
factories  and  places  of  public  gatherings,  which  tracts  and 
leaflets  may  be  printed  by  the  commission  at  the  expense 
of  the  state.    Said  commission  shall  also  encourage  the  giv- 
ing of  public  addresses  upon  prevention  and  treatment  of 
tuberculosis,   and   shall    encourage   the    formation    of   local 
organizations  to  further  that  end. 


Spitting  in  Public  Places 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  137,  page  806 

Sec.  437     No  person  shall  spit  on   the  paved  walk  of  g  s  sec  2672 
any  public  street,  park  or  square,  or  upon  the  rioor  of  any 
hall  or  office   in  any   hotel,  restaurant,   apartment  house,  public  places; 


tenement  or  lodging  house  which  is  used  in  common  by  the 
guests  or  tenants  thereof,  or  upon  the  floor,  platform,  steps 
or  stairs  of  any  public  building,  church,  theater,  railway 
station,  store,  factory  or  street  car  or  other  public  convey- 
ance. The  term  spitting  as  used  in  this  section  shall  be 
defined  as  the  act  of  expelling  any  secretion  from  the  chest, 
throat,  mouth  or  nose.  Any  person  violating  the  provi- 
sions of  this  section  shall  be  fined  not  less  than  one  nor 
more  than  five  dollars  or  imprisoned  not  more  than  thirty 
days  or  both. 


penalty 


172 


G  S  sec  2676 
1911  ch  96 

Use  of 

common   drink- 
ing  cups 


Use  of  Common  Drinking  Cups 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  137,  page  807 

Sec.  438  The  State  Department  of  Health,  to  prevent 
the  spread  of  communicable  diseases,  may,  by  suitable 
rules  and  regulations  adopted  by  said  department,  regulate 
or  prohibit  the  providing  or  use  of  a  common  drinking 
cup  in  such  public  places,  vehicles  or  buildings  as  shall  be 
designated  by  said  rules  and  regulations,  and  shall  cause 
such  rules  and  regulations  to  be  printed  in  at  least  one 
new^spaper  published  in  each  county  and  a  copy  thereof 
to  be  sent  to  each  county,  town,  city  and  borough  health 
officer,  and  thereupon  said  rules  and  regulations  shall  be- 
come effective.  Any  person  violating  any  of  the  provisions 
of  said  rules  and  regulations  shall  be  fined  not  more  than 
twenty-five  dollars  for  each  offense. 


G  S  sec  2741 
Rev  1902 
Sec  2647 
1907  ch  200 
1915  ch  282 

Licenses   to   be 
refused   in 
certain  places 


Powers  and  Duties  of  County  Commissioners 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  142,  page  827 

Sec.  439  Licenses  for  the  sale  of  spirituous  and  intoxi- 
cating liquors  in  cities  shall  be  confined  to  the  efficiently 
policed  parts  thereof;  and  no  license,  except  the  renewal 
or  the  transfer  of  a  license  which  does  not  change  the  loca- 
tion thereof,  at  the  discretion  of  the  county  commissioners 
as  to  the  suitability  of  person  and  place,  and  subject  to  ap- 
peal, shall  be  granted  in  the  purely  residential  or  manufac- 
turing parts  of  a  town  or  within  two  hundred  feet  in  a 
direct  line  from  any  church  edifice  or  public  or  parochial 
schoolhouse,  or  the  premises  pertaining  thereto,  except  to 
a  well-established  hotel  of  good  reputation  ;^  nor  shall  one 

^  No  place  can  with  propriety,  be  deemed  "suitable"  for  the  sale  of  intox- 
fcattng  liquor,  under  public  acts  of  1907^  chapter  200,  which  is  so  near  to  a  public 
or  parochial  schoolhouse  as  to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests  of  the  school  81 
Conn  276 

In  the  present  case  the  applicant's  saloon,  for  which  he  sought  a  renewal 
license,  was  about  seventy-five  feet  from  a  parochial  school  building  recently 
erected  and  attended  by  eight  hundred  children  and  the  county  commissioners 
refused  to  renew  the  license  on  the  ground  that  the  place  had  become  an  unsuit- 
able one  for  a  saloon  Held  that  the  fair  implication  in  support  of  this  finding  was 
that  the  continuance  of  a  saloon  at  that  place  would  be  detrimental  to  the  in- 
terests of  the  school     lb 

The  fact  that  the  schoolhouse  site  was  bought  long  after  the  establishment  of 
the  applicant's  saloon  in  close  proximity  to  it,  and  after  he  had  become  the  owner 
of  the  saloon  property,  is  of  no  legal  consequence;  nor  does  it  matter  whether 
such  property  is  worth  much  or  little     lb 

All  property  in  this  country  is  held  under  the  implied  obligation  that  the 
owner's  use  of  it  shall  not  be  injurious  to  the  community     Ih 

Proof  in  the  superior  court  that  the  county  commissioners  had  renewed  a 
license  to  some  other  applicant  to  sell  liquor  at  some  other  place  near  a  church 
or  schoolhouse  is  immaterial,  since  each  application  stands  by  itself,  unfettered 
by  any  action  of  the  commissioners  taken  in  other  cases     lb 


173 

be  granted  in  such  proximity  to  a  charitable  institution, 
whether  supported  by  public  or  private  funds,  as  may  be 
detrimental  to  the  same ;  nor  shall  a  license  be  granted  in 
those  parts  of  a  license  town  where  it  is  apparent  that  the 
party  applying  for  it  is  seeking  to  obtain  patronage  from  an 
adjoining  no-license  town  ;  and  in  such  cases  persons  in  the 
adjoining  town  shall  have  the  right  to  remonstrate  against 
the  granting  of  such  license,  and  the  county  commissioners 
hearing  such  complaint  shall  give  the  same  consideration 
to  such  remonstrance  as  if  made  by  persons  residing  in  the 
town  wherein  such  license  is  asked  for.  This  section  shall 
not  apply  to  the  licensing  of  druggists. 

Fences 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  274,  page  1440 

Sec.  440     No  barbed  wire  shall  be  used  in  the  construe-   c  s  sec  suz 

.         ,  .      .  r  1     Rev  1902 

tion  of  fences,  or  retained  upon  existing  fences,  connected   Sec  407o 
with  or  enclosing  the  grounds  of  any  public  school  or  pub-   Use  of  barbed 
lie  building.     Every  person  who  shall  violate  any  provision   hibited 
of  this  section  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  one  hundred 
dollars. 

Eminent  Domain 

General  Statutes,  Chapter  277,  page  1450 

Sec.  441     Any  school  district  may  take  land  which  has   G  s  sec  siso 

•^  .  -'  .  .        Rev  1902 

been  fixed  upon  as  a  site,  or  addition  to  a  site,  of  a  public   Sees  4111, 

.  ,  4114 

schoolhouse,  and  w^hich  is  necessary  for  such  purpose   or 

for   outbuildings   or    convenient    accommodations    for    its   for  school 

.  .  _-  purposes 

schools,  upon  paying  to  the  ow^ner  just  compensation.  But  Exception 
no  school  district,  society,  city  or  town  shall  take  for  school 
purposes  the  land  of  any  ecclesiastical  society,  upon  any 
part  of  which  a  church  building  has  already  been  erected, 
without  the  consent  of  such  ecclesiastical  society,  or  any 
land  devoted  to  or  used  for  cemetery  or  burial  purposes. 

G  S  sec  5186 


Sec.  442     The  procedure  for  condemning  land  or  other  r^v  1 


902 


property  for  any  of  the  purposes  specified  in  sections  5177.  fpg|  \®ioV, 

5178,  5179,  5180,  5181  and  5187  of  the  General  Statutes,  in  *\l'^-  |}ft 

case  those  desiring  to  take  said  property  cannot  agree  v^'ith  *\\l-  *^^^- 

the  owner  upon  the  amount  to  be  paid  him  for  any  property  |^°^  ^^  |*i 

thus  taken,  shall  be  as  follows :  ^^^^  '^  ^'^ 


174 
Mode  of  con^  The  armorv  commission  in  the  name  of  the  state,  county 

demnitiK    land  ...  . 

for  certain        commissioners  in  the  name  of  the  city,  any  town,  school 

purposes  .... 

district,  or  trustees  or  directors  of  any  state  institution  in 
the  name  of  the  state,  may  prefer  a  petition  to  the  superior 
court  in  the  county  in  which  the  property  lies,  or,  to  a 
judge  of  said  court,  if  said  court  is  not  in  session,  praying 
that  such  compensation  may  be  determined,  and,  if  said 
petition  is  brought  under  section  5187,  that  a  site  be  fixed; 
which  petition  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  summons  signed 
by  competent  authority,  to  be  served  as  process  in  civil 
actions  before  said  court,  notifying  the  owner  of  the  prop- 
erty to  be  taken,  and  all  persons  interested  in  such  property, 
to  appear  before  said  court  or  judge;  said  court  or  judge  i 
shall  thereupon  appoint  a  committee  of  three  disinterested 
persons,  who,  after  being  duly  sworn  and  giving  reason- 
able notice  to  the  parties,  shall  view  the  property  in  ques- 
tion, hear  the  evidence,  ascertain  the  value,  assess  just 
damages  to  the  owner  or  parties  interested  in  the  property 
so  proposed  to  be  taken,  and  report  their  doings  to  said 
court  or  judge.  In  the  case  of  a  school  district  said  com- 
mittee may,  if  they  do  not  approve  the  site,  fix  another 
site  on  land  of  the  same  owner,  and  proceed  as  aforesaid. 
Said  court  or  judge  may  accept  said  report  or  may  reject 
it  for  irregular  or  improper  conduct  by  the  committee  in 
the  performance  of  its  duties.  If  the  report  be  rejected, 
the  court  or  judge  shall  appoint  another  committee,  who 
shall  proceed  in  the  same  manner  as  the  first  committee 
were  required  to  proceed.  If  said  report  is  accepted,  such 
acceptance  shall  have  the  effect  of  a  judgment  in  favor  of 
the  owner  of  the  property  against  the  petitioner,  for  the 
amount  of  the  assessment  made  by  the  committee,  and 
except  as  otherwise  provided  by  law,  execution  may  issue 
therefor.  Said  court  or  judge  shall  make  any  order  neces- 
sary to  protect  the  rights  of  all  parties  interested.  Said 
property  shall  not  be  used  or  inclosed  by  the  petitioner 
until  the  amount  of  said  judgment  has  been  paid  to  the 
party  to  whom  it  is  due,  or  deposited  for  his  use  with  the 
treasurer  of  the  county  in  which  the  property  lies,  and  upon 
such  payment  or  deposit,  said  property  shall  become  the 


175 

property  of  the  petitioner.  The  expenses  and  costs  of  said 
hearing,  including  a  reasonable  compensation  for  the  mem- 
bers of  the  committee,  shall  in  the  case  of  the  armory  com- 
mission be  audited,  allowed  and  paid  by  said  commission; 
in  the  case  of  a  state  institution  by  said  trustees  or  direc- 
tors;  and  in  all  other  cases  shall  be  taxed  by  the  court  or 
judge,  and  paid  by  the  town,  school  district  or  county, 
as  the  case  may  be. 

Sec  442  Power  of  legislature  to  delesate  determination  of  necessity  to 
subordinate  bodies  86  C  157  Necessity  means  a  reasonable  necessity  86  C  361 
When  application  may  be  made  to  judge  85  C  602  Notice  of  application;  should 
describe  property  with  certainty  86  C  361  Prayer  for  relief  87  C  199  When 
motion  to  dismiss  application  lies  72  C  692  Appeal  from  appointment  of  ap- 
praisers 75  C  237;  id  325;  78  C  1;  85  C  663  Necessity  of  hndmg  a  failure 
to  agree  69  C  438;  72  C  492;  80  C  38;  85  C  604;  see  86  C  653  Proceedings 
before  appraisers  and  on  report  74  C  452;  75  C  237;  76  C  565;  79  C  526;  ,rf  606; 
80  C  38;  82  C  460  Just  compensation  75  C  23»;  76  C  435;  82  C  378;  td  460 
Interest  on  award  72  C  277;  75  C  239;  82  C  51;  .d,  379;  see  84  C  122;  85  C 
552  Judgment  accepting  report  not  to  direct  payment  of  damages  when  7bJ^  inv 
Injunction  to  restrain  taking  of  land  til!  compensation  is  made  .0  C  616;  see 
82  C  157     See  notes  to  Const  Conn,  Art  I,  Sec  11;   Sec  3682;  Chap  19. 

Chapter  XLII 

State   Board   of   Education 
Appointed  by  the  Governor 

Walter  D.  Hood  of  Winchester 
John  G.  Talcott  of  Vernon 
Charles  L.  Torrey  of  Putnam 

to  serve  until  July  1,  1923 

Julian  W.  Curtis  of  Greenwich 
Henry  A.  Tirrell  of  Norwich 
Frederick  M.  Adler  of  New  Haven 

to  serve   until   July   1,   1925 

Frederick  S.  Jones  of  New  Haven 
William  A.  Shanklin  of  Middletown 
Charles  L.  Ames  of  Hartford 

to  serve  until  July  1,  1927 


176 

Chapter  XLIII 
Special  acts  relating  to  towns  or  districts 

Ansonia 
Special  act  441,  1901,  page  1046,  as  amended  by  special  act  302,  1905, 

page  737 

§  60  The  territorial  limits  of  said  city  as  therein  described  shall 
hereafter  be,  as  they  now  are,  one  school  district. 

An  act  amending  the  charter  of  the  city  of  Ansonia 
Special  acts  of  1919,  page  123 

§  51  Section  fifty-one  of  an  act  revising  the  charter  of  the  city  of 
Ansonia,  approved  June  13,  1901,  is  amended  to  read  as  follows: 
There  shall  be  in  said  city  a  department  of  education  which  shall 
have  the  care,  management  and  control  of  all  the  schools  located 
in  said  city,  except  The  Charles  H.  Pine  Manual  Training  School. 

§  2  There  shall  be  a  commission  in  said  city  which  shall  have 
charge  and  management  of  The  Charles  H.  Pine  Manual  Training 
School,  which  commission  shall  be  a  special  branch  of  the  board  of 
education  whose  powers  and  duties  shall  be  especially  limited  to 
matters  pertaining  to  The  Charles  H.  Pine  Manual  Training  School. 

§  3  Said  commission  shall  be  composed  of  nine  members,  who 
shall  be  residents  of  Ansonia,  and  shall  be  known  as  The  Charles  H. 
Pine  Manual  Training  School  commission;  one  of  said  members  shall 
be  appointed  by  the  trustee  of  the  trust  fund  of  two  hundred  and  fifty 
thousand  dollars  created  by  the  will  of  Charles  H.  Pine,  deceased, 
which  provides  for  building  and  maintaining  said  school ;  the  superin- 
tendent of  the  public  schools  shall  be  ex  officio  a  member  of  said  com- 
mission and  there  shall  be  nominated  by  the  mayor  and  confirmed  by 
the  board  of  aldermen  as  provided  by  the  charter  three  members  of  the 
board  of  education;  two  officials  or  managers  of  industrial  concerns; 
and  two  employees  of  industrial  concerns,  skilled  in  some  classified 
trade  taught  in  the  trade  school.  Said  member  appointed  by  said 
trustee  and  said  members  nominated  by  the  mayor  and  confirmed  by 
the  board  of  aldermen  shall  hold  office  for  the  term  of  three  years 
from  the  first  day  of  January  succeeding  their  appointment  and  until 
their  successors  are  duly  elected  and  qualified. 

§  4  Said  appointments  shall  be  made  in  such  manner  as  to  divide 
said  commission  as  nearly  as  possible  equally  between  the  two  leading 
political  parties. 

§  5  The  members  of  said  commission  shall  receive  no  compensa- 
tion for  their  services,  except  the  clerk  who  shall  receive  such  compen- 
sation as  said  commission  may  determine. 

§  6  Said  commission  shall  hold  regular  meetings  every  month,  and 
such  special  meetings  from  time  to  time  as  it  may  appoint  or  the 
mayor  may  call.     Said  meetings  shall  be  open  to  the  public. 


177 

§  7  Said  commission  shall,  at  the  first  meeting  after  its  appoint- 
ment and  annually  thereafter,  elect  from  its  number  a  president,  who 
shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  said  commission,  except  when  the 
mayor  shall  be  present.  It  shall  also  appoint  from  its  number  a  clerk, 
who  shall  keep  a  record  in  a  book  for  that  purpose  of  all  votes  and 
acts  and  transactions  of  said  commission,  and  shall  perform  any  and 
all  other  duties  imposed  upon  him  by  said  commission. 

§  8  Said  commission  shall  appoint  a  superintendent  of  said  manual 
training  school,  and  such  number  of  assistants  and  teachers  as  it 
may  decide  to  be  necessary  from  time  to  time,  and  it  shall  fix  their 
salaries,  prescribe  the  term  of  their  office,  and  their  duties  in  each  case. 

§  9  Said  commission  shall  have  charge  and  management  of  con- 
ducting said  manual  training  school  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and 
intent  of  said  trust,  and  shall  have  full  power  and  authority  to  act  for 
and  in  behalf  of  said  city  of  Ansonia  in  co-operating  and  advising  with 
said  trustee  in  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  procuring  of  a  site  for 
said  manual  training  school ;  the  erection  of  a  building  or  buildings 
thereon,  and  the  furnishing  of  such  building  or  buildings  with  proper 
and  sufficient  equipment  for  the  proper  use  and  conduct  of  said  manual 
training  school;  and  shall  have  all  the  powers  and  be  subject  to  all  the 
general  duties  of  school  committees  and  school  visitors  in  this  state  so 
far  as  the  same  are  consistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  act  and  so 
far  as  the  same  may  be  applicable  to  manual  training  schools.  It  sliall 
make  its  own  by-laws,  define  the  duties  of  its  officers  and  committees 
and  prescribe  such  rules  and  regulations  for  discipline  in  said  manual 
training  school  as  are  not  inconsistent  with  the  laws  of  this  state. 

§  10  At  all  meetings  of  said  commission  five  members  shall  con- 
stitute a  quorum  and  the  concurrence  of  five  votes  shall  be  necessary 
for  the  transaction  of  business. 

§  11  Said  commission  shall,  annually  at  the  end  of  each  fiscal  year, 
transmit  to  the  mayor  a  full  report  of  its  proceedings  during  said 
year,  together  with  a  statement  showing  the  total  amount  of  money  re- 
ceived and  expended  for  conducting  and  maintaining  said  manual 
training  school. 

§  52  Said  department  shall  be  under  the  control  of  nine  members, 
who  shall  be  known  as  the  board  of  education,  and  who  shall  be 
nominated  by  the  mayor  and  confirmed  by  the  board  of  aldermen  as 
provided  for  in  section  three  of  this  act. 

§  53  The  members  of  said  board  shall  receive  no  compensation 
for  their  services,  except  the  clerk  thereof,  who  shall  receive  such 
compensation  as  said  board  may  determine. 

§  54  Said  board  shall  hold  regular  meetings  every  month,  and 
such  special  meetings  from  time  to  time  as  it  may  appoint  or  the  mayor 
may  call. 

§  65  Said  board  shall,  at  its  first  meeting  after  its  appointment 
and  annually  thereafter,  elect  from  its  number  a  president,  who  shall 
preside  at  all  meetings  of  said  board,  except  when  the  mayor  shall  be 

12 


178 

present.  It  shall  also  appoint  from  its  number  a  clerk,  who  shall  keep 
a  record  in  a  book  for  that  purpose  of  all  votes,  acts  and  transactions 
of  said  board,  and  shall  perform  any  and  all  other  duties  imposed 
upon  him  by  said  board  or  by  the  provisions  of  this  act.  Said  board 
shall  elect  one  or  more  suitable  persons  truant  officers,  to  act  as  such 
in  enforcing  the  general  statutes  regarding  school  attendance. 

§  56  Said  board  of  education  shall  appoint  a  superintendent  of 
schools  and  such  number  of  assistants,  principals,  and  teachers  as  it 
may  decide  to  be  necessary  from  time  to  time,  and  it  shall  fix  their 
salaries,  prescribe  the  terms  of  their  office,  and  their  duties,  in  each 
case.  The  superintendent  and  teachers  and  other  persons  employed 
by  the  present  board  of  education  of  said  city  shall  retain  their  re- 
spective positions  until  their  successors  shall  be  chosen  and  duly 
qualified,  and  the  rules  and  regulations  now  in  force  shall  remain  in 
full  force  until  repealed  or  otherwise  changed. 

§  57  Said  board  of  education  shall  have  the  entire  charge  and 
direction  of  all  the  public  schools  in  said  city  and  of  the  expenditure  , 
of  all  moneys  appropriated  for  the  support  of  the  same,  and  shall  keep 
all  the  school  buildings  and  apparatus  used  therein  in  good  condition 
and  repair,  and  shall  have  and  possess  all  the  powers  and  be  subject 
to  all  the  general  duties  of  boards  of  education,  school  committees,  and 
school  visitors  in  this  state,  so  far  as  the  same  are  consistent  with  the 
provisions  of  this  act.  It  shall  make  its  own  by-laws,  define  the  duties 
of  its  officers  and  committees,  and  prescribe  such  rules  and  regula- 
tions for  discipline  in  said  public  schools  as  are  not  inconsistent  with 
the  laws  of  this  state  or  this  act. 

§  58  Said  board  of  education  shall,  during  the  month  of  September 
in  each  year,  submit  to  the  board  of  aldermen  of  said  city  a  detailed 
estimate  of  the  expenses  for  the  support  of  said  schools  during  the 
ensuing  year  for  which  appropriation  shall  be  made,  specifying  so  far 
as  possible  the  items  of  such  expense. 

§  69  Said  board  of  education  shall,  annually  at  the  end  of  each 
fiscal  year,  transmit  to  the  mayor  a  full  report  of  its  proceedings  dur- 
ing said  year,  together  with  a  statement  showing  the  total  amount  of 
money  received  and  expended  for  the  support  of  said  schools. 

§  60  Said  board  of  education  shall  monthly  send  to  the  city  clerk 
a  detailed  statement  of  the  expenses  incurred  during  the  preceding 
month,  and  thereupon  said  clerk  shall  draw  an  order  upon  the  city 
treasurer  to  pay  the  amount  of  such  expenses. 

Library 

Special  acts  of  1911  page  102 

Section  seventy-eight  of  an  act  revising  the  charter  of  the  city  of 
Ansonia,  approved  June  13,  1901,  as  amended  by  section  twenty-three 
of  an  act  amending  the  charter  of  said  city,  approved  June  13,  1905, 
is   hereby   amended  by   striking  out  all   of  said   section,  commencing 


179 

with  the  words  "The  remaining"  in  line  fourteen,  and  ending  with  the 
words  "Caroline  Phelps  Stokes"  in  line  twenty,  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  the  following:  "The  remaining  three  of  said  directors  may 
be  non-residents,  and  shall  be  appointed  in  the  month  of  December, 
1911,  and  in  the  month  of  December  triennially  thereafter,  by  Olivia 
E.  P.  Stokes  of  New  York  city  and  Anson  Phelps  Stokes,  Jr.,  of  New 
Haven,  and  by  the  survivor  of  them;  and  said  Olivia  E.  P.  Stokes  or 
Anson  Phelps  Stokes,  Jr.,  or  both,  may,  in  their  discretion,  act  as  such 
directors;  and  upon  the  death  of  said  survivor,  said  appointments  shall 
thereafter  be  made,  in  perpetuity,  by  the  president  or  acting  president 
ct  Yale  University  of  New  Haven.  Said  three  directors  so  appointed 
shall  hold  office  for  three  years  from  the  first  day  of  January  next 
following  their  appointment,  and  until  their  successors  are  appointed ; 
and  in  the  case  of  a  vacancy,  including  any  vacancy  in  the  group  of 
three  directors  originally  provided  to  be  appointed  under  the  provisions 
of  the  deed  of  gift  of  Caroline  Phelps  Stokes,  and  any  vacancy  arising 
by  failure  to  exercise  said  appointing  power  in  the  month  of  December, 
as  above  provided,  said  appointing  power  may,  at  any  time,  fill  the 
vacancy  for  the  unexpired  term.  Such  appointment  shall  be  in  writ- 
ing, lodged  with  the  city  clerk  of  the  city  of  Ansonia";  by  striking  out, 
in  lines  twenty-four,  twenty-five,  and  twenty-six,  of  said  section  the 
words  "and  shall  approve  and  appoint  one  of  said  group  of  three 
directors,  which  latter  shall  be  selected  as  provided  by  said  deed  of 
gift,"  by  striking  out,  in  line  twenty-seven,  the  word  "board"  and  in- 
serting in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "group  of  six  directors",  and  by 
striking  out  the  figures  "1905"  in  line  twent>'-one  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  the  figures  "1911",  so  that  said  section  as  amended  shall  read 
as  follows :  There  shall  be  in  said  city  a  department  of  the  public 
library,  which  shall  be  under  the  management  and  control  of  a  board 
of  nine  library  directors,  who  shall  serve  without  pay.  Said  board 
of  directors  shall  have  charge  of  all  property  of  said  city  used  for  the 
purposes  of  said  library,  and  shall  direct  the  expenditures  of  all 
money  placed  at  its  disposal  by  the  city,  from  whatever  source  derived, 
and  of  all  money  and  property  which  may  be  donated  by  private  in- 
dividuals to  said  library.  The  members  of  the  board  of  library  direc- 
tors, holding  office  by  appointment  under  the  provisions  of  the  deed  of 
gift  from  Caroline  Phelps  Stokes,  when  this  act  takes  effect,  shall  con- 
tinue to  hold  their  respective  offices  until  their  successors  are  ap- 
pointed in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  act.  Six  of  said  nine 
directors  shall  be  electors  of  said  city  and  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
mayor  as  hereinafter  provided.  The  remaining  three  of  said  directors 
may  be  non-residents,  and  shall  be  appointed  in  the  month  of  Decem- 
ber, 1911,  and  in  the  month  of  December  triennially  thereafter,  by 
Olivia  E.  P.  Stokes  of  New  York  city,  and  Anson  Phelps  Stokes.  Jr.. 
of  New  Haven,  and  by  the  survivor  of  them,  and  said  Olivia  E.  P. 
Stokes  or  Anson  Phelps  Stokes,  Jr.,  or  both,  may.  in  their  discretion, 
act  as  such  directors;  and  upon  the  death  of  said  survivor,  said  ap- 


180 

pointments  shall  thereafter  be  made  in  perpetuity,  by  the  president  or 
acting  president  of  Yale  University  of  New  Haven.  Said  three  direc- 
tors so  appointed  shall  hold  office  for  three  years  from  the  first  day  of 
January  next  following  their  appointment  and  until  their  successors 
are  appointed;  and  in  the  case  of  a  vacancy,  including  any  vacancy  in 
the  group  of  three  directors  originally  provided  to  be  appointed  under 
the  provisions  of  the  deed  of  gift  of  Caroline  Phelps  Stokes,  and 
any  vacancy  arising  by  failure  to  exercise  said  appointing  power  in 
the  month  of  December,  as  above  provided,  said  appointing  power  may, 
at  any  time,  fill  the  vacancy  for  the  unexpired  term.  Such  appoint- 
ment shall  be  in  writing,  lodged  with  the  city  clerk  of  the  city  of  An- 
sonia.  In  the  month  of  December,  1911,  and  annually  thereafter  in  the 
month  of  December,  the  mayor  shall  appoint  two  directors  to  hold 
office  for  three  years  from  the  first  day  of  January  next  following  and 
until  their  successors  are  appointed  and  confirmed  as  provided  for 
in  section  nine  of  this  charter,  who  shall  belong  to  said  group  of 
six  directors.  The  mayor  shall  fill  any  vacancy  in  said  group  of 
six  directors  caused  by  death,  resignation,  removal,  or  otherwise,  for 
the  unexpired  term,  as  provided  for  in  section  nine  of  this  charter. 

Branford 
Special  acts  of  1919,  page  307 

An  act  creating  a  department  of  finance  in  the  town  of  Branford. 

Bethel 
An  act  creating  a  board  of  finance  in  the  town  of  Bethel. 
Special  acts  of  1917,  page  813 

Bridgeport 

Library 

Public  acts  of  1909  chapter  67 

§  1  Section  4639  of  the  general  statutes  is  hereby  amended  by 
adding  at  the  end  of  said  section  the  following:  "In  the  city  of  Bridge- 
port the  present  directors  of  the  public  library  and  reading  room  shall 
hold  office  for  the  respective  terms  for  which  they  were  appointed  and 
until  their  successors  shall  be  appointed  and  qualified.  The  directors 
of  said  public  library  and  reading  room  shall  have  power,  by  a  ma- 
jority vote,  to  appoint  suitable  persons,  selected  with  reference  to 
their  fitness  for  said  office,  to  fill  all  vacancies  which  may  arise  in  their 
number  by  reason  of  expiration  of  term  of  office,  or  any  other  cause. 
When  the  vacancy  arises  or  is  to  arise  from  expiration  of  term  of 
office,  the  appointment  shall  be  made  in  the  month  of  June  and  shall 
be  for  the  term  of  three  years  from  the  first  day  of  July  next  succeed- 
ing their  appointment;  when  the  vacancy  arises  from  any  cause  other 


181 

than  the  expiration  of  the  term  of  office,  the  appointment  shall  be  for 
the  unexpired  term.  Every  director  appointed  shall  hold  his  office 
until  his  successor  is  appointed  and  qualified,  but  every  appointment 
made  by  the  directors  shall  be  with  the  approval  of  the  common  coun- 
cil of  said  city  of  Bridgeport.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  secretary 
of  the  board  of  directors  to  give  written  notice  to  the  common  council 
of  said  city  of  such  appointments.  The  public  library  and  reading 
room  of  said  Bridgeport  shall  continue  to  be  known  as  the  Bridge- 
port Public  Library  and  Reading  Room,"  so  that  said  section  as 
amended  shall  read  as  follows :  When  any  city  council  shall  have  de- 
cided to  establish  and  maintain  a  public  library  and  reading  room 
under  the  authority  granted  by  section  4638,  the  mayor  of  such  city 
shall,  with  the  approval  of  said  council,  appoint  a  board  of  nine  direc- 
tors for  the  same,  chosen  with  reference  to  their  fitness  for  such  office; 
and  not  more  than  one  member  of  the  city  council  shall  be  a  member 
of  said  board.  In  the  city  of  Bridgeport  the  present  directors  of  the 
public  library  and  reading  room  shall  hold  office  for  the  respective 
terms  for  which  they  were  appointed  and  until  their  successors  shall 
be  appointed  and  qualified.  The  directors  of  said  public  library  and 
reading  room  shall  have  power,  by  a  majority  vote,  to  appoint  suitable 
persons,  selected  with  reference  to  their  fitness  for  said  affice,  to  fill 
all  vacancies  which  may  arise  in  their  number  by  reason  of  expiration 
of  term  of  office,  or  any  other  cause.  When  the  vacancy  arises  or  is 
to  arise  from  expiration  of  term  of  office,  the  appointment  shall  be 
made  in  the  month  of  June  and  shall  be  for  the  term  of  three  years 
from  the  first  day  of  July  next  succeeding  their  appointment  when 
the  vacancy  arises  from  any  other  cause  than  the  expiration  of  the 
term  of  office,  the  appointment  shall  be  for  the  unexpired  term.  Every 
director  appointed  shall  hold  his  office  until  his  successor  is  appointed 
and  qualified,  but  every  appointment  made  by  the  directors  shall  be 
with  the  approval  of  the  common  council  of  said  city  of  Bridgeport. 
It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  secretary  of  the  board  of  directors  to  give 
written  notice  to  the  common  council  of  said  city  of  such  appointments. 
The  public  library  and  reading  room  of  said  Bridgeport  shall  continue 
to  be  known  as  the  Bridgeport  Public  Library  and  Reading  Room. 

An  act  concerning  the  Public  Library  and  Reading  Room  in  the  City 

of  Bridgeport 
Special  acts  of  1921,  page  410 

All  moneys  collected  as  penalties  by  the  directors  of  the  public 
library  and  reading  room  in  the  city  of  Bridgeport  for  violation  of  the 
rules  and  regulations  adopted  by  the  directors  for  the  government  of 
the  library  and  reading  room,  and  all  fines  and  penalties  which  may 
be  imposed  upon  any  person  for  the  violation  of  any  city  ordinance 
relative  to  the  use  and  government  of  said  public  library  and  reading 


182 

room,  shall  be  placed  in  the  treasury  of  said  city,  to  the  credit  of  the 
"Library  Fund"  and  shall  be  expended  by  said  directors  in  the  same 
manner  as  other  moneys  credited  to  said  library  fund.  Any  expendi- 
ture of  such  money  for  the  benefit  of  said  library  and  reading  room 
heretofore  made  by  said  directors  is  validated. 

Schools 

Special  acts  of  1907,  pages  495,  500  and  527;  and  also  special  acts  of 
1921,  pages  664  and  665 

§  4  All  burdens  and  all  expenses  imposed  by  law  upon  the  town 
of  Bridgeport  for  the  support  of  schools  and  for  the  construction  and 
maintenance  of  schoolhouses  shall  hereafter  be  borne  by  said  city  and 
shall  be  defrayed  out  of  the  treasury  of  said  city  and  said  city  shall 
hereafter  perform  all  the  duties  and  have  and  exercise  all  the  rights, 
powers,  and  privileges  of  and  relative  to  said  purposes  and  matters 
by  law  conferred  upon  said  town,  and  all  laws  of  the  state  imposing 
such  duties,  burdens,  and  expenses,  and  conferring  such  rights,  powers, 
and  privileges  upon  said  towns,  are  hereby  amended  so  as  to  be  here- 
after applicable  to  and  operative  upon  said  city,  except  as  is  herein 
otherwise  provided. 

§  83  The  city  shall  continue  to  be  a  consolidated  school  district; 
and  it  shall  be  in  place  of  the  town  of  Bridgeport  in  all  duties,  powers, 
obligations,  and  other  matters  required  by  law  of  or  by  the  town  in 
all  matters  concerning  education ;  and  it  shall  act  instead  of  the  town. 
All  the  powers,  obligations,  duties,  rights,  and  property  of  the  town, 
whether  as  a  town  or  as  a  consolidated  school  district,  shall  continue 
to  be  vested  in  and  belong  to  the  city. 

§  86  The  board  of  apportionment  and  taxation  shall  appropriate 
a  sufficient  sum  annually  to  enable  the  board  of  education  to  supply 
the  public  schools  of  said  Bridgeport  below  the  high  school  grade  with 
free  text-books  and  supplies,  which  sum  shall  not  be  less  than  one 
and  one-quarter  dollars  per  pupil  in  average  daily  attendance  for  the 
school  year  ending  July  first  next  preceding,  according  to  the  records 
of  the  board  of  education  of  said  Bridgeport.  Nothing  in  this  reso- 
lution shall  be  construed  to  prevent  any  child,  parent,  or  guardian  from 
purchasing,  at  his  own  expense,  text-books  for  use  of  pupils  in  the 
public  schools,  which  text-books  shall  be  provided  at  cost  by  the  board 
of  education  of  Bridgeport. 

Authorizing  the   city  of  Bridgeport  to  issue   school  bonds 

Special  acts   1911,  page  427 

An  act  authorizing  the  city  of  Bridgeport  to  borrow  money  on  serial 

notes 
Special  acts,  1913,  page  955 

§  4  The  board  of  education  of  said  city  is  hereby  authorized  in 
legal  meeting  assembled,  by  vote  of  a  majority  of  all  the  members  of 


183 

said  body,  to  borrow,  on  the  credit  of  said  city,  an  amount  not  exceed- 
ing two  hundred  thousand  dollars  for  school  buildings,  and  to  issue 
notes  therefor  in  the  name  of  the  city.  Such  money  shall  be  used  for 
the  erection  of  new  school  buildings,  as  said  board  of  education  may 
determine.  Said  notes  shall  be  so  made  and  issued  that  the  money  so 
borrowed  shall  be  paid  by  the  city  within  fifteen  years  from  the  date 
of  the  issue  of  the  first  note,  in  equal  annual  payments.  Said  notes 
shall  bear  interest  at  such  rate,  not  exceeding  four  and  one-half  per 
centum  per  annum,  payable  semi-annually,  as  may  be  determined  by 
said  board  of  education,  and  shall  be  signed  by  the  president  of  the 
board  of  education,  and  the  treasurer  and  auditor  of  the  city.  The 
provisions  of  this  section  shall  not  authorize  said  city  to  issue  more 
than  one  series  of  notes  for  school  buildings,  and  the  total  amount 
thereof  shall  not  exceed  two  hundred  thousand  dollars. 

An   act  amending  the  charter  of  the   city  of  Bridgeport 

Board  of  Apportionment  and  Taxation 

Special  acts   1915,  page  177 

Whenever  an  appropriation  is  made  by  said  board,  in  the  manner 
hereinbefore  provided,  for  the  construction  of  schoolhouses,  equipment 
of  schoolhouses,  and  purchase  of  land  for  school  purposes  or  for  the 
construction  of  bridges,  the  sums  so  appropriated  and  such  sums  as 
have  been  appropriated  for  either  of  said  purposes  and  not  expended 
shall  be  placed  to  credit  of  accounts  to  be  called  school  account  and 
bridge  account,  respectively,  and  may,  from  time  to  time,  be  expended 
for  the  purposes  for  which  such  appropriations  were  made,  except 
when  transferred  or  rescinded  as  hereinafter  provided.  The  unex- 
pended appropriations  for  the  construction  of  schoolhouses,  equipment 
of  schoolhouses,  purchase  of  land  for  school  purposes,  and  construc- 
tin  of  bridges  shall  not  be  covered  back  into  the  treasury  at  the  expir- 
ation of  the  fiscal  year,  but  shall  be  retained  to  the  credit  of  said 
accounts  for  said  purposes. 

§  13  At  the  city  meeting  in  November,  1921,  there  shall  be  no 
election  of  members  of  the  board  of  education  to  fill  the  vacancies  of 
the  four  members  of  the  present  board  of  education  whose  terms  ex- 
pire on  the  Monday  next  succeeding  said  city  meeting,  and  until  the 
city  meeting  in  November,  1922,  said  board  shall  consist  of  eight 
members  who  shall  exercise  all  powers  conferred  upon  the  board  of 
education.  At  the  city  meeting  in  November,  1922,  there  shall  be 
elected  by  ballot  from  the  city  at  large,  two  members  of  the  board  of 
education  who  shall  be  officers  of  the  city  and  who  shall  hold  their 
respective  offices  for  the  term  of  two  years  from  the  Monday  next 
succeeding  their  election.  At  the  city  meeting  in  November,  1923, 
there  shall  be  similarly  elected,  two  members  of  the  board  of  educa- 
tion who  shall  be  officers  of  the  city  and  shall  hold  their  respective 


184 

offices  for  the  term  of  two  years  from  the  Monday  next  succeeding 
their  election,  and  two  other  members  of  the  board  of  education  who 
shall  be  officers  of  the  city  and  hold  their  respective  offices  for  three 
years  from  the  Monday  next  succeeding  their  election ;  and  annually 
thereafter,  there  shall  be  similarly  elected,  two  members  of  the  board 
of  education  who  shall  be  officers  of  the  city  and  who  shall  hold 
their  respective  offices  for  the  term  of  three  years  from  the  Monday 
next  succeeding  their  election.  From  and  after  the  Monday  next 
succeeding  the  city  meeting  in  November,  1922,  the  board  of  education 
shall  consist  of  six  members. 

§  15    At   every   election   for  members   of  the   board   of   education, 
except  the  election  at  the  city  meeting  held  in  November,  1923,  the 
two  candidates  receiving  the  highest  number  of  votes  shall  be  elected. 
At  the  city  meeting  in  November,  1923,  the  four  candidates  receiving 
the  highest  number  of  votes  shall  be  elected.     No  political  party  shall    J 
nominate  more  than  two  candidates  for  the  board  of  education,  except    ! 
that  for  the  election  at  the  city  meeting  in  November,  1923,  each  party    1 
may  nominate  four  candidates  for  the  board  of  education.    In  case  at    ' 
any  election,  there  shall  fail  to  be  a  choice  of  any  such  officer,  the 
city  meeting  shall  stand  adjourned  to  the  next  following  Monday  at 
the  same  hour  of  the  day  when  first  held,  and  the  election  of  such 
officers  shall  be  proceeded  with  in  the  same  manner  and  determined 
by  the  same  rule  as  the  election  on  said  first  day.     Should  any  vacancy 
occur  before  the  expiration   of  the  term  of  office  of  any  member  of 
said  board,  the  remaining  members  of  said  board  may  appoint  some 
person  belonging  to  the  same  political  party  to  fill  such  vacancy  for 
the  remainder  of  such  term. 

§  84  The  board  of  education  shall  have  all  the  powers  now  or 
hereafter  vested  in,  and  shall  perform  all  the  duties  now  or  hereafter 
imposed  by  law  on,  the  school  committee  and  selectmen  of  towns 
relative  to  school  and  educational  matters;  and  said  board  shall  have 
the  superintendence,  management  and  control  of  all  matters  concern- 
ing education,  schools  and  school  property,  and  the  power  of  fixing  or 
changing  the  sites  of  schoolhouses.  Said  board  shall  audit  and 
approve,  semi-monthly,  all  bills  for  the  ordinary  current  expenses  of 
its  department,  and  report  the  same  to  the  city  auditor,  who  shall 
thereupon  certify  whether  or  not  the  appropriation  is  sufficient  for 
the  payment  thereof,  and  if  sufficient  he  shall  so  certify  to  the  city 
treasurer,  and  thereupon  the  same  shall  become  due  and  payable.  The 
president  and  secretary  of  the  board  of  education  may  draw  upon 
said  treasurer  in  favor  of  the  persons  entitled  to  payment  thereof. 
The  police  commissioners  shall  assign  one  or  more  patrolmen  to  act  as 
truant  officers  in  enforcing  the  statutes  in  such  case  made  and  pro- 
vided. 


185 

An   act  authorizing  the   Purchase  of   Certain   Property   for   the 
Bridgeport  Trade  School 

Special  acts,  1915,  page  267 

Whenever  The  Bridgeport  Trade  Association,  a  corporation  organ- 
ized under  the  laws  of  this  state,  shall,  by  good  and  sufficient  bill 
ol  sale,  convey  and  deliver  to  the  state  all  the  machinery,  fixtures,  and 
other  personal  property  owned  by  said  The  Bridgeport  Trade  Asso- 
ciation and  located  and  contained  in  the  premises  occupied  by  the  state 
trade  school  in  Bridgeport,  the  state  board  of  education  is  hereby 
authorized  to  pay  to  said  The  Bridgeport  Trade  Association,  out  of 
the  funds  provided  by  law  for  support  of  trade  schools,  the  sum  of 
five  thousand  dollars,  in  payment  for  said  machinery,  fixtures,  and 
property. 

An  act  authorizing  the  City  of  Bridgeport  to  Issue  Bonds  and  other 

Evidences  of  Indebtedness 

Special  acts,  1917,  page  923 

An  act  authorizing  the  City  of  Bridgeport  to  Issue  Bonds 
Special  acts,  1921,  page  429 

An  act  amending  the  Charter  of  the  City  of  Bridgeport  Establishing 
a  Janitors  and  Engineers  Retirement  Fund 

Special  acts  of  1921,  pages  603,  604 

§  1  There  shall  be  in  the  city  of  Bridgeport  a  fund  known  as  the 
"Janitors  and  Engineers  Retirement  Fund"  for  the  benefit  of  janitors 
and  engineers  of  the  public  schools  of  the  city,  which  shall  consist  of 
moneys  received  from  the  following  sources :  (1)  All  bequests  or 
donations  made  to  the  fund  from  private  or  public  sources  for  the 
purposes  for  which  said  retirement  fund  is  established ;  (2)  the 
monthly  assessments  on  the  salaries  of  all  janitors  and  engineers,  not 
exceeding  one  and  one-half  per  centum  per  annum,  as  the  trustee  of 
said  retirement  fund  shall  from  time  to  time  determine;  provided  the 
amount  retained  from  any  salary  shall  not  exceed  thirty-two  dollars 
in  any  year. 

§  2  All  moneys  belonging  to  said  retirement  fund  shall  be  de- 
posited with  the  treasurer  of  the  city  of  Bridgeport,  but  the  direction, 
management  and  investment  of  said  fund  shall  be  under  the  charge 
of  the  board  of  education  who  shall  be  trustee  of  said  fund.  All 
orders  on  said  fund  shall  be  signed  by  the  secretary  of  the  board  of 
education,  and  countersigned  by  the  president  of  the  board  of  edu- 
cation. 


186 


§  3  From  said  retirement  fund  the  board  of  education,  as  such 
trustee,  by  a  majority  vote,  shall  from  time  to  time  appropriate  and 
cause  to  be  paid  such  sums  as  may  be  needed  for  the  purpose  of 
paying  the  pensions  herein  provided. 

§  4  The  board  of  education  may  retire  from  active  service  any 
janitor  or  engineer  who  has  been  continuously  in  the  service  of  the 
board  of  education  for  a  period  of  twenty-five  years  and  has  reached 
the  age  of  sixty  years.  The  board  of  education  may  likewise  retire 
any  janitor  or  engineer  who  shall  have  been  incapacitated  for  further 
service  while  in  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  his  employment. 

§  5  Whenever  any  janitor  or  engineer  shall  have  been  retired  as 
aforesaid,  he  shall  receive  from  said  retirement  fund  for  the  remainder 
of  his  life,  the  sum  of  six  hundred  dollars  per  year. 

§  6  Any  janitor  or  engineer  who  may  be  retired  and  who  has  not 
paid  into  such  fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  said  annual 
pension  of  six  hundred  dollars,  shall  receive  such  pension,  less  twenty 
per  centum  thereof,  which  deduction  shall  be  made  annually  until 
the  amount  of  such  deduction,  added  to  the  assessments  paid  by  such 
pensioner,  shall  have  amounted  to  six  hundred  dollars;  and  thereafter 
such  pensioner  shall  receive  the  full  amount  of  six  hundred  dollars 
per  annum. 

§  7  Whenever  the  employment  of  any  janitor  or  engineer  shall 
have  been  terminated,  prior  to  his  retirement,  for  any  cause  other 
than  his  own  wilful  neglect  of  duty,  such  janitor  or  engineer  shall  be 
entitled  to  receive  from  said  retirement  fund  the  amount  which  he 
has  contributed  thereto  by  his  assessments. 

§  8  No  retired  janitor  or  engineer  shall  have  the  right  to  pledge, 
assign,  transfer  or  create  and  charge  any  lien  upon  his  annual  pen- 
sion, nor  shall  it  be  subject  to  any  process  of  attachment,  nor  shall 
such  annual  pension  be  paid  to  any  person  except  such  retired  janitor 
or  engineer. 

§  9  All  janitors  or  engineers  employed  by  the  board  of  education, 
to  be  in  charge  of  the  school  buildings,  shall  receive  permanent 
appointment  and  shall  continue  in  such  employment  unless  removed  by 
the  board  of  education  for  cause.  Before  such  power  of  removal 
shall  be  exercised  the  board  of  education  shall  cause  such  janitor  or 
engineer  to  be  summoned  to  appear  and  show  cause  why  he  should  not 
be  dismissed  from  his  office,  which  summons,  with  a  copy  of  the 
charges  preferred  against  him  shall  be  left  with  him,  or  at  his  usual 
place  of  abode,  at  least  six  days  before  the  date  of  the  hearing.  Any 
such  janitor  or  engineer  so  removed  may  appeal  from  the  order  of 
removal  to  any  judge  of  the  superior  court,  which  appeal  shall  be 
made  returnable  not  less  than  three  days  nor  more  than  six  days 
from  the  date  of  dismissal,  and  shall  be  served  on  the  president  or 
secretary  of  said  board  of  education  at  least  two  days  before  the 
time  fixed  for  the  hearing  on  such  appeal;  and  such  judge,  having 
given  further  notice  as  may  be  deemed  necessary,  shall  forthwith  hear 


187 

such  case  de  novo,  and  shall  dismiss  or  retain  such  appellant  as  he 
may  deem  proper.  If  the  appellant  be  reinstated  by  the  court  he  shall 
receive  full  pay  from  the  date  he  was  dismissed  until  restored  to 
1  duty,  subject  to  the  assessments  hereinbefore  provided.  Nothing  herein 
contained  shall  give  any  right  of  appeal  from  the  action  of  the  board 
of  education  in  retiring  any  janitor  or  engineer  in  the  manner  here- 
inbefore provided. 

§  10  Said  board  of  education,  as  such  trustee,  shall  file  with  the 
auditor  of  the  city,  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  January  in  each  year, 
.1  statement  of  said  retirement  fund,  showing  the  amount  thereof,  and 
all  payments  and  disbursements  made  therefrom,  and  the  securities 
in  which  said  fund  has  been  invested. 

i  Bristol 

't 

\  An  act  consolidating  the  First  and  Eighth  School  Districts  of  Bristol 

I 

Special   acts   1921,  page  391 

§  1  All  that  part  of  the  town  of  Bristol  described  and  known  as 
the  Eighth  School  District,  with  the  inhabitants  residing  within  the 
limits  of  said  Eighth  School  District,  is  hereby  annexed  to  and  made  a 
part  of  the  First  School  District  in  said  town  of  Bristol. 

§  2  This  act  shall  not  take  effect  until  both  the  First  School  Dis- 
trict of  the  town  of  Bristol  and  the  Eighth  School  District  of  the  town 
of  Bristol  shall  have  accepted  the  provisions  of  this  act  at  school 
meetings  held  in  said  districts  for  the  purpose  of  accepting  or  reject- 
ing the  provisions  of  this  act. 

§  3  The  clerk  of  the  respective  districts  shall  certify  both  to  the 
secretary  of  the  state  and  to  the  town  clerk  of  the  town  of  Bristol 
the  result  of  the  action  of  his  district  on  this  proposition  and  if 
either  district  votes  to  reject  the  provisions  of  this  act,  no  further 
action  under  this  act  shall  be  taken  by  either  district. 

An  act  authorizing  the  Third  School  District  of  Bristol  to  Issue  Bonds 
Special  acts,  1921,  page  880 

.^n  act  authorizing  the  First  School  District  of  Bristol  to  Issue  Bonds 
Special   acts,  1921,  page  595 

Chatham  (East  Hampton) 

An  act  authorizing  the  town   of  Chatham   to  Issue   Bonds 

Special   acts,  1913,  page  835 


188 


Cromwell 

An  act  concerning  Children  Attending  Schools  in  the  Town  of  Crom- 
well from  the  Swedish  Orphan  Home 

Special  acts  of  1921,  page  1033 

An  act  concerning  children  attending  schools  in  the  town  of  Crom- 
well from  the  Swedish  Orphan  Home,  approved  June  18,  1903,  is 
amended  to  read  as  follows :  For  each  child  between  the  age  of  four 
and  sixteen  years  attending  the  public  schools  in  the  town  of  Crom- 
well, as  attested  by  the  legally  appointed  enumerator  of  said  town, 
from  the  Swedish  Orphan  Home  situated  in  said  town  of  Cromwell, 
the  sum  of  twenty-five  dollars  shall  be  due  and  payable  to  said  town 
from  the  state.  Said  sum  shall  be  payable  under  the  same  conditions 
as  provided  in  section  1030  of  the  general  statutes. 

Danbury 

Special  acts  of  1905,  page  1070,  as  amended  by  specia4  acts  of  1907, 

page  249  as  amended  by  special  act  1911,  pages  302-304 

On  the  first  Tuesday  of  September  in  each  year  the  board  of  finance 
shall  hold  a  meeting,  and  at  said  meeting  the  town  school  committee 
shall  submit  estimates  of  the  moneys  necessary  to  be  appropriated  for 
the  maintenance  of  the  schools  of  said  town  of  Danbury  for  the  year 
next  ensuing,  beginning  the  fifteenth  day  of  September  in  each  year, 
and  shall  at  the  same  time  submit  to  said  board  of  finance  a  statement 
of  the  expenditures  of  said  town  school  committee  for  the  preceding 
year,  and  the  board  of  selectmen  at  said  meeting  shall  submit  esti- 
mates of  the  moneys  necessary  to  be  appropriated  for  all  other  ex- 
penses in  said  town  of  Danbury  for  the  year  next  ensuing,  beginning 
the  fifteenth  day  of  September  in  each  year;  said  estimates  shall  be 
published  once  in  a  newspaper  published  in  said  town  of  Danbury,  at 
least  five  days  before  said  meeting  Said  board,  of  finance  may  ad- 
journ said  meeting  from  time  to  time,  and  at  said  meeting,  or  any 
adjournment  thereof,  shall  make  appropriations  for  the  expenses  of 
said  town  of  Danbury  as  aforesaid,  for  the  year  next  ensuing,  begin- 
ning the  fifteenth  day  of  September  in  each  year;  and  said  board, 
at  its  discretion,  may  make  appropriations  for  paying  off  any  part  of 
the  debt  of  said  town,  and  also  to  provide  a  fund  for  any  public  im- 
provement, and  shall  classify  said  appropriations  under  proper  heads. 
At  said  meeting  and  at  all  adjournments  thereof  said  board  of  finance 
shall  hear  all  parties  who  may  desire  to  be  heard  relative  to  any  of 
said  estimates.  Said  appropriations  made  by  said  board  shall  be 
filed  in  the  town  clerk's  office  in  the  town  of  Danbury  on  or  before  the 
last  Monday  of  September  next  ensuing,  and  shall  be  published  once 
in  a  newspaper  published  in  said  town,  on  or  before  said  last  Monday 


189 

of  September,  but  said  appropriations  made  by  said  board  shall  be 
submitted  by  the  board  of  selectmen  to  the  annual  town  meeting  next 
to  be  held  in  said  town  of  Danbury,  or  to  a  special  town  meeting  to 
be  called  by  the  selectmen  during  the  month  of  October  in  any  year 
when  there  shall  be  no  annual  town  meeting.  Said  annual  or  special 
town  meeting  as  aforesaid,  shall  have  power  to  decrease  the  appro- 
priations or  any  item  thereof,  but  in  no  case  shall  it  have  power  to 
increase  the  appropriations  or  any  item  thereof.  The  appropriations 
so  recommended  shall  be  the  appropriations  of  the  town  of  Danbury 
for  the  ensuing  year  beginning  September  fifteenth  as  aforesaid,  un- 
less said  appropriations  be  decreased  by  said  annual  or  special  town 
I  meeting  as  aforesaid,  in  which  case  the  action  of  said  town  meeting 
shall  be  final.  On  or  before  the  second  Saturday  of  March  next 
\  ensuing,  said  board  of  finance  shall  determine  the  tax  rate,  which  shall 
I  be  laid  on  the  grand  list  of  said  town  then  last  completed,  which  with 
f  the  other  estimated  income  of  the  town  shall  be  sufficient  to  meet  the 
I  appropriations  of  the  town  for  the  year  beginning  September  fifteenth 
i  as  aforesaid,  and  may  fix  the  time  when  such  tax  shall  become  due  and 
I  payable.  Said  rate  of  taxation  fixed  by  said  board  shall  be  filed  in 
the  town  clerk's  of!ice  in  the  town  of  Danbury  on  or  before  said 
second  Saturday  of  March,  and  shall  be  published,  together  with  the 
appropriations  made  by  said  board,  once  in  a  newspaper  published 
in  said  town,  on  or  before  said  second  Saturday  of  March.  The  rate 
of  taxation  so  determined,  shall  be  submitted  by  the  board  of  select- 
men, to  a  special  town  meeting  which  shall  be  called  by  the  select- 
men, and  shall  be  held  on  the  third  Saturday  of  March  next  ensuing. 
Said  special  town  meeting,  called  as  aforesaid,  shall  have  power  to 
decrease  the  rate  of  taxation  fixed  by  said  board  of  finance,  but  in 
no  case  shall  it  have  power  to  increase  the  rate  of  taxation,  or  to 
decrease  the  rate  of  taxation  so  as  to  create  a  deficiency.  The  rate 
of  taxation  reported  by  said  board  shall  be  final  for  the  ensuing  year 
beginning  September  fifteenth  as  aforesaid,  unless  said  rate  of  taxa- 
tion be  decreased  by  said  special  town  meeting,  in  which  case  the 
action  of  said  special  town  meeting  shall  be  final.  The  total  amount 
of  appropriations  for  any  one  year  shall  not  exceed  the  estimated 
income  for  that  year,  nor  shall  any  board  of  selectmen,  or  town  school 
committee  of  said  town,  nor  the  town,  in  any  special  meeting,  vote  to 
incur  any  liability  or  expense,  by  contract  or  otherwise,  for  which 
said  town  shall  be  responsible,  in  excess  of  the  appropriations  esti- 
mated by  said  board. 

Library 

Special  acts  1911,  page  434 

That  section  two  of  the  resolution  incorporating  a  public  library 
in  the  borough  of  Danbury,  approved  June  5,  1869,  is  hereby  amended 
by  striking  out  all  of  said  section  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the 
following:   "Charles   H.   Merritt,  John  Tweedy,   Alfred   N.   Wildman, 


190 


Howard  B.  Scott,  George  W.  Merritt,  Harry  C.  Meserve,  Charles  H. 
Merritt,  Jr.,  and  J.  Moss  Ives,  all  of  Danbury,  and  Granville  M.  White 
and  Edmund  Tweedy  of  New  York,  are  hereby  appointed  and  con- 
firmed as  trustees  of  said  Danbury  library;  and  in  a  case  of  a  vacancy 
hereafter  occurring  by  reason  of  death,  resignation,  or  removal  of 
any  of  said  trustees,  the  surviving  or  remaining  trustees  may  fill  such 
vacancy,  except  that  the  first  three  vacancies  occuring  shall  not  be 
filled  so  that  the  board  of  trustees  shall  thereafter  consist  of  seven 
members  and  the  four  additional  members  hereinafter  provided  for. 
The  mayor  of  the  city  of  Danbury,  the  first  selectman  of  the  town  of 
Danbury,  the  superintendent  of  the  public  schools  of  Danbury,  and 
the  principal  of  the  state  normal  school  in  Danbury  shall,  at  all  times, 
be  ex  officio,  members  of  said  board  of  trustees." 

Special   acts  1911,  page  608 

That  the  town  of  Danbury  and  the  city  of  Danbury  are  hereby 
authorized  to  appropriate  money  for  the  support  and  maintenance  of 
the  Danbury  Public  Library. 

An  act  authorizing  the  Town  of  Danbury  to  Issue  School  Bonds 
Special  acts  of  1921,  page  685 

Darien 
Special  acts,  1911,  pages  109-112 

Board  of  Finance 

An  act  authorizing  the  Town  of  Darien  to  Issue  School  Bonds 
Special  acts   1917,  page  796 

Derby 

Elections 

Special  acts  1921,  pages  755-804 

§  6  A  city  election  for  the  election  of  officers  of  said  city  shall 
be  held  on  the  Tuesday  after  the  First  Monday  of  November,  1922, 
and  biennially  thereafter,  in  the  several  wards  of  said  city,  at  which 
time  the  electors  of  said  city  by  a  plurality  of  the  ballots  cast  shall 
elect  a  mayor,  a  treasurer,  a  town  clerk,  a  chairman  of  the  board  of 
education,  two  selectmen,  two  city  sheriffs,  two  auditors,  two  regis- 
trars and  a  board  of  apportionment  and  taxation  composed  of  ten 
members.  At  said  elections  the  electors  of  each  ward  shall  by  a 
plurality  of  the  ballots  cast  elect  two  aldermen  from  the  two  politi- 
cal  parties   in  such  ward  casting  the  greatest  number  of  ballots  for 


191 


such  officer.  The  selectmen,  city  sheriffs,  auditors,  registrars  and 
board  of  apportionment  and  taxation  shall  be  elected  from  the  two 
political  parties  casting  the  greatest  number  of  ballots  for  such  offi- 
cers, respectively,  and  each,  including  members  of  the  board  of  alder- 
men, shall  hold  office  for  two  years  from  the  first  Monday  of  Janu- 
ary next  succeeding  their  election  and  until  their  successors  are  duly 
elected  and  qualified,  excepting  members  of  the  board  of  apportion- 
ment and  taxation  who  shall  hold  office  for  the  term  of  two  years  from 
the  first  Monday  of  December  next  succeeding  their  election  and 
until  their  successors  are  duly  elected  and  qualified.  At  the  biennial 
election  held  in  November,  1922,  and  quadrennially  thereafter,  the 
electors  of  the  first  ward  shall  elect  two  members  of  the  board  of 
education  from  the  two  political  parties  in  said  ward  casting  the 
greatest  number  of  ballots  for  such  officers,  and  at  the  biennial  elec- 
tion held  in  November,  1924,  and  quadrennially  thereafter,  the  elec- 
tors of  the  second  and  third  wards  shall  respectively  elect  two  mem- 
bers of  the  board  of  education  from  the  two  political  parties  of  such 
wards  respectively  casting  the  greatest  number  of  ballots  for  such 
officers.  The  members  of  the  board  of  education  so  elected  shall 
hold  office  for  four  years  from  the  first  Monday  of  January  next  suc- 
ceeding their  election,  and  until  their  respective  successors  are  duly 
elected  and  qualified.  All  of  the  officers  described  above  shall  be 
voted  for  on  the  same  ballot,  and  no  elector  shall  vote  for  more  than 
one  selectman,  one  city  sheriff,  one  auditor,  one  registrar,  one  alder- 
man, one  member  of  the  board  of  education  and  five  members  of  the 
board  of  apportionment  and  taxation.  At  such  elections  the  polls  shall 
be  opened  at  six  o'clock  a.  m.  and  closed  at  the  hours  designated  for 
such  purposes  under  the  provisions  of  the  general  statutes,  and  the 
ballots  shall  be  cast,  received  and  counted  in  the  manner  provided  by 
law  for  the  casting,  receiving  and  counting  of  ballots  at  the  biennial 
state  election.  The  registry  list  used  at  such  meetings  shall  be  in  all 
respect  like  the  list  used  in  the  biennial  state  election. 

Ch.mrm.vn  Bo.vrd  of  Educ.\tion 

§  20  The  chairman  of  the  board  of  education  shall  preside  at  the 
meetings  of  said  board  and  in  addition  to  acting  as  chairman,  may 
exercise  the  same  authority  as  any  member  of  the  board. 

Board  of  Apportionment  and  Taxation 

§  37  Said  board  of  apportionment  and  taxation  shall  annually 
appropriate  the  sum  of  one  thousand  dollars  for  the  Griffin  hospital 
of  said  city  and  shall  annually  appropriate  the  sum  of  five  hundred 
dollars  for  the  Derby  Neck  Library  Association,  and  may  appropriate 
for  any  charitable  or  civic  purpose  such  sum  as  it  may  determine. 

§  38  When  any  appropriation  shall  have  been  made  and  for  any 
reason  such  appropriation  or  any  part  thereof,  shall  not  be  used,  ex- 


192 


cepting  any  appropriation  made  for  any  school  purpose,  such  appro- 
priation, or  any  unused  part  thereof,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall,  upon 
the  unanimous  vote  of  the  entire  board  of  aldermen  and  of  the  entire 
board  of  apportionment  and  taxation  and  with  the  approval  of  the 
mayor,  become  unappropriated  revenue  of  the  city. 

School  District 

§  68  Said  city  shall  be  a  consolidated  school  district,  and  shall 
exercise  all  the  authority  and  assume  all  of  the  obligations  of  a  con- 
solidated school  district. 

Board  of  Education 

§  69  The  board  of  education  shall  consist  of  a  chairman  and  six 
members  who  shall  be  elected  and  hold  office  as  hereinbefore  provided. 
The  board  of  education  shall  have  all  the  authority  vested  in  and 
shall  perform  all  the  duties  relating  to  schools  and  education  imposed 
upon  town  school  committees,  selectmen  and  boards  of  school  visitors. 

§  70  Vacancies  in  said  board  shall  be  filled  from  the  same  political 
party  by  the  remaining  members  of  said  board  from  the  political 
party  in  which  the  vacancy  occurs  until  the  same  shall  be  filled  by  the 
voters  of  the  ward  in  which  such  vacancy  occurs,  and  in  case  it  is 
filled  by  the  voters  of  said  ward  it  shall  only  be  for  the  unexpired 
term. 

§  71  Said  board  shall  audit  and  approve  all  bills  for  the  ordinary 
current  expenses  of  its  department,  and  the  clerk  shall,  if  the  appro- 
priation is  sufficient,  upon  the  approval  in  writing  by  the  finance  com- 
mittee, draw  his  order  for  the  same  upon  the  city  treasurer  in  favor 
of  the  persons  entitled  to  payment  thereof.  Said  board  of  education 
shall  submit  to  the  mayor  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  December  in 
each  year,  an  estimate  of  the  amount  required  for  the  support  and 
maintenance  of  the  public  schools  of  said  city  for  the  ensuing  fiscal 
year. 

Public  Library 

§  92  The  city  of  Derby  may  maintain  a  public  library  with  a 
reading  room  and  an  audience  room  connected  therewith,  with  such 
kindred  and  incidental  conveniences  as  it  may  deem  proper,  the  use 
of  which  under  proper  regulations  shall  be  free  to  its  inhabitants.  The 
public  library  shall  be  under  the  management  and  control  of  a  board 
of  nine  library  directors  who  shall  serve  without  pay.  No  person 
shall  be  ineligible  by  reason  of  sex  to  serve  on  said  board.  Said  board 
of  directors  shall  have  charge  of  all  the  property  of  said  city  used  for 
the  purposes  of  said  library  and  shall  direct  the  expenditure  of  all 
money  placed  at  its  disposal  by  the  city  from  whatever  source  derived 
and  of  all  money  and  property  which  may  be  donated  by  private  indi- 
viduals to  said  library.     Six  of  said  nine  directors  shall  be  residents 


193 

of  said  city  and  shall  be  appointed  by  the  mayor  as  hereinafter  pro- 
vided.   The  remaining  three  of  said  directors  may  be  non-residents  of 
said  city  and  shall  be  appointed  by  the  mayor  in  accordance  with  any 
agreement  therefor  which  shall  have  been  approved  by  the  mayor  and 
board  of  aldermen  of  said  city,  and  said  mayor  and  board  of  aldermen 
are   authorized   to   enter    into   any    such    agreement    with   reference    to 
the  appointment  of  said  three  directors,  and  for  such  length  of  time, 
whether  determinable  or  in  perpetuity,  as  they  may  deem  advisable. 
In  the  absence  of  any  such  agreement  or  upon  the  expiration  of  same, 
the  mayor  shall  appoint  such  three  directors,  and  may  in  his  discre- 
tion appoint  residents  or  non-residents  of  said  city.    The  present  board 
of  directors  shall  hold  their  offices  for  the  terms  to  which  they  have 
been  appointed  and  until  their  successors  are  appointed.  In  .\pril,  1923, 
J  and  biennially  thereafter,  in  the  month  of  April,  the  mayor  shall  appoint 
[  three  directors  to  hold  office  for  six  years  from  the  first   Monday  of 
f  May  next  following  and  until  their  successors  are  appointed,  two  of 
I  whom  shall   belong  to   said  group  of   six  directors,  and  one  to   said 
'  group  of  three  directors.     The  mayor   shall   fill   any  vacancy  in  said 
;  board   caused   by    death,    resignation,    removal   or    otherwise,    for   the 
unexpired   term. 

§  93  Said  board  of  directors  shall  make  and  enforce  such  by-laws, 
rules  and  regulations  as  it  may  deem  proper  for  the  management, 
protection  and  preservation  of  the  property  of  said  library  and  the 
management  and  use  of  the  rooms  thereof,  and  shall  have  all  the 
rights  and  powers  and  be  liable  to  the  performance  of  all  the  duties 
and  obligations  belonging  by  statute  to  directors  of  public  libraries  in 
cities  of  this  state  and  not  inconsistent  with  this  act.  They  shall  have 
authority,  with  the  consent  of  the  mayor  and  board  of  aldermen,  to 
make  a  contract  or  contracts  on  behalf  of  and,  in  the  name  of  said 
city  with  the  Derby  Xeck  Library  Association  for  the  use  and  occu- 
pation of  any  property  of  said  Derby  Neck  Library  Association  in 
furtherance  of  the  purposes  of  a  free  public  library.  Said  board  of 
directors  may  also  from  time  to  time  make  such  arrangements  with 
reference  to  the  use  of  books  with  the  free  public  library  of  .Ansonia 
and  the  free  public  library  of  Shclton  as  may  be  agreed  upon  and 
may  be  deemed  advisable  in  furtherance  of  the  purposes  of  a  free 
public  library;  but  no  such  arrangement  involving  the  expenditure  of 
additional  money  shall  be  made  unless  the  same  is  approved  by  the 
mayor  and  board  of  aldermen  of  said  city  of  Derby.  Said  board  of 
library  directors  shall  annually  report  in  writing  to  the  mayor  of  said 
city  the  condition  of  said  library,  the  circulation  of  books,  and  gen- 
erally the  operation  of  said  library  for  the  preceding  year. 

§  94  Said  board  shall,  by  ballot,  biennially,  at  such  time  and  place 
as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  by-laws,  elect  one  of  its  number,  who 
shall  be  a  resident  of  said  city,  to  be  president,  who  shall  hold  office 
until  his  successor  is  elected:  and  said  board  shall  elect  a  secretary,  a 
treasurer   and    such   other   officers   as    it   may   deem    necessary,    all    of 


194 


whom  shall  serve  without  pay,  and  shall  appoint  and  remove  such 
librarian  or  librarians  and  other  employees  as  it  may  deem  necessary 
for  the  proper  management  of  said  library  and  reading  room  and 
shall  fix  the  duties  and  compensation  of  such  librarian  and  employees. 
The  offices  of  secretary  and  treasurer  may  be  held  by  the  same  person. 

§  95  The  board  of  apportionment  and  taxation  of  the  city  of 
Derby  shall  annually  appropriate  a  sum  of  money  not  less  than  five 
thousand  dollars  for  the  care,  maintenance  and  support  of  said  public 
library,  and  five  hundred  dollars  for  the  purchase  of  books,  and  may 
from  time  to  time  appropriate  in  addition  thereto  sums  of  money  for 
building  purposes,  repairs  or  improvements  in  real  estate  and  fixtures, 
not  exceeding  two  thousand  dollars  in  any  five  years.  All  moneys 
v.hich  have  been  or  shall  be  appropriated  by  said  city  for  library  pur- 
poses shall,  by  the  treasurer  of  said  city,  be  paid  over  to  the  treasurer 
appointed  by  the  board  of  library  directors  on  the  first  Monday  in 
May  in  each  year.  No  payment  shall  be  made  by  said  treasurer 
appointed  by  said  board  of  library  directors  except  upon  bills  or 
orders  approved  in  such  manner  as  may  be  provided  in  the  by-laws 
and  all  bills  and  vouchers  for  expenses  incurred  shall  be  kept  on  file 
as  may  be  provided  in  the  by-laws  and  shall  be  subject  to  inspection 
by  the  mayor,  the  city  treasurer,  the  corporation  counsel  and  any 
member  of  the  board  of  directors  of  said  library.  The  board  of  direc- 
tors of  said  library  shall  not,  on  account  of  city  appropriations  or  as 
chargeable  thereto,  expend  any  money  in  excess  of  the  money  therefor 
appropriated  by  said  board  of  apportionment  and  taxation  for  the  use 
of  said  library,  except  that  any  funds  not  derived  from  such  city 
appropriation  may  be  expended  to  such  an  amount  and  for  such 
purposes  as  said  board  of  directors  shall  deem  that  the  interests  of 
said  library  may  require. 

§  96  Said  board  of  directors  may  make  rules,  under  such  condi- 
tions as  it  may  deem  best,  extending  all  the  privileges  of  said  library 
to  any  or  all  of  the  following  classes  of  persons,  viz.:  First  to  non- 
residents attending  school  within  the  limits  of  the  city  of  Derby; 
second,  to  non-residents  doing  business  in  said  city  of  Derby  who  pay 
taxes  therein;  third  to  all  non-residents  on  the  payment  of  such  sum 
as  may  be  fixed  by  the  board  of  directors.  The  audience  room  and  any 
other  available  room  of  said  library  may  be  used  for  all  such  scientific, 
literary,  historical  or  other  educational  purposes,  lectures  and  meetings 
as  may  be  approved  by  the  directors  and  for  such  other  purposes  and 
meetings  as  the  directors  may  deem  to  be  expedient  and  for  the  use 
of  said  rooms  said  directors  may  charge  such  reasonable  price  as  they 
shall  deem  proper  except  that  when  said  r.iom  shall  be  used  for 
scientific,  literary,  historical,  or  other  educational  lectures  or  meetings, 
any  charge  therefor  shall  be  at  the  discretion  of  the  directors,  but  shall 
in  no  case  exceed  the  reasonable  expense  attendant  upon  such  use.  .'Knv 
fees  received  for  the  use  of  said  rooms  as  aforesaid  shall  be  applied 
to   the  general   purposes   of   said   library.     The  mayor   and   board   of 


195 


aldermen  of  said  city  are  authorized  in  the  name  and  in  behalf  of 
said  city  to  accept  any  real  estate  which  may  be  donated  to  said  city 
for  any  purposes  mentioned  in  this  act  under  such  terms,  conditions, 
agreements  and  stipulations  with  reference  thereto  and  the  manage- 
ment thereof  and  the  name  of  said  library  as  they  may  deem  to  be  to 
the  advantage  of  said  city  and  not  inconsistent  with  this  act.  All 
money,  books  and  other  personal  property  donated  to  said  city  for 
library  purposes,  or  to  said  library,  may  be  accepted  by  said  board 
of  directors  under  such  conditions,  restrictions  and  stipulations  as 
they  shall  deem  advantageous  to  said  library  and  said  city. 

§  97  The  board  of  sinking  fund  commissioners  of  said  city  shall 
be  a  board  of  trustees  of  any  permanent  fund  or  any  trust  for  said 
public  library,  and  shall  receive,  hold,  manage,  invest  and  reinvest,  in 
the  manner  provided  by  law  with  reference  to  the  investment  of  trust 
fimds  in  this  state,  any  money  or  other  property  which  by  devise,  be- 
quest or  donation  shall  be  given  for  the  establishment  of  any  perma- 
nent fund,  or  in  trust  for  the  benefit  of  said  public  library.  Such  fund 
shall  be  kept  as  a  separate  fund,  and  said  commissioners  shall  annu- 
ally report  in  writing  the  condition  of  such  fund,  its  disposition  and 
the  manner  of  its  investment,  to  the  mayor  of  said  city.  The  income 
of  said  fund  shall  semi-annually  be  turned  over  to  said  board  of 
directors  for  the  use  of  said  library,  or  as  specified  in  the  terms  of 
any  devise,  bequest  or  donation.  Should  any  income  of  said  fund  not 
be  expended  in  any  one  year,  such  unexpended  income  shall  be  subject 
at  any  time  to  the  order  of  said  board  of  directors.  .\ny  and  all  abso- 
lute donations  of  money  or  other  personal  property,  whether  by  gift, 
bequest  or  devise,  shall  be  held,  managed  and  used  as  said  board  of 
directors  may  deem   expedient. 

East  H.vrtforu 
An  act  creating  a  board  of  finance  in  the  to.vvn  of  East  Hartford 

Special   acts   1913.  page  R.'j.t 

East  Havex 

An  act  creating  a  board  of  finance  and  increasing  the  powers  of  the 

board  of  selectmen  of  the  town  of  East  Haven 

Special    acts    1915,  page   99 

Greenwich 

An   act   amending   an   act   changing   the   form   of   government    tor    the 

town  of  Greenwich 

Special  acts  1921,  pages  825-836 

An  act  authorizing  the  town  of  Greenwich  to  issue  bonds   for   school 

improvements 


196 


Special   acts   1913,  page   782 

An  act  authorizing  the  town  of  Greenwich  to  issue  bonds  for  refund- 
ing  school   debts 

Special   acts   1913,  page  800 

Groton 
Authorizing  the   fifth   school   district   of  the   town   of   Groton   to   issue 

bonds 

Special   acts   1911,  page  286 

Guilford 
An  act  creating  a  board  of  estimate  and  apportionment  in  the  town  of 

Guilford 
Special  acts   1913,  page  1098 

An  act  amending  an  act  creating  a  board  of  estimate  and  apportion- 
ment for  the  town  of  Guilford 

Special   acts    1915,  page  334 

Hamden 

An  act  amending  an  act  creating  a  board  of  finance  in  the  town  of 

Hamden  and  increasing  the  powers  of  the  selectmen 

Special  acts  1913.  page   1010 

Special   acts   1917,   page  768 

Special  acts   1921,  page  432 

An   act  authorizing  the  town  of  Hamden  to  issue  bonds 
Special  acts  of  1921,  page  673 

Hartford 

Amending   the   charter   of   the    city   of    Hartford    by    providing    for    a 
juvenile  commission 

Special   acts    1909,  page  636 

§  1  There  shall  be  in  the  city  of  Hartford  a  commission  on 
jf.vcnilc  affairs  which  shall  consist  of  six  citizens  resident  in  said  city. 

§  2  The  necessary  expenses  of  said  commission,  not  exceeding 
such  amount  as  the  court  of  common  council  of  said  city  shall  appro- 
priate for  such  purpose,  shall  be  paid  by  said  city,  but  no  member  of 
said  commission  shall  receive  any  compensation  for  his  services. 


197 


§  3  In  April,  1909,  the  mayor  of  said  city  shall  appoint  the  mem- 
bers of  said  commission,  two  for  the  term  of  three  years,  two  for  the 
term  of  two  years,  and  two  for  the  term  of  one  year  from  and  after 
May  1,  1909,  and  the  mayor  shall  appoint  two  members  in  the  month 
of  April  of  each  year  thereafter  for  the  term  of  three  years  from  the 
first  day  of  May  next  thereafter.  All  appointments  to  said  commission 
shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  court  of  common  council  of 
said  city.  The  members  of  said  commission  shall  hold  office  until 
their  respective  successors  are  appointed  and  qualified. 

§  4  Said  commission  shall  have  power  to  mvcstigatc  and  inquire 
into  all  questions  relating  to  the  welfare  of  the  children  of  the  city, 
to  collect  and  compile  statistics  or  other  information  relating  to  child 
life  within  the  city,  and  to  recommend  legislation  in  the  interests  of 
children.  Said  commission  shall  make  an  annual  report  to  the  court 
of  common  council  containing  a  summary  of  its  investigations  and 
recommendations. 

Concerning  an  expression  by  the  voters  of  the  town  and  city  of  Hart- 
ford of  their  choice  between  a  resolution  establishing  a  board  of 
education  for  the  City  of  Hartford  and  a  resolution  concerning 
equalization  of  school  district  taxes  within  the  City  of  Hartford. 

Special  acts  1911,  page  609  et  seq 

§  1  That  the  proper  authorities  of  the  town  and  city  of  Hartford 
are  hereby  instructed  and  directed  to  insert  in  the  calls  for  the  annual 
meeting  of  said  town  and  city  to  be  holden  at  Hartford  in  April,  1912, 
notice  that  at  said  meeting  two  resolutions,  substitute  for  Senate  Joint 
Resolution  Xo.  30,  establishing  a  board  of  education  for  the  city  of 
Hartford,  and  substitute  for  Senate  Joint  Resolution  No.  168,  amend- 
ing the  charter  of  the  city  of  Hartford  concerning  taxation  for  school 
purposes,  copies  of  which  resolutions  are  hereto  annexed  and  made 
part  of  this  resolution,  will  be  presented  to  the  voters,  to  determine 
the  choice  of  the  electors  of  said  town  and  city,  including  among  such 
electors  women  who  are  authorized  to  vote  for  the  choice  of  school 
officers  within  said  town  and  city,  between  such  resolutions  as  appli- 
cable to  the  school  districts  of  said  city  and  to  said  city. 

§  2  The  proper  authorities  of  said  town  and  city  are  hereby  di- 
rected to  cause  proper  ballot  boxes  and  printed  ballots  to  be  provided 
at  said  meeting  for  the  use  of  the  electors  of  said  town  and  city,  in- 
cluding women  as  aforesaid,  in  voting  as  to  which  of  said  two  reso- 
lutions they  and  each  of  them  favor. 

§  3  Said  ballots  shall  read,  respectively  "Consolidation"  and 
"Equalization."  Ballots  bearing  the  word  "Consolidation,"  cast  in 
said  ballot  boxes,  shall  be  taken  as  cast  and  shall  be  counted  by  the 
proper  officers  in  favor  of  said  substitute  for  Senate  Joint  Resolution 
No.  30;  ballots  bearing  the  word  "Kqualization,"  cast  in  said  ballot 
boxes,  shall  be  taken  as  cast  and  shall  be  counted  by  the  proper  officers 
in  favor  of  said  substitute  for  Senate  Joint  Resolution  No.  168. 


198 

§  4  No  elector  or  woman  qualified  to  vote  at  said  meeting,  as 
aforesaid,  shall  cast  or  be  permitted  to  cast  more  than  one  ballot,  at 
said  meeting,  as  to  the  matter  hereby  submitted  to  such  voters  for  an 
expression  of  their  opinion. 

§  5  Unless  at  least  fifty  per  centum  of  the  registered  voters  of 
said  town  and  city  cast  their  ballots,  at  said  meeting  of  said  town  and 
city,  in  pursuance  of  the  authority  and  direction  of  this  resolution, 
the  result  of  such  vote  shall  not  be  regarded  as  a  final  expression  of 
the  opinion  of  the  voters  of  said  town  and  city  on  the  questions  hereby 
submitted. 

Substitute  for  joint  resolution  Xo.  30 

§  1  That  on  July  first  of  the  year  following  the  acceptance  of  this 
resolution  by  vote  at  a  city  meeting  duly  called  to  consider  and  act 
thereon,  the  property  and  assets  of  all  the  school  districts  having  local 
limits  within  the  city  of  Hartford  shall  pass  to  and  be  vested  in  said 
city,  and  on  said  date  said  city  shall  assume  the  payment  of  all  in- 
debtedness, of  every  name  and  nature,  of  such  districts.  On  and  after 
said  July  first  the  board  of  school  visitors  of  the  town  of  Hartford 
then  in  office  shall  become  and  be  constituted  a  board  of  education  ot 
said  city  of  Hartford,  and  shall  have  all  the  powers  and  perform  all  the 
duties  of  district  committees  of  school  districts  within  said  town  and 
city,  of  the  high  school  committee  of  the  town  of  Hartford,  and  of 
the  board  of  school  visitors  of  said  town,  until  the  election  and  quali- 
fication of  a  board  of  education  as  hereinafter  set  forth. 

§  2  No  power  of  school  districts  or  any  officer  thereof,  nor  of 
members  of  the  board  of  school  visitors,  nor  of  members  of  the  high 
school  committee,  except  such  as  are  reserved  or  given  by  this  resolu- 
tion, shall  be  exercised  by  them  after  said  July  first,  but  every  school 
district  within  the  city  of  Hartford  then  existing  may  preserve  its 
organization  and  necessary  powers  for  the  purpose  of  closing  and 
settling  up  its  afifairs.  Nothing  herein  shall  be  construed  as  barring 
the  collection  of  school  district  taxes  due  on  said  July  first. 

§  3  Immediately  after  said  July  first  said  board  of  school  visitors 
then  in  office  shall  organize  as  a  board  of  education  of  the  city  of 
Hartford,  shall  elect  a  chairman  from  their  own  number,  and  shall 
appoint  a  secretary,  which  chairman  and  secretary  shall,  respectively, 
perform  the  duties  and  exercise  the  powers  now  pertaining  to  the 
offices  of  chairman  and  secretary  of  boards  of  school  visitors.  Said 
board  shall  appoint  one  or  more  acting  visitors,  or  a  superintendent, 
to  exercise,  under  its  direction,  supervision  over  the  schools.  It  shall 
have  the  care  and  management  of  lands,  buildings,  and  other  apparatus 
used  for  school  purposes;  it  shall  determine  the  number  and  qualifica- 
tions of  the  scholars  to  be  admitted  into  each  school;  it  shall  employ 
a  requisite  number  of  qualified  teachers;  it  shall  designate  the  schools 
which  shall  be  attended  by  the  various  children  resident  within  the  city 
of  Hartford,  and  shall  make  such  provisions  as  will  enable  every  child 
of  school  age  residing  in  the  city  who  is  of  proper  mental  and  physical 


199 

condition,  to  attend  some  public  school  for  the  period  required  by 
law;  it  may  provide  for  transportation  of  children  whenever  such 
transportation  may  seem  fit  and  desirable;  it  may  arrange,  if  it  sees 
fit,  with  the  school  committee  or  board  of  education  of  any  adjoining 
town  for  the  instruction  therein  of  such  ciiildren  as  can  attend  school 
in  such  adjoining  town  more  conveniently;  and  it  shall  perform  all 
lawful  acts  necessary  to  carrying  into  effect  the  powers  granted  and 
duties   imposed  by  this   resolution. 

§  4     The  court  of  common  council  of  the  city  of  Hartford  may,  by 

ordinance,  fix  the  compensation,  if  any,  of  the  members  of  such  board 

of  education,  but  the  secretary  of  said  board  shall  receive  an  annual 

[    salary  of  at  least  the  sum  of  three  thousand  dollars.     He  shall  be  the 

I    business  executive  of  said  board.    Said  board  of  education  may  employ, 

i   from  time  to  time  such  agents  and  employees  as  it  may  deem  neces- 

[   sary,  and  may  fix  their  duties  and  the  compensation  to  be  paid  to  them 

>  by  the  cit\'  of  Hartford.    In  no  case  shall  said  board  employ  any  per- 

[    son  to  perform  any  duty  in  connection  with  the  schools  under  contract 

[   for  a  longer  period  than  one  year,  except  as  superintendent  of  schools, 

who  in  no  case  shall  be  appointed  for  a  term  of  office  exceeding  four 

years,  and  except  for  construction  or  repair  of  school  property. 

§  5  The  board  of  school  visitors  shall  pass  out  of  office  as  a  board 
of  education  on  July  first  of  the  year  following  their  organization  as  a 
board  of  education,  and  at  the  annual  town  and  city  meeting  hold  on 
the  first  day  of  April  of  said  year  there  shall  be  elected  nine  persons 
residents  of  the  city  of  Hartford,  to  serve  as  a  board  of  education  for 
said  city,  and  who  shall,  on  the  first  day  of  July  next  following  their 
election,  and  until  their  respective  successors  are  chosen  and  qualified, 
constitute  a  board  of  education  for  the  city  of  Hartford,  with  the 
powers  and  duties  hereinbefore  specified.  Said  board  of  education 
shall  be  nominated  and  elected  in  classes,  three  members  to  hold  office 
for  one  year,  three  members  for  two  years,  and  three  members  for 
three  years,  from  the  first  day  of  July  next  following  their  election  and 
until  their  respective  successors  are  elected  and  qualified,  and  no  per- 
son shall  vote  for  more  than  two  members  of  each  class.  Said  mem- 
bers so  elected  shall  constitute  a  board  of  education  for  the  city  of 
Hartford,  with  the  powers  and  duties  hereinbefore  specified.  At  each 
annual  town  and  city  meeting  thereafter  there  shall  be  nominated  and 
elected  three  members  of  said  board  of  education  to  hold  office  for 
three  years  from  the  first  day  of  July  next  following  their  election, 
and  no  person  shall  vote  for  more  than  two  of  such  members. 

Substitute  for  senate  joint  resolution  Xo.  168 

§  1  That  section  five  of  a  resolution  amending  the  charter  of  the 
city  of  Hartford  creating  a  board  of  finance,  approved  April  5,  1905, 
being  section  eighty-five  of  the  compiled  charter  of  the  city  of  Hirt- 
ford,  is  hereby  amended  so  that  the  fourth  sentence  thereof  shall  read 
as  follows:  In  the  preparation  of  said  estimates,  said  board  shall  give 


200 

notice  to  each  board  and  department  and  to  the  chairman  of  each 
school  district  committee  of  a  definite  time  when  and  place  where  it 
will  meet  to  consider  the  needs  of  such  board,  department,  or  school 
district;  and  said  board  of  finance  shall  recommend  such  tax  upon  the 
polls  and  ratable  estates  within  the  limits  of  said  city  as  it  shall 
deem  necessary  to  meet  such  expenses. 

§  2  Each  school  district  committee  of  the  city  of  Hartford  shall 
annually  submit  to  the  board  of  finance  of  said  city,  in  such  form  and 
at  such  time  as  said  board  shall  require,  its  report  showing  the  detailed 
expenses  of  the  district  for  its  fiscal  year  last  past,  and,  on  or  before 
February  first  in  each  year,  shall  submit  to  said  board  of  finance  a 
detailed  statement  of  the  estimated  expenses  of  the  district  for  the 
next  ensuing  fiscal  year. 

§  3  For  the  first  year  of  the  operation  of  this  amendment,  said 
board  of  finance  shall  recommend  to  the  court  of  common  council,  the 
levy  of  a  tax  of  five  mills  upon  the  city's  grand  list,  and  the  appro- 
priation of  the  proceeds  thereof  for  the  purposes  of  school  maintenance 
in  the  various  districts,  and  said  board  of  finance  shall  apportion  to 
each  district  such  proportion  of  the  proceeds  of  said  tax  as  the  total 
number  of  pupils  registered  in  each  district  during  the  fall  term  imme- 
diately preceding  February  first  bears  to  the  total  number  of  pupils 
registered  in  all  the   school   districts   during  said  fall   term. 

§  4  For  the  second  year  of  the  operation  of  this  amendment  and 
for  the  year  succeeding,  said  board  of  finance,  after  consultation  with 
the  several  school  district  committees  of  said  city,  shall  annually 
recommend  to  the  court  of  common  council  of  said  city  the  levy  and 
appropriation  for  the  purposes  of  the  several  school  districts  of  such 
tax  as  it  may  deem  necessary  for  the  maintenance  of  the  schools  in 
said  districts,  said  tax  to  be  levied  upon  the  city's  grand  list  and  appor- 
tioned to  the  several  districts  in  accordance  with  the  methods  pre- 
scribed in  section  three  of  this  resolution. 

§  5  For  the  purposes  of  the  distribution  to  the  school  districts  of 
the  tax  on  the  shares  of  stock  of  certain  corporations,  as  provided  by 
section  2333  of  the  generel  statutes,  the  district  rate  in  all  the  school 
districts  shall  be  the  rate  determined  under  the  provisions  of  this 
resolution,  and  the  amount  of  such  tax  shall  be  distributed  to  said 
school  districts  in  accordance  with  the  number  of  registered  pupils  as 
hereinbefore  provided. 

§  6  This  resolution,  unless  amended  or  repealed  by  the  general 
assembly,  shall  remain  in  force  for  not  less  than  five  years  from  July 
fifteenth  of  the  year  in  which  it  is  put  in  operation,  and  no  vote  for 
the  consolidation  of  school  districts  in  said  city  shall  be  taken  during 
said  period  of  five  years. 

§  7  An  act  concerning  school  taxes  in  the  city  of  Hartford,  ap- 
proved May  19.  1905,  being  sections  eighty-seven,  eighty-eight,  eighty- 
nine,  and  ninety  of  the  compiled  charter  of  said  city,  is  hereby 
repealed. 


201 


Authorizing    the    West    middle    school    district    of    Hartford    to    issue 

bonds 

Special   acts    1911.  page   107 

Authorizing   the    West    middle    school    district    of    Hartford    to    issue 
refunding   bonds 

Special   acts    1911,   page   1U7 

An  act  concerning  the  equalization  of  school  district  taxes  within  the 
city   of  Hartford 

Special   acts   1913,  page  703 

§  1  Section  live  of  a  resolution  amending  the  charter  of  the  city 
of  Hartford  creating  a  board  of  finance,  approved  April  5,  1905, 
being  section  eighty-five  of  the  compiled  charter  of  the  city  of  Hart- 
ford, is  hereby  amended  so  that  the  fourth  sentence  thereof  shall  read 
as  follows :  In  the  preparation  of  said  estimates,  said  board  shall  give 
notice  to  each  board  and  department  and  to  the  chairman  of  each 
school  district  committee  of  a  definite  time  when  and  place  where  it 
will  meet  to  consider  the  needs  of  such  board,  department,  or  school 
district;  and  said  board  of  finance  shall  recommend  such  tax  upon 
tht.  polls  and  ratable  estates  within  the  limits  of  said  city  as  it  shall 
deem  necessary  to  meet  such  expenses. 

§  2  Each  school  district  committee  of  the  city  of  Hartford  shall 
annually  submit  to  the  board  of  finance  of  said  city,  in  such  form  and 
at  such  time  as  said  board  shall  require,  its  report  showing  the  detailed 
expenses  of  the  district  for  its  fiscal  year  last  past,  and,  on  or  before 
February  first  in  each  year,  shall  submit  to  said  board  of  finance  a 
detailed  statement  of  the  estimated  expenses  of  the  district  for  the 
next  ensuing  fiscal  year. 

§  3  For  the  first  year  of  the  operation  of  this  act  said  board 
of  finance  shall  recommend  to  the  court  of  common  council  the  levy 
of  a  tax  of  five  mills  upon  the  city's  grand  list,  and  the  appropriation 
of  the  proceeds  thereof  for  the  purposes  of  school  maintenance  in  the 
various  districts,  and  said  board  of  finance  shall  apportion  to  each 
district  such  proportion  of  the  proceeds  of  said  tax  as  the  total  num- 
ber of  pupils  registered  in  each  district  during  the  fall  term  imme- 
diately preceding  February  first  bears  to  the  total  number  of  pupils 
registered  in  all  the  school  districts  during  said  fall  term. 

§  4  For  the  second  year  of  the  operation  of  this  amendment  and 
for  the  years  succeeding,  said  board  of  finance,  after  consultation 
with  the  several  school  district  committees  of  said  city,  shall  annually 
recommend  to  the  court  of  common  council  of  said  city  the  levy  and 
appropriation  for  the  purposes  of  the  several  school  districts  of  such 
tax  as  it  may  deem  necessary  for  the  maintenance  of  the  schools  in 
said  districts  said  tax  to  be  levied  upon  the  city's  grand  list  and  appor- 


202 

tioned  to  the  several  districts  in  accordance  with  the  method  prescribed 
in  section  three  of  this  act. 

§  5  For  the  purposes  of  the  distribution  to  the  school  districts  of 
the  tax  on  the  shares  of  stock  of  certain  corporations,  as  provided  by 
section  2333  of  the  general  statutes,  the  district  rate  in  all  the  school 
districts  shall  be  the  rate  determined  under  the  provisions  of  this  act, 
and  the  amount  of  such  tax  shall  be  distributed  to  said  school  districts 
in  accordance  with  the  number  of  registered  pupils  as  hereinbefore 
provided. 

§  6  This  act  shall  remain  in  force  for  not  less  than  three  years 
from  April  1,  1913,  and  no  vote  for  consolidation  of  school  districts 
in  said  city  shall  be  taken  at  the  annual  city  and  town  meetings  to 
be  held  in  said  city  on  the  first  Tuesdays  in  April,  1913,  1914,  and 
1915.  If  said  town  and  city  of  Hartford  shall  hereafter  vote  in  favor 
of  consolidation  of  school  districts  within  its  limits,  said  consolidation 
shall  be  established  under  a  certain  plan  fully  described  and  set  forth 
in  a  resolution  approved  September  12.  1911,  a  sub-title  whereof  is 
"Substitute  for  Senate  Joint  Resolution  No.  30,  Resolution  establish- 
ing a  Board  of  Education  for  the  City  of  Hartford."  If  at  annual 
city  or  town  meetings  of  Hartford  to  be  holden  on  the  first  Tuesday 
of  April,  1916,  or  subsequent  years,  a  majority  of  the  voters  at  said 
meetings  shall  vote  in  favor  of  consolidation  of  school  districts,  then 
consolidation  shall  be  put  into  efifect  on  the  first  day  of  July  following 
such  vote  under  the  provisions  of  said  substitute  for  senate  joint 
resolution  No.  30,  entitled  "Resolution  establishing  a  Board  of  Educa- 
tion for  the  City  of  Hartford."  Such  resolution,  in  case  of  such  vote 
by  the  city  or  town  meeting  in  favor  of  consolidation  shall  become  an 
amendment  forthwith  to  the  charter  of  the  city  of  Hartford. 

§  7  An  act  concerning  school  taxes  in  the  city  of  Hartford,  ap- 
proved May  19.  1905.  being  sections  eighty-seven,  eighty-eight,  eighty- 
nine,  and  ninety  of  the  compiled  charter  of  said  city,  is  hereby 
repealed. 

An  act  amending  the  charter  of  the  city  of  Hartford 

Special   acts  1913,  page  793 

§  1  Nothing  contained  in  the  resolution  amending  the  charter  of 
the  city  of  Hartford  approved  July  9,  1895,  or  in  any  other  resolution 
or  act  affecting  the  power. of  the  city  of  Hartford  to  lay  or  levy  a  tax 
upon  certain  land  or  property  within  its  limits  shall  prevent  said 
city  from  laying  or  levying  a  tax  in  excess  of  six  mills  on  a  dollar  of 
its  grand  list,  provided  the  proceeds  of  such  excess  taxes  above  said 
six  mills  levied  upon  property  described  in  section  fifteen  of  the  reso- 
lution consolidating  the  governments  of  the  city  and  town  of  Hart- 
ford, approved  July  9,  1895,  shall  be  expended  or  distributed  by  said 
city  toward  or  for  the  support  of  public  schools  located  within  the 
limits  of  the  citv   of  Hartford. 


203 

§  2  All  proceedings  at  law  lor  collecting  within  the  town  and 
city  of  Hartford  a  personal  tax  laid  under  chapter  260  of  the  public 
acts  of  1909  as  amended  by  chapter  295  of  the  public  acts  of  1911,  may 
be  brought  to  the  city  police  court  established  and  holden  within  and 
for    said   city. 

An  act  concerning  the  board  of   school  visitors  of  Hartford 

Special   acts   1913,  page  845 

§  1     The   board   of   school   visitors   of   the   town   of   Hartford    may 

institute  and  operate  at  the  expense  of  the  city,  vacation,  invalid,  and 

other  schools  in  and  for  said  city,  provided  said  board  of  school  visi- 

L  tors  shall  not  expend  for  such  purposes  any  sum  or  sums  in  excess  of 

(  the   appropriations   therefor   made   annually   by   the   court   of   common 

r  council. 

I  §  2  Said  board  of  school  visitors  of  the  town  of  Hartford  shall 
;  comply  in  all  respects  with  the  charter  and  ordinances  of  the  city  of 
,  Hartford  in  reference  to  its  printing,  its  purchases,  and  its  contracts. 
The  board  of  school  visitors  of  the  town  of  Hartford  is  hereby  de- 
clared to  constitute  a  department  of  the  city  of  Hartford,  within  the 
scope  of  a  resolution  amending  a  resolution  establishing  a  board  of 
contract  and  supply  in  the  city  of  Hartford,  approved  July  18,  1905. 

High   school   bond  issue 

Special   acts   1913,   page  810 

An  act  concerning  the  rate  of  interest  on  bonds  of  the  second   north 
school   district  of  the   town  of   Hartford 

Special   acts   1913,  page  802 

The  bonds  or  other  obligations  which  may  be  issued  by  the  second 
north  school  district  of  the  town  of  Hartford  under  authority  of  a 
resolution  authorizing  the  second  north  school  district  of  the  town  of 
Hartford  to  issue  bonds,  approved  March  18,  1903,  may  bear  interest 
at  a  rate  not  greater  than  four  and  one-half  per  centum  per  annum, 
payable  semi-annually. 

An  act  authorizing  the  northeast  school  district  of  Hartford  to  issue 

bonds 

Special   acts   1913.  page  836 


204 


An  act  changing  the  territorial  limits  of  the  northwest  school  district 
of  the  town  of  Hartford 

Special  acts  1913,  page  1126 

§  1  On  and  after  July  15,  1915,  the  territorial  limits  of  the  north- 
west school  district  of  the  town  of  Hartford  shall  not  include  any  land 
or  property  lying  in  the  town  of  Bloomfield. 

§  2  For  a  period  of  two  years  from  July  15,  1913,  the  town  of 
Bloomfield  shall  pay  to  the  northwest  school  district  of  the  town  of 
Hartford  annually,  the  sum  of  twenty-five  dollars  per  capita  for  all 
persons  within  school  age  living  in  the  town  of  Bloomfield  and  within 
the  present  limits  of  the  northwest  school  district,  in  full  payment  of 
all  legal  obligations  of  the  town  of  Bloomfield  to  the  support  of  the 
schools  of  the  town  of  Hartford. 

§  3  After  July  15,  1915,  the  town  of  Bloomfield  shall  provide 
educational  facilities  for  all  that  portion  of  said  town  at  present  in- 
cluded within  the  territorial  limits  of  the  northwest  school  district  of 
the  town  of  Hartford  and  excluded  from  said  district  by  this  act  in 
the  same  manner  as  said  town  of  Bloomfield  now  provides  educational 
facilities  for  the  remainder  of  said  town. 

§  4  All  property  of  said  northwest  school  district  lying  within  the 
limits  of  the  town  of  Hartford  shall,  after  July  15,  1915,  belong  to  said 
northwest  school  district,  and  said  district  shall  assume  and  bear  all 
obligations   incurred   by   said   district. 

§  5     This  act  shall  take  effect  July   15,  1913. 

An  act  authorizing  the  southwest  school  district  of  Hartford  to  issue 

bonds 

Special   acts    1913,  page  833 

.•\n  act  concerning  the  consolidation  of  school  districts  in  the 
city  of  Hartford 

Special   acts   1915,   page  603 

If,  at  the  annual  city  or  town  meeting  of  the  city  or  town  of  Hart- 
ford to  be  held  on  the  first  Tuesday  of  April,  1916,  or  any  subsequent 
year,  the  voters  thereof  shall  vote  on  the  question  of  consolidating  the 
school  districts  therein  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  section  six  of  an 
act  concerning  the  ocjualization  of  school  district  taxes  within  the  city 
of  Hartford,  approved  April  3,  1913,  no  such  proposal  shall  be  subse- 
quently submitted  to  said  electors  within  a  period  of  five  years  from 
the  date  of  such  vote. 

An  act  changing  the  name  of  the  board  of  school  visitors  of  the  city 
of  Hartford  to  the  board  of  education  of  the  city  of  Hartford 

Special    acts    1915,   page   7 


205 


The  name  of  the  board  of  school  visitors  of  the  city  of  Hartford 
is  hereby  changed  to  the  board  of  education  of  the  city  of  Hartford. 

An  act  authorizing  the  northwest  school  district  of  Hartford  to  issue 

bonds 

Special   acts   1915,   page   28 

An  act  annexing  a  part  of  the  territory  of  the  stmthwest  school  district, 
in  Hartford,  to  the  Hartford  south  school  district 

Special  acts   1915,  page   139 

So  much  of  the  territory  belonging  to  the  Southwest  school  district. 

in  Hartford,  as  lies  west  of  Franklin  avenue  and  east  of  Goodwin 
'  park,  and  east  of  a  line  parallel  with  the  east  line  of  Maple  avenue 
,  and  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  distant  therefrom,  is  hereby  separated 

from  said  Southwest  school  district  and  made  a  part  of  the  Hartford 
!  South  school  district,  in  said  Hartford. 

An  act  authorizing  the  first  school  district  of  the  city  of  Hartford  to 

issue  bonds 

Special   acts   1915,  page  215 

^     An  act  changing  the  title  of  the  presiding  officer  of  the  board  of 
education  of  the  city  of  Hartford 
Special   acts   1915,  page  327 

The  title  of  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  education  of  the  city  of 
Hartford  is  hereby  changed  to  the  president  of  the  board  of  education 
of  the  city  of  Hartford. 

An    act   authorizing   the    Washington    school    district   of    the    town    of 
Hartford  to  issue  bonds 

Special   acts   1917,  page  960 

An  act  authorizing  the  first  school  district  of  the  town  of  Hartford 

to    issue    bonds 

Special  acts  of  1917,  page  1052 

An   act   authorizing   the   Arsenal    school   district   of   Hartford   to   issue 

bonds 
Special   acts   1917,  page   1054 
Special   acts   1919,  page   181 

An  act  authorizing  the  first  school  district  of  Hartford  to  issue  bonds 
Special   acts   1919,  page  220 


I 


206 

An  act  authorizing  the  Northeast  school  district  of  Hartford  to  issue 

bonds 

An  act  authorizing  the  Hartford  South  school  district  to  issue  bonds 
Special   acts   1921,  page  632 

An   act   authorizing  the   Second   North   school   district  of  the  city  of 
Hartford  to  issue  bonds 

Special   acts   1921,  page  643 

An    act    authorizing    the    Southwest    school    district    in    the    town    of 
Hartford  to  issue  bonds 

Special   acts   1921,  page  654 

An  act  authorizing  the  Northwest  school  district  of  Hartford  to  issue 

bonds 

Special   acts   1921,  page  663 

An    act    authorizing    the    Washington    school    district    of   the   town    of 
Hartford  to  issue  bonds 

Special   acts   1921,  page  672 

An  act  authorizing  the  Arsenal   school   district  of  Hartford  to   issue 

bonds 

Special   acts   1921,  page  807 

An  act  authorizing  the  first  school  district  of  Hartford  to  issue  bonds 
Special  acts  1921,  page  1009 

An  act  amending  the  charter  of  the  city  of  Hartford   concerning   the 
department  of  finance 

Special   acts   1921,  page  363 

§  5  Section  five  of  an  act  amending  the  charter  of  the  city  of 
Hartford  creating  a  department  of  finance,  approved  April  5,  1905,  as  i 
amended  by  section  one  of  an  act  concerning  the  equalization  of  school  i 
district  taxes  within  the  city  of  Hartford,  approved  April  3,  1913,  is 
amended  to  read  as  follows :  Whenever  it  may  become  necessary  for 
said  city  to  borrow  money,  either  upon  its  notes  or  by  the  issuance 
of  bonds,  or  to  refund  any  of  its  existing  indebtedness,  the  court  of 
common  council  sliall  iidt  act  thereon  fnially  except  after  investigation, 


207 


recommendation  and  report  of  said  board  of  hnancc.  Said  board  of 
finance  shall,  annually  during  a  month  to  be  fixed  by  ordinance  of 
said  city,  make  estimates  of  the  moneys  necessary  to  be  appropriated 
for  the  expenses  of  said  city  for  the  fiscal  year  ensuing  as  fixed  by 
ordinance,  and  of  the  rate  of  taxation  required  to  meet  the  same,  and 
shall  classify  said  expenses  under  appropriate  heads  and  departments. 
At  all  such  meetings  the  mayor  shall  preside  and  in  his  absence  such 
person  as  said  board  shall  select.  In  the  preparation  of  said  estimates, 
said  board  shall  give  notice  to  each  board  and  department  and  to  the 
chairman  of  each  school  district  committee  of  a  definite  time  when 
and  place  where  it  will  meet  to  consider  the  needs  of  such  board, 
department  or  school  district;  and  said  board  of  finance  shall  recom- 
mend such  tax  upon  the  polls  and  ratable  estates  within  the  limits  of 
said  city  as  it  shall  deem  necessary  to  meet  such  expenses.  Said 
estimates  and  the  rate  of  taxation  recommended  shall  be  submitted  to 
the  court  of  common  council  at  its  first  regular  meeting  in  the  month 
next  succeeding  the  month  prescribed  by  ordinance  for  the  preparation 
of  said  estimates,  and  during  said  month  said  court  of  common  coun- 
cil shall  consider  and  act  upon  said  estimates;  the  court  of  common 
council  of  said  city  for  the  fiscal  year  ensuing  shall  not  make  any 
appropriations  or  authorize  the  expenditure  of  any  sum  in  excess  of 
the  estimates  made  as  aforesaid,  except  upon  a  two-thirds  vote  of 
said  court  of  common  council,  nor  shall  any  of  the  departments  of 
said  city  expend  any  sum  in  excess  of  said  estimates  unless  the  same 
be  authorized  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  said  court  of  common  council. 


An   act   changing   the  dividing  line   between    the   West   Middle   school 
district  and  the  South  school  district  in  the  town  of  Hartford 

Special   acts   1921,   page  383 

All  that  part  of  the  South  School  District  lying  within  the  follow- 
ing described  limits  in  the  town  of  Hartford  is  annexed  to  the  West 
Middle  School  District  of  the  town  of  Hartford :  Beginning  at  the 
intersection  of  the  center  line  of  Sisson  avenue  in  said  town  of  Hart- 
ford and  the  line  dividing  said  South  School  District  from  the  West 
Middle  School  District;  thence  running  southerly  along  said  c«nter 
.line  of  Sisson  avenue  to  the  intersection  of  said  center  line  of 
Sisson  avenue  and  the  center  line  of  West  Boulevard;  thence  run- 
ning westerly  along  said  center  line  of  said  boulevard  to  the  inter- 
section of  the  center  line  of  said  boulevard  with  the  center  line  of 
Prospect  avenue;  thence  running  northerly  along  said  center  line  of 
Prospect  avenue  to  the  intersection  of  said  center  line  of  Prospect 
avenue  and  the  line  dividing  said  West  Middle  School  District  from 
said  South  School  District;  thence  running  easterly  along  said  line 
dividing  said  West  Middle  School  District  from  said  South  School 
District,  to  the  point  of  beginning. 


208 

An  act  amending  the  charter  of  the  city   of  Hartford  concerning  the 
hours  for  voting  in  the   South   school   district 

Special   acts   1921,  page  501 

At  all  annual  elections  of  the  Hartford  South  School  District  the 
polls  shall  be  open  from  nine  o'clock  in  the  forenoon  to  seven-thirty 
o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  and  said  district  is  authorized  to  establish, 
within  its  limits,  three  voting  precincts  with  a  polling  place  in  each 
voting  precinct;  the  boundaries  of  such  precincts  and  the  location  of 
such   polling  place  to  be  designated  by  the  registrars  of  the  election. 

Huntington  (Shelton) 
Creating  a  department  of  finance  in  the  town  of  Huntington  | 

Special   acts  1911,  pages'  26o-268 

An  act  amending  an  act  creating  a  department  of  finance  in  the  town 

of  Huntington 

Special  acts  1913,  page  1201 

An  act  incorporating  the  city  of  Shelton  I 

Special   acts   1915,  page  657 

§  27  The  city  of  Shelton  may  maintain  a  public  library  with  a 
reading  room  and  such  incidental  conveniences  as  may  be  proper,  the 
use  of  which,  under  proper  regulations,  shall  be  free.  There  shall  be 
in  said  city  a  department  of  the  public  library  which  shall  be  under 
the  management  and  control  of  a  board  of  six  library  directors,  who 
shall  serve  without  pay,  and  not  more  than  three  members  shall  be 
of  the  same  political  party.  No  person  shall  be  ineligible  by  reason  of 
sex  to  serve  on  said  board.  Said  board  of  directors  shall  have  charge 
of  all  the  property  of  said  city  used  for  the  purposes  of  said  library 
and  shall  direct  the  expenditure  of  all  money  placed  at  its  disposal  by 
the  city  and  all  money  and  property  which  may  be  donated  to  said 
library.  The  members  of  the  board  of  library  directors  holding  office 
under  the  provisions  of  the  general  statutes,  when  this  act  takes  effect, 
shall  continue  to  hold  their  respective  offices  until  their  successors  are 
elected  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  act.  At  the  city 
election  held  on  the  Tuesday  after  the  first  Monday  of  November,  1916, 
there  shall  be  elected  six  library  directors,  two  of  whom  shall  be 
elected  for  two  years,  two  for  four  years,  and  two  for  six  years,  from 
the  first  Monday  of  January  next  succeeding,  and  biennially  thereafter 
two  library  directors  shall  be  elected  for  the  term  of  six  years.  The 
board  of  library  directors  shall  hold  their  offices  for  the  terms  for 
which  they  are  elected,  and  until  their  successors  are  duly  elected  and 
qualified.  .Ml  vacancies  in  said  board  shall  be  filled  for  the  unex- 
pired term  from  the  political  party  in  which  the  vacancy  occurs,  by 
the  remaining  members  of  said  board. 


I 


209 

Special  acts  1915,  pages  666  and  667 

§  49  Said  city  shall  be  a  consolidated  school  district,  and  shall 
be  substituted  for  and  take  the  place  of  the  town  of  Huntington  in 
all  meetings,  duties,  powers,  obligations,  and  proceedings  required  by 
law  of  or  by  the  town  of  Huntington  in  all  matters  concerning  educa- 
tion, and  shall  act  instead  of  said  town;  and  all  the  powers,  obliga- 
tions, duties,  rights,  and  property  of  the  several  school  districts  and 
said  town  shall,  with  reference  to  education,  be  vested  in  and  belong 
to  said  city,  which  shall  be  to  all  intents  and  purposes  such  consoli- 
dated school  district. 

§  60  There  shall  be  in  said  city  a  board  of  education  consisting 
of  eight  electors  who  shall  be  elected  upon  the  general  ticket  with  the 
mayor,  and  not  more  than  four  members  shall  be  of  the  same  political 
party.  At  the  city  election  held  on  the  Tuesday  after  the  first  Mon- 
day of  November,  1916,  there  shall  be  elected  eight  members  of  said 
board  of  education,  four  of  whom  shall  be  elected  for  two  years  and 
four  for  four  years,  from  the  first  Monday  of  January  next  succeed- 
ing, and  biennially  thereafter  four  members  of  the  board  of  education 
shall  be  elected  for  the  term  of  four  years.  The  members  of  the  board 
of  education  shall  hold  their  offices  until  their  successors  are  elected 
and  qualified. 

§  51  Vacancies  in  said  board  shall  be  filled  by  the  remaining 
members  of  said  board  of  the  political  party  in  which  the  vacancy 
occurs  until  the  same  shall  be  filled  by  the  voters  of  the  ward  in  which 
such  vacancy  occurs,  and  in  case  it  is  filled  by  the  voters  of  said  ward 
it  shall  be  only  for  the  unexpired  term.  Vacancies  shall  be  filled  from 
the  same  political  party  in  which  the  vacancy  exists.  Said  board  of 
education  shall  have  all  the  powers  vested  in  and  shall  perform  all  the 
duties  imposed  by  law  on  town  school  committees,  selectmen,  and 
boards  of  school  visitors,  relative  to  schools  and  educational  matters, 
and  said  board  shall  have  the  superintendence,  management,  and  con- 
trol of  all  matters  concerning  education,  schools,  and  school  property 
in  said  city. 

§  52  The  police  commissioner  of  said  city  shall  assign  one  or 
more  policemen  to  act  as  truant  officers.  Said  board  of  education 
shall  audit  and  approve  all  bills  for  the  current  expenses  of  its  depart- 
ment, and  said  clerk  shall  thereupon  certify  whether  or  not  the  appro- 
priation is  sufficient  for  the  payment  thereof,  and,  if  sufficient,  he  shall 
draw  his  order  for  the  same  upon  the  city  treasurer  in  favor  of  the 
persons  entitled  to  payment  thereof.  Said  board  of  education  shall 
submit  to  the  mayor,  on  or  before  the  first  Monday  of  April  in  each 
year,  an  estimate  of  the  amount  required  for  the  support  and  main- 
tenance of  the  public  schools  of  said  city  for  the  ensuing  fiscal  year. 

§  53  All  the  property  of  the  town  of  Huntington,  the  borough  of 
Shelton,  and  the  several  school  districts  of  said  town,  and  all  rights 
of  action  and  all  securities  of  said  municipalities  and  liens  therefor, 
including  liens  for  taxes  or  assessments  diie  the  town  of  Huntington, 


210 

the  borough  of  Shelton,  and  the  several  school  districts  in  said  town, 
are  hereby  transferred  to  and  vested  in  said  city  of  Shelton,  and  the 
city  of  Shelton  is  hereby  made  liable  for  all  the  debts,  dues,  bonds,  and 
obligations  of  the  town  of  Huntington,  the  borough  of  Shelton,  and  the 
several  school  districts  of  said  town  that  are  now  due  or  may  hereafter 
become  due,  and  shall  execute,  abide  by  and  perform  all  the  duties 
and  obligations  and  have  and  exercise  all  the  rights  of  said  town  of 
Huntington,  borough  of  Shelton,  and  the  several  school  districts  of 
said  town,  but  the  debts  and  obligations  of  the  borough  of  Shelton 
shall  be  a  charge  upon  the  property  lying  within  the  second  taxing 
district,   and   upon   said  property   only. 

Madison 

An  act  authorizing  the  town  of  Madison  to   issue  bonds 

Special   acts   1921,  page  495 

Manchester 

Special  acts  of  1895,  page  408 

Special  acts  of  1907,  page  291 

Special  acts  of  1913,  page  1123 

Special  acts  of  1915,  page  75 

§  1  The  territory  and  inhabitants  within  the  limits  of  the  ninth 
school  district  of  Manchester  bounded  by  a  line  commencing  at  a  point 
in  the  center  line  of  middle  turnpike  opposite  the  dividing  line  between 
the  lands  of  R.  O.  Cheney  and  E.  C.  Hilliard,  thence  running  southerly 
to  a  point  where  said  line  intersects  the  north  line  of  the  land  of  E. 
L.  G.  Hohenthal,  thence  west  on  said  north  line  about  four  hundred 
and  five  feet  to  the  northwest  corner  of  said  land,  thence  south  on 
the  west  line  of  said  Hohenthal's  land  about  six  hundred  and  fifty  feet 
to  the  intersection  with  the  center  line  of  Olcott  street,  thence  westerly 
on  the  center  line  of  Olcott  street  to  the  east  line  of  the  land  of  the 
Charles  Case  property  at  a  point  five  hundred  and  twenty-six  feet 
easterly  of  the  center  line  of  McKee  street,  thence  south  on  the  east 
line  of  said  Case  property  to  the  center  line  of  Center  street,  thence 
west  on  the  center  line  of  Center  street  to  the  center  line  of  McKee 
street,  thence  south  on  the  center  line  of  McKee  street  to  Hartford 
road,  thence  south  on  the  line  of  the  old  highway  now  discontinued  to 
the  dividing  line  between  land  formerly  of  Edna  McKee  and  land  of 
Cheney  Brothers,  thence  easterly  in  a  straight  line  to  the  south  end 
of  the  bridge  south  of  the  house  of  the  late  George  Gould  o.i  South 
Main  street,  thence  south  along  the  center  of  the  highway  to  the  divid- 
ing line  between  land  formerly  of  Richard  Joslyn  and  land  formerly 
of  Abel  Lewis,  thence  easterly  in  a  straight  line  to  a  point  where  the 
west  line  of  the  third  district  crosses  Wyllis  brook  on  Gardner 
street,  thence  north  on  Gardner  street  in  a  straight  line  to  Highland 
street,  thence  east  about  fifty-two  feet  to  the  center  line  of  Autumn 


211 

street,  thence  north  on  the  center  line  of  Autumn  street  to  the  divid- 
ing line  between  land  of  C.  W.  Cowles  and  land  of  H.  G.  and 
R.  Cheney,  thence  west  on  said  line  to  the  west  line  of  the  old 
cemeterj',  thence  north  on  said  line  to  the  center  of  East  Center 
street,  thence  easterly  on  the  center  line  of  East  Center  street  to  the 
east  line  of  the  property  of  Martha  Durkins  and  Mary  Digney,  thence 
north  on  said  line  to  Middle  turnpike,  thence  westerly  along  Middle 
turnpike  to  the  point  of  beginning;  are  hereby  made  a  body  politic 
and  corporate  by  the  name  of  the  Ninth  school  district  of  Manchester, 
and  shall  have  all  the  powers  and  privileges  of  school  districts  under 
the  laws  of  this  state. 

§  2  The  first  meeting  of  said  district  shall  be  held  in  June,  1895, 
and  shall  be  called  by  the  present  district  committee.  At  said  meeting 
shall  be  elected  by  ballot  a  committee  consisting  of  five  persons  whose 
terms  of  office  shall  begin  July  fifteenth,  1895.  One  of  this  number 
shall  be  elected  to  hold  office  until  the  next  annual  meeting,  two  until 
the  second  annual  meeting,  and  the  remaining  two  until  the  third 
annual  meeting  thereafter.  At  each  annual  meeting  of  said  district, 
which  shall  be  held  in  June,  so  many  members  of  said  committee  shall 
be  elected  by  ballot  to  hold  office  for  three  years  as,  together  with 
those  previously  elected  to  hold  office  beyond  said  annual  meeting, 
will  make  the  whole  number  five;  and  all  members  of  said  committee 
shall  be  residents  of  said  district.  In  case  of  vacancy  caused  by 
resignation,  death,  or  removal  from  the  district,  the  remaining  mem- 
bers of  the  committee  shall  fill  the  vacancy  until  the  next  annual 
meeting  of  said  district,  when  a  member  shall  be  elected  for  the  un- 
expired term.  The  district  committee,  or  a  majority  thereof,  shall 
give  notice  of  all  meetings  of  said  district,  and  may  call  a  special 
meeting  thereof  at  any  time,  and  shall  call  one  on  the  written  request 
of  twenty  legal  voters  of  the  district. 

§  3  Said  committee  shall  examine,  employ,  and  dismiss  teachers, 
shall  determine  the  number  and  qualifications  of  the  scholars  to  be 
admitted  into  each  school  provided  that  all  chidren  of  school  age, 
within  said  district  shall  be  admitted  to  some  one  of  the  schools  main- 
tained by  said  district,  may  prescribe  the  course  of  study  to  be  followed 
in  the  schools,  and  shall  exercise  all  the  powers  and  perform  all  the 
duties  of  district  committees  and  school  visitors.  The  authority  of 
the  school  visitors  of  the  town  in  which  said  district  is  situated  shall 
extend  only  to  the  remaining  portion  of  said  town. 

§  4  In  the  town  of  Manchester,  in  each  year,  before  the  third 
Tuesday  of  June,  the  school  visitors  shall  elect  three  of  their  number, 
and  the  committee  chosen  under  the  provisions  of  this  resolution  shall 
also  elect  three  of  its  number,  and  the  board  of  selectmen  shall  elect 
three  of  its  members,  and  the  nine  persons  shall  be  the  joint  board  of 
the  town  of  Manchester  in  lieu  of  that  provided  for  in  section  2234 
of  the  general  statutes,  and  shall  have  the  rights  and  perform  the 
duties  of  said  joint  board  prescribed  in  sections  2234.  2236  and  2237 
of  the  general  statutes. 


212 

Special  acts  of  1913,  pages  1124-1125 

§  2  Said  district  may  establish  public  day  and  evening  schools  for 
instruction  in  the  principles  and  practice  of  such  trades  and  useful 
occupations  as  may  be  designated  by  the  committee  of  said  district. 
Said  committee  shall  have  the  power  to  purchase  such  materials  as 
may  be  necessary  for  the  proper  conduct  of  said  schools  and  may 
dispose  of  the  products  of  said  schools  and  of  the  income  from  such 
products  either  for  prizes  to  the  pupils  for  proficiency  in  work  or  for 
maintenance  of  said  schools. 

§  3  Said  district  may  equip  and  maintain  gymnasiums,  baths,  and 
recreation  grounds  with  all  necessary  buildings  and  paraphernalia, 
for  the  use  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  of  Alanchester  as  the 
recreation  committee  may  designate,  and  is  authorized  to  raise  nioney 
by  taxation  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  act. 
Said  district  shall  have  all  the  rights  and  powers  for  the  acquirement 
of  land  for  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  which  it  has  for  the 
acquirement  of  land  for  school  purposes. 

§  4  Said  recreation  grounds,  gymnasiums,  and  baths  shall  be 
under  the  supervision  of  a  committee  of  five  residents  of  said  district 
who  shall  be  known  as  the  recreation  committee  of  the  ninth  school 
district.  Two  of  said  committee  shall  be  appointed  annually  by  the 
district  committee  from  its  members.  At  the  annual  meeting  of  said 
district  in  1913  said  district  shall  elect  one  member  of  said  committee 
to  hold  office  for  one  year  from  July  15,  1913,  one  member  to  hold 
office  for  two  years  from  said  date,  and  one  member  to  hold  office  for 
three  years  from  said  date.  At  each  annual  meeting  thereafter  said 
district  shall  elect  one  member  of  said  committee  who  shall  hold  office 
for  three  years  from  July  fifteenth  succeeding  his  election.  In  case 
of  a  vacancy  among  the  elected  members  of  said  recreation  committee 
the  remaining  members  of  said  committee  shall  elect  some  person  to 
fill  the  vacancy  until  the  next  annual  meeting.  In  case  of  a  vacancy 
among  the  members  appointed  by  the  school  committee  said  school 
committee  shall  appoint  some  person  for  the  balance  of  the  unexpired 
term.  The  recreation  committee  shall  have  charge  of  the  baths,  recre- 
ation grounds,  and  gymnasiums  maintained  by  the  district,  and  shall 
make  rules  and  regulations  for  their  management,  use,  and  rental,  and 
may  employ  such  attendants  and  assistants  as  may  be  necessary  to 
properly  supervise  and  maintain  them. 

§  5  Whenever  said  district  shall  vote  to  purchase  land  for  any 
of  the  purposes  of  said  district,  or  to  purchase,  erect,  or  equip  any 
building  for  any  of  said  purposes,  or  to  enlarge  any  such  building, 
and  the  estimated  expense  thereof  is  more  than  ten  thousand  dollars, 
and  an  appropriation  is  made  for  the  purpose  of  meeting  such  expense, 
said  district  may,  at  a  meeting  duly  warned  for  that  purpose,  vote 
tf  issue  bonds  of  said  district  to  defray  such  expenses,  provided  said 
district  shall  not  issue  bonds  exceeding  in  the  aggregate  of  all  issues 
five  per  centum  of  the  grand  list  of  said  district.     Said  meeting  shall 


213 

fix  the  rate  of  interest  on  said  bonds,  the  time  and  place  of  payment 
of  principal  and  interest  thereon,  the  amount  and  kind  of  bonds,  the 
manner  in  which  they  shall  be  issued  and  sold,  and  the  person  or 
persons  by  whom  the  same  shall  be  signed  on  behalf  of  said  district. 
A  certain  part  of  said  bonds  shall  become  due  each  year.  Said  dis- 
trict shall  make  provision  for  a  sinking  fund  for  the  payment  of  said 
bonds.  The  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  such  bonds  shall  be  paid  into  the 
district  treasury  and  no  portion  of  the  money  so  raised  shall  be  used 
for  any  purpose  other  than  that  for  which  said  bonds  were  issued.  Any 
balance  remaining  after  completing  such  payment  shall  be  used  only 
for  the  purchase  of  land  or  the  purchase  or  construction  of  buildings 
or  their  enlargement  or  equipment. 

An   act   concerning  the   Ninth   school   district   of   Manchester 
Special   acts    1915,   page   3 

Meriden 

An  act  concerning  the  election  of  a  town  school  committee  of  Meriden 
Special  acts   1921,  page  876 

§  1  After  the  first  Monday  of  October,  1921,  there  shall  be  a 
board  of  education  in  the  town  of  Meriden,  consisting  of  five  mem- 
bers, who  shall  constitute  the  school  committee  of  the  town  of  Meri- 
den, whose  duties  shall  be  the  same  as  now  provided  by  law. 

§  2  At  the  regular  town  election  of  the  town  of  Meriden  in  Oc- 
tober, 1921,  there  shall  be  elected  from  the  qualified  voters  of  the 
town  of  Meriden  five  members  of  the  school  board  whose  terms  of 
office  shall  be  as  follows :  The  candidate  receiving  the  largest  number 
of  votes  at  said  election  shall  hold  office  for  a  term  of  six  years;  the 
two  candidates  receiving  the  next  largest  number  of  votes  shall  hold 
office  for  a  term  of  four  years;-  and  the  two  candidates  receiving  the 
next  largest  number  of  votes  shall  hold  office  for  two  years,  next  after 
their  election  and  until  their  successors  are  duly  elected  and  qualified. 
Biennially  there  shall  be  nominated  from  said  qualified  electors,  by 
any  of  the  political  parties,  the  same  number  of  candidates  for  said 
school  committee  as  there  are  vacancies  occurring  in  such  years,  and 
the  candidate  or  candidates,  as  the  case  may  be,  receiving  the  largest 
number  of  votes  shall  be  declared  elected  for  a  like  term.  At  such 
elections  each  elector  shall  vote  for  not  more  than  the  number  of 
members  of  said  committee  to  be  elected. 

§  3  The  present  school  committee  of  twelve  members  of  the  town 
of  Meriden  shall  be  terminated  and  cease  to  exist  as  a  committee  on 
the  first  Monday  of  October,  1921. 


214 


Special  acts  1921,  page  876 

§  36  Said  city  shall  be  a  consolidated  school  district,  and  all  the 
powers,  obligations,  rights  and  property  of  the  town,  whether  as  a 
town  or  consolidated  school  district,  shall  be  vested  in  said  city. 

§  37  There  shall  be  a  board  of  education  in  said  city  and  the  same 
shall  consist  of  five  members.  The  present  members  of  the  school 
committee  shall  continue  in  office  until  their  successors  are  duly 
elected  and  qualified  under  this  act. 

§  38  At  the  first  election  after  the  adoption  of  this  charter,  there 
shall  be  elected  from  the  qualified  voters  of  said  city,  five  members  to 
the  board  of  education  whose  term  of  office  shall  be  as  follows :  The 
candidate  receiving  the  largest  number  of  votes  at  said  election  shall 
hold  office  for  a  term  of  six  years;  the  two  candidates  receiving  the 
next  largest  numbers  of  votes  shall  hold  office  for  a  term  of  four 
years ;  and  the  two  candidates  receiving  the  next  largest  numbers  of 
votes  shall  hold  office  for  two  years,  next  after  their  election  and  until 
their  successors  are  duly  elected  and  qualified.  Biennially  there 
shall  be  nominated  from  said  qualified  electors,  by  any  political  party, 
the  same  number  of  candidates  for  said  board  of  education  as  there 
are  vacancies  occurring  in  such  years,  and  the  candidate  or  candidates, 
as  the  case  may  be,  receiving  the  largest  number  of  votes  shall  be 
declared  elected  for  a  like  term.  At  said  elections  each  elector  shall 
vote  for  not  more  than  the  number  of  said  members  of  said  board  to 
be  elected. 

MiDDLETOWN 

An  act  authorizing  the  Middletown  City  school  district  to  issue  bonds 
Special  acts   1913,  page  786 

An  act  authorizing  the  Middletown  City  school  district  to  issue  bonds 
Special   acts   1915,   page  80 

An  act  providing  for  the  consolidation  of  the  school  districts  in  the 
town  of  Middletown 

The  town  of  Middletown,  at  any  special,  regular  or  annual  town 
meeting,  may  consolidate  all  of  the  school  districts  into  one  school 
district,  exclusive  of  the  Middletown  city  school  district. 

MlLFORD 

An  act  creating  a  department  of  finance  in  the  town  of  Milford 
Special   acts  1921,  page  443 

M0NT\'1LLE 

An  act  incorporating  the  Palmer  memorial  association 
Special  acts  1915,  page   113 


215 

Naugatuck 
Special  acts   1895,  page  221 

§  6  All  burdens  and  all  expenses  imposed  by  law  upon  the  town  of 
Naugatuck,  for  the  support  of  schools,  shall  hereafter  be  borne  by 
said  borough ;  and  said  borough  shall  hereafter  perform  all  the  duties, 
and  have  and  exercise  all  the  rights,  powers,  and  privileges  of  and 
relative  to  said  purposes  and  matters  by  law  conferred  upon  said  town; 
and  all  laws  of  the  state  imposing  such  duties,  burdens,  and  expenses, 
and  conferring  such  rights,  powers,  and  privileges  upon  said  town,  are 
hereby  amended,  so  as  to  be  hereafter  applicable  to,  and  operative 
upon,  said  borough,  except  as  is  herein  otherwise  provided. 

§  23  There  shall  be  in  said  borough  a  board  of  education,  consist- 
ing of  six  electors  of  said  borough.  Of  the  members  elected  at  the 
annual  elector's  meeting  of  said  borough  in  May,  1895,  two  shall  be 
elected  for  the  term  of  three  years,  two  for  the  term  of  two  years,  and 
two  for  the  term  of  one  year,  respectively,  and  at  said  election  in  May, 
1895,  no  person  shall  vote  for  more  than  one  person  for  each  of  the 
respective  terms  last  above  named.  At  the  borough  election  held  on 
the  first  Monday  of  May,  1896,  and  annually  thereafter,  two  members 
of  said  board  of  education  shall  be  elected  for  the  term  of  three  years, 
hut  no  person  shall  vote  for  more  than  one  member  of  said  board  at 
any  election  after  May,  1895,  except  for  persons  to  fill  vacancies. 
Vacancies  in  said  board  may  be  filled  by  the  remaining  members  of 
said  board  until  the  same  be  filled  by  the  voters  thereof,  but  only 
for  the  unexpired  term.  Said  board  of  education  shall  have  all  the 
powers  now  or  hereafter  vested  in,  and  shall  perform  all  the  duties 
now  or  hereafter  imposed  by  law  on  the  school  visitors  of  the  several 
towns  in  this  state.  The  board  of  education  and  the  warden  and 
burgesses  of  said  borough  shall  meet  as  a  joint  board  on  the  second 
Tuesday  in  June  in  each  year,  and  prepare  a  statement  showing  the 
estimated  cost  of  each  and  all  the  public  schools  in  the  borough  for 
the  succeeding  school  year,  and  shall  itpmediately  thereafter  notify  the 
committees  of  the  respective  school  districts  of  the  several  amounts 
so  estimated;  and  said  board  of  education  shall  present,  at  the  annual 
borough  meeting,  a  written  or  printed  statement  of  the  total  cost  of 
each  and  all  of  the  public  schools  in  said  borough  for  the  school  year 
next  preceding,  and  shall  present  an  estimate  of  the  cost  of  such 
schools  for  the  current  school  year,*  at  a  meeting  of  the  freemen  of 
the  borough  held  in  July  in  each  year;  and  said  joint  board  shall 
hereafter  do  and  perform  all  other  acts  and  things  that  the  school 
visitors  and  the  selectmen  of  said  town  of  Naugatuck  have  heretofore 
done  and  performed,  and  as  may  be  hereafter  required  by  law  to  be 
done  and  performed,  in  the  several  towns  by  the  board  of  school 
visitors  and  selectmen. 


216 

An  act  incorporating  the  Naugatuck  high  school  scholarship  fund 
Special   acts   1919,  page   147 

§  1  Harris  Whittemore,  William  T.  Rodenbach  and  Frank  W. 
Eaton,  all  of  the  borough  of  Naugatuck,  and  such  other  persons  as 
they  shall  associate  with  them,  and  their  successors,  are  constituted  a 
body  politic  and  corporate  by  the  name  of  The  Naugatuck  High 
School  Scholarship  Fund. 

§  2  Said  corporation  is  formed  for  the  purpose  of  receiving,  hold- 
ing and  managing  both  real  and  personal  property  and  of  providing 
from  the  income  thereof  cash  scholarships  for  graduates  of  the  Nau- 
gatuck high  school. 

§  3  Said  corporation  may  sue  and  be  sued  and  prosecute  and 
defend  suits  in  all  courts  in  this  state;  may  have  and  use  a  common 
seal  and  alter  the  same ;  may  make  by-laws  for  the  management  of  its 
affairs  and  elect  such  officers  as  its  by-laws  may  prescribe;  may  re- 
ceive, hold  and  possess  any  estate,  real  or  personal,  by  subscription, 
gift,  grant,  purchase,  bequest  or  devise,  either  in  trust  or  otherwise, 
and  may  grant,  alien,  sell,  invest  and  dispose  of  the  same  and  the 
income  thereof  for  the  purpose  herein  set  forth. 

§  4  Any  vacancy  which  may  occur  among  the  members  of  said 
corporation  shall  be  filled  by  the  remaining  members  at  a  meeting  of 
such  members,  reasonable  notice  of  which  shall  be  given. 

§  5  Said  corporation  and  all  property  and  funds  held  by  it  shall 
be  exempt  from  taxation. 

§  6  Said  corporation  shall  make  report  annually  to  the  board  of 
education  of  Naugatuck. 

New  Britain 

Special  acts  1905,  page  932 

Special  acts  1913,  page  1023 

Special  acts  1915,  pages  411  and  1028 

SCHOOLS 

§  36  Said  city  shall  be  a  consolidated  school  district  and  it  shall 
be  in  place  of  the  town  of  New  Britain  in  all  the  duties,  obligations, 
and  other  matters  required  by  law  of  or  by  the  town  concerning  edu- 
cation, and  it  shall  act  in  such  matters  instead  of  the  town.  All  the 
powers,  obligations,  rights,  and  property  of  the  town,  whether  as  a 
town  or  as  a  consolidated  school  district,  shall  be  vested  in  and  belong 
to  said  city. 

§  37  There  shall  be  a  school  committee  of  said  city,  with  all  the 
rights,  duties,  or  powers  concerning  schools  and  educational  matters 
now  or  hereafter  vested  in  committees  of  consolidated  school  districts 
and  selectmen  of  towns  by  the  laws  of  this  state.  Said  committee  shall 
serve  without  compensation,  except  as  hereinafter  provided,  and  the 


I 


217 


present  school  committee  of  the  consolidated  school  district  of  the 
town  of  New  Britain  shall  continue  to  be  the  committee  of  the  con- 
solidated school  district  of  the  city  of  New  Britain  until  the  successors 
oi'  the  present  members  of  said  committee  shall  be  elected  and  qualified 
as  herein  provided. 

§  38  Said  committee  may  fix  and  determine  the  compensation  to 
be  paid  to  its  officers. 

§  39    Said  committee  shall  audit  and  approve  monthly  all  bills  for 
all  current  expenses  of  their  department  and  report  the  same  to  the 
city  comptroller,  provided,  in  all  cases  whenever  a  discount  for  cash 
can  be  procured  from  the  price  of  any  goods  purchased,  the  finance 
committee  of  the  school  committee  shall  have  power  to  pay  any  such 
bill  in  order  to  take  advantage  of  the  discount  for  the  benefit  of  the 
I     school  district,  and  may  draw  an  order  upon  the  treasurer  therefor  in 
\    favor  of  the  person  entitled  to  payment  of  the  bill  discounted,  but  all 
^    such  bills  so  discounted  shall  be  afterwards  ratified  and  approved  by 
;     the  school  committee  at  the  next  regular  meeting  thereof.     The  city 
comptroller  shall  certify  to  the  city  treasurer  whether  or  not  the  appro- 
priation available  is  sufficient  for  the  payment  of  the  bills  audited  and 
approved,  and,  if  sufficient,  said  committee,  by  its  duly  authorized  of- 
ficial, shall  draw  upon  the  treasurer  in  favor  of  the  person  entitled  to 
the  payment  of  any  such  bill,  and  the  comptroller  shall  keep  a  list  of 
all  bills  approved  and  filed  with  said  committee. 

§  40  All  business  relative  to  the  schools  of  said  consolidated 
school  district  of  the  city  of  New  Britain  heretofore  transacted  in 
town  meetings  shall  hereafter  be  transacted  in  city  meetings. 

§  41  Said  committee  may  make,  change,  amend,  or  alter  any 
rules,  regulations,  or  by-laws  which  they  may  deem  necessary  relative 
to  the  manner  of  conducting  the  meetings  and  business  of  the  commit- 
tee, to  the  conduct  and  government  of  schools,  and  to  the  duties, 
terms  of  office,  mode  of  election,  and  compensation  of  all  persons  em- 
ployed by  said  committee  and  its  officers;  and  said  committee  may  at 
any  time  remove  any  officer  thereof  or  any  person  employed  by  them. 
§  42  Said  committee  shall  make  such  estimates  of  its  expenses 
for  each  year  and  keep  such  accounts  of  its  expenditures  as  shall  be 
prescribed  by  the  ordinances  of  said  city,  and  shall  make  a  report  of 
its  doings  annually  in  each  year  to  the  common  council  at  the  close 
of  each  school  year. 

§  43  Whenever  upon  estimates  of  the  board  of  finance  and  taxa- 
tion the  common  council  shall  make  an  appropriation  exceeding  five 
tl'.ousand  dollars  for  the  purpose  of  erecting  any  school  building,  or 
enlarging  any  existing  school  building,  or  buying  or  securing  land 
therefor  or  for  equipment  thereof,  said  common  council  may,  in  lieu 
of  voting  to  lay  a  tax  to  meet  said  appropriation,  refer  the  same  to  a 
city  meeting,  which  city  meeting,  if  warned  for  that  purpose,  may  vote 
to  issue  the  bonds  of  said  city  for  the  purpose  of  raising  money  to 
defray  the  expenses  thereof  instead  of  levying  a  tax  to  meet  the  same. 


218 

Said  city  meeting  shall  fix  the  rate  of  interest  on  said  bonds,  the  time 
and  place  of  payment  of  principal  and  interest  thereon,  the  amount  and 
kind  of  bonds,  the  manner  in  which  they  shall  be  issued  and  sold,  and 
the  person  or  persons  empowered  to  sign  the  same  on  behalf  of  said 
city;  and  may  provide  that  a  certain  part  of  said  bonds  may  become 
due  and  payable  in  each  year,  and  may  provide  a  sinking  fund  for  the 
payment  of  such  bonds.  The  avails  of  such  bonds  shall  be  paid  into 
the  city  treasury  and  credited  to  said  school  committee  on  the  books 
of  the  treasurer  to  the  account  of  new  school  buildings  and  no  portion 
of  the  money  raised  by  the  sale  of  bonds  shall  be  used  for  any  purpose 
or  paid  out  of  the  treasury  except  for  obtaining  land  for  or  for  de- 
fraying the  expense  of  the  construction  or  enlargement  of  such  new 
school  buildings  and  for  furnishing  and  equipping  such  new  buildings 
or  extensions,  and  any  balance  remaining  after  payment  of  such  bills 
shall  be  available  only  for  the  purpose  of  the  construction  of  new  or 
the  extension  or  enlargement  of  existing  school  buildings  or  the  pur- 
chase of  land  for  school  buildings. 

Special  acts  1913,  page  1028 

There  shall  be  in  said  city  a  commission  of  public  amusement,  ap- 
pointed by  the  mayor,  consisting  of  four  members,  each  of  whom  shall 
hold  office  for  a  term  of  three  years  and  until  his  successor  is  ap- 
pointed and  qualified.  Such  appointments  shall  be  so  made  that  not 
more  than  two  of  said  commissioners  shall  belong  to  the  same  political 
party.  On  or  before  the  first  day  of  August,  1911,  the  mayor  shall 
appoint  two  members  of  said  commission  to  hold  office  until  May  1, 
1912,  and  two  to  hold  office  until  May,  1915,  and  as  the  terms  of  said 
commissioners  expire,  reappointments  shall  be  made  on  or  before  the 
first  day  of  May  for  a  term  of  three  years  from  said  first  day  of  May. 
Said  commission  shall  serve  without  compensation.  Said  commission 
shall  have  supervision  of  public  playgrounds  and  the  management  and 
expenditure  of  moneys  appropriated  or  received  by  said  city  for  the 
purpose  of  public  amusements.  Nothing  herein  shall  give  said  com- 
mission any  powers  over  public  parks  or  school  grounds  except  by 
consent,  from  time  to  time  obtained,  of  the  park  commissioners  or  the 
school  committee.  Said  city  may  appropriate  money  to  be  expended 
under  the  direction  of  said  commission  for  public  playgrounds  and 
amusements. 

Special  acts  1919,  page  218,  sec.  16 

Act   authorizing   the   city   of   New   Britain    to    issue    bonds 

Creating  a  board   of   finance  in  the  town  of  New   Canaan 

Special  acts  1911,  pages  160-163 
Special   acts   1921,  page  399 


219 


An  act  amending  the  charter  of  the  New  Canaan  reading-room  and 
circulating  library  corporation  by  changing  its  name  to  New 
Canaan  library 

Special  acts   1915,  page  243 

§  1  The  charter  of  the  New  Canaan  reading-room  and  circulating 
library  corporation,  approved  March  13,  1885,  is  hereby  amended  by 
changing  the  name  of  said  corporation  to  New  Canaan  library. 

§  2  This  act  shall  take  effect  without  acceptance  by  said  corpora- 
tion. 

New  H/Wex 

Special   acts   1899,  page  419 

DEPARTMENT    OF    EDUCATION 

§  104  There  shall  be  in  said  city  a  department  of  education,  which 
shall  have  the  care  and  management  of  all  the  affairs  of  the  New 
Haven  city  school  district.  After  this  act  takes  effect  no  meeting  of 
the  New  Haven  city  school  district  shall  be  held  for  any  purpose 
whatever. 

§  105  Said  department  shall  be  under  the  control  of  a  board  of 
education  of  seven  members  who  shall  serve  without  compensation. 
The  members  of  the  board  of  education  in  office  at  the  time  this  act 
takes  effect  shall  hold  their  respective  offices  during  the  terms  for 
which  they  were  appointed  unless  sooner  removed  for  cause  according 
to  the  provisions  of  this  act.  On  or  before  the  first  day  of  September, 
1899,  the  mayor  shall  appoint  two  members  of  said  board  to  serve 
four  years  from  the  third  Monday  in  September  next  following;  on 
or  before  the  first  day  of  September,  1900,  the  mayor  shall  appoint  two 
members  of  said  board  to  serve  four  years  from  the  third  Monday  of 
September  next  following  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  September,  1901, 
he  shall  appoint  two  members  of  said  board  to  serve  for  four  years 
from  the  third  Monday  of  September  next  following;  and  on  or  before 
the  first  day  of  September,  1902,  said  mayor  shall  appoint  one  member 
of  said  board  to  serve  for  a  period  of  four  years  from  the  third  Mon- 
day of  September  next  following.  And  on  or  before  the  first  day  of 
September  in  every  year  thereafter  the  mayor  shall  fill  the  vacancies 
about  to  occur  in  said  board  by  appointing  one  or  two  members,  as  the 
case  may  be,  to  serve  for  four  years  from  the  third  Monday  in  Sep- 
tember following  their  appointment.  Not  more  than  four  members  of 
the  same  political  party  shall  at  any  one  time  be  members  of  said 
board.  The  mayor  shall  fill  all  vacancies  caused  by  death,  resigna- 
tion, or  otherwise,  by  appointment,  for  the  unexpired  term.  H  the 
mayor  shall  refuse,  fail,  or  neglect  for  thirty  days  to  make  an  ap- 
pointment to  fill  any  vacancy  that  may  occur  in  said  board,  either  by 
death,  resignation,  removal,  or  otherwise,  then  the  remaining  members 
of  said  board  may  elect  a  suitable  person  to  fill  such  vacancy. 


220 

§  106  The  board  of  education  shall  appoint  a  superintendent  of 
schools,  and  shall  decide  the  number  of  principals,  assistants,  and 
teachers  to  be  employed.  It  may  appoint  or  employ  a  secretary,  an 
inspector  of  buildings,  and  such  other  officers  and  employees  as  may 
bo  necessary  for  the  proper  conduct  of  its  business.  It  shall  fix  their 
terms  of  office  and  their  salaries  and  prescribe  their  duties  in  each 
case,  except  as  hereinafter  provided.  The  officers  and  employees  of 
the  New  Haven  city  school  district,  at  the  time  of  the  taking  effect  of 
this  act  shall  retain  their  respective  offices  until  their  successors  shall 
be  chosen,  and  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  board  of  education  then 
in  existence,  not  inconsistent  with  this  act,  shall  remain  in  full  force 
until  repealed.  Said  board  shall  have  the  entire  charge  and  direction 
of  all  the  public  schools  of  said  district,  and  of  the  expenditure  of  all 
moneys  appropriated  for  the  support  of  the  same,  and  shall  have 
charge  of  the  construction,  management,  and  repair  of  all  school  build- 
ings, and  shall  possess  all  other  powers  and  be  subject  to  all  of  the 
general  duties  of  boards  of  education,  school  committees,  and  school 
visitors  in  this  state,  so  far  as  the  same  are  consistent  with  the  terms 
of  this  act.  It  shall  annually  choose  a  president  from  among  its  own 
members,  make  its  own  by-laws,  keep  a  journal  of  its  proceedings, 
define  the  duties  of  its  officers  and  committees,  and  prescribe  such 
rules  and  regulations  for  discipline  in  said  public  school  as  are  not 
inconsistent  with  the  laws  of  the  state. 

§  107  The  superintendent  of  schools,  if  he  has  not  held  the  office 
before,  shall  be  appointed  for  one  year  and  if  continued  in  office  there- 
after may  be  appointed  for  a  term  of  five  years,  and  his  salary  shall 
not  be  reduced  before  the  expiration  of  said  term  of  five  years.  He 
shall  not  be  removed  during  said  term  except  by  the  vote  of  five  mem- 
bers of  the  board  of  education.  He  shall  appoint  from  those  eligible 
under  the  rules  of  the  board  all  principals,  assistants,  and  teachers 
necessary  to  fill  positions  authorized  by  the  board.  He  shall  assign 
all  principals,  assistants,  and  teachers  to  their  respective  positions 
and  reassign  them  or  dismiss  them  from  office  at  his  discretion.  He 
shall  report  at  each  meeting  of  the  board  all  appointments,  reassign- 
ments,  and  dismissals  made  by  him  since  the  previous  meeting.  Any 
appointment  by  the  superintendent  may  be  rejected  by  a  vote  of  five 
members  of  the  board.  Any  dismissal  by  the  superintendent  shall  be 
final  unless  reversed  by  a  vote  of  five  members  of  the  board  at  the 
meeting  when  such  dismissal  is  reported.  Notice  of  dismissal  on  the 
part  of  the  superintendent  shall  be  given  to  the  principal,  assistant, 
or  teacher,  by  the  superintendent  in  writing  at  least  one  week  before 
the  meeting  of  the  board  when  the  superintendent  reports  such  dis- 
missal. He  shall,  with  the  approval  of  the  board  of  education,  pre- 
scribe the  courses  of  study  in  all  the  schools,  but  the  te.xt-books  to 
be  used  in  said  courses  shall  be  designated  by  the  board.  The  super- 
intendent shall  annually,  at  a  date  to  be  fixed  by  the  board,  submit  to 
the  board  a  full  report  of  the  work  and  condition  of  the  schools  dur- 


I- 


221 


ing  the  previous  year,  with  recommendations  for  the  ensuing  year, 
which  report,  when  accepted  by  the  board,  shall  form  part  of  its  re- 
port to  the  mayor.  He  shall  also  report,  each  month  during  the  school 
year,  to  the  board  in  writing,  any  changes  made  in  the  several  courses 
of  study,  and  what  principals,  assistants,  and  teachers  he  has  assigned, 
reassigned,  or  dismissed,  and  shall  furnish  such  additional  informa- 
tion regarding  the  condition  of  the  schools  and  the  efficiency  of  the 
teaching  force  as  may  be  required  by  the  board.  Said  monthly  re- 
ports shall  be  entered  in  a  suitable  book  provided  for  the  purpose, 
and  shall  be  kept  as  a  part  of  the  records  of  the  department. 

§  108  The  treasurer  of  the  city  shall  receive  the  amount  of  school 
money  to  which  the  district  is  entitled  from  the  school  moneys  of  the 
state,  from  the  town  of  New  Haven,  from  state  appropriations  for 
school  purposes,  from  gifts,  and  from  the  tax  laid  within  the  district 
for  school  purposes,  which  moneys  shall  be  subject  to  the  order  of  the 
board  of  education  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  board  of 
finance  may  from  time  to  time  establish. 

§  109  The  board  of  education  shall  submit  to  the  board  of  finance 
of  the  city,  at  the  time  fixed  by  law  for  the  submission  of  the  estimates 
of  the  other  departments  of  said  city,  a  detailed  estimate  of  its  ex- 
penses for  the  next  year  for  which  the  appropriations  for  city  purposes 
are  by  law  required  to  be  made  specifying  separately  the  sums  needed 
for  current  and  special  expenses. 

§  110  Said  board  of  finance  shall  annually  appropriate  for  the  pur- 
poses of  said  district  such  amount  as  it  may  deem  necessary  for  such 
purposes.  Appropriations  made  for  school  sites  and  the  building  and 
furnishing  of  new  schoolhouses  or  additions  to  old  ones  shall  be  known 
as  the  special  school  fund,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of 
education  to  cause  accurate  accounts  to  be  kept  of  its  receipts  and 
expenditures,  distinguishing  between  those  of  a  general  and  those  of  a 
special  character.  The  board  of  finance  shall  levy,  for  school  pur- 
poses, a  tax  upon  all  property  within  said  district  as  now  or  hereafter 
constituted. 

§  111  The  board  of  education  shall  have  power  to  maintain  one  or 
two  high  schools,  as  it  may  deem  advisable,  and  a  manual  training 
school,  and  it  shall  determine  the  number  and  location  of  primary  and 
grammar  schools,  but  no  expenditure  involving  any  expense  to  the  city 
of  New  Haven  or  the  New  Haven  city  school  district  for  the  purpose 
of  ground  or  the  erection  of  schoolhouses  shall  be  made  until  a  special 
appropriation  for  that  purpose  shall  have  been  made. 

§  112  Said  board  shall  annually,  at  a  date  to  be  fixed  by  the 
mayor,  transmit  to  the  mayor  a  full  report  of  its  proceedings  during 
the  previous  year,  together  with  a  statement  of  its  receipts  and  ex- 
penditures, specifying  those  on  account  of  current  expenses,  and  spe- 
cial expenses  for  land  and  buildings  respectively,  with  such  other  de- 
tails as  the  mayor  may  from  time  to  time  require. 


222 

§  113  Said  board  shall  have  power  to  divide  the  school  district 
into  as  many  sub-districts  as  it  may  deem  advisable  for  the  purpose  of 
determining  the  limits  within  which  children  may  attend  each  school. 

§  114  The  city  of  New  Haven,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
board  of  education,  shall  have  power  to  take  sites  for  schoolhouses,  or 
for  the  enlargement  of  sites  already  acquired,  in  the  manner  provided 
by  law  for  the  taking  of  land  for  public  parks. 

§  115  The  title  to  all  property,  legal  or  equitable,  owned  by  such 
district,  or  which  may  hereafter  be  acquired  for  school  purposes  in  said 
district,  is  hereby  vested  in  the  board  of  education,  as  trustee  for  said 
New  Haven  city  school  district. 

§  116  The  Westville  school  district  and  the  South  school  district 
are  excepted  from  the  provisions  hereof.  Whenever  the  electors  of 
either  the  Westville  school  district  or  the  South  school  district  in  the 
town  and  city  of  New  Haven  shall,  by  a  majority  vote  in  district  meet- 
ing, in  the  manner  provided  for  the  admission  of  the  diflferent  wards 
in  section  218  of  this  act,  express  their  desire  to  have  their  district 
annexed  to  the  New  Haven  city  school  district,  said  vote  shall  be 
certified  to  the  board  of  education  of  the  New  Haven  city  school 
district,  and  said  board  shall  then,  by  a  proper  vote,  declare  the  district 
in  question  to  be  a  part  of  the  New  Haven  city  school  district,  and  it 
shall  thereafter  be  included  in  said  New  Haven  city  school  district, 
and  be  governed  by  all  the  provisions  of  this  act  relating  to  said 
district. 

TE.-VCHERS'    RETIREMENT    FUND 

Special  acts  1911,  pages  323-328 

§  1  There  shall  be  a  fund  to  be  known  as  the  "Teachers'  Retire- 
ment Fund"  for  the  benefit  of  teachers  of  the  public  day  schools  of 
the  New  Haven  city  school  district,  which  shall  consist  of  moneys  re- 
ceived from  the  following  sources :  (1)  All  appropriations,  gifts,  or 
bequests  made  to  the  fund  from  public  or  private  sources,  for  the 
purposes  for  which  said  retirement  fund  is  established:  (2)  An 
assessment  of  one  per  centum  of  the  annual  salaries  of  all  teachers  who 
have  taught  for  a  period  of  ten  years  or  less,  and  of  two  per  centum 
of  the  annual  salaries  of  all  teachers  who  have  taught  for  more  than 
ten  years,  which  assessment  shall,  during  the  school  year,  be  retained 
from  the  salaries  of  such  teachers  in  equal  monthly  amounts;  pro- 
vided that  the  amount  deducted  from  any  salary  shall  not  exceed 
thirty-two  dollars  in  any  year :  (3)  Such  part  of  the  salary  of  any 
teacher  as  shall  not  have  been  paid  to  such  teacher  by  reason  of  the 
resignation,  illness,  or  absence  of  such  teacher,  or  from  any  other 
cause,  which  shall  be  transferred  by  the  board  of  education,  at  the 
end  of  each  fiscal  year,  to  said  retirement  fund;  provided,  that  if  the 
amount  so  transferred,  during  any  fiscal  year,  shall  not  equal  the 
amount  raised  under  the  provisions  of  subdivision  (2)  of  this  section, 
the  difference  between  said  amounts  shall  be  made  up  the  following 
year  by  the  board  of  finance  by  making  an  appropriation  therefor. 


223 

§  2  The  board  of  finance  of  the  city  of  New  Haven,  in  making 
the  appropriations  for  said  district,  shall  appropriate  for  the  salaries 
of  the  day  school  teachers  of  said  city,  an  amount  sufficient  to  pay  the 
full  yearly  salary  to  each  day  school  teacher  employed  by  said  board 
of  education  for  the  ensuing  fiscal  year. 

§  3     (1)   The  city  treasurer  shall  be  treasurer  of  said  fund.     The 
board  of  education  of  the  city  of  New  Haven  shall  be  trustee  of  said 
retirement  fund  and  may  invest  and  reinvest  the  same  in  accordance 
with  the  laws  relating  to  the  investment  of  trust  funds.     (2)  All  orders 
on  said  fund  shall  be  signed  by  the  secretary  and  countersigned  by 
the  president  of  the  board  of  education.     The  unexpended  yearly  bal- 
ance of  said  fund  if  any,  shall  be  set  apart  by  said  trustee  and  con- 
stitute a  permanent  fund  to  be  invested,  as  aforesaid,  by  the  trustee, 
i    and  only  the  income  from  said  permanent  fund  shall  be  used  in  carry- 
>    ing  out  the  provisions  of  this  act.     (3)  Whenever  the  permanent  fund 
'    amounts   to   a   sum  the  income   from  which,   in  the   judgment   of  the 
j    board  of  trustees  and  board  of  finance  of  the  city  of  New  Haven  will 
I    be   sufficient  to  pay  the   annuities   provided  for  in  this   act,  then   no 
,    transfer   of  the  sums   under   subdivision    (3)   of  section  one   shall   be 
made  by  the  board  of  education,  but  said   sums   shall   revert  to   the 
city  treasury.    (4)  The  trustee  of  the  retirement  fund  shall  have  power, 
in  its  discretion,  to  authorize  the  expenditure  from  the  general  fund 
of  such  a  sum  as  it  may  deem  necessary  for  clerical  and  other  expenses 
incident  to  the  administration  of  said  fund,  payment  therefrom  to  be 
made  on  vouchers  prepared  and  audited  in  the  same  manner  as  pay- 
ments from  other  funds  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  board  of  educa- 
tion. 

§  4  Two  members  of  the  board  of  education,  to  be  chosen  annually 
by  said  board,  one  member  of  the  board  of  aldermen,  to  be  elected  by 
the  board  of  aldermen,  the  treasurer  of  the  city  of  New  Haven,  and  a 
teacher  chosen  by  the  teachers  of  the  public  schools  of  New  Haven 
shall  constitute  a  board  of  retirement.  The  member  of  said  board 
representing  the  teachers  shall  first  be  chosen  by  said  teachers  for  one 
year  and  thereafter  for  two  years ;  the  first  election  for  the  selection 
of  said  members  shall  be  conducted  by  said  board  of  education,  and 
each  subsequent  election  shall  be  conducted  by  a  committee  appointed 
by  the  board  of  retirement,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  said 
committee  shall  determine.  Said  committee  shall  have  power  to  con- 
duct special  elections  to  fill  any  vacancy  occurring  in  the  teachers' 
representation  on   said  board. 

§  5  (1)  Upon  a  majority  vote  of  the  board  of  retirement  and  a 
majority  vote  of  the  board  of  education,  any  teacher  who  has  taught  in 
public  day  schools  for  a  period  of  thirty  years,  of  which  period  the 
last  twenty  years  shall  have  been  in  said  public  day  schools  of  the  New 
Haven  city  school  district,  shall  be  placed  on  the  retired  list.  (2)  .Any 
teacher  of  the  public  day  schools  of  the  New  Haven  city  school  dis- 
trict who  has  reached  the  age  of  sixty-five  years  or  over,  and  who  has 


224 


taught  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  thirty  years,  of  which  period  the 
last  twenty  shall  have  been  in  the  public  day  schools  of  the  New  Haven 
city  school  district,  shall  have  the  right  to  apply  to  the  board  of 
retirement  to  be  placed  on  the  retired  list.  If  said  application  shall 
be  approved  by  a  majority  vote  of  said  board  of  retirement  and  a  like 
vote  of  said  board  of  education,  the  applicant  shall  be  placed  on  the 
retired  list.  (3)  Any  teacher  who  has  taught  in  the  public  day 
schools  of  the  New  Haven  city  school  district  for  a  period  of  forty 
years  previous  to  the  date  when  this  act  becomes  operative  shall,  upon 
recommendation  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  board  of  retirement  and 
a  majority  vote  of  the  board  of  education,  be  placed  upon  the  retired 
list. 

§  6  (1)  The  board  of  retirement  shall  annually  appoint  three 
physicians  or  surgeons  of  the  city  of  New  Haven,  of  at  least  ten  years 
active  practice,  who  shall  be  known  as  the  board  of  examiners,  who 
shall  serve  without  pay,  and  who  shall,  upon  request  of  the  board  of 
education  or  the  board  of  retirement,  make  such  examinations  as  may 
be  called  for  under  the  terms  of  this  section  and  report  their  findings, 
in  writing,  to  the  board  making  such  request.  (2)  On  the  recom- 
mendation of  a  majoritj'  vote  of  said  board  of  retirement,  said  board 
of  education  shall  have  power,  by  a  majority  vote  of  all  of  its  mem- 
bers, to  place  on  the  disability  list  for  the  remainder  of  his  or  her  life, 
or  any  part  thereof,  any  teacher  of  the  public  day  schools  of  the  New 
Haven  city  school  district  who  is  found  by  said  board  of  examiners 
to  be  mentally  or  physically  incapacitated  for  the  performance  of  duty, 
and  who  has  been  engaged  in  the  work  of  teaching  for  a  period  of  at 
least  fifteen  years,  the  last  ten  of  which  shall  have  been  in  the  public 
day  schools  of  the  New  Haven  city  school  district.  In  no  case  shall 
a  teacher  be  placed  on  the  disability  list  until  said  board  of  examiners 
shall  have  filed  a  report,  in  writing,  within  thirty  days  from  the  date 
of  examination  to  the  efTect  that  said  teacher  has  refused  to  submit  to 
an  examination  or,  after  examination,  is  found  by  the  board  of  exam- 
iners to  be  physically  or  mentally  unfitted  for  further  service  in  the 
day  schools  of  New  Haven.  (3)  Any  teacher  of  the  public  day  schools 
of  the  New  Haven  city  school  district  who  has  been  engaged  in 
teaching  for  a  period  of  at  least  fifteen  years,  the  last  ten  of  which 
shall  have  been  in  said  public  day  schools  of  the.  New  Haven  city 
school  district,  shall  have  the  right  to  apply  to  the  board  of  retire- 
ment to  be  placed  on  the  disability  list  on  the  ground  that  he  or  she  is 
mentally  or  physically  incapacitated  for  the  further  performance  of 
duty  as  a  teacher.  Any  applicant  for  retirement  on  said  ground  of 
disability  shall  submit  to  a  proper  medical  examination  bv  said  board 
of  examiners  before  his  or  her  application  shall  be  considered.  The 
board  of  education  may,  by  a  majority  vote,  upon  recommendation 
by  a  majority  vote  of  said  board  of  retirement,  place  said  teacher  on 
the  disability  list.  (4)  Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  as  pro- 
hibiting the  board  of  retirement  from  recommending,  by  a  majority 


225 


vote,  to  the  board  of  education  that  the  disability  of  a  teacher  retired 
under  this  section  shall  be  declared  ended.     Said  board  of  education 
may,  by  a  majority  vote,  on  such  recommendation  of   said  board  ot 
I    retirement,  declare  ended  the  disability  of  a  teacher  retired  under  the 
I    terms  of  this  section,  and  upon  delivery  to  said  teacher  of  a  written 
i    offer  of  reappointment  to  a  position  as  a  teacher  equal  in  remuneration 
I    to  the  one  previously  held  by  said  teacher,  the  payment  of  the  annuity 
I    of  such  teacher  under  this  disability  clause  shall  be  discontinued.     (5) 
I    Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  as  prohibiting  a  teacher  who  has 
been  placed  on  the  disability  list  from  applying,  once  each  year,  to  be 
reinstated   to    active    duty    as    a    teacher.     On    recommendation    by    a 
majority  vote  of  the  board  of  retirement,  after  an  examination  of  said 
applicant  by  the  board  of  examiners,  the  board  of  education  may,  by 
J  a  majority  vote,  restore  said  teacher  to  active  duty,  and  the  disability 
i   annuity  shall  cease  on  the  day  that  said  teacher  resumes  his  or  her 
f  v;ork  as  a  teacher.     (6)  In  no  case,  however,  shall  the  disability  pro- 
vided   for   in    subdivisions    (2)    and    (3)    of    this    section    be    declared 
I    ended  or  finished  until  an  examination  has  been  made  by  said  board  of 
I    examiners  or  the  teacher  in  question  has  refused  to  be  so  examirted, 
and  said  board  of  examiners  shall  have  certified,  by  a  majority  vote, 
either  to   said  teacher's  refusal   to  be   examined,  or  that,   after   such 
examination,  said  teacher  is  found  to  be  physically  and  mentally  fitted 
for  further  service  in  the  public  day  schools  of  the  New  Haven  City 
school  district.    The  provisions  of  this  section  shall  not,  however,  apply 
to  ordinary  cases  of  temporary  disability. 

§  7  (1)  The  annuity  paid  to  any  teacher  regularly  placed  on  the 
retired  list  for  the  remainder  of  his  or  her  life  shall  be  one-half  of  his 
or  her  average  annual  salary  for  the  five  years  last  previous  to  the 
date  of  his  or  her  retirement;  provided,  that  such  annuity  shall  be  not 
less  than  four  hundred  dollars  nor  more  than  eight  hundred  dollars 
per  annum.  Said  annuity  shall  be  payable  to  said  teacher  in  monthly 
installments  during  the  school  year.  (2)  Any  teacher  regularly  placed 
on  the  disability  list  shall  receive  an  annuity  the  amount  of  which 
shall  be  one-thirtieth  part  of  the  total  annuity  provided  for  in  sub- 
division (1)  of  this  section,  for  each  year  of  service  of  said  teacher, 
not  exceeding  thirty  years.  (3)  Xo  annuities  shall  be  paid  under 
the  provisions  of  this  act,  except  as  provided  in  subdivision  (3)  of 
section  five,  unless  the  retiring  teacher  shall  have  first  paid  into  the 
retirement  fund  such  sum  or  sums  as  shall  make  his  or  her  total 
payments  equal  to  the  amount  of  the  annuity  paid  for  the  first  year, 
but  should  any  retiring  teacher  be  unable  to  pay  the  full  amount  of 
said  sum  before  receiving  an  annuity,  the  board  of  trustees  shall,  in 
paying  the  annuity  of  such  teacher,  withhold,  from  each  monthly 
payment,  twenty  per  centum  thereof  until  the  full  amount  hereinbefore 
provided  for  shall  have  been  so  contributed  to  the  fund.  If  said  retire- 
ment fund  shall  at  any  time  be  found  insufficient  to  carry  out  the 
provisions  of  this  act,  the  amount  in  said  fund  shall,  during  the  con- 

15 


226 


tinuance  of  such  insufficiency,  be  distributed  pro  rata  among  the  per- 
sons entitled  thereto  and  such  distribution  shall  be  in  full  of  all  an- 
nuities then  due. 

§  8  Teachers  who  are  dismissed  from  school  employment  shall 
have  refunded  to  them,  without  interest,  the  amounts  which  they  have 
contributed  to  said  retirement  fund. 

§  9  Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  as  preventing  said  board 
of  education  from  discontinuing  the  employment  of  any  teacher  at  the 
end  of  his  or  her  contract  of  employment ;  nor  shall  anything  herein 
contained  be  construed  as  creating  any  contract  right  in  any  teacher  to 
receive  the  annuity  provided  for  by  section  six  of  this  act  until  placed 
on  the  retired  or  disability  list  in  accordance  with  sections  five  and  six 
of  this  act.  The  acceptance  of  employment  as  a  teacher  in  the  public 
day  schools  of  the  New  Haven  city  school  district  after  the  date  of 
this  act  shall  be  considered  as  being  made  subject  to  the  terms  and 
provisions  of  this  act  and  as  authorizing  the  deduction  from  the  salary 
of  such  teacher  provided  for  by  section  one  of  this  act. 

§  10  The  term  "teacher"  as  used  in  this  act  shall  include  all 
teachers  regularly  appointed  and  employed  in  the  public  day  schools, 
by  the  board  of  education,  including  the  superintendent  of  schools  and 
the  members  of  the  supervising  stafr.  The  public  day  schools  of  the 
New  Haven  city  school  district  shall  be  deemed  to  be  all  public  day 
schools  maintained  wholly  or  in  part  by  the  New  Haven  city  school 
district.  The  term  "majority"  shall  mean  a  majority  of  the  entire 
membership  of  the  board  referred  to. 

S  11  Any  pledge,  mortgage,  sale,  assignment,  or  transfer  of,  or  of 
any  right,  claim,  or  interest  in,  said  retirement  fund  or  in  any  annuity 
granted  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  void  and  said  retire- 
ment fund  and  all  said  annuities  shall  be  exempt  from  attachment, 
levy,  and  sale,  and  from  all  legal  process  at  law  or  in  equity  to 
sequester  the  same  by  or  in  behalf  of  any  creditor  of  any  person  hav- 
ing an  interest  in  said  fund  or  entitled  to  any  such  annuity. 

§  12  This  act  shall  take  effect  from  its  passage,  but  no  annuity 
payable  hereunder,  shall  be  paid  until  the  first  day  of  September,  1911. 
All  employments  for  the  teaching  and  supervising  staff  of  the  public 
day  schools  of  the  New  Haven  city  school  district  for  the  school  yea'- 
of  1911  and  1912  and  thereafter,  shall  be  made  subject  to  the  provision> 
hereof.  No  deduction,  as  provided  herein,  shall  be  made  from  the 
salary  of  any  teacher  for  the  school  year  ending  July  14,  1911. 

§  13  In  the  month  of  September,  1912,  and  annually  thereafter 
during  the  month  of  September,  the  board  of  retirement  shall  file  an 
annual  report,  showing  the  financial  condition  of  the  teachers'  retire- 
ment fund,  with  the  board  of  aldermen,  which  report  shall  be  printed 
in  the  citv  vear  book  of  the  citv  of  New  Haven. 


227 

janitors'  and  engineers'  retirement  fund 
Special   acts   1911,  page  387 

§  1  There  shall  be  a  fund  to  be  known  as  the  "Janitors'  and 
Engineers'  Retirement  Fund"  for  the  benefit  of  janitors  and  the 
engineer  or  engineers  of  the  public  day  schools  of  the  city  of  New 
Haven,  which  shall  consist  of  moneys  received  from  the  following; 
sources:  (1)  all  appropriations,  gifts,  or  bequests  made  to  the  fund 
from  public  or  private  sources,  for  the  purposes  for  which  said  retire- 
ment fund  is  established;  (2)  an  assessment  of  one  and  one-half  per 
centum  on  the  annual  salaries  of  all  appointed  janitors  and  engineers, 
which  shall  be  retained  from  such  salaries  and  paid  into  said  fund; 
(3)  all  compensation  for  services  that  may  be  unclaimed  by  any 
janitor  or  engineer  for  a  period  of  six  months  after  the  same  shall 
become  due;  (4)  an  appropriation  to  said  fund  by  the  city  of  Kew 
Haven  of  an  amount  equal  to  the  difference  between  the  one  and  one- 
half  per  centum  per  annum  on  said  salaries  and  the  amount  required 
to  meet  the  expenditures  hereinafter  provided  for. 

§  2  The  board  of  education  of  the  city  of  New  Haven  shall  be 
trustee  of  said  fund,  and  may  invest  and  reinvest  the  same  in  accord- 
ance with  the  laws  relating  to  investment  of  trust  ^funds.  The  city 
treasurer  shall  be  treasurer  of  said  fund.  All  orders  on  said  fund 
shall  be  signed  by  the  secretary  and  countersigned  by  the  president 
of  the  board  of  education.  The  unexpended  yearly  balance  of  said 
fund,  if  any,  shall  be  set  apart  by  said  trustee  and  constitute  a  perma- 
nent fund,  to  be  invested  by  the  trustee  as  aforesaid,  and  the  income 
of  such  permanent  fund  shall  be  used  in  carrying  out  the  provisions  of 
this  act. 

§  3  There  shall  be  a  board  of  retirement  in  said  city  which  shall 
consist  of  the  mayor,  the  president  of  the  board  of  aldermen,  the 
secretary  of  the  board  of  education,  and  two  members  who  shall  be 
chosen  by  the  janitors  and  engineer  or  engineers  of  said  public  day 
schools  from  their  own  number,  at  a  meeting  held  for  that  purpose.  At 
the  first  meeting  held  for  such  purpose  one  such  member  shall  be 
chosen  to  serve  for  one  year,  and  one  for  two  years,  and  annually 
thereafter  one  shall  be  chosen  for  a  term  of  two  years.  Said  board 
shall  investigate  and  recommend  to  said  board  of  education  such 
janitors  and  engineer  or  engineers  as  said  board  of  retirement  may 
deem  advisable  to  retire  under  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

§  4  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  board  of  retirement,  a 
majority  of  said  board  of  education  may  retire  any  janitor  or  engineer 
v/ho  has  been  connected  with  the  public  schools  of  the  city  of  New 
Haven  for  a  period  of  thirty  years  or  more,  or  any  janitor  or  engineer 
who  may  be  incapacitated  while  in  service  from  further  duty  as  such 
janitor  or  engineer,  and  thereupon  said  trustee  shall  pay  to  such  jani- 
tor or  engineer,  during  the  remainder  of  his  or  her  life,  the  sum  of 
three  hundred  dollars  per  annum,  provided  such  janitor  or  engineer. 


228 


at  the  time  of  his  retirement,  was  receiving  a  salary  less  than  eight 
hundred  dollars  per  annum,  and  the  sum  of  six  hundred  dollars  per 
annum  provided  such  janitor  or  engineer,  at  the  time  of  his  retirement, 
was  receiving  a  salary  of  eight  hundred  dollars  or  more  per  annum. 

§  5  Any  janitor  or  engineer  who  may  be  retired  and  who  has  not 
paid  into  said  fund  an  amount  equal  to  the  sum  of  his  or  her  annuity, 
shall  receive  such  annuity  less  twenty  per  centum  thereof,  which  de- 
duction shall  be  made  annually  until  the  amount  of  such  annuity  is 
paid  into  said  fund,  and  one  and  one-half  per  centum  which  shall  be 
deducted  annually  from  all  annuities  which  shall  be  used  to  defray  the 
expense  of  said  fund. 

§  6  Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  so  construed  as  to  prevent  the 
board  of  education  from  discontinuing  the  employment  of  any  janitor 
or  engineer  for  cause;  provided,  that  any  sum  that  may  have  been 
deducted  from  the  salary  of  such  janitor  or  engineer  and  paid  into  the 
retirement  fund,  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  shall  be  returned 
to  him  or  her  without  interest.  No  janitor  or  engineer  who  shall  ter- 
minate his  employment,  except  as  provided  herein,  shall  be  entitled  to 
receive  any  money  that  may  have  been  deducted  from  the  salary  of 
such  janitor  or  engineer  and  paid  into  said  retirement  fund. 

§  7  In  the  month  of  September,  1912,  and  annually  thereafter,  said 
trustee  shall  file  with  the  board  of  aldermen  an  annual  report  show- 
ing the  financial  condition  of  the  janitors'  and  engineers'  retirement 
fund,  which  report  shall  be  printed  in  the  city  year  book  of  the  city  of 
New  Haven. 

New  London 

Special   acts   1921,  page  736 

SCHOOLS 

§  80  There  shall  be  a  board  of  school  visitors  of  nine  members 
nominated  and  elected  from  the  city  at  large  to  serve  for  three  years 
and  until  their  successors  are  chosen  and  qualified.  The  members  of 
the  present  board  of  school  visitors  shall  continue  in  office  until  the 
expiration  of  the  terms  for  which  they  were  elected  and.  as  their  terms 
expire,  their  places  shall  be  filled  by  members  nominated  and  elected 
as  hereinbefore  provided  in  this  charter. 

§  81  The  board  of  school  visitors  shall  determine  its  own  rules  of 
procedure,  choose  one  of  its  members  as  president  and  appoint  a 
secretary.  The  president  shall  be  chosen  at  the  first  meeting  of  the 
board  in  October  of  each  year.  Members  of  the  board  of  school 
visitors  shall  serve  without  compensation,  but  a  member  of  the  Doard 
appointed  secretary  thereof  may  receive  compensation  for  his  services 
.is  secretary. 

§  82  The  board  of  school  visitors  shall  be  in  charge  of  the  city 
schools  and  shall  be  responsible  for  conducting  such  schools  as  an 
educational  system.    It  shall  determine  all  educational  policies  includ- 


229 

ing  the  establishment  of  courses  of  study,  the  fixing  and  maintenance 
of  educational  standards,  the  choice  of  all  books  and  material  used  in 
instruction,  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  discipline  in  the 
schools  and  the  location,  type,  design,  repair  and  equipment  of  school 
buildings. 

§  83  The  bqard  of  school  visitors  shall  choose  a  superintendent 
of  schools  who  shall  be  responsible  to  the  board  for  the  execution  of 
its  policies  and  for  conducting  the  schools  under  its  control  in  con- 
formity with  the  rules  of  the  board  and  the  laws  of  this  state.  The 
board  shall  also  choose  such  teachers  and  other  officers  and  employees 
as  may  be  required  to  conduct  the  city  schools.  The  compensation  of 
the  superintendent  of  schools  and  of  all  teachers,  officers  of  instruc- 
tion and  supervision,  and  employees  shall  be  fixed  hy  the  board  of 
school  visitors. 

§  84  The  construction,  repair  and  maintenance  of  school  buildings 
and  grounds  shall  be  in  charge  of  such  department  or  departments  or 
of  such  office  or  offices,  subject  to  the  city  manager  as  the  council 
may  by  ordinance  provide.  Provision  shall  be  made  in  the  annual 
school  appropriations  for  meeting  the  cost  of  service  rendered  to  the 
city  schools  by  any  department  or  office  of  the  city.  Purchases  by  and 
for  the  city  schools  shall  be  made  through  the  purchasing  agent  of 
the  city  as  in  the  case  of  purchases  by  and  for  city  departments  and 
offices. 

§  86  Estimates  of  the  expense  of  conducting  all  schools  of  the 
city  for  which  appropriations  are  sought  shall  be  included  in  the 
annual  budget  estimate  of  the  city  manager,  but  shall  be  in  such 
amount  for  each  item  and  purpose  as  may  be  specified  by  the  board 
of  school  visitors.  The  board  of  school  visitors  and  other  boards  re- 
questing appropriations  for  school  purposes  shall  supply  the  city  man- 
ager with  information  for  the  preparation  of  the  annual  budget  esti- 
mate as  fully  and  in  like  detail  as  may  be  required  of  any  city  depart- 
ment or  office.  The  members  of  the  board  of  school  visitors  and  of 
other  boards  requesting  appropriations  for  school  purposes,  or  com- 
mittees thereof  appointed  for  that  purpose,  shall  attend  all  public 
hearings  on  the  annual  appropriation  ordinance  when  appropriations 
for  school  purposes  are  being  considered. 

§  86  The  teachers'  retirement  fund  of  the  city  shall  be  continiad 
only  to  meet  the  obligations  created  against  it  prior  to  the  taking 
effect  of  this  act,  and  the  city  of  New  London  shall  not  be  obliged  to 
make  any  further  payments  thereto  except  as  may  be  necessary  to 
render  such  fund  sufficient  to  meet  such  obligations.  Any  balance  in 
the  teachers'  retirement  fund  remaining  after  all  obligations  are  satis- 
fied shall  be  paid  into  the  treasury  of  the  city  for  school  purposes. 
All  teachers  employed  by  the  city  of  New  London  in  its  public  schools 
shall  be  thereby  members  of  the  teachers'  retirement  association  of  the 
state.  The  council,  in  behalf  of  the  city,  may  by  resolution  provide 
for  the  appropriation  annually  of  a  sufficient  sum  to  pay  all  obliga- 


\ 


230 


tions  created  against  said  teachers'  retirement  fund;  and  in  such  case, 
said  fund  shall  be  paid  into  the  treasury  of  the  city  for  general  city 
purposes. 

§  87  The  city  of  New  London  shall  be  substituted  for  and  take 
the  place  of  the  town  of  New  London  in  all  matters  concerning  educa- 
tion. All  rights,  powers  and  duties  relative  to  education,  schools, 
school  districts,  school  houses,  school  lands,  playgrounds,  school 
property  and  school  offices  heretofore  conferred  or  imposed,  or  here- 
after to  be  conferred  or  imposed,  upon  towns  are  hereby  conferred  and 
imposed  upon  the  city  of  New  London.  All  the  powers,  obligatory 
duties,  rights  and  property  of  the  city  of  New  London  in  respect  to 
education  and  schools,  whether  as  such  city  or  as  a  union  school  dis- 
trict, shall  be  vested  in  and  belong  to  the  city  of  New  London  which 
shall,  for  all  intents  and  purposes,  be  a  union  school  district.  The 
board  of  school  visitors  shall  be  charged  with  and  perform  the  duties 
of  a  school  committee  and  shall  have  all  the  powers  and  act  in  the 
place  and  stead  of  such  committee  in  all  things.  The  powers  and 
duties  of  the  city  of  New  London  specified  in  this  section  shall  be 
exercised  and  performed  by  the  board  of  school  visitors  except  as 
otherwise  provided  in  this  act  or  unless  otherwise  ordered  by  the  city. 

New  Lonpon 
Special   acts   1911,  page  584 
teachers'  retirement  fund 

§  1  There  shall  be  a  fund  known  as  the  "teachers'  retirement 
fund"  for  the  benefit  of  teachers  and  superintendents  of  the  public 
day  schools  of  the  New  London  Union  School  District,  which  shall 
consist  of  moneys  received  from  the  following  sources:  (1)  All  appro- 
priations, gifts  or  bequests  made  to  the  fund  from  public  or  private 
sources,  for  the  purposes  for  which  said  retirement  fund  is  estab- 
lished. (2)  Five  per  centum  of  excise  moneys  or  license  fees  col- 
lected on  account  of  licenses  issued  for  the  sale  of  spirituous  and 
intoxicating  liquors  within  the  city  of  New  London.  (3)  An  assess- 
ment of  one  per  centum  of  the  annual  salaries  of  all  teachers  and 
superintendents  the  same  to  be  retained  from  the  salaries  of  such 
teachers  and  superintendents  in  equal  monthly  amounts.  (4)  An 
appropriation  to  said  retirement  fund  by  the  city  of  New  London  of 
an  amount  equal  to  the  diflference  between  three  per  centum  of  the 
total  of  said  salary  list  and  five  per  centum  of  the  excise  money  re- 
ceived for  said  fund,  plus  the  assessment  of  one  per  centum  per  annum 
on  said  salaries;  and  (5)  all  other  legal  methods  for  the  increase  of 
said   funrl. 

§  2  TIk-  city  treasurer  shall  be  treasurer  of  said  fund.  The  board 
of  school  visitors  of  the  city  of  New  London  shall  be  trustee  of  said 
retirement  fund  and  may  invest  and  reinvest  the  same  in  accordance 
with  the  laws  relating  to  the  investment  of  trust  funds.     All   orders 


231 

on  said  fund  shall  be  signed  by  the  secretary  and  countersigned  by 
the  president  of  the  board  of  school  visitors.  The  unexpended  yearly 
balance  of  said  fund,  if  any,  shall  be  set  apart  by  said  trustee  and 
constitute  a  permanent  fund  to  be  invested,  as  aforesaid,  by  the  trustee, 
and  only  the  income  from  said  permanent  fund  shall  be  used  in  carry- 
ing out  the  provisions  of  this  act;  provided,  that  when  the  permanent 
fund  amounts  to  a  sum  exceeding  fifty  thousand  dollars,  the  part  of 
said  fund  in  excess  of  said  fifty  thousand  dollars  shall  be  used,  from 
year  to  year,  in  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  act,  and  thereafter 
the  annual  appropriation  made  by  the  city  of  New  London,  as  pro- 
vided for  in  sub-division  (4)  of  section  one  shall  be  of  such  amount 
cnly  as  shall  be  necessary,  in  addition  to  the  excess  of  the  principal 
of  said  fund  over  fifty  thousand  dollars,  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of 
i    this  act. 

[  §  3     The  mayor  of  the  city  of  New  London,  the   president   of  the 

r     board  of  school  visitors,  the  superintendent  of  schools,  and  two  mem- 
!    bers  of  the  teaching  staff,  chosen  by  the  members  of  said  teaching  staff, 
'     shall   constitute  a  board  of  retirement,  which   board   shall   investigate 
'     and   recommend  to  the  board  of   school   visitors  any  member   of   said 
teaching  or  supervising  stafif  whom  it  deems  advisable  to  retire  under 
the  provisions  of  this  act.     The  two  members  of  said  board  of  retire- 
ment representing  said  teaching  staff  shall  first  be  chosen  one  for  one 
year  and  the  other  for  two  years,  and  annually  thereafter  one  such 
Hiember  shall  be  chosen  for  two  years.    The  first  election  for  the  choice 
of  said  members  shall  be  conducted  by  said  board  of  school  visitors, 
and  all   subsequent  elections   shall   be  conducted  by  a  committee  ap- 
pointed by  the  board  of  retirement,  under  such  rules  and   regulations 
as  said  committee  shall  determine.     Said  committee  shall  have  power 
to   conduct   a    special    election    to    fill    any   vacancy   occurring   in    the 
representation  of  such  teachers  on  said  board  of  retirement. 

§  4  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  board  of  retirement,  said 
board  of  school  viistors,  by  a  majority  vote,  may  retire  any  member 
of  said  teaching  and  supervising  staff  who  has  been  connected  with 
the  teaching  or  supervising  staff  of  public  schools  for  a  period  of  not 
less  than  thirty  years,  of  which  period  at  least  fifteen  years  of  such 
service  shall  have  been  in  connection  with  the  public  schools  of  New 
I^ondon,  or  who  has  been  connected  with  the  teaching  or  supervising 
staff  of  public  schools  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  twenty-five  years, 
of  which  period  at  least  fifteen  years  of  such  service  shall  have  been 
in  connection  with  the  public  schools  of  New  London,  and  who  becaus' 
of  mental  or  physical  disability  is  no  longer  able  to  continue  in  such 
service,  and  such  teacher  or  supervisor  so  retired  shall  be  paid 
annually  from  said  fund,  during  the  remainder  of  his  or  her  life,  an 
amount  equal  to  one-half  of  his  or  her  average  annual  salary  during 
the  last  five  years  of  his  or  her  connection  with  the  public  schools  of 
New  London.  Any  member  of  said  teaching  and  supervising  staff  who 
has  reached  the  age  of  sixty-five  years  and  who  has  been  connected 


I 


232 


with  the  teaching  or  supervising  staff  of  public  schools  for  a  period 
of  not  less  than  thirty  years,  of  which  at  least  fifteen  years  shall 
have  been  in  connection  with  the  public  schools  of  New  London,  or 
any  member  of  said  teaching  or  supervising  staff  who  has  been  con- 
nected with  the  teaching  or  supervising  staff  of  the  public  schools  of 
New  London  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  thirty-five  years,  shall  have 
the  right  upon  application  to  the  board  of  retirement,  to  be  retired 
and  to  receive  annually,  from  said  fund,  for  the  remainder  of  his  or 
her  life,  an  amount  equal  to  one-half  of  his  or  her  average  annual 
salary  for  the  last  five  years  previous  to  the  date  of  such  application 
for  retirement.  Said  annuity  shall  be  payable  to  said  teacher  in 
monthly  installments  during  the  school  year. 

§  5  Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  as  preventing  said  board 
of  education  from  discontinuing  the  employment  of  any  teacher  or 
supervisor  at  the  end  of  his  or  her  contract  of  employment,  or  from 
discharging  any  teacher  during  the  term  of  his  or  her  employment, 
and  any  sum  which  may  have  been  deducted  from  the  salary  of  such 
teacher  or  supervisor  and  paid  into  the  retirement  fund,  under  the 
provisions  of  this  act,  shall  be  and  remain  a  part  of  said  retirement 
fund,  free  from  any  claim  thereon  of  such  teacher;  nor  shall  anything 
herein  contained  be  construed  as  creating  any  contract  right  in  any 
member  of  said  teaching  and  supervising  staff  to  receive  the  pension 
provided  for  in  section  five  of  this  act  until  retired  from  service  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  said  section.  The  acceptance  of 
employment  as  a  teacher  or  supervisor  in  the  public  day  schools  of 
the  New  London  Union  School  District,  after  the  passage  of  this  act. 
shall  be  considered  as  being  made  subject  to  the  terms  and  provisions 
of  this  act,  and  as  authorizing  the  deduction  of  the  one  per  centum, 
provided  for  in  section  one  hereof,  from  the  salary  of  such  teacner. 
No  teacher  or  supervisor  who  shall  leave  the  employment  of  the  New 
London  Union  School  District,  unless  in  accordance  with  the  provi- 
sions of  section  five  of  this  act,  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  from  said 
retirement  fund,  or  otherwise,  any  moneys  that  may  have  been  de- 
ducted from  the  salary  of  such  teacher  or  supervisor  and  paid  into 
such  retirement  fund  under  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

An    act   concerning   the    admission    of    teachers    in   the    New    London 

public  schools  to  the  benefits  of  the  retirement  system  for 

teachers 

Special   acts   1919,   page  177 

§  1  Any  teacher  employed  by  the  city  of  New  London  in  its 
public  schools,  who  shall  begin  service  after  July  1,  1919,  shall  be- 
come thereby  a  member  of  the  teachers'  retirement  association  of 
the  state,  and  shall  be  exempt  from,  and  entitled  to  no  rights  under 
the  provisions  of  the  charter  of  said  city  relating  to  the  teachers' 
retirement   fund. 


233 


§  2  Any  teacher  now  in  service  in  the  public  schools  of  t^ie  city 
of  New  London,  may,  on  or  before  July  1.  1919,  become  a  member  of 
the  state  retirement  association  and  entitled  to  all  the  rights  and 
subject  to  all  the  obligations  thereof,  by  written  application  to  the 
secretary  of  said  association  and  by  paying  an  amount  equal  to  the 
total  assessments,  with  regular  interest  thereon,  that  he  would  have 
paid  if  he  had  been  in  service  before  June  30,  1917,  and  joined  said 
association  on  or  before  September  30,  1917,  or,  if  such  teacher  was 
first  in  service  subsequent  to  July  1,  1917,  by  paying  an  amount  equal 
to  the  total  assessments,  with  regular  interest,  that  he  would  have 
paid  if  he  had  joined  the  state  retirement  association  on  entering  the 
service  of  the  public  schools. 

§  3  Said  city  of  Xew  London  shall  continue  to  be  entitled  to  re- 
imbursement by  the  state  according  to  the  provisions  of  section  eleven 
for  all  pensions,  allowances  or  annuities  paid  by  it  to  teachers  who 
have  been  retired  or  may  hereafter  be  retired  under  the  provisions 
of  the  charter  of  said  city. 

An  act  amending  the  charter  of  the  city  of  New  London   in 
reference   to  the  teachers'   retirement   fund 

Special   acts   1919.  page   192 

§  1  Any  teacher  employed  by  the  city  of  Xew  London  in  its 
public  schools,  who  shall  begin  service  after  July  1,  1919,  shall  be- 
come thereby  a  member  of  the  teachers'  retirement  association  of 
the  state,  and  shall  be  exempt  from,  and  entitled  to  no  rights  under 
the  provisions  of  the  charter  of  said  city  relating  to  the  teachers' 
retirement  fund. 

§  2  Any  teacher  now  in  service  in  the  public  schools  of  the  city 
of  New  London,  may,  on  or  before  July  1,  1919,  become  a  member 
of  the  state  retirement  association  and  entitled  to  all  the  rights  and 
subject  to  all  the  obligations  thereof,  by  written  application  to  the 
secretary  of  said  association  and  by  paying  an  amount  equal  to  the 
total  assessments,  with  regular  interest  thereon,  that  he  would  have 
paid  if  he  had  been  in  service  before  June  30,  1917,  and  joined  said 
association  on  or  before  September  30,  1917,  or,  if  such  teacher  was 
first  in  service  subsequent  to  July  1,  1917,  by  paying  an  amount  equal 
to  the  total  assessments,  with  regular  interest,  that  he  would  have 
paid  if  he  had  joined  the  state  retirement  association  on  entering 
the  service  of  the  public  schools. 

§  3  When  any  teacher  now  in  service  in  the  public  schools  of  the 
city  shall  elect,  on  or  before  July  1,  1919,  to  become  a  member  of  the 
state  retirement  association  there  shall  be  paid,  for  such  teacher, 
from  the  teachers'  retirement  fund  of  said  city  to  the  fund  of  the 
state  retirement  association  the  assessments  with  interest,  that  such 
teacher  is  required  to  pay  upon  becoming  a  member  of  such  associa- 
tion, and  thereupon   all   rights   of   such   teacher   to   any   part  of   said 


234 

retirerpent  fund  of  said  city,  except  as  in  this  act  provided,  and  all 
obligations  to  pay  any  assessments  thereto,  shall  terminate. 

§  4  From  said  retirement  fund  of  said  city,  with  all  accumula- 
tions thereto,  including  any  part  thereof  as  may  have  been  set  apart 
as  a  permanent  fund,  there  shall  be  made,  in  addition  to  the  pay- 
ments to  be  made  under  section  fourteen.  Par  D,  hereof,  all  pay- 
ments to  which  any  teacher  may  be  entitled,  who  has  been  or  may 
be  retired  under  the  provisions  of  said  charter;  and,  also,  there 
shall  be  paid  from  said  fund  to  any  teacher  who  shall  become  a 
member  of  said  state  association  under  the  provisions  of  section  four- 
teen. Par  D,  hereof,  and  shall  continue  as  a  teacher  in  the  public 
schools  of  said  city  and  who  would,  but  for  the  failure  to  pay  assess- 
ments to  said  fund,  become  entitled  to  retirement  under  the  provi- 
sions of  said  charter,  such  amounts  as  he  or  she  would  be  entitled  to 
upon  retirement  under  said  charter,  less  any  amounts  that  he  or  she 
may  receive  under  the  state  retirement  system. 

§  5  After  this  act  shall  come  into  effect  the  city  of  New  London 
shall  not  be  obliged  to  make  any  further  payments  to  said  fund, 
unless  said  fund  shall  not  be  sufficient  to  pay  all  obligations  under 
said  charter  as  hereby  amended,  in  which  event  said  city  shall  pay 
itito  said  fund  an  amount  sufficient  to  meet  all  such  obligations.  Any 
balance  of  said  fund  remaining  after  all  obligations  are  satisfied  shall 
be  paid  into  the  general  treasury  of  the  city  for  school  purposes. 

INCORPORATING    THAMES    COLLEGE 

Special   acts   1911,  page   101 

§  1  That  Oliver  Gildersleeve  of  Gildersleeve,  Frances  S.  Williams 
of  Glastonbury,  Mary  C.  Mitchell,  Mary  M.  Partridge,  and  Edward 
L.  Smith  of  Hartford,  Elizabeth  C.  Wright  of  West  Hartford,  Eliza- 
beth C.  B.  Buell  of  Litchfield.  Colin  S.  Buell,  A.  H.  Chappell,  and 
Bryan  F.  Mahan,  of  New  London,  H.  H.  Bridgman  of  Norfolk,  and 
Edward  D.  Robbins  of  New  Haven,  and  such  other  persons  as  thev 
may  associate  with  them,  are  hereby  constituted  a  body  corporate  and 
politic  forever,  by  the  name  of  "Thames  College;"  said  college  to  be 
located  in  the  city  of  New  London,  and  by  that  name  it  shall  have 
perpetual  succession,  with  power  to  contract,  to  sue  and  be  sued  and 
plead  and  be  impleaded,  to  have  and  use  a  common  seal,  to  hold  and 
use  any  estate,  real  or  personal,  and  the  same  to  lease,  sell  and  convey. 

§  2  The  sole  and  exclusive  purpose  of  said  corporation  shall  be 
to  establish,  organize,  maintain,  and  conduct  an  institution  for  the 
higher  education  of  women,  and  said  corporation  shall  have  all  law- 
ful powers  proper  for  the  execution  of  such  purpose. 

§  3  The  care,  control,  and  disposition  of  the  property  and  funds 
of  said  corporation  and  the  general  management  of  its  affairs  shall  be 
vested  in  a  board  of  trustees.  Said  corporation  shall  have  power  to 
adopt  by-laws  for  the  government  of  its  afTairs,  which  by-laws  shall 


235 

prescribe  the  number  of  the  trustees,  which  shall  not  exceed  twenty- 
four,  their  terms  of  office,  and  the  manner  of  their  election.  By-laws 
may  be  adopted  and  repealed  or  amended  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  all 
trustees  at  any  meeting  of  the  trustees  duly  held  upon  proper  notice; 
provided,  that  the  notice  of  such  meeting  shall  set  forth  the  terms  of 
the  action  with  regard  to  the  by-laws  to  be  taken  at  such  meeting. 

§  4  Said  corporation  shall  be  organized  by  the  action  of  the  in- 
corporators in  adopting  by-laws  and  electing  a  board  of  trustees,  any 
of  whom  may  be  chosen  from  among  the  incorporators.  Meetings  of 
the  incorporators  for  the  purpose  of  organization  may  be  called  by 
Collin  S.  Buell,  Elizabeth  C.  Wright,  and  Edward  D.  Robbins  In- 
written  notice  mailed  to  all  of  the  incorporators,  stating  the  time  and 
place  of  meeting. 

§  6  Said  college  shall  have  power,  in  accordance  with  its  by-laws, 
to  confer  degrees  and  grant  diplomas. 

§  6  The  property  of  said  corporation  shall  enjoy  the  exemption 
from  taxation,  and  all  other  privileges  and  exemptions,  now  enjoyed 
by  or  hereafter  granted  to  Yale  University. 

Changing  the  name  of  Thames  college  to  Connecticut  college  for 

women 

Special   acts   1911,   page  291 

That  the  name  of  the  corporation  created  by  resolution  incorporat- 
ing Thames  College,  approved  April  4,  1911,  is  hereby  changed  li 
"Connecticut  College  for  Women,"  and  said  resolution  and  the  title 
thereof  is  hereby  amended  in  accordance  herewith. 


Amending    the    charter    of    the    Connecticut    college    for    wonun 
Special  acts   1011,  page  385 

Whereas,  the  higher  education  of  the  women  of  this  state  is  a 
matter   of  great   public   concern,   and 

Whereas,  the  Connecticut  College  for  Women  has  been  incorporated 
at  this  session  of  the  general  assembly  for  the  purpose  of  providing 
such  education  through  voluntary  contributions,  without  the  necessity 
of  levying  taxes  for  the  support  thereof,  and 

Whereas,  it  is  a  matter  of  public  concern  that  a  suitable  site  should 
be  provided  for  the  purposes  of  said  Connecticut  College  for  Women, 
therefore 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  in  Gen- 
eral Assembly  convened : 

The  Connecticut  College  for  Women  shall  have  power  to  take 
such  real  estate  in  the  towns  of  New  London  and  Waterford  as  its 
trustees  shall  find  to  be  necessary  for  the  purposes  of  said  educational 
corporation,  upon  payment  of  just  compensation  therefor,  and  if  said 


236 


Connecticut  College  for  Women  cannot  agree  with  any  owner  upon 
the  amount  to  be  paid  him  for  any  real  estate  thus  taken,  it  may  pro- 
ceed in  the  manner  provided  by  section  4106.  4107  and  4108  of  the 
general  statutes  respecting  the  condemnation  of  land  for  the  site  of 
county  buildings. 

An  act  changing  the  name  of  the  manual  training  and  industrial  school 
of  New  London  to  the  New  London  Vocational  school 

Special   acts   1915,  page  315 

§  1  The  name  of  the  manual  training  and  industrial  school  of  New 
London,  incorporated  under  the  provisions  of  a  resolution  approved 
May  11,  1903,  is  hereby  changed  to  the  New  London  vocational  school. 

§  2  This  act  shall  take  effect  upon  its  acceptance  by  the  trustees 
jf  said  school  in  a  meeting  duly  warned  and  held  for  that  purpose 
and  the  filing  of  a  copy  of  the  record  of  such  acceptance  in  the  office 
of  the  secretary  of  the  state. 

An  act  amending  the  charter   of  the   city  of   New   London 
concerning  the  election  of  school  visitors 

Special  acts   1917,  page  1069 

§  1  At  any  annual  meeting  of  the  city  of  New  London  for  the 
election  of  officers,  no  person  shall  vote  for  more  than  two  school 
visitors,  and  the  three  persons  receiving  the  highest  number  of  votes 
for  such  office  shall  be  elected. 

§  2  This  act  shall  take  effect  upon  approval  by  a  majority  vote 
of  the  electors  of  the  city  of  New  London  at  any  annual  or  special 
meeting  held  for  that  purpose. 

An    act    authorizing   the   city    of   New    London    to    issue   bonds 
for   school   purposes 

Special   acts   1917,  page  932 

An   act   authorizing  the   city   of   New   London   to   issue   bonds 
Special   acts   1919,   page   164 

.An   act   concerning  trustees   of   the   Williams    Mennirial    Institute 

Special   acts   1921,   page  355 

The  president  of  the  board  of  school  visitors  of  the  city  of  New 
London,  during  his  term  of  office,  shall  be,  ex  officio,  a  trustee  of  the 
Williams  Memorial  Institute,  having  the  same  authority  as  other 
trustees  except  to  participate  in  the  election  of  a  new  trustee,  which 
authority  shall  vest  exclusively  in  the  successors  of  the  original 
trustees. 


237 

New  MiLFORD 

An  act  creating  a  board  of  finance  in  the  town  of  New  Milford 

Special  acts   1921,  page  496 

Newtown 

An  act  creating  a  board  of  finance   in  the  town  of  Newtown 

Special   acts   1917,   page  940 

North  Stonington 

Exempting  from  taxation  the  property  of  the  Wheeler  school  and 
library. 

Special  acts  1911,  page  299 

NORWALK 

An  act  consolidating  the  town  of  Norwalk  with  the  cities  of  Norwalk 
and  South  Norwalk  and  the  East  Norwalk  fire  district,  and  in- 
corporating the  city  of  Norwalk 

Special  acts   1913,  page  1042 

^  12  The  annual  meeting  of  the  electors  residing  in  said  taxing 
district  shall  be  held  on  the  third  Wednesday  of  September  for  the 
purpose  of  hearing  the  reports  of  the  commissioners  of  said  district, 
making  the  annual  appropriation  for  the  maintenance  of  the  public 
library,  and  acting  on  such  matters  as' may  be  properly  brought  before 
said  meeting.  Notice  of  the  time  and  place  of  said  meeting  shall  be 
given  by  said  board  of  commissioners  by  publishing  in  a  newspaper 
having  a  circulation  in  said  district  at  least  ten  days  before  said 
meeting,  which  notice  shall  set  forth  all  matters  to  be  considered  at 
such  meeting.  Special  meetings  of  said  district  may  be  called  in  like 
manner  by  said  board,  and  shall  be  called  upon  written  petition  of 
twenty-five  electors  of  said  district,  to  consider  and  act  upon  the 
matters  set  forth  in  said  notice  and  petition. 

Special  acts   1913,  page  1053 

§  50  There  shall  be  elected  on  said  first  Monday  of  October, 
1913,  a  board  of  education  of  nine  members,  three  to  hold  office  for 
two  years,  three  for  four  years,  and  three  for  six  years.  No  person 
shall  vote  for  more  than  five  of  said  members.  Said  nine  members 
when  elected  shall  enter  upon  their  duties  on  the  first  Monday  of 
January  succeeding  their  election.  Biennially  thereafter  there  shall 
be  chosen  three  members  of  said  board  of  education.  No  person  shall 
vote  for  more  than  two  of  said  members  and  said  three  members  when 


238 


so  elected  shall  enter  upon  their  duties  on  the  first  Monday  of  January 
succeeding  their  election  and  shall  hold  office  for  a  term  of  six  years 
and  until  their  successors  are  elected  and  qualified.  Said  board  shall 
perform  the  same  duties  and  have  the  same  powers  as  provided  by 
statute  for  town  school  committees. 

Special   acts   1913,  page  1085 
Special  acts   1919,  page     156 

§  162  From  the  first  day  of  October,  1913,  to  the  first  Monday 
of  January,  1914,  the  schools  of  said  town  shall  be  under  control  of 
the  school  committee  of  said  town  in  office  on  the  first  day  of  Octo- 
ber, 1913,  and  said  committee  shall  submit  to  the  treasurer  of  the 
city  the  estimate  provided  for  in  section  one  hundred  and  sixty-eight. 

§  163  The  members  of  the  present  school  committee  of  the  town 
of  Norwalk  shall  continue  in  office  for  the  respective  terms  for 
which  they  have  been  elected,  and  shall  continue  in  office  until  their 
successors  are  duly  elected  and  qualified,  with  the  same  duties  and 
authority  as  now  provided  by  law,  and  while  in  office  shall  act  as 
members  of  the  board  of  education  herein  provided  for. 

§  164  The  superintendent,  teachers,  and  other  persons  employed 
by  the  school  committee  of  said  town  at  the  passage  of  this  act  shall 
retain  their  respective  positions  for  the  terms  for  which  they  have 
been  appointed,  and  the  rules  and  regulations  concerning  schools 
shall  remain  in  force. 

§  165  The  territorial  limits  of  said  city  as  herein  described  shall 
be  one  school  district,  but  the  board  of  education  may  divide  the 
same  into  sub-districts  for  the  purpose  of  control  of  attendance  of 
pupils  to  certain  schools. 

§  166  There  shall  be  in  said  city  a  department  of  education  which 
shall  be  under  the  control  of  nine  members,  who  shall  be  known  as 
the  board  of  education  and  shall  be  elected  as  hereinbefore  provided. 
Said  board  shall  hold  a  regular  meeting  every  month,  and  shall,  at 
its  first  meeting  and  annually  thereafter,  elect  from  its  number  a 
chairman  who  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  said  board.  It  shall 
also  elect  from  its  number  a  secretary  who  shall  keep  a  record  of 
{ill  votes,  acts,  and  transactions  of  said  board,  and  shall  perform  all 
duties  imposed  upon  him  by  said  board  or  by  law.  Said  board  shall 
appoint  a  superintendent  of  school  and  such  number  of  assistants, 
principals,  teachers,  and  janitors  as  it  may  deem  necessary,  and  pre- 
scribe their  respective  terms  of  office  and  their  duties. 

§  167  Said  board  shall  have  charge  and  direction  of  the  public 
schools  in  said  city  and  of  the  expenditure  of  moneys  for  the  support 
of  the  same,  which  appropriation  shall  be  made  by  the  board  of 
estimate  and  taxation  without  change  from  the  budget  as  prepared 
by  said  board  of  education.  This  shall  not  include  the  erection  of 
new  schools  or  additions   to  the  i)resent  buildings.     Said   i)oard   shall 


I 


239 

keep  all  school  buildings  and  apparatus  used  therein  in  good  condition 
and  repair;  shall  have  power  to  expend  money  for  necessary  sanita- 
tion of  all  school  buildings  and  shall  have  the  powers  and  be  subject 
to  the  general  duties  and  limitations  of  boards  of  education,  school 
committees  and  school  visitors  in  this  state,  so  far  as  the  same  arc 
consistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  act.  It  shall  make  its  by-laws, 
define  the  duties  of  its  officers  and  committees,  and  prescribe  rules 
and  regulations  for  discipline  in  said  public  schools. 

§  168  Said  board  shall,  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  May. 
in  each  year,  submit  to  the  treasurer  of  said  city  a  detailed  estimate 
of  the  expenses  for  the  support  of  said  schools  for  the  ensuing  year, 
specifying  as  far  as  possible  the  items  of  such  exp<?nse.  and  shall  at 
the  end  of  each  fiscal  year,  transmit  to  the  mayor  a  full  report  of 
its  proceedings  during  said  year,  with  a  statement  showing  the  total 
amount  of  money  received  and  expended  for  the  support  of  said 
schools,  and,  at  least  once  each  month,  shall  transmit  to  the  mayor 
a  detailed  statement  of  the  expenses  incurred  during  the  preceding 
month,  and  said  expenses  shall  be  paid  in  the  same  manner  as  other 
expenses  of  said  city. 

§  169  On  and  after  the  first  day  of  January,  1914.  the  salaries 
of  the  several  officers  of  the  city  and  town  of  Norwalk  shall  be  paid 
monthly,  and  shall  be  as  follows:  The  mayor  shall  receive  one 
thousand  dollars  per  annum;  the  councilmen  each  one  hundred  dol- 
lars per  annum;  the  clerk  twelve  hundred  dollars  per  annum;  the 
treasurer  five  hundred  dollars  per  annum;  the  collector  fifteen  hun- 
dred dollars  per  annum;  each  assessor  five  hundred  dollars  per 
annum;  each  member  of  the  board  of  relief  fifty  dollars  per  annum; 
the  auditor  five  hundred  dollars  per  annum;  the  selectmen  of  said  town 
each  fifty  dollars  per  annum. 

§  170  The  salaries  of  the  superintendent  of  schools,  and  his 
assistants,  and  the  principals,  teachers,  janitors,  and  secretary  ap- 
pointed  by   the   board   of  education   shall   be   as    fixed   by   said    board. 

An  act  authorizing  the  town  of  Xorwalk  to  issue  bonds 

Special   acts.  1913.  page  879 
Special   acts   1913.  page  940 

An  act  concerning  control  of  Xorwalk  high  schoDJ 

§  1  The  town  school  committee  of  the  town  of  Norwalk  shall 
have  the  management  and  control  of  the  Norwalk  high  school,  and 
shall  have  the  same  powers  and  perform  the  same  duties  in  the  man- 
agement and  charge  of  said  high  school  as  the  Norwalk  high  school 
committee  has  at  the  passage  of  this  act,  and  such  powers  as  said 
town  school  committee  has,  in  the  care,  management,  and  control  of 
I'ther  schools  in  said  town. 

§  2  All  the  provisions  of  chapter  146  of  the  public  acts  of  1909 
shall  apply  to  said  town  of  Norwalk.  and  to  the  school  districts  therein. 


240 

except  that  the  school  committee,  now  composed  of  the  school  visitors 
and  the  chairman  of  the  districts  within  the  town,  shall  continue  a 
joint  board  having  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  school  committee 
created  by  said  act,  until  the  first  Monday  of  October,  1913,  and  the 
assessors  of  said  town  in  office  at  the  passage  of  this  act  shall,  on  or 
before  the  thirtieth  day  of  September,  1913,  appraise  the  property  of 
the  school  districts  within  the  town,  and  at  the  meeting  of  said  town 
next  held  for  the  purpose  of  laying  a  tax  after  said  thirtieth  day  of 
September,  1913,  an  equalization  tax  shall  be  levied  upon  the  grand 
list  of  the  town  then  completed  for  the  purposes  mentioned  in  said 
act,  the  rate  of  said  tax  to  be  determined  and  fixed  in  the  same  manner 
as  town  taxes  are'  determined  and  fixed  in  said  town. 

§  3  So  much  of  the  act  establishing  the  Norwalk  high  school 
and  any  amendment  of  the  same,  as  is  inconsistent  herewith  is  hereby 
repealed. 

§  4  All  acts  performed  since  said  first  Monday  of  October,  1911, 
by  said  town  of  Norwalk  and  any  of  its  officers  and  by  any  school 
district  situated  within  said  town,  and  any  of  said  school  district 
officers  in  the  care,  control,  and  management  of  the  schools  within 
said  town  are  hereby  validated  and  confirmed. 

§  5  Section  one  of  this  act  shall  take  effect  on  July  1,  1913,  and 
thereafter  no  high  school  committee,  or  any  member  or  members 
thereof  shall  be  elected,  nor  shall  such  high  school  committee  have 
any  further  control  over  said  high  school  after  said  date,  and  all  other 
sections  of  this  act  shall  take  effect  from  its  passage. 

An  act  amending  an  act  consolidating  the  town  of  Norwalk  with  the 
cities  of  Norwalk  and  South  Norwalk  and  the  East  Norwalk 
fire  district,  and  incorporating  the  city  of  Norw^alk. 

BOARD    OF    ESTIM.^TE    .\ND    TAX.MION 

Special  acts  of  1915,  page  486,  section  3 

Orange 

Special   acts   1899,  page  269 

Union  school  district  of  Orange 

§  1  The  Union  school  district  of  the  town  of  Orange  may,  at  its 
next  annual  meeting,  vote  upon  the  question  of  whether  or  not  said 
district  will  adopt  the  form  of  school  government  provided  for  in 
sections,  2130,  2131,  2132,  2133,  and  2134  of  the  general  statutes,  and 
if  a  majority  of  the  voters  of  said  district  shall  at  said  meeting  vote 
in  favor  of  adopting  said  form  of  government,  then  the  officers  of  said 
district  elected  at  said  annual  meeting  shall  hold  office  until  the  third 
Monday  of  September,   1899. 


241 


§  2  If  said  district  shall  vote  to  adopt  said  form  of  government, 
then  said  district  shall  hold  its  annual  meeting  on  the  third  Monday 
of  September,  1899,  and  annually  thereafter;  and  at  the  annual  meet- 
ing held  on  the  third  Monday  of  September.  1899,  elect  the  officers 
provided  for  in  said  section  2130  of  the  general  statutes,  and  shall 
elect  two  members  of  a  board  of  education  to  serve  for  one  year,  two 
members  to  serve  for  two  years,  and  two  members  to  serve  for  three 
years,  and  annually  thereafter  two  members  to  serve  for  three  years, 
as  provided  in  said  statutes. 

§  3     Upon   said   district   voting   as   herein   provided,   and   upon    the 

election  of  officers  of  said  district  as   provided  in   section   two,  said 

district  and  said  officers  shall  have  all  the  powers,  rights  and  duties, 

and  be  subject  to  all  the  obligations  imposed  upon  school  districts  so 

;  organized   as   provided   in   sections  2130,  2131,  2132,  2133  and  2134  of 

\  the  general  statutes,  and  all  other  acts  relating  to  school  districts  so 

f  far  as  the  same  are  applicable;   and  in  case  of  a  vacancy  occurring 

}  in  any  office,  the  board  of  education  may  fill  the  same  until  the  next 

■  annual  meeting. 

I  §  4  The  adoption  by  said  district  of  said  form  of  government 
shall  in  no  manner  affect  the  rights,  property,  or  obligation  of  said 
school  district,  but  the  same  shall  continue  in  the  same  manner  as  if 
this  act  had  not  been  passed,  and  shall  be  administered,  adjusted,  and 
liquidated  by  said  district  and  by  the  officers  elected  in  pursuance  of 
this  act,  in  lieu  of  the  officers  now  administering  the  same,  and  all 
debts  due  said  district  and  all  obligations  due  from  said  district  shall 
be  collected  and  paid  by  said  district  and  by  the  officers  elected  here- 
under to  the  same  extent  as  if  this  act  had  not  been  passed. 

§  5  If  said  district  shall  vote  to  adopt  said  form  of  government, 
the  school  visitors  of  the  town  of  Orange  shall  only  have  jurisdiction 
in  the  remaining  portion  of  the  town  after  the  third  Monday  of  Sep- 
tember, 1899. 

§  6    This  act  shall  take  effect  from  its  passage. 

Or.ance 
Special   acts   1911,  page  386 

Amending  a  resolution  authorizing  the  Union  school  district  of  the 
town  of  Orange  and  the  Orange  center  school  district  of  the  town 
of  Orange  to  issue  bonds,  and  authorizing  the  northern  school 
district  to  issue  bonds. 

Special  acts  1911,  pages  304-313 

An  act  creating  a  board  of  finance  for  the  town  of  Orange,  increasing 

the  powers  of  the  selectmen,  and  repealing  the  charter  of 

the  borough  of  West  Haven 

Special  acts   1917,  page  1186 
Special  acts  1921,  page    548 

i6 


242 


RiDGEFIELD 

An  act  authorizing  the  town  of  Ridgefield  to  issue  bonds  i 

i 

Special   acts   1913,  page  746  ^ 

An  act  amending  an  act  creating  a  board  of  finance  in  the  town  of 

Ridgefield 

Special   acts   1915,  page     47 
Special   acts   1921,  page  575 

Rocky  Hill 

An  act  authorizing  the  town  of  Rocky  Hill  to  issue  school  bonds 

Special   acts   1915,  page   121 

Seymour 

An  act  creating  a  department  of  finance  in  the  town  of  Seymour 

Special   acts   1917,  page  853 

Special  acts   1921,  page  480 

An   act   authorizing  the   town   of   Seymour  to   issue   bonds 
Special   acts   1921,  page  547 

South  Windsor 

An   act  creating  a  board   of  finance   in   the   town   of   South  Windsor 
Special  acts   1921,  pages  482-485 

Stamford 

Special  acts    1911,  page  205 

Authorizing  the  town  of  Stamford  to  issue  bonds  for  schools 

An  act  concerning  a  board  of  directors  of  public  playgrounds  of  the 
town  of  Stamford 

Special   acts   1913,  page  943 

An   act   amending   an   act   concerning   a   board   of   directors   of   public 

playgrounds  of  the  town  of  Stamford 

Special   acts   1919,  page     50 

§  1  Section  one  of  an  act  concerning  a  board  of  directors  cf 
public  playgrounds  of  the  town  of  Stamford,  approved  June  4,  191;'), 
is  amended  to  read  as  follows  :  There  shall  be  a  board  of  director.^ 
of  public  recreation  in  the  town  of  Stamford,  whose  members  shall 
serve  without  compensation. 

§  2  Section  two  of  said  act  is  amended  to  read  as  follows:  Said 
board  shall  have  control,  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  playgrounds 
for   children,   recreation    centers    and    related    activities,    of   all    lands 


243 

and  buildings  and  parts  thereof  which  it  may  acquire  the  right  to 
use  for  such  purpose  by  permission  of  any  person,  corporation  or 
public  body,  having  control  thereof,  and  may  make  rules  and  regula- 
tions for  the  government  thereof,  during  such  periods  as  such  use 
shall  be  so  permitted,  may  employ  such  persons  as  it  shall  deem 
necessary  and  may  acquire,  in  behalf  of  said  town,  equipment  or  the 
use  of  the  same  for  such  playgrounds  and  other  activities,  may  lease 
land  and  buildings  or  parts  thereof,  and  may  receive  gifts  of  money 
or  property  for  the  purposes  of  this  act,  but  said  board  shall  not 
have  power  to  bind  said  town  by  any  contract  except  with  respect 
to  funds  in  the  hands  of  said  board. 

§  3  Section  three  of  said  act  is  amended  to  read  as  follows : 
During  the  month  of  October,  1919,  and  after  the  first  Monday 
thereof,  the  school  committee  and  the  selectmen  of  the  town  of  Stam- 
ford shall  meet  in  joint  session  and  shall  elect  from  the  male  and 
female  inhabitants  of  said  town  of  Stamford  not  less  than  five  nor 
more  than  ten  members  of  such  board.  The  members  of  said  board 
shall  be  divided  with  respect  to  their  terms  of  office  into  three  classes, 
the  terms  of  office  of  the  members  of  each  class  expiring  on  the  first 
Monday  of  October,  1920,  1921  and  1922,  respectively.  Said  classes 
shall  be  as  nearly  equal  in  number  as  the  membership  of  said  board 
will  permit.  In  electing  said  members,  such  joint  board  shall  deter- 
mine to  which  class  they  shall  belong,  and  thereafter  during  the 
month  of  October  after  the  first  Monday  thereof,  in  each  year,  such 
joint  board  shall  elect  for  a  term  of  three  years  successors  to  those 
members  whose  terms  have  expired.  Such  joint  board  may  at  any  time 
increase  the  number  of  said  directors  by  election  of  one  or  more 
additional  members  and  may  in  its  discretion  omit  to  elect  a  successor 
to  any  member  whose  term  shall  have  expired  or  whose  office 
shall  have  become  vacant,  provided  the  membership  of  said  board  of 
directors  shall  not  be  increased  above  ten  or  allowed  to  remain  below 
five  and  in  every  case  in  which  the  membership  of  said  board  shall  be 
increased  said  classes  shall  be  kept  as  nearly  equal  numerically  as 
possible. 

§  4  Section  four  of  said  act  is  amended  to  read  as  follows :  The 
secretary  of  the  school  committee  shall  be  the  secretary  of  such  joint 
board  and  the  minutes  of  the  meetings  thereof  shall  be  recorded  with 
the  minutes  of  said  school  committee,  and  the  first  selectman  shall 
call  the  meeting  of  such  joint  board  and  in  case  of  his  failure  to  so 
do,  a  majority  of  the  members  of  said  joint  board  may  call  such 
meeting.  Such  joint  board  shall  provide  for  the  first  meeting  and 
organization  of  said  board  of  directors.  Said  board  of  directors  shall, 
at  its  first  meeting,  and  annually  thereafter  at  its  first  meeting  after 
such  annual  meeting  of  such  joint  board  for  the  election  of  its  mem- 
bers, elect  a  chairman,  a  secretary  and  a  treasurer. 

§  5  Section  eight  of  said  act  is  amended  to  read  as  follows : 
The  town  and  the  city  of  Stamford  are  severally  empowered  to  appro- 
priate money   for   the  use  of  said   board  of  directors   and   to  pay  the 


244 

same  to  said  board,  and  every  officer  or  public  body  of  the  town  or 
city  of  Stamford,  having  control  of  land  or  buildings  with  said  town 
or  city  may  permit  said  board  of  directors  to  use  the  same  or  part 
thereof  for  such  playgrounds,  recreation  centers  or  other  related 
activities. 

§  6  The  secretary  of  said  board  of  directors  shall  keep  a  record 
of  all  its  proceedings  in  a  book  which  shall  be  provided  for  that  pur- 
pose at  the  expense  of  the  town  of  Stamford,  and  shall  submit  to  the 
town  of  Stamford  at  its  annual  town  meeting  a  written  report  of  the 
doings  of  said  board  of  directors.  Said  board  of  directors  and  its 
officers  shall  preserve  all  books  and  documents  of  permanent  value 
which  shall  come  into  their  hands  by  virtue  of  their  offices  and  trans- 
mit them  to  their  successors. 

§  7  The  treasurer  of  said  board  of  directors  shall  receive  and 
disburse  all  funds  of  said  board  and  shall  perform  the  duties  incident 
to  said  office  under  the  direction  of  said  board  and  shall  give  such 
bond  with  surety  for  the  faithful  performance  of  his  duties  as  said 
board  of  directors  shall  determine. 

§  8  The  town  and  the  city  of  Stamford  are  hereby  severally 
empowered  to  appropriate  money  for  the  use  of  said  board  of  directors 
and  to  pay  the  same  to  said  board,  and  every  officer  or  public  body  of 
the  town  or  city  of  Stamford,  having  control  of  land  within  said  town 
or  city  may  permit  said  board  of  directors  to  use  the  same  or  part 
thereof  for  such  playgrounds. 

§  9    This  act  shall  take  effect  from  its  passage. 

An  act  revising  the  charter  of  the  city  of   Stamford 
Special   acts   1915,  page  589 

CITY   COURT 

§  234  Criminal  process  issued  by  said  court  may  be  served  by 
any  policeman  of  said  city,  within  his  jurisdiction,  or  by  any  proper 
officer,  or  by  any  indifferent  person  specially  deputed  for  that  pur- 
pose. Whenever  said  court  shall,  in  the  manner  provided  by  law,  sen- 
tence juvenile  offenders  to  any  reform  school  or  other  institution 
legally  authorized  to  receive  such  offenders,  the  proper  officer  of  said 
school  or  institution  shall  receive  and  keep  such  offenders  according 
to  the  rules  and  discipline  of  the  same,  and  according  to  law;  and  all 
persons  sentenced  by  said  court  to  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail 
or  workhouse,  in  cases  within  its  jurisdiction,  shall  be  received  and 
kept  by  the  keepers  thereof  according  to  law. 

Special   acts   1919,  page  312 

An  act  validating  the  election  of  a  board  of  finance  in  the 
town  of  Stamford 

An  act  concerning  South  and   State  street  or  Rice  school   Bonds 
Special  acts  1921,  page  546 


245 

Stratford 

Special  acts   1917,  page  1216 

An  act  amending  an  act  creating  a  board  of  finance  for  the  town  of 
Stratford,  increasing  the  powers  of  the  selectmen  and  providing 
for  election  by  direct  primary. 

Special   acts   1919,  page  232 
An  act  authorizing  the  town  of  Stratford  to  issue  bonds 

Special  acts   1921,   page  698 
An  act  authorizing  the  town  of  Stratford  to  issue  school  bonds 

TORRINGTON 

An  act  authorizing  the  town  of  Torrington  to  issue  bonds 
Special  acts   1913,  page  910 

An  act  authorizing  the  towm  of  Torrington  to  issue  bonds 
Special   acts   1915,  page     29 

An  act  providing  for  biennial  town  elections  in  Torrington 
Special   acts   1921,  page  595 

§  1  Town  meetings  in  the  town  of  Torrington  for  the  election  of 
town  officers  shall  hereafter  be  held  once  in  two  years  on  the  first 
Monday  of  October,  beginning  on  the  first  Monday  in  October,  1921. 

§  2  All  officers  of  said  town  required  by  law  to  be  elected  by 
ballot,  shall,  at  such  biennial  election,  be  elected  for  the  term  of  two 
years  and  until  their  successors  are  elected  and  qualified,  beginning  at 
the  time  prescribed  by  law,  except  the  board  of  education  and  the 
assessor.  The  members  of  the  board  of  education  and  the  assessor 
shall,  at  said  biennial  election,  on  the  first  Monday  of  October,  1921, 
be  elected  for  the  term  of  six  years.  The  members  of  the  board  of 
education  and  the  assessor,  whose  terms  expire  in  1922,  and  1923,  shall 
respectively  hold  office  until  1923  and  1925,  and  their  successors  shall 
be  elected  for  the  term  of  six  years  at  the  biennial  election  in  1923 
and  in  1925,  respectively,  and  thereafter  the  expiring  terms  of  members 
of  the  board  of  education  and  the  assessors  shall  be  filled  by  election 
of  successors  for  the  term  of  six  years  and  until  their  successors  are 
elected  and  qualified.  All  other  town  business  shall  be  done  and  per- 
formed and  official  duties  performed  at  said  biennial  town  meetings 
the  same  as  now  required  by  law. 

§  3  At  said  biennial  town  meetings  the  polls  shall  be  open  and 
closed  at  the  same  time  as  fixed  by  law. 


246 


§  4  Town  meetings  shall  be  held  in  said  town  on  the  first  Mon- 
day in  October  in  the  even  numbered  years  at  such  hours  as  shall  be 
determined  by  vote  of  said  town  at  the  town  meeting  on  the  first 
Monday  of  October,  1921,  or  as  thereafter  determined  in  any  subse- 
quent biennial  town  meeting,  or  for  want  of  such  vote,  as  the  select- 
men shall  fix,  for  the  transaction  of  all  town  business  other  than  the 
election  of  town  officers,  and  for  the  presentation  by  the  selectmen  of 
a  budget  and  consideration  and  action  thereon  by  the  town  meeting. 
The  making  of  annual  reports  by  town  officers,  the  duties  of  assessors, 
board  of  relief  and  tax  collector  and  the  collection  of  taxes  and  all 
other  duties  of  town  officers  required  by  law,  shall  continue  and  be 
performed  annually  as  heretofore. 

VOLUNTOWN 

Public  acts  1911,  chapter  71 

§  1  The  town  of  Voluntown  shall  have  jurisdiction  of  the  schools 
which,  prior  to  the  passage  of  chapter  146  of  the  public  acts  of  1909, 
were  maintained  in  the  joint  district  known  as  the  fourth  school  dis- 
trict of  the  town  of  Voluntown,  and  the  towns  of  Voluntown  and  Gris- 
wold  shall  apportion  the  cost  of  the  maintenance  of  the  schools  in  said 
district  under  the  provisions  of  section  2276  of  the  general  statutes  in 
the  same  manner  as  before  the  passage  of  said  chapter  146  of  the 
public  acts  of  1909. 

§  2  The  inhabitants  of  that  portion  of  the  territory,  formerly  in- 
cluded in  said  fourth  school  district,  which  is  situated  in  said  town  of 
Griswold  shall  have  power  to  levy  and  collect  taxes  on  the  property 
located  therein  for  the  support  of  said  schools  and  for  the  erection, 
maintenance,  repair,  equipment,  and  furnishings  of  the  school  build- 
ing, to  supply  said  building  with  fuel,  and  to  purchase  school  appar- 
atus, and  shall  also  have  power  to  borrow  money  for  the  foregoing 
purposes. 

Public  acts  1911,  chapter  223 

Section  two  of  chapter  71  of  the  public  acts  of  1911  is  hereby 
amended  to  read  as  follows  :  The  inhabitants  of  that  portion  of  the 
territory,  formerly  included  in  said  fourth  school  district,  which  is 
situated  in  said  town  of  Griswold,  shall  have  the  right  to  a  voice  and 
vote,  equally  with  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  of  Voluntown,  in  all 
matters  pertaining  to  the  maintenance  and  equipment  of  schools  in 
said  former  fourth  school  district,  and  the  selectmen  of  the  town  of 
Voluntown  shall  include  the  inhabitants  of  said  territory  in  all  warn- 
ings of  school  meetings  at  which  matters  pertaining  to  said  schools  are 
to  be  acted  upon,  and  the  inhabitants  of  said  territory,  with  the  in- 
habitants of  the  town  of  Voluntown,  in  such  meetings  assembled,  shall 
have  power  to  levy  and  collect  taxes  on  the  property  located  in  said 
territory  as  well  as  in  the  town  of  Voluntown  for  the  support  of  said 
schools  and  for  the  erection,  maintenance,  repair,  equipment  and  fur- 


247 


1  nishings  of  the  school  building,  to  supply  said  building  with  fuel,  and 
to  purchase  school  apparatus,  and  shall  also  have  power  to  borrow 
money  for   said   purposes,   and  the   persons   chosen   to   collect   school 

:    taxes  in  said  town  of  Voluntown  shall  have  authority  to  collect  school 

!    taxes  in  said  territory. 

Wallingford 

An  act  authorizing  the  Central  school  district  of  Wallingford  to  issue 

bonds 
Special   acts   1913,  page  732 

An  act  unifying  the  assessment  and  collection  of  taxes  and  creating  a 
board  of  finance  in  the  town  of  Wallingford 

;  Special  acts  1913,  page  751 

I  §  9  There  shall  be  in  said  town  a  board  of  finance  of  seven 
,  members,  of  which  board  the  first  selectman  of  said  town,  the  warden 
of  said  borough,  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  water  commissioners  of 
I  said  borough,  and  the  chairman  of  the  central  school  district  com- 
'  mittee  shall  be  ex  officio  members.  During  the  month  of  December 
1913,  and  in  the  month  of  December  biennially  thereafter,  said  ex  officio 
members  shall  appoint  three  additional  members  to  serve  on  said 
board,  each  for  the  term  of  two  years  from  the  first  Monday  of  Jan- 
uary following  his  appointment,  who  shall  be  men  of  known  business 
experience  and  good  standing,  and  taxpayers  residing  in  said  town, 
and  holding  no  political  office  in  said  town,  borough,  or  school  district. 
The  members  of  said  board  shall  serve  without  pay,  and  shall  be  sworn 
to  a  faithful  performance  of  their  duties,  and  shall  appoint  a  clerk, 
w-ho  may  be  of  their  own  number,  who  shall  keep  a  record  of  the 
votes  and  doings  of  said  board.  Said  board  shall,  from  time  to  time, 
examine  the  condition  of  the  finances  of  said  town,  borough,  school 
district,  the  water  fund,  and  the  electric  light  funds  of  said  borough, 
and  the  cash  balances  in  the  hands  of  their  respective  treasurers, 
whose  books  shall  be  open  at  all  times  to  the  inspection  of  said  board 
of  finance.  Either  of  said  treasurers  shall  be  authorized,  with  the  ap- 
proval of  said  board  of  finance,  expressed  by  its  majority  vote,  and 
it  shall  be  his  duty  when  requested  by  such  vote,  to  loan  for  and  in 
the  name  of  his  community  or  department,  to  either  of  the  other  com- 
munities or  departments,  desiring  a  loan  for  its  temporary  re<iuire- 
ments,  such  surplus  cash  funds  as  he  may  have  available,  taking  the 
demand  note  of  such  borrower  authorized  to  be  made  for  such  tem- 
porary loan,  payable  at  such  rate  of  interest,  or  without  interest,  as 
such  board  of  finance  shall  determine.  Said  treasurers,  or  either  of 
them,  when  directed  by  vote  of  said  board  may  loan  to  any  bank 
or  trust  company  in  this  state,  approved  by  said  board,  any  surplus 
funds  in  his  hands,  not  required  to  be  deposited  for  current  use.  sub- 
ject to  call,  at  such  rate  of  interest  as  may  be  obtained  to  the  best  ad- 
vantage therefor. 


I 


248 

Waterbury 

Special  acts   1S99,  page  498 
Special  acts   1915,  page  304 

§  1  The  territorial  limits  of  the  body  politic  and  corporate  exist- 
ing under  the  name  of  the  city  of  Waterbury  shall  hereafter  include 
all  land  and  territory  situated  within  the  limits  of  the  Center  school 
district  of  Waterbury  as  now  or  hereafter  defined. 

§  2  There  shall  be  in  the  city  of  Waterbury  a  department  of 
education  which  shall  have  the  care  and  management  of  all  the  prop- 
erty and  affairs  of  the  Center  school  district  of  Waterbury.  After 
this  act  shall  take  effect  no  meeting  of  said  Center  school  district 
shall  be  held  for  any  purpose  whatever. 

§  3  Said  department  shall,  from  the  first  Monday  of  January,  1916, 
be  under  the  control  of  the  board  of  education,  consisting  of  the  mayor, 
who  shall  be  ex  officio  chairman,  and  nine  members,  who  shall  be 
elected  at  the  meetings  of  said  city  for  the  election  of  officers,  as  fol- 
lows :  On  the  Tuesday  after  the  first  Monday  of  October,  1915,  the 
electors  of  said  city  shall  elect,  in  the  manner  provided  for  the  election 
of  city  officers  in  said  city,  from  their  number,  three  members  of  the 
board  of  education  to  serve  for  two  years  from  the  first  Monday  in 
January,  1916,  and  no  person  shall  vote  for  more  than  two  of  such 
members ;  three  members  to  serve  for  four  years  from  said  first 
Monday  of  January,  1916,  and  no  person  shall  vote  for  more  than  two 
of  such  members;  three  members  to  serve  for  six  years  from  said  first 
Monday  of  January,  1916,  and  no  person  shall  vote  for  more  than  two 
of  such  members.  At  the  city  election  to  be  held  in  said  city  on  the 
Tuesday  after  the  first  Monday  of  October,  1917,  and  biennially  there- 
after, the  legal  voters  of  said  city  shall  elect  from  their  number  three 
members  of  the  board  of  education  to  serve  for  six  years  from  the  first 
Monday  of  January  next  following  their  election,  and  no  person  shall 
vote  for  more  than  two  of  such  members.  The  provisions  of  the 
charter  of  said  city  in  relation  to  the  powers  and  duties  of  city  officers 
shall  apply  to  members  of  the  board  of  education,  and  said  members 
shall  hold  office  until  their  successors  are  duly  elected  and  qualified. 

§  4  In  case  a  vacancy  shall  occur  in  the  membership  of  said  board 
of  education,  such  vacancy  shall  be  filled  by  the  board  of  aldermen  of 
said  city,  at  a  meeting  specially  called  for  that  purpose,  by  ballot,  and 
the  person  so  chosen  by  said  board  of  aldermen  shall  hold  office  for 
the  unexpired  term  and  until  his  successor  is  duly  elected  and 
qualified. 

§  5  The  members  of  said  board  of  education  shall  receive  such 
compensation  for  their  services  as  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  board  of 
aldermen. 

§  6  Said  board  shall  hold  regular  meetings  every  month,  and 
special  meetings  at  such  times  as  it  may  appoint  or  the  mayor  may 
call.  Except  in  case  of  a  tie.  the  mayor  shall  have  no  vote  in  any 
meeting. 


249 

§  7  The  board  of  education  shall  appoint  a  superintendent  of 
schools,  and  shall  decide  the  number  of  principals,  assistants,  and 
teachers  to  be  employed.  It  may  appoint  or  employ  a  clerk,  an  inspec- 
tor of  buildings,  and  such  other  officers  and  employees  as  may  be 
necessary  for  the  proper  conduct  of  its  business.  It  shall  fix  their 
salaries,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  board  of  finance,  and  prescribe 
their  terms  of  office,  and  their  duties,  in  each  case,  except  as  herein- 
after provided.  The  officers  and  employees  of  the  Center  school  dis- 
trict, at  the  time  when  this  act  shall  take  effect,  shall  retain  their  re- 
spective offices  until  their  successors  shall  be  chosen  and  duly  quali- 
fied, and  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  board  of  education  and  dis- 
trict committee  thjsn  in  existence,  not  inconsistent  with  this  act.  shall 
remain  in  full  force  until  repealed.  The  board  of  education  herein 
provided  for  shall  have  the  entire  charge  and  direction  of  all  public 
schools  of  said  district,  and  of  the  expenditure  of  all  moneys  appro- 
priated for  the  support  of  the  same,  and  shall  have  power  to  con- 
struct, manage,  and  repair  all  school  buildings,  and  shall  possess  all 
other  powers  and  be  subject  to  all  of  the  general  duties  of  boards  of 
education,  school  committees,  and  school  visitors  in  this  state,  so  far 
as  the  same  are  consistent  with  the  terms  of  this  act.  It  shall  make  its 
own  by-laws,  keep  a  journal  of  its  proceedings,  define  the  duties  of  its 
officers  and  committees,  and  prescribe  such  rules  and  regulations  for 
discipline  in  the  said  public  schools  as  are  not  inconsistent  with  the 
laws  of  the  state. 

§  8  The  superintendent  of  schools  shall  be  appointed  for  the  term 
of  two  years,  and  his  salary  shall  not  be  increased  nor  decreased  dur- 
ing any  term  except  in  the  manner  provided  by  the  charter  of  said 
city.  He  shall  not  be  removed  during  said  term  except  by  the  vote 
of  five  members  of  the  board  of  education.  He  shall  appoint  from 
those  eligible  under  the  rules  of  the  board  all  principals,  assistants, 
and  teachers  necessary  to  fill  positions  authorized  by  the  board.  He 
shall  assign  all  principals,  assistants,  and  teachers  to  their  respective 
positions,  and  reassign  them  or  dismiss  them  from  office  at  his  dis- 
cretion. He  shall  report  at  each  meeting  of  the  board  all  appoint- 
ments, reassignments,  and  dismissals,  made  by  him  since  the  previous 
meeting.  Any  appointment  by  the  superintendent  may  be  rejected  by 
a  vote  of  the  majority  of  the  board.  Any  dismissal  by  the  superin- 
tendent shall  be  final  unless  reversed  by  a  vote  of  a  majority  of  the 
board  at  the  meeting  when  such  dismissal  is  reported.  Notice  of 
dismissal  on  the  part  of  the  superintendent  shall  be  given  to  the  prin- 
cipal, assistant,  or  teacher  by  the  superintendent  in  writing  at  least 
one  week  before  the  meeting  of  the  board  when  the  superintendent 
reports  such  dismissal.  He  shall,  with  the  approval  of  the  board  of 
education,  prescribe  the  course  of  study  in  all  the  schools,  but  the 
text-books  to  be  used  in  said  courses  shall  be  designated  by  the  board. 
The  superintendent  shall  annually,  at  a  date  to  be  fixed  by  the  board, 
submit  to  the  board  a  full  report  of  the  work  and  condition  of  the 


250 


schools  during  the  previous  year,  with  recommendations  for  the  en- 
suing year,  which  report,  when  accepted  by  the  board,  shall  form  part 
of  its  report  to  the  mayor.  He  shall  also  report,  each  month  during 
the  school  year,  to  the  board  in  writing,  any  changes  made  in  the 
course  of  study,  and  what  principals,  assistants,  and  teachers  he  has 
assigned,  reassigned  or  dismissed,  and  shall  furnish  such  additional 
information  regarding  the  condition  of  the  schools  and  the  efficiency 
of  the  teaching  force  as  may  be  required  by  the  board.  Said  monthly 
reports  shall  be  entered  in  a  suitable  book  provided  for  that  purpose, 
and  shall  be  kept  as  part  of  the  records  of  the  department. 

§  9  The  treasurer  of  the  city  shall  receive  the  amount  of  school 
money  to  which  the  district  is  entitled  from  the  scl\pol  moneys  of  the 
state,  from  the  town  of  Waterbury,  from  state  appropriations  for 
school  purposes,  from  gifts,  and  from  the  tax  laid  within  the  district 
for  school  purposes,  which  moneys  shall  be  subject  to  the  order  of  the 
board  of  education  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  board  of 
finance  may  from  time  to  time  establish. 

§  10  The  board  of  education  shall  submit  to  the  board  of  finance 
of  the  city,  at  the  time  fixed  by  law  for  the  submission  of  the  estimates 
of  the  other  departments  of  said  city,  a  detailed  estimate  of  its  ex- 
penses for  the  next  year  for  which  the  appropriations  for  city  purposes 
are  by  law  required  to  be  made,  specifying  separately  the  sums  needed 
for  current  and  special  expenses. 

§  11  The  provisions  of  sections  92  and  93  of  the  charter  of  the  city 
of  Waterbury  shall  apply  to  such  estimates,  and  to  all  taxes  and  .ippro- 
priations  based  thereon;  but  no  tax  shall  be  laid  upon  any  property 
lying  outside  of  the  present  limits  of  the  city  of  Waterbury  and  within 
the  limits  of  said  city  as  hereby  established  at  a  rate  exceeding  one- 
half  of  the  rate  of  taxation  upon  property  lying  within  the  present 
limits  of  said   city. 

§  12  The  board  of  education  shall  annually,  at  a  date  fixed  by  the 
mayor,  transmit  to  the  mayor  a  full  report  of  its  proceedings  during 
the  previous  year,  together  with  a  statement  of  its  receipts  and  ex- 
penditures, specifying  those  on  account  of  current  expenses  and  special 
expenses  for  land  and  buildings  respectively,  with  such  other  details 
as  the  mayor  may  from  time  to  time  require. 

§  13  Said  board  shall  have  power  to  divide  the  school  district  into 
as  many  sub-districts  as  it  may  deem  advisable,  for  the  purpose  of 
determining  the  limits  within  which  children  may  attend  each  school. 

§  14  The  city  of  Waterbury,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
board  of  education,  shall  have  power  to  take  sites  for  schoolhouses,  or 
for  the  enlargement  of  sites  already  acquired,  in  the  manner  provided 
by  law  tor  taking  of  land  for  public  parks. 

§  15  The  title  to  all  property,  legal  or  equitable,  owned  by  said 
district,  or  which  may  hereafter  be  acquired  for  school  purposes  in 
said  district,  is  hereby  vested  in  the  board  of  education,  as  trustee  for 
said  Center  school  district. 


251 


[S  §  16  Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  to  restrict  the  right  of 
any  woman  to  vote  at  any  meeting  held  for  the  purpose  of  choosing 
any  officer  of  schools,  or  for  any  educational  purpose  under  the  general 
or  special  laws  of  this  state,  and  nothing  herein  shall  confer  upon  any 
woman  the  right  to  vote  for  the  mayor  of  said  city  of  Waterbury  or 
for  any  other  city  officer. 


Amending  the  charter  of  the  city  of  Waterbury  and  cotisolidating  the 
governments   of   the   town  and   city    of   Waterbury 


I 


Special   acts   1901,  page  858 


\  §  10  All  liabilities,  debts,  and  obligations  owing  on  said  first 
?  Monday  of  January,  1902,  from  or  by  the  city  or  Center  school  district 
i  of  Waterbury,  shall  remain  a  liability,  debt,  and  obligation  upon  the 
5  persons  and  property  with  the  second  district  hereinbefore  described, 
.  and  any  indebtedness,  bonded  or  otherwise,  thereafter  incurred  for 
'  any  purposes  within  said  second  district  not  in  this  act  provided  to  be 
>  paid  by  said  first  district,  including  disposal  of  sewage,  shall  be 
assumed  solely  by  the  said  second  district. 

§  11  The  several  school  districts  of  the  town  of  Waterbury.  out- 
side of  said  second  district,  shall  continue  to  remain  as  school  dis- 
tricts with  the  same  territorial  limits,  rights,  powers,  and  obligations 
as  now  existing  with  the  exception  as  set  forth  in  section  seven  of 
this  act,  and  the  obligations  now  imposed  upon  the  town  of  Water- 
bury, with  respect  to  the  support  of  schools  outside  of  said  second 
district,  are  hereby  imposed  upon  said  city  of  Waterbury  and  shall 
be  an  expense  incurred  by  and  chargeable  to  the  first  district  here- 
inbefore described. 

§  12  Whenever  twenty-five  electors  residing  in  any  one  of  said 
school  districts  shall  petition  the  board  of  aldermen  of  said  city  that 
the  school  district  within  which  they  reside  may  be  brought  under  the 
full  jurisdiction  of  the  second  district  heretofore  described,  so  that  the 
persons  and  property  within  said  school  district  may  secure  from  the 
government  of  said  city  the  same  benefits  and  be  subject  to  the  same 
obligations  as  persons  and  property  within  said  second  district,  said 
board  of  aldermen,  after  due  hearing,  shall  fix  a  day  on  which  all  legal 
voters  residing  within  the  limits  of  said  school  district  may  vote  upon 
the  question  whether  they  are  in  favor  of  or  opposed  to  said  petition. 
And  if  on  said  day  a  majority  of  the  votes  cast  within  said  sch<iol 
district  shall  be  found  in  favor  of  having  said  petition  granted,  said 
board  of  aldermen  shall  grant  the  same  and  make  an  order  that  the 
said  school  district,  together  with  its  inhabitants  and  property,  shall 
thereafter  be  and  remain  under  the  full  jurisdiction  of  the  said  second 
district,  and  such  order  shall  have  the  same  force  and  eflFect  as  if  it 
formed  a  part  of  this  act,  and  said  school  district  shall  then  be  deemed 
to  have  been  abolished  as  a  school  district. 


252 


§  13  The  board  of  education  of  said  city  shall,  on  and  after  the 
first  Monday  of  January,  1902,  have  and  possess  all  of  the  powers  and 
duties  vested  in  town  school  visitors  by  the  general  statutes.  Said 
board  shall  have  the  power,  at  its  discretion,  of  admitting  any  child 
resident  in  any  of  the  several  school  districts  outside  of  said  second 
taxation  district  to  any  graded  school  within  said  second  district,  and 
shall  admit  any  such  child  to  the  high  school  within  said  district,  if 
such  child  shall  be  qualified  for  admission  thereto,  upon  payment  of 
such  annual  fee  as  may  be  determined  upon  by  said  board  of  educa- 
tion. Such  fee  shall  be  paid  by  said  city  and  be  an  expense  of  and 
chargeable  to'  the  said  first  taxation  district,  provided,  that  not  more 
than  thirty  dollars  shall  be  paid  for  each  scholar  attending  such 
schools  from  any  of  said  several  school  districts. 

Amending   a   resolution   authorizing   the   city   of   Waterbury   to    issue 

school   bonds   and  improvement  bonds 

Special    acts   1911,   page   10 

An  act  authorizing  the  city  of  Waterbury  to  issue  school  bonds 
Special  acts   1913,  page  985 

An  act  amending  the  charter  of  the  Waterbury  industrial   school 
Special  acts   1913,  page  816 

§  1  The  resolution  amending  the  charter  of  the  Waterbury  in- 
dustrial school,  approved  May  3,  1895,  is  hereby  amended  by  strikmg 
out  in  section  one  thereof  the  words  "not  exceeding  one  hundred 
thousand  dollars"  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the  words  "not  ex- 
ceeding three  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  dollars." 

§  2  The  purpose  of  said  corporation  shall  be  to  provide  for  the 
social  welfare  of  girls,  including  education  and  recreation,  to  turnish 
assistance  to  the  needy,  and  to  do  other  charitable  and  benevolent 
work. 

§  3  All  acts  of  said  corporation  and  all  gifts,  devises,  and  be- 
quests made  to  said  corporation  prior  to  the  approval  of  this  act  are 
hereby  validated  and  confirmed. 

An  act  authorizing  the  city  of  Waterbury  to  issue  high  school  bonds    , 
Special   acts   1915,  page  114  I 

An  act  authorizing  the  city  of  Waterbury  to  issue  school  bonds 
Special  acts,   1915,  page  115 

An  act  concerning  school  improvement  bonds  of  the  city  of  Waterbury 
Special  acts   1915,  page   126 


253 

An   act  amending  the   charter  of   the   city   of  Waterbury   concerning 
school   districts 

Special  acts   1915,  page  331 

§  1  From  the  first  Monday  of  January,  1916,  all  inhabitants  and 
property  of  the  Waterville  school  district  of  the  town  of  Waterbury 
shall  be  taxed  in  the  same  manner  as  the  inhabitants  and  property 
within  the  limits  of  the  second  taxation  district  of  the  city  of  Water- 
bury. 

§  2  Said  Waterville  school  district,  from  the  first  Monday  of 
January,  1916,  shall  be  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  second  taxing 
district  of  the  city  of  Waterbury,  so  that  the  persons  and  property 
within  said  school  district  may  secure  from  the  government  of  said 
city  the  same  benefits  and  be  subject  to  the  same  obligations  as  persons 
and  property  within  said  second  district. 

§  3  The  funds  received  from  the  sale  of  bonds  authorized  by  an 
act  authorizing  the  city  of  Waterbury  to  issue  sewage  bonds,  approved 
May  23,  1911,  may  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  constructing  any 
portion  of  a  trunk  line  sewer  beyond  the  limits  of  the  second  taxation 
district. 

§  4  Whenever  any  school  district  of  the  town  of  Waterbury  shall 
be  abolished  and  the  persons  and  property  thereof  brought  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  said  second  taxation  district,  the  board  of  aldermen 
of  the  city  of  Waterbury  may  levy  a  tax  on  the  property  of  such 
former  school  district,  as  shown  by  the  last  completed  grand  list  of 
the  town  of  Waterbury,  for  the  purpose  of  defraying  the  current 
expenses  of  such  school  district,  until  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  of 
said   city. 

§  6  The  board  of  aldermen  of  said  city  is  hereby  authorized  to 
levy  a  tax  on  the  property  of  the  former  town  plot  school  district,  as 
shown  by  the  last  completed  grand  list  of  the  town  of  Waterbury,  to 
defray  the  current  expenses  of  said  former  district  until  the  end  of 
the  fiscal  year  of  said  city. 

§  6  Whenever  any  school  district  in  the  town  of  Waterbury  shall 
be  abolished  and  the  persons  and  property  therein  brought  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  second  taxation  district  of  said  city,  the  board  of 
aldermen  may  continue  the  school  district  collector  in  office  and  he 
is  authorized  and  directed  to  proceed  with  the  collection  of  taxes 
assessed,  and  the  enforcement  of  liens  filed  to  secure  the  same.  Such 
collector  shall  furnish  a  bond  to  said  city,  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
board  of  finance,  for  the  faithful  performance  of  his  duties,  and  shall 
pay  to  the  treasurer  of  said  city  all  money  which  may  come  into  his 
possession.  In  case  of  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  collector,  the  author- 
ity and  duties  of  such  office  shall  devolve  upon  the  tax  collector  of 
said  city,  who  shall  be  allowed  such  compensation  as  the  board  of 
finance  of  said  city  may  approve.  All  unsatisfied  taxes  and  liens  filed 
by  former  district  collectors  shall  become  the  property  of  said  city, 


254 


which  may  collect  the  amount  due  thereon  through  its  tax  collector 
or  the  former  district  collectors.  This  section  shall  apply  to  the  col- 
lector of  the  former  town  plot  school  district,  who  is  hereby  author- 
ized and  directed  to  collect  unpaid  taxes  and  liens  of  said  district, 
and  he  shall  receive  the  same  compensation  as  allowed  by  said  district 
before  the  passage  of  this  act. 

§  7  The  funds  of  any  school  district  abolished  in  said  city  shall 
be  transferred  to  the  treasurer  of  said  city,  and  shall  be  applied  in 
payment  of  debts  and  expenses  of  said  district. 

Special   acts    1919,   page  S3 

An  act  authorizing  the  city  of  Waterbury  to  issue  high  school  bonds 

Special   acts   1919,  page  HI 

An  act  authorizing  the  city  of  Waterbury  to  issue  school  bonds 

An   act  amending  the   charter   of   the   city  of   Waterbury   concerning 
appropriations  for  new  school  buildings 

Special  acts  1915,  page  471  as  amended  by  special  acts  1917,  page  782 

§  1  Section  ten  of  an  act  in  addition  to  an  act  revising  and 
amending  the  charter  of  the  city  of  Waterbury,  approved  June  20, 
1899,  is  hereby  amended  to  read  as  follows :  The  board  of  education 
shall  submit  to  the  board  of  finance  of  the  city,  at  the  time  fixed  by 
law  for  the  admission  of  the  estimate  of  the  other  departments  of 
said  city,  a  detailed  estimate  of  its  current  expenses  for  the  next 
year  for  which  appropriations  for  city  purposes  are  required  to  be 
made. 

§  2  The  board  of  aldermen  of  said  city  shall  annually  appro- 
priate for  the  purchase  of  land  for  school  sites  or  additions  thereto, 
and  for  the  construction  of  new  schoolhouses,  equipment  and  furnish- 
ings, and  for  additions  to,  improvements  and  repairs  of  schoolhouses, 
an  amount  equal  to  one  and  one-half  mills  on  all  property  subject  to 
taxation  within  that  portion  of  the  city  of  Waterbury  known  as  the 
second  taxation  district,  as  now  or  hereafter  constituted,  which  appro- 
priation, with  all  sums  that  may  be  legally  added  thereto,  shall  be  a 
special  fund  for  the  purposes  hereinbefore  designated,  to  be  known 
as  "The  Special  School  Fund."  Such  sums  as  have  been  heretofore 
appropriated  for  either  of  said  purposes  and  not  expended,  and  all 
sums  derived  from  the  sale  of  buildings  or  land  vested  in  said  board 
of  education,  as  trustee  for  the  center  school  district,  and  all  sums 
derived  from  fire  insurance  upon  schoolhouses  and  their  contents, 
injured  or  destroyed  by  fire,  shall  be  a  part  of  said  fund.  The  unex- 
pended balance  in  said  fund  shall  not  be  returned  to  the  treasury  at  the 


255 


expiration  of  the  fiscal  year,  but  shall  be  retained  for  the  purposes 
of  said  special  school  fund.  Said  board  of  aldermen  shall  annually 
appropriate  for  said  purposes,  in  addition  to  the  foregoing,  such 
amount  as  it  may  deem  necessary.  The  board  of  aldermen  shall  levy 
for  school  purposes  a  tax  upon  all  taxable  property  within  said 
second  taxation  district  as  now  or  hereafter  constituted. 

Said  special  school  fund  shall  be  used  by  the  department  of  edu- 
cation for  the  purposes  hereinbefore  specified. 

§  3  The  department  of  education  shall  not  purchase  or  contract 
for  the  purchase  of  land  for  school  purposes,  except  when  sufficient 
money  for  said  purposes  is  actually  in  said  special  school  fund  or  an 
appropriation  for  said  purposes  has  been  made  by  the  board  of  alder- 
men. 

§  4    This  act  shall  continue  in  force  for  a  period  of  ten  years. 

An  act  authorizing  the  city  of  Waterbury  to  issue  high  school  bonds 

Special  acts  1917,  page  779 

Special  acts  1917,  page  1106 

Special  acts   1919,  page  187 

Special  acts  1921,  page  681 

An  act  authorizing  the  town  of  Waterford  to  issue  bonds. 
Special  acts   1919,  page   187 

An   act   amending  the   charter   of   the   city   of  Waterbury  concerning 
the  Bunker  Hill  school  district 

Special  acts  1917,  page  1128 

Weston 
Public  acts  1911,  page  1623 

§  1  The  first  selectman  of  the  town  of  Weston  shall,  until  the 
annual  town  meeting,  in  1914,  of  the  town  of  Weston,  be  ex  officio,  a 
member  of  the  board  of  school  visitors  of  said  town,  with  power, 
however,  to  vote  on  any  question  pending  before  said  board  of  school 
visitors  only  in  case  of  a  tie. 

§  2    This  act  shall  take  eflfect  from  its  passage. 

Wethersfield 

An  act  authorizing  the  town  of  Wethersfield  to  issue  bonds 

Special    act.<    1915,   page   29 


256 

Joint  school   district   in   the  towns  of  Wilton,   Redding,  and  Weston 
Special  acts   1911,  page   143 

§  1  The  territory  heretofore  included  within  the  limits  of  school 
district  number  ten  of  the  town  of  Wilton,  formed  from  parts  of  the 
towns  of  Wilton,  Redding,  and  W^eston,  and  all  the  inhabitants  within 
said  territory,  be  and  they  are  hereby  made  and  constituted  a  body 
politic  and  corporate  under  the  name  of  District  No.  10  of  the  Town 
of  Wilton,  with  all  the  powers  given  to  school  districts  by  chapters 
135  and  137  of  the  general  statutes  and  amendments  thereof. 

§  2  All  moneys  expended  by  the  town  of  Wilton  for  the  main- 
tenance of  a  public  school  in  said  district  shall  be  paid  by  said  towns 
on  the  basis  of  the  school  enumeration  of  children  in  said  district,  to 
be  determined  as  follows :  the  whole  number  of  children  enumerated 
in  the  district  shall  be  taken  as  the  common  denominator,  and  the 
number  of  children  so  enumerated  residing  in  each  town  in  said  dis- 
trict shall  be  taken  as  the  numerator,  to  determine  the  fractional  part 
of  such  tax  or  sum  of  money  expended  which  each  of  said  towns  shall 
be  required  to  pay. 

§  3  Said  school  district  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  supervision 
by  the  state  board  of  education  as  said  board  now  exercises  over  other 
public  schools.  The  school  committee  of  the  town  of  Wilton  shall 
exercise  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties  in  said  district  provided 
for  school  visitors  in  chapter  134  of  the  general  statutes  and  amend- 
ments thereof,  and  said  district  shall  receive  the  same  benefits  from  the 
state  school  fund,  through  the  town  of  Wilton,  that  other  school  dis- 
tricts receive. 

§  4  Said  district  shall  be  exempt  from  the  proivsions  of  chapter 
146  of  the  public  acts  of  1909,  and  from  the  provisions  of  any  other 
statute,  so  far  as  such  provisions  are  inconsistent  herewith. 

An  act  creating  a  board  of  finance  in  the  town  of  Wilton 

Special   acts   1915.  page   173 
Special  acts   1917,  page  759 

Winchester 

An    act    consolidating    the    borough    of    Winsted    with    the    town    of 

Winchester 

Special  acts   1915,  page  448 

§  28  The  board  of  selectmen  shall,  within  seven  days  after  the 
annual  town  meeting  in  the  year  1915,  appoint  six  residents  of  the 
town  as  a  school  committee,  two  for  a  term  of  one  year,  two  for  a 
term  of  two  years,  and  two  for  a  term  of  three  years,  and  thereafter, 
v;ithin   seven  days  after  each  annual  town  meeting,  said  board  shall 


257 

appoint  two  residents  of  said  town  to  be  members  of  said  school  com- 
mittee for  a  term  of  three  years.  Said  town  school  committee  shall 
have  all  the  powers  conferred  by  the  general  statutes  upon  such  com- 
mittees, except  that  it  shall  not  have  power  to  draw  orders  upon  the 
treasurer  of  the  town  for  payment  of  money,  nor  to  fill  vacancies  in 
its  number.  Any  such  vacancies  shall  be  filled  by  the  board  of  select- 
men, and  no  expenses  incurred  by  said  committee  in  maintaining  pub- 
lic schools  in  said  town  or  in  performing  other  duties  of  their  office 
shall  be  paid  until  approved  by  the  board  of  selectmen. 

§  29  The  board  of  selectmen  shall,  within  sixty  days  after  the 
annual  town  meeting  in  the  year  1915,  appoint  a  board  of  relief  con- 
sisting of  three  members,  one  for  a  term  of  one  year,  one  for  a  term 
of  two  years,  and  one  for  a  term  of  three  years;  and  thereafter,  within 
sixty  days  after  each  annual  town  meeting,  said  board  shall  appoint 
one  member  of  the  board  of  relief  for  a  term  of  three  years.  Said 
board  of  relief  shall  have  the  same  powers  and  duties,  and  shall,  in 
equalizing  and  adjusting  valuations  and  assessment  lists,  proceed  in 
all  respects  as  though  elected  by  ballot  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  town 
of  Winchester.  Any  member  of  the  board  of  relief,  or  of  the  school 
committee,  or  any  assessor  may  be  removed  from  office  by  the  board 
of  selectmen  for  cause  after  hearing,  but  in  case  of  such  removal, 
the  selectmen  shall  cause  to  be  recorded  in  the  records  of  said  board 
a  statement  of  the  reasons  therefor. 

Windham 

An  act   authorizing  the   town  of  Windham  to  issue  bonds 

Special   acts   1913,  page  935 

WOODBRIDGE 

Special   acts    1911,   page  94 

Authorizing  the  town  of  Woodbridge  to  issue  bonds  for  school 
building    purposes 

CHAPTER  2. 
Public  acts   1921 

§  1  At  each  regular  session  of  the  general  assembly  there  shall 
be  a  joint  standing  committee  on  appropriations,  consisting  of  two 
senators  and  eleven  representatives  who  shall  be  appointed  in  accord- 
ance with  the  joint  rules  adopted  at  each  session.  .Ml  bills  or  joint 
resolutions  carrying  or  requiring  appropriations  and  favorably  re- 
ported by  any  other  committee  of  the  general  assembly,  except  reso- 
lutions for  the  payment  of  claims  against  the  state  and  resolutions 
paying  the  contingent  expenses  of  the  senate  and  house  of  represcnta- 

17 


258 


tives,  shall,  before  passage,  be  referred  to  said  committee,  unless  such 
reference  shall  be  dispensed  with  by  a  vote  of  at  least  two-thirds 
of  each  branch  of  the  general  assembly.  During  the  session  of  the 
general  assembly  the  board  of  finance  and  said  committee  on  appro- 
priations shall  hold  joint  meetings,  and  shall  organize  by  the  selection 
of  a  chairman  and  a  clerk  and  shall  hear  the  several  bills  and  joint 
resolutions  referred  to  said  committee  on  appropriations. 

§  2  Said  board  and  said  committee  shall,  within  two  weeks  after 
the  conclusion  of  any  hearing  upon  any  bill  or  joint  resolution  referred 
to  said  committee,  act  upon  the  same,  and,  if  such  action  be  favorable, 
shall  report  such  bill  or  joint  resolution  to  the  house  in  which  it 
originated.  Said  board  of  finance  and  said  committee  may  originate 
and  report  any  bill  or  joint  resolution  which  they  may  deem  necessary 
and  shall,  from  time  to  time,  report  such  appropriation  bills  as  they 
may  deem  necessary  for  carrying  on  the  different  departments  of  the 
state  government  and  for  providing  for  such  institutions  or  persons  as 
are  proper  subjects  for  state  aid  under  the  provisions  of  the  general 
statutes,  for  two  years  from  the  following  thirtieth  day  of  June.  All 
appropriation  bills  shall  specify  the  particular  purpose  for  which 
appropriation  is  made,  and  shall  be  itemized  as  far  as  practicable. 

§  3  Section  60  of  the  general  statutes  as  amended  by  chapter  290 
of  the  public  acts  of  1919  is  repealed. 

§  4    This  act  shall  take  effect  from  its  passage. 


259 


INDEX 

A  L    f  •   ■             r  Section 

Abolition  of  school   districts I55    156 

vote  how  taken j^g 

repeal    of   vote I-7 

Academy,    endowed    or    incorporated.    .       .       .       "^ 

State  board  of  education  mav  examine    .        ^     .       .  196 
may  approve  for  high  school  scholars,  J 

A.ccommodations    must    be    furnished 20 

Accounts,  of  State  board  of  education I4 

age"ts 10.  11.  3.56 

normal  schools 273 

State  aid   to  libraries 205 

uniform   system  in  town 103-105 

Acting  school  visitor,  appointment  of 86 

not  necessarily  a  member  of  the  Board 86 

compensation 86   435 

duties,             86 

in  districts  having  board  of  education 73.  86 

to  certify  schools  kept  according  to  law 254 

to  certify  attendance  in  non-local  high  schools  to  State 

board  of  education 19,5 

names  of  children  for  conveyance  grant.       .       .  199 
to  purchase  text-books  for  children  when  parents  are 

unable 44 

to   certify   cost   of   text   books    to    selectmen   or   town 

school  committee. 44 

town  treasurer  to  pay  bill 44 

Age,  of  school  attendance 19.  .35 

employment. 3-5 1_  352 

enumeration, 237 

leaving    school ...  21 

penalty  for  false  statement  concerning 25 

Agent,   State    board   of  education,   to   secure   observance   of 

laws  relating  to  instruction  of  children,       .  10 

Agents,  prosecuting  agents  to  enforce  school  laws.  ...  11 

Agents    to    enforce    provisions    relating    to    employment    of 

children,    term    of    office,    .               ...  3.56 

remuneration 3.56 

accounts    audited   by   Comptroller 356 

Agents    enforce    attendance    laws 3.56 

enforce  employment  law 3.56 

issue  certificates  of  age 3.52 

act   as    superintendents ...  93 

request  hearing  if  school  accommodations  not  furnished.  20 


260 


1 


Agents,    inspect   private    school    registers, 

investigate  age  of  children, 

act   as    supervisors,    ......... 

issue  leaving  certificates 

issue  age  certificates, 

supervising  to  issue  age  certificates 

to  test  literacy, 

Alcohol,  effects  of  taught 

in    normal    schools, ... 

examination   in, 

Almshouse,  not  exempt  from  taxation 

Americanization,  establishment  of  department  of,    . 

appointment  and  salary  of  director 

school  committee  of  town  may  appoint  town  director 

subject  to  approval  of  State  board  of  education, 

Ansonia,  special   acts  relating  to  schools, 

Apparatus,    state    grant    for 

to  be  approved   by    school    visitors    or    town    school 

committee, 

districts   may   purchase ... 

to    temporary    homes, 

Appeal  to  Superior  Court,  in  proceedings  for  taking  land  for 
schoolhouse    site, 

to  alter  school  districts, 

to  define  boundary, ... 

to   divide   district   property, 

Appointment  of  town  school  officers, 

Appraisement  of  district  property  at  time  of  consolidation, 


Apportionment  of  money  to  districts, 

lying  in  two  or  more  towns,  . 
Appropriation,   for   normal    schools, 

public  schools, 

trained    teachers, 

school     libraries, 

public  libraries,   . 

teachers'    meetings, 

evening  schools   . 

state    distribution    of, 
Appropriations,  specific,  when  and  how  made. 
Arbor  and  Bird  Day,  to  be  observed  by  school? 

Arrest  of  truant  boys, 

girls,        

Assessment  of  property  by  school  districts, 


Section 

23 

353 

93 

21 

352 

352 

352 

83 

83 

207 

308 

12 

12 

13 

page 

176 

203 

76. 

203 

118 

385 

442 

122 

120 

165 

284 

163. 

164. 

165. 

184 

252 

97. 

261 

270 

96, 

242 

275 

203 

301 

5 

62 

96. 

242 

p-ige 

257 

51 

29 

34 

307. 

313 

I 


261 

Section 

Attendance,  age  of 19 

certificates   of 352 

evidence    of, 352 

at  private  schools ...  23 

possible, 35 

Attendance,    excuses    for    non-attendance,    .               ...  19,  22 

failure,  penalty, .        .  22 

complaint,    all    offenses    in    same.           ...  22 

suspension  of  sentence,         .       .               ...  22 
penalty,  hot  incurred   when — 

child    lacks    clothing 22 

child's  mental  or  physical  condition  renders 

attendance   inexpedient,       ....  22 

when  compulsory  for  children  between  14  and  16.  .  19,  21 

at  evening  schools 58 

officers,   may  be   appointed,    ...               ...  80 

Automobiles,  speed  of  to  be  reduced  and  timely  signal  given 

in    certain    cases 434 

Average    attendance    grant 265 

to  be  reported  to  State  board  of  education,   .               .  265 

condition    of 265 

method    of    payment, 265 

Ballot-box,  vote  on  consolidation,  ...               ...  156 

Bethel,  special  act  relating  to  schools, page  180 

Biennial   election, page  59,  note  1 

Bird  day, 51 

Blanks,  form  prescribed  by  State  board  of  education,      note  3,  page  6 

Board  of  education  in  districts  formerly  school  societies,       .  71 

may  admit  to  school  children  over  five,     ....  35 

may  appoint  superintendent, 87 

fix   salary, ...  87 

may  elect  one  member  to  be  secretary  and  one  to  be 

treasurer   and  prescribe   their   duties,    .  77 

may   organize    supervision    district 88 

may  require  children  to  be  vaccinated 82 

shall  preserve  books  and  documents 101 

may  administer  oath, 102 

powers   and   duties 73 

shall  report  to  State  board  of  education 73 

shall  send  returns  and  certificates  to  Comptroller.  73 

may  purchase  and  loan  text-books  to  pupils,  ...  43 

may  appoint  acting  visitor,  not  of  their  own  number,  86 

may   examine    teachers, 207 

may  grant  temporary  use  of  rooms,  halls,  or   school 
buildings    for    public    or    educational    purposes, 

or  for  holding  political  discussions  therein,         .  153 


262 


shall  hear  parents  when  school  accommodations  not 
furnished,  

must  certify  average  number  attending  evening  schools 

to   Comptroller, 

Board  of  education  must  report  to  State  board  of  education 
concerning    evening    schools,      .        .        .        . 

may  petition  for  superintendent 

may  prescribe  supplementary  books, 

two-thirds  vote  of,  to  change  text-books,  .       . 

may  superintend  evening  schools,       .       .       .       . 

may   grant   certificates   to   teachers,    .       .       .       . 

may  revoke  teachers'  certificates, 

may   sign   teachers'   certificates 

shall  appoint  school  physician  in  towns  or  districts 
having  a  population  of  more  than  ten  thou- 
sand and  may  appoint  in  towns  having  less 
than    ten   thousand, 

may  appoint  acting  visitor  (see  Acting  Visitors),  . 

may  employ  teachers  when  authorized.  .  .  .  . 
of  music, 

secretary  shall  certify  salary  of  superintendent  to  State 

board  of  education, 

Board  of  examiners,  appointment  of, 

duties, 

certificates  to  teach,  to  be  granted  only  upon  examina- 
tion or  legal  exemption  therefrom,  . 

employment  of  teachers  without  state  certificates 
prohibited, 

certain  certificates  issued  under  general  statutes  valid. 
Board  of  Education,  State,  constitution  of 

appointment, 

vacancies, 

how    filled 

expenses  of 

quorum, 

shall  elect  a  chairman  and  appoint  committees,   . 

shall  appoint  a   secretary  and  an  assistant   secretary, 

may  appoint  subordinates,  agents  and  employees  and 
fix  compensation,  subject  to  approval  of 
board  of  control 

duties   and    powers 

superintend    normal    schools 

enforce  laws  relating  to  attendance  at  school, 

enforce  laws  relating  to  employment  of  children, 

examine  and  grant  certificates  to  teachers,    . 

examine  teachers  for  schools  in  county  homes, 

expend  sum  appropriated  for  normal  schools, 


Section 

20 

62 

62 

93 

81 

81 

57 

207 

207 

207 


106 
86 

212 
42 

92 
216 
217 

218 

219 
220 


270 

35<i 

356] 

208] 

24j 

273 


263 


appoint   acting   visitor   or    visitors    for   county   homes, 
keep  account  of   State  aid  to  libraries,    . 
appoint  a  public  library  committee,   . 

make  annual  report, 

order  sanitary  changes  in  schoolhouses,  . 
relieve  towns  from  maintaining  evening  schools, 
render    accounts    to    Comptroller, 
control    educational    interests    of    state,    . 

direct  books  to  be  used 

prescribe  form  of  registers 

expend  necessary  sum  to  perform  duties, 
prepare    outline    of    citizenship,    .... 

Board  of  Education,  State,  determine  number  of  pupils   in 

normal    schools 

apply  for  high  school  grant, 

State,  apply  for  high  school  conveyance  grant 
apply  for  average  attendance  grant,  . 

appoint   agents, 10, 

establish  model  schools  at  Normal  Schools. 

•    hold  teachers'  meetings, 

approve    high    schools 

make   rules    for   county   homes,    .... 
to    be    furnished    with    number    and    names    of    pupils 
attending  high  schools  in  towns  other  than 
those  in  which  they  reside.         .... 

test    eyesight 

appoint   an    acting   visitor   at    County    Home    schools, 

appoint  agents  to  be  superintendents 

salary,         

approve    supervisors, 

may   make    application    to   Comptroller    for   order    on 
treasurer     for     salaries     of     model     school 

teachers 

shall    appoint    a    director    of    special    educatior.    and 

standards, 

hearing  by  and  order  for  maintenance  of  schools  in 

school  districts, 

Board  of  relief,  how  constituted,    ....... 

school  visitors  (see  visitors). 
Bonds,  to  be  given  by  treasurer  and  collector  of  district. 
Books  and  apparatus — 

shall  be  approved  by  town  school  committee,  . 

by   school  visitors, 

Boundary   lines   of  districts, 

settlement  of 

record    of 


Section 

245 

205 

297 

5 

54 

64 

14.  205 


14 
37 

271 
195 
199 
265 
11.  356 
274 


o 
193 
245 


195 

215 

245 

93 

93 

90.  91 


9 

IC 

1.54 
310 

146 

76 

76 

119.  120 

120 

120 


I 


264 

Section 

Boys,  Connecticut  school  for 390,  399,  402-404,  40&-408 

who  may  be   sent  to, 390,  406 

what   authority   may   commit 390,  406 

Bowling  alleys,  to  be  regarded  as  mercantile  establishments,  352 

Branches  taught  in  public  schools, 35 

evening   schools, 56 

in  which  teachers  must  be  examined 207 

Branford,  special  act  relating  to  schools page  180 

Bridgeport,  special  acts  relating  to  schools page  180 

Bristol,    special   acts   relating  to    schools page  187 

Buildings,  injuries  to 424 

Care  and  reformation  of  children, 376-413 

for  what  children  intended 376 

commitment  of  children  to  homes, 378 

boys,  Connecticut  school   for,       .       .    390,  399,  402-404,  406-408 

United  States  court  may  commit  boys,  .  390 

boys  to  remain  at  school  how  long,       .       .       .  407 

Care  and  reformation  of  children 376-413 

girls,  Long  Lane  Farm, 391-394 

appeals, 402 

fees 403 

costs 404 

reformatory, 395-401 

Certificates,  age, 352 

penalty  for  false, 25 

who  may  issue 352 

must  be  kept  on  file  by  employer, 352 

State  board  of  education  may  issue, 353 

parent  shall  exhibit  evidence, 353 

vacation,  to  be  granted  to  certain  children,   .       .  357 
applications    for    employment    certificate    may    be    re- 
quired to  be  under  oath 355 

Certificates,   teachers 208 

given  by  school  visitors 207 

by  State  board  of  education, 208 

must  be  accepted  by  school  officers 208 

may   be    revoked 192.  207 

of  high  schools, 192 

must  be  obtained  by  teacher 211 

Chatham,  special   act  relating  to  schools page  187 

Children,  care  and  reformation  of, 376-413 

instruction    of, 19 

to  be  educated,  at  home  or  at  school, 19 

to   attend   school   regularly   and   constantly   when    not 

employed 19 

under  fourteen,  employment  of 24 


265 

Section 

under  fourteen,  not  to  be  employed  in   factories   and 

stores, 351 

certificate  of  age  of 352 

application  for  employment  certificate  may  be  required 

to  be  under  oath 355 

enumeration  of 237,  238 

temporarily    residing   in    district 237 

in    temporary   homes 243 

admission  of  non-residents  to  district  schools,       .  152 

in  districts  where  there  is  no  school,  provision  for,  258 

dependent  and  neglected,  provision  for,   ....  376 

feeble  minded  or  epileptic,  provision  for,  ....  373 

not  to  be  employed  in  exhibitions,  etc 422 

not  allowed  in  pool  rooms 432 

educationally  exceptional   defined 17 

reports  as  to  special  instruction  may  be  provided  for,  17 

City   district,   tax    in 256 

Citizenship,  duties  of,  taught 37 

outline  to  be  prepared  by  State  board  of  education,  .  37 

Classification    of   school    visitors 40 

town   school  committee 159 

Clerk  of  school  district,  compensation 138 

election   of, 140 

Clerk  of  school  district,  term  of  office 140 

must  be   sworn, 140 

Clerk  of  school  district,  duties  of 131,  135,  143 

to  determine  place  of  meeting  when  no  committee,       .  130 

to  give  notice  of  meeting  when  no  committee,        .       .  131 

to  enumerate  children  if  committee  fail 237 

to  report  names  of  school  officers  to  school  visitors,  144 
if  district  is  in  two  towns  notice  must  be  sent  to  both 

secretaries,        143 

penalty  for  failure  to  comply 143 

to  furnish  access  to  records 147 

Clothing,  lack  of,  excuse  for  non-attendance 22 

Collector,    election 140 

duties    of 145 

to  give  bonds 146 

term  of  office 140 

Committee,  high  school,  see  high  schools, 
town,    see   school   committee, 
district,   see   district  committee, 

in   consolidated  districts,  see  town   school   committee,  158 

library 204 

supervision  district,  see  Supervision. 

Complaints,    non-attendance 22 


266 

Section 

Comptroller,  to  audit  expenses  of  State  board  of  education,  14 

accounts  of  state  library  money 205 

accounts  of  normal    schools 273 

accounts  of  agents,       .              356 

accounts  of  public  libraries, 302 

shall   draw   orders    in    favor  of  towns    in   supervision 

districts, 89 

shall  draw  orders  in  favor  of  towns  having  over 
twenty  and  not  more  than  thirty  teachers  if 

they   employ    supervisors, 92 

shall  draw  orders  for  salaries  of  agents  who  supervise 
schools    in    towns    having    not    more    than 

twenty   teachers, 93 

to  draw  orders  in  favor  of  districts  having  a  board 

of    education, 74 

to  distribute  income  of  school  fund  and  annual   state 

appropriatio:i,           242 

to  draw  orders  in  favor  of  towns  supporting  evening 

schools, 62 

to  draw  order  for  high  school  tuition  fees,                     .  195 

to  draw  order  for  conveyance  grant, 199 

to  withhold  school  dividend  if  hygiene  not  taught,       .  84 

may  make  deduction  from  public  money,  ....  246 

may  sue  for  misapplied  money 247 

may    deduct    forfeiture 99 

returns    to, 96,  239,  242 

shall  annually  in  the  month  of  February,  lodge  with 
the  treasurer,  a  certified  list,  by  towns,  of 
the    enumeration    of    children    by    him    last 

perfected,           433 

Compulsory  education 19 

Cromwell,  special  act  relating  to  schools, page  188 

Condemnation  of  land  for  school  purposes,       175  (see  Sees.  441^42) 

Consolidation    of    districts 155 

towns  may  vote, 155 

by  ballot 156 

at   annual    meeting, 156 

form  of  ballot 156 

method  of  procedure, 156 

vote  takes  effect   when 157 

pay  expenses   of   schools 167 

committee,    first, 158. 

subsequent, 1591 

election, 158] 

qualifications, 158 

minority    representation 159 

term  of  office 159  i 


267 


minibcr,  how  determined, 
classification,    . 
powers   and   duties, 
adjustment  of   property  and   debts, 
appraisement,  ... 

payment, 

permanent  funds,  management  of, 
joint  districts,  notice  of  abolition  of 

mode  of  paying  debts,  . 
joint,  mode  of  collecting  taxes,   . 
expenses,  how  paid,   .... 
abandonment  after  five  years, 

when  takes  eflfect,  . 
districts,  reimbursement  of  town  for  expenses, 

town  committee  becomes  Board  of  School  Vis 

efifect  of  vote  to  reestablish, 

condemnation  of  land  for  school  purposes,  175  (see 

Constables,  special  to  arrest  for  truancy,    . 

appointed  by  selectmen,   .... 

nominated  by  school  visitors, 

may  arrest   for  disturbance  of  schools, 

for  disturbance  of  school  meetings 

for  damage  to  school  property, 

Constitution   of  Connecticut,  extract   from,   art 

education,  .... 

County  Homes,  schools  in,         ... 
Conveyance  (see  Transportation). 

Crimes, 

ofifenses  against  the  person,   . 
humanity  and  morality, 
public    property, 
public  peace  and  safety, 
public  policy,    .... 
Darien,   act  creating  a  board   of   finance. 
Damages,  assessment  of,  when  taking  land  for  s 

house,  .... 

Danbury,   special   act   relating  to   schools. 
Dependent  and  neglected  children,  homes,  h 

Deposit   fund,   town, 

income  of  paid  to  town  treasury, 
Derby  School  District,  special  act  relating 
Distribution  of  public  money,  . 
Districts,  duties   and   powers,    . 
how  formed, 
united, 
altered, 
dissolved,    . 
divided, 


to 


cle 


te  o 


prov 


eight 


f  sc 


ded 


schools, 


IGl 


tors 


Sees 


Section 
158 
159 
and  note 
162 
162 
164 
166 
168 
170 
171 
167 
157 
173 
172 
174 
173 
441-442) 
371 
371 
371 
371 
371 
371 

page      3 
376-389 

422-432 

422 

423 

424-425 

426-427 

428-432 

page  190 


hool 


442 

page  188 

376-389 

341-3.% 

248 

page  190-195 
242 

lis 

116 

llfi 

lie. 

116 
M6 


268 

Section 

are    corporations, 118 

powers,   may  be    sued, 118 

hold  real  estate 118 

hold  personal  property U8 

build   schoolhouses, 118 

establish   schools 118 

purchase   school    apparatus,       118 

maintain   school    library, 118 

employ    teachers, 118 

power,  pay  wages 118 

lay  taxes 118 

conduct   schools, 118 

boundary  lines 119 

record  of 119 

settlement  of 120 

alteration  or  abolition  of 116 

parts  of  districts,   ...               ....  116 

disposition    of    funds, 124 

notice, 121 

consolidation  of, 124 

division  of 117 

lying  in  two  or  more  towns 117 

settlement  of  proportions  of  indebtedness  of,     .  125 

power  of  Superior  Court  in  premises,  .               .  126 

employment  and  payment  of  teachers  by,  .       .       .       .  118 

enumeration  in 188,  237 

expenses  to  be  paid  by  town 252,  254 

first  meeting,  how  called 47 

formation,  alteration,  and  dissolution       ....  116 

notice  of, 121 

appeal  to  Superior  Court 122 

procedure, 123 

funds  and  property  on  consolidation  or  division,  .       .  124 

Districts,  jurisdiction  over,  if  lying  in  several  towns,   .  128 

may  establish  kindergarten  schools, 38 

may  take  land  for  site  of  schoolhouse 441 

may  require  bond  of  treasurer  and  collector,  .  146 

meetings 129,  187 

when  held 129 

where    held 130 

notice  of, 131 

what  to   specify 131 

check  list  for  voting  in 136 

legal   voters    in 133 

penalty   for   illegal    vote 139 

inmates  of  almshouse  cannot  vote 134 

conduct  of 135 


269 

Sect  ion 

adjournment 136 

registry    list 135 

vote  by  ballot,  how  ordered  and  taken,  136 

special,  to  vote  by  ballot 137 

may  choose  own  moderator 139 

annual,  for  election  of  officers, 140 

annual,  where  terms  of  majority  of  school  com- 
mittee expire  in  any  one  year 132 

neglect  to  maintain   school, 148 

receive  no  State  aid  in  such  case 148 

officers, 140 

names  to  be  reported  by  clerk  to  school  visitors,  143 

records   of, 119 

penalty  for  refusing  access  to, 147 

boundary   lines, 119 

situated  in  diflferent  towns,  money  how  distributed,  261,  262 

committee  shall  employ  teachers  when  authorized,  212 

may    appoint    school    physician, 106 

shall  appoint  school  physician  if  population  is  over  ten 

thousand, 106 

schoolhouse  must  be  satisfactory  to  board   of   school 

visitors, 149 

schoolhouse    plan    must    be     approved     by     board     of 

school    visitors l-'iO 

site,   how    changed 151 

may  be  used  for  other  purposes  than  school,       .  153 

non-resident  pupils   in, 152 

extra  expenses,  incurred  by, 259 

formed  from  school  society 71 

registry  list, 135 

school  in,  not  kept  according  to  law 246 

tax  in  city, 256 

time  of  payment  to 254 

voters    in, 133,  134 

Districts,  warnings,  power  of  Superior  Court,  ....  122 
to  receive  no  State  or  town  money  unless  report  made 

to  school  visitors, 260 

nor  unless  a  suitable  schoolhouse  provided,  149 

under  act  of  1841, 127 

joint>  situated  in  different  towns 128 

provision  to  be  made  for  scholars  when  no  school,  258 

union   of   small, 258 

District  committee,  election  of 140 

must  have   a  majority 142 

duties    of, 187.  188 

enumeration  of  children  by 237 

to  be  reported  to  school  visitors,   ....  188 


270 

Section 

limitation  of  power 189 

must  be  resident  of  district 140 

names  to  be  reported  to  State  board  of  education.       .  100 

in  large  districts,  number  of 141 

how   chosen, 141 

penalty  for  failure  to  call  district  meeting,    .               .  187 

term  of  office, 140 

in    larger    districts 141 

visitation  of  schools  by, 187 

vacancies  filled  by  school  visitors, 144 

may  call  special  meetings  of  abolished  districts,  .       .  169 

agent  ex  officio   of   district 114 

powers  and  duties : 

give  notice  of  meetings 131,  187 

special, 187 

provide  school  rooms, 187 

visit   schools, 187 

provide   text-books, 187 

suspend  incorrigible  pupils 187 

report  to  the  board  of  school  visitors,  .       .       .      188,  260 

limitation  of  power  to  make  contracts 189 

may  employ  teacher 212 

shall  not  employ  teacher  beyond  term  of  office,   .       .  212 

majority   required   to   elect, 142 

vacancies  in  large  districts,  how  filled 141 

East  Hartford,  special  act  relating  to  schools page  195 

East  Haven,  special  act  relating  to  schools page  193 

Ecclesiastical   society,  land  of,  not  to  be  taken  for   site  of 

schoolhouse, 441 

Education  test  for  employment 352 

Elections,  city  and  town,  how  contested 290 

Election  of  district  officers,  failure 144 

school  officers, 287 

Employer  must  obtain  certificate  for  children  over  fourteen 

and   under   sixteen, 352 

Employer  must  keep  on  file  certificate  of  age 354 

show  certificate  to  the  secretary  or  agent  of  the  State 

board  of  education 3;)4 

penalty  for  failure  to  have  age  certificates,    .       .  354 
Employment   of  children    under    fourteen,   forbidden    during 

school   hours 24 

penalty,           24 

prohibited  in  certain  establishments 351 

Employment  of  children  under  sixteen  years  of  age  in  cer- 
tain occupations  for  more  than  eight  hours 
per  day   prohibited 419  421 


271 


Section 

Employment  of  children  in  non-lawful  occii[>ation  .  358.  359 

Enumeration  of  children,  by  district  committee.  188.  237 

in   joint   districts 188 

by  school  visitor  or  person  appointed  by  school  visitors,  237 

by   town   school   committee 240 

fees   for 24() 

form  of  return  to  school  visitors,       .  238 

correction  of  return. 239 

certificate  to  Comptroller  by  school  visitors.  239 

penalty  for  refusing  to  give  age  of  child 211 

in   county  homes 243 

Estimate,  of  cost  of  schools  for  each  year  by  school  visitors 

and  selectmen. 252 

Evening  schools,  towns  may  establish 56,  63 

towns  having  ten  thousand  or  more  inhabitants  must 

establish 56 

attendance   compulsory   at 58 

law  as  to,  how  enforced 58 

all  three  school  visitors  shall  supervise 57 

returns  to  Comptroller 62 

branches, 56 

petition  for  high  school  branches 56 

duties  of  school  officers 57 

State   grant  to 62 

State  grant  to,  method  of  obtaining 62 

number  of  sessions 62 

towns  may  be  relieved  from  establishing,  when,  64 

report  of  to  State  board  of  education 62 

continuation  courses  to  be  completed  by  certain  chil- 
dren   employed    between    ages    of    fourteen 

and    sixteen •'>9 

certificates    of    attendance    to    be    issued    to    children 
attending  continuation  school  at  least  once 

each    month 60 

penalty.           61 

instruction  for  mon-English  speaking  adults.  .       .  65 
State    board    of    education     may     discontinue     certain 

schools 0<'> 

school   boards   and   committees   to   certify   attemlanc'-,  67 

Examination,   of  teachers   by  school   visitors.    ....  207 

State   board   of  education 208 

town  school  committee 207 

board  of  education 207 

Excuses,  legal,  for  non-attendance,  lack  of  clothing,  22 

mental  or  physical  disability 22 

attendance  at  a  legal  private  school 23 

Exits    from   public   buildings, 324.  326 


272 

Section 

Expenses,  of  teachers'  meetings, 5 

Expenses,  schools  in  consolidated  districts,       ....  167 

under   town   management 185 

in   city   school   districts, 256 

of   maintaining   schools 254,  256 

estimates    of, 252 

in  excess   of   appropriation 254 

Expulsion    of    pupils 187 

Eyesight,  tests  prepared  by  State  board  of  education.   .       .  215 

used  by  teachers  when, 215 

may  be  examined  by   school   physician,    ....  109 
Factories,   inspection  of  by   school   visitors  or   school   com- 
mittee,           26 

Feeble-minded  or  epileptic  persons,  school   for,       .       .       .  373 

Fees,  of  assessors  of  taxes 310 

magistrates  on  prosecution  of  vagrants,  ....  32 

school  visitors,  for  enumeration  of  children.  .               .  237 

officers,    for    arresting    truants 31 

Fire    escapes 334-340 

Fire  prevention  day,  to  be  designated  by  governor,  ...  52 

Flag,  exercises  to  be  held, 50 

Flags,  to  be  provided  by  selectmen 48 

penalty  for  not   furnishing, 49 

foreign  not  to  be  displayed 431 

penalty, 431 

Forfeitures,  for  delay  in  making  returns, 98,  99 

for    making    fraudulent    certificate, 264 

for  misapplication   of   school   moneys 247 

for  neglect  to   support   schools, 257 

of  clerk  to  furnish  access  to  records,  penalty,              .  147 
of  clerk  to  report  names  of  district  officers  to  school 

visitors,    penalty 143 

by  selectmen  for  failure  to  provide  flag',  ....  49 

if  schools  not  kept  according  to  law, 263 

remitted  by  secretary  of  State  board  of  education,       .  263 

Form,  of  return  of  enumeration  by  a  committee,    .               .  238 

school     visitor, 239 

certificate  of  school  visitors  to  Comptroller,   .  242 

Fraudulent    certificates, 264 

Funds,  school,  disposition  of  on  alteration  of  districts,  .       .  124 

disposition  of  on  abolition  of  districts 166 

repeal  of  vote  of  abolition 172 

income  of  society  or  district, 249 

town  deposit  fund 248,  343 

Girls'  Long  Lane   Farm   (see   Long   Lane   Farm)    .               .  394 
vagrant,  committed  to  Long  Lane  Farm  at  request  of 

parent    or   guardian 394 

procedure  (see  Truants). 


273 

Scctiiin 
(ic)vcrnur  shall   designate  arbor,  bird,  flaR,  and   fire  preven- 

^                                  tion    days ,-,0  :)2 

■      Graded  schools,  may  be  established lis.  101.  isi 

Grant,  high   school, 19;j 

amount    of \(y\ 

procedure   for  obtaining !<».') 

conveyance 197 

amoinit 19K 

procedure    for    obtaining 199 

library,    school 2(K1 

public .301,  30.') 

evening  school 62 

enumeration, 212 

I                 average  attendance, 26."» 

method    of   payment 26.") 

supervision 89,  92,  93 

trained  teacher 275 

Greenwich,  acts  creating  board  of  estimate  and  taxation  and 

authorizing    issues    of    bonds page  19.") 

Groton,  act  authorizing  Fifth  School  district  to  issue  bonds,  page  196 
Guilford,  act  creating  a  board  of  estimate  and  apportionment,  page  196 

Hamden,  act  concerning  the  board  of  finance page  196 

Hartford,  special  acts  relating  to  schools page  196 

Health, 314-317 

officer,    county,    powers    and   duties 314-317 

town.    .      • 317 

examination   of   children   as   to, U)S 

examination  of,  for  employment 3.")2 

school    physicians 106-113 

health   instruction   and   physical   education   to  be   pro- 
vided   in    schools, 31S 

course  to  be  adapted  to  pupils 319 

course   to  be   approved   by   State   board   of   education  320 
course  in  physical  education  to  be  part  of  school  cur- 
riculum   321 

State  board  of  education  to  fix  regulations  concerning 

qualifications   of   instructors,      ....  322 

High  school,  subjects  may  be  taught  in  evening  schools,  .Vl 

town    may    establish 190 

committee    of KM 

elected   by   ballot 191 

number 191 

tie 191 

vacancies,  how   filled 193 

may   employ   teachers   when   authorized,               .  212 

duties  of  school   visitors  or  town  school  committee,   .  7fi 


274 

Section 

powers  of  school   visitors  or   town   school   committee 

over, 192 

shall  superintend, 192 

examine  teachers 192 

give   certificates 192 

visit    schools 192 

revoke  certificates 192 

State  aid  for  library, 203 

support   of 190 

Kigh    school,   towns   not   maintaining   high    school   may   pay 
tuition  fees  of  children  in  non-local  school, 

when 193 

tuition    fees, 193 

cost  of   conveyance   to, 197 

approved  by  State  board  of  education  for  con- 
veyance grant, 197 

endowed,  State  board  of  education  may  examine,  .       .  196 

State  board  of  education  may  approve,       .       .  196 

incorporated.  State  board  of  education  may  examine.  196 

State  board  of  education  may  approve,       .       .  196 

separate  high   school   accounts   to  be   kept   by  boards 

and   committees, 200 

Huntington,  act  creating  department  of  finance,       .  .    page  208 

Hygiene,   examination   in 207 

must   be   taught, 83 

must  be  taught  in  normal  schools, 83 

not  to  be  taught  in  high  schools, 83 

penalty  for  failure  to  teach,         ...*...  84 

Improvements,  towns  must  be  reimbursed  for 172 

Incidentals, 252.  254 

money  raised  to  secure  State  aid  for  library,   .       .       .  203 

expended  for  books  for  indigent  pupils,       .       .  187 

Long  Lane  Farm,  who  may  be  sent  to 34,  394 

what  authority  may  commit 394 

Instruction  of  children, 19 

agent  to  secure, 10 

Irregularity  of  attendance, 19 

Janitors,  may  be  appointed  constables  by  selectmen,       .       .  371 
Joint  board  of  school  visitors  and  selectmen : 

action  if  expenditure  exceeds  appropriation.   .       .       .  254 

action  if  expenses  unnecessary  and  extravagant.   .        .  259 

meeting  of, 250 

notify  committees  of  estimated  cost, 250 

fix  wages  of  teachers. 252 

fix   incidental   expenses 252 

notify  districts  of  estimates, 250 

records  of 253 

appropriation   by   to  joint   districts, 262 


275 

Section 

Justice  of  the  peace,  prosecution  of  truants  before.  ...  30 

Kindergarten  schools,  may  be  established 38 

who   may    attend 38 

teachers   must   hold    certificates    from    State   board   of 

education, 39 

Labor,  child,  see  employment. 

Law,   school   kept   according  to 97,  246,  254 

to  be  maintained,  required  by 252 

of  higher  order  than  is  required  by 259 

Leaving   certificates, 21 

granted    by    school    officers, 21 

agents  of  State  board  of  education,       ...  21 

Libraries,  penalties  for  injuries  to  books 425 

school,  account  of  State  aid  to, 205 

committee, 203 

duties, 203 

establishment  of 118 

expenses   incurred  by  districts  reckoned  among 

incidental    expenses, 203 

selection  of  books  for 203 

State  aid  to, 203 

based  upon  actual  attendance 203 

supervision  of,  by  school  visitors,  or  town  school 

committee 76,  203,  201 

joint  board   may   appropriate   money,      .        .  204 

town   school   committee  may   ajjpropriate  money  204 

appropriation    expended    by    committee,        .        .  204 
books  and  apparatus  property  of  town,       .       .      1S4,  204 

public, 291.  301 

establishment,          "   .       .  301 

appropriation    to 293 

gifts   to 294 

directors 295 

election    of 296 

women  eligible  to  board 303 

State   grant   to 301 

Library  committee,  Connecticut  public,  constitution  of,  .       .  297 

expenses   of, 297 

duties 29S,  299 

women   eligible   to, 303 

reports   to, 304 

expenditure  for  free  public  libraries,       ....  305 

shall    report   to   the   governor 299 

State    treasurer    shall    pay   bills    of 302 

may  provide  for  libraries   in  penal  and  charitable   in- 
stitutions,             3<10 

Madison,   special   act   relating  to   schools page  210 


276 

Section 

Matron,    school    may   be    appointed Ill 

Maintenance  of  public  schools  in  consolidated  towns,   .       .  167 

Majority  required  to  elect  district  officers 142 

Manchester,  ninth  district,  special   act  relating  to  schools,   .  page  210 
Mansfield    State   Training   School   and   hospital,        .        .        .  373-375 
probate  court  may  order  transfer  of  inmates  of  county 
temporary    homes    or    reformatory    institu- 
tions   to, 374 

removal  of  insane  or  feeble-minded  inmates  of  county 

temporary    homes    to,    may   be   made,    .       .  375 

Manufactories,  inspection  of,  by  school  officers,       ...  26 

Meriden,   special   act  relating  to   schools, page  213 

Meetings,  district  (see  district  meeting), 

penalty  for  disturbing 427 

Middletown,  special   acts   relating  to   schools,    ....  page  214 

Milford,   special    act   relating  to    schools page  214 

Minors,  not  to  loiter  or  play  in  billiard  or  pool  rooms,  .  432 
Model    school    for   observation   and    instruction    of    training 

class  conducted  by  the  supervisor,  ...  9 

Model  primary  schools,  at  normal  schools, 274 

Moderator,  chosen   in   district  meetings 139 

powers    of, 287 

penalty  for  neglect  to  make  return 289 

Montville,  act  incorporating  Palmer  Memorial   Association,  page  214 
Motor   vehicles,   speed  of,   to   be   reduced   and   timely   signal 

given    in   certain   cases, 434 

Music,  towns  may  direct  school  visitors  or  town  school  com- 
mittee to   employ   teacher   of,    ...       .  42 

salary    of  Jteachers 42 

towns  shall  pay  salary 42 

Narcotics,    effects   of,   taught 83 

examinat'on    in    effects    of 207 

Naugatuck,  special  act  r.-lating  to  schools, page  215 

New  Britain,  si)ecial  acts  rvlating  to  schools page  216 

New  Canaan,  special  acts  relating  to  board  of  finance,  read- 
ing room  and  library page  218 

New  Haven,  special  acts  relating  to  schools,    ....  page  219 

New  London,  special  acts  relating  to  schools,   ....  page  228 

Connecticut  College  for  Women page  234 

New  Milford,   special   act   relating  to  schools page  2371 

Newtown,  special  act  relating  to  schools, page  2371 

Normal  School,  annual   appropriation,   .....  270J 

State  board  of  education  shall  maintain 27C 

maintenance 27(1 

training    schools,   condition    concerning,    .        .        ...  27C| 

agreement  to  establish  authorized 27fi 


277 

Section 

number  of  pupils,  rules  concerning  admission,       .        .  271 

tuition    gratuitous, 271 

persons   admitted   must   declare   intention    to   teach   in 

State, 271 

town  school  officers  send  names  of  suitable  candidates,  272 

funds  expended  by  State  board  of  education,  .       .       .  273 

appointment  of  teachers, 273 

account  filed  semi-annually  with  Comptroller,       .       .  273 

report  to  the   Governor   annually 273 

model  schools  established  by  State  board  of  education,  274 

must  teach  hygiene 83 

one  student  from  each  town  maintained  therein,  .  275 

Norwalk,  special   act  relating  to   schools page  237 

North  Stonington,  special  act  relating  to  the  Wheeler  School,  page  237 

Notice,  of  district  meeting 131 

proposition  to  form,  alter,  or  unite  school  districts,       .  121 

abolition  of  district 168 

Nurse,  school   may  be  appointed, Ill 

Oath,   of   clerk, 110  note 

person  enumerating  children 238 

school   visitors  to  returns, 239 

may  be  administered  by  school  visitors,   ....  102 

OflFenses,  against  public   property 424,  425 

policy .  428-432 

peace  and   safety 426.  427 

the   person, 422 

humanity  and  morality 423 

Optometry,  qualification^   to  practice, 323 

Orange,   Union   school   district   of,    special    acts    relating   to 

schools page  240 

Parents,  must  cause  children  to  attend 19 

must  cause  children  to  be  instructed  in  certain  subjects.  19 
must   cause   children    over   fourteen    to    attend    when 

notified  by  town  school  officers,       ...  21 

notice  of  infectious  disease  to  be  given  to,    .  110 

shall  make  oath  to  age  of  child 352 

shall   supply  evidence  of  age, 352 

penalties  for  failure  to  instruct  children 22 

false   statement    concerning   age   of   child,    .  25 

to  be  notified  of  hearing  in  truancy  cases,       ...  32 

Paupers,   what   may   vote   in   district   meeting 134 

Penalties,  for  not  instructing  children  under  one's  care,  .        .  22 
employment  of  children  under  fourteen  during  school 

hours 24 

employment  of  children   under  fourteen   in   factories 

and  stores, 351 

failure  to  have  age  certificates  of  children  under   16,  352 
t 

19 


278 


Section 

false  statement  as  to  age  of  children  by  parents,  .  25 

refusal  to  give  name  and  age  of  child,    ....  241 

delay  in  making  returns 98 

illegal  voting  at  district  meetings 139 

refusing  to  accept  school  office  or  perform  its  duties,  140 
failure    to    report    names    of    district    committees    to 

school    visitors 143 

refusing   access   to    school    records,    • 147 

failure  to  call  district  meeting 187 

failure   to    support    schools, 257,  260 

fraudulent  certificate  by  a  school  visitor  or  town  school 

committee, 264 

for    selectmen's   neglecting  to   provide   flag,    ...  49 
for  false  testimony  by  women  as  to  qualifications  for 

voting 414 

injuries   to    schoolhouse, 424 

employing  children   in  exhibitions,  etc 422 

permitting  minors  in  pool  room 432 

interrupting  schools, 426 

Physicians,  school  appointment  of 106,  108,  109 

duties, 107 

children  to  be  referred  to  for  examination,    .               .  109 

Physiology   and   Hygiene,  text-books, 83 

instruction    in 83 

teachers  must  pass  examination  in, 207" 

penalty   if   not  taught .       .  84 

Playgrounds  and  neighborhood  recreation  centers,   .       .       .       365-370 

Plurality  elects  town  officers 285 

does  not  elect  district  committee 142 

Police  may   arrest   truants 29 

Police    Court,   prosecution    of   truants    before 28 

Pool-rooms,  minors  not  permitted  in 432 

Private   schools,   attendance   at, 23 

must  keep  registers, 23 

prescribed   by    State   board   of    education,    .  23 
subject  to  inspection  by  agent  of  State  board  of 

education,          23 

must  make  reports  and  returns 23 

no   financial   report 23 

Privies    required 78 

construction, 78 

Probate  Courts,  may  commit  girls  to  Long  Lane  Farm.  .  394 

Public  money,  how  drawn 97 

annual  appropriation  and  distribution 24 

how  paid  when  districts  lie  in  several  towns,  .       .       .  261 

withheld  if  district  has  no  schoolhouse 145 

district  committee  fail  to  report  to  school  visitors,  26 

misapplication    of,    penalty    for 247 


279 


Pupils,  how  admitted  to  normal   schools,    . 

disobedient  may  be  suspended  or  expelled, 
indigent  may  have  books  provided,    . 
non-resident  may  be  admitted  to  school   when, 
Records,  of  districts  to  be  opened  to  inspection,    . 

pertaining  to  schools,  to  be  preserved  and  transmitted 
Records,  of  town,  to  contain  district  bounds, 

district  bounds 

town  school  committee 

board  of  school  visitors, 

Reformation   of   children 

Reformatory, 

Registers,  for  schools,  form  of,  prescribed  by  State  board  o 
education, 
kept  by  teachers, 
returned  by  teachers, 
supplied  to  private  schools,    . 
Registry  lists,  how  prepared,    . 

compensation  for  preparing,  . 
Report,  to  Governor  by  State  board  of  education,   . 

Secretary  of  State  board  of  education,  by  agent, 

by  school  visitors, 

by  town  school  committee. 

by  board  of  education 

school  visitors,  by  acting  visitors, 

district  committees, 

towns,  by  secretary  of  board  of  visitors  or  town  school 

committee, 

.towns  by  school  committee 

school   visitors   and  selectmen, 

districts  by  board  of  education 

libraries,  to  Connecticut  public  library  committees, 

Normal  school  to  Governor 

on  oath   before   school    officers 

Returns  (see  Blanks). 

to  Comptroller  by  district  boards  of  education,    . 

school    visitors 

form    of, 

to  be  lodged  with  town  treasurers,  . 
school  visitors  by  district  committee, 

correction  of 

what  included   in 

public  money  withheld  if  returns  not  made,  . 

Revocation  of  teachers'  certificates 

Ridgefield,  special  acts  authorizing  town  to  issue  bonds  an 
creating   a    board   of   finance,    . 


Section 

271,  272 

1H7 

1S7 

152 

147 

101 

47 

119 

98 

9S 

376-413 

395 


214 

214 

23 

135.  136 

138 
5 
10 
9.S 
98 
73 
86 

188 

98 

161.  181 

2.52 

71 
3l>4 
273 
102 

73 

62,  96 

239.  242 

239 

18S 
239 
96 
260 
207 

page  242 


280 

Section 

Rocky  Hill,  act  authorizing  town  to  issue  school  bonds,  .        .    page  242 

Salary   of   superintendent 87,  91,  93 

part  to  be  paid  by  supervision  district,  ...  89 

teachers,   when   to   be   paid 254 

Sanitation, 54,  55 

of    schoolhouses, 54 

penalty    if    inadequate 55 

Scholars,  admission  of  non-residents. 152 

indigent,  may  be  furnished  with   books 44,  187 

returns  of,  between   certain   ages 96 

suspension  or  expulsion  of. 187 

Schools,  branches  taught  in 35 

must  be  maintained, 35 

how  long  annually, 35 

open  to  children  over  six 35 

over  five  in  certain  cases 35 

neglect  of  district  to  keep, 148,  257 

union  of  small, 258 

Schools,    penalty    for    disturbing 426 

when   discontinued,   provision    for   the   children,    .        .  258 

visitation  of, 86 

by  committee 187 

kindergarten, 38 

evening, 56,  63 

trade  and  vocational,               6-8 

for  boys,  truants  may  be  committed  to 30 

School  books  (see  Text-Books). 

School   committees,  town 161,  181 

meetings,  how  called, .85 

secretary,  duties  of 98,  181 

appoint    acting    visitor .86,  161,  181 

may  elect  one  member  to  be  secretary  and  one  member 

to  be  treasurer  and  prescribe  their  duties,     .  77 

examine    teachers 161 

cannot  be  employed  as  teacher 213 

approve  library  books  and  apparatus 203 

make  returns  of  persons  over  four  and  under  sixteen,  96 
return    to    State   board    of    education    the   names    and 

addresses  of  teachers, 100 

hear  parents  when  school  accommodations  not  furnished,  20 

select  books  for  libraries 203 

make   rules   for   management   of   books 203 

may  grant  temporary  use  of  rooms,  halls  or  school 
buildings  for  public  or  educational  pur- 
poses, or   for   political   discussion   therein,    .  153 

shall    superintend   high   schools 192 

evening  schools, 59 


281 


inspect    factories, 

may  consent  to  attendance  in  non-local  high  schools 

may  consent  to  conveyance 

may    appoint    superintendent. 

may  fix  salary,  

may  organize  supervision  district, 

may  admit  to  school  children  over  five,   . 

may  purchase  and  loan  text-books  to  pupils 

may   make    regulations,    . 

may  prescribe  studies, 

must   choose   officers, 

must  prescribe   rules, 

must  prescribe  text-books, 

must  superintend  school  libraries, 

must  approve  plans  for  schoolhouses, 

must  superintend  high  and   graded   schools 

must  certify  average  number  attending  evening  school 

to   Comptroller, 
must  certify  to  Comptroller  that  schools  have  been  kept 

according  to  law, 
School  committees,  must  report  to  State  board  of  education 

concerning   evening   schools 

must  report  to  town 

secretary  shall  certify  salary  of  superintendent 

board  of  education,  .    , 

may  petition  for  superintendent,   . 
may  prescribe  supplementary  books,   . 
may  require  children   to  be  vaccinated, 
shall   preserve  books   and   documents, 

may  administer  oath 

may  appoint  school   physicians,    ... 

may   employ    dental    hygienists,    .... 

shall  appoint  school  physician  if  city,  town  or  distric 

has  over  ten  thousand  inhabitants 
two-thirds  vote  of  to  change  text-books 

officers, 

may  authorize  the  supervising  agent  to  employ  t 
School  fund,  distribution  of  income  of,  . 

to  districts  lying  in  two  or  more  towns, 
to   towns    forming    single    districts,    . 
to   districts    formed    from    societies,    . 
Schoolhouse,  authority  of  districts   as   to,    . 

construction  of 

is  a  public  building 

change  of  site  of 

fixing   site    for 

must  be  kept  to  satisfaction  of  school  visitors. 


87. 


to  State 


cachors 


Section 

26 

193 

197 

91,  181 

87,  91 

88 

35 

43 

43 

35 

76 

76 

76 

76 

76 

76 

62 

242 

62 
98 

89 
93 
81 
82 
101 
102 
106 
113 

106 

SI 

76 

95 

242 

261 

242 

74 

lis 

329  3.13 
329 
151 
151 
149 


282 


Section 

penalty  for   injuring, 424 

plans  must  be  approved  by  school  visitors,    .               .  150 

support  withdrawn   from  districts  having  none,    .        .  149 

taking  land  for  site, 441-442 

land  of  ecclesiastical  society  not  to  be  taken,  .       .  441 

use  of,  out  of  school  hours  decided  by  district,   .  153 

to  be  provided  with  safe  exits 324-326 

to  be  kept  clean  and  wholesome, 53 

to  be  well  ventilated, 54 

Schoolhouses,  licenses  to  sell  intoxicating  liquors  within  two 

hundred  feet  of,  not  to  be  granted,  .       .       .  439 

School   money,  misapplication   of 247 

School  societies,  (see  Societies,  school). 
School  visitors,   (see  Visitors,  school). 

School  year,  begins  July  15,  ends  July  14 251 

length  of  term  in  weeks, 35 

Secretary  of  the  board  of  visitors 

State  board  of  education  and  assistant  secretary,  how 

appointed, 3 

may  remit  forfeitures  in  certain  cases,  .        .        .  263 

report  to  Comptroller  list  of  delinquent  towns,  .  99 
Secretary  of  the  board  of  visitors,  draw  orders  for  library 

money, 204 

may  inspect  registers  of  private  schools,    .       .  23 

furnish  blanks  and  registers  to  private   schools,  23 

Selectmen,   duties  and  powers, 47,  note  page  117 

to  draw  order  on  treasurer  for  payment  of  bills  for 
text-books  bought  by  acting  visitor  for  indi- 
gent children 44 

shall  manage  town  property  pertaining  to  schools,       .  47 

shall  cause  boundary  lines  of  districts  to  be  recorded,  47 

shall  call  first  meeting  in  new  district 47 

must   approve    commitment    of    truants 30 

may  allow  fees  for  arresting  truants,       ....  31 

may  appoint  special  constables  to  arrest  truants.  .  371 

must  leave  warning  of  town  meeting  with  town  clerk,  280 

determine  number  of  town   school  committee,  158 

to   furnish   flag 48 

duties  in  connection  with  debt=:  of  di  t"ict,    .        .       .  170 

joint  board  with  school  visitors 250 

may  erect  a  suitable  school  building  in  a  district  if  the 
district  neglects  or  is  financially   unable  to 

erect  one, 151 

Sentence,   suspension   of, 22 

Seymour,  special  acts  relating  to  school; page  242 

Sheriffs,   may    arrest   truants, 29 


283 


Section 

Site    for    schoolhouse,    fixing, 151 

appeal   to  superior  court 442 

taking    land    for JJl.  442 

land  of  ecclesiastical  society  not  to  be  taken  for.  .  441 

Small   schools,  discontinuance  of 258 

South  Windsor,  special  act  relating  to  schools,  ....  page  242 
Societies,  ecclesiastical,  land  of,  may  not  be  taken  for  site  of 

schoolhouse, 441 

school,  transfer  of  property  and  obligations,  ...  68 

records    of, 69 

property    of 70,  72 

debts  and  obligations, 68 

organized  under  the  act  of  1855,  become  school 

districts 71 

choose  board  of  education 71 

duties  and  powers  of  districts  so  organized,  71 

apportionment  of  public  money  to 74 

board  of  education  of 73 

Special   acts   relating  to  towns,   Ansonia, page  176 

Bethel,  special   act   relating  to   schools,    ...  "     180 

Branford,  special  act  relating  to  schools,       .        .       .  "     180 

Bridgeport, "180 

Bristol, "187 

Chatham,    (East   Hampton) "'     187 

Cromwell "188 

Danbury, "188 

Darien, "190 

Derby, "190 

East  Hartford "195 

East  Haven, "195 

Greenwich, "     195 

Groton, "     196 

Guilford, "196 

Hamden, "     196 

Hartford, "196 

Huntington    (Shelton) "208 

Madison "210 

Manchester,   Ninth   district "    210 

Meriden ..."    213 

Milford, "214 

Middletown "214 

Montville.              "214 

Naugatuck, "    215 

New   Britain, "    216 

New   Canaan,        .  .  .  ..."     21S 

New    Haven "    219 


284 


Ne\ 


Section 

London, page  228 


Connecticut   College   for  Women, 

New  Milford, 

Newtown 

North    Stonington 

Norwalk, 

Orange,  Union  school  district  of, 

Ridgefield 

Rocky  Hill 

Seymour 

Stamford 

Stratford 

Torrington, 

Voluntown, 

Wallingford, 

Waterbury 

Waterford, 

Weston, 

Wethersfield, 

Wilton,    Weston    and    Redding,    . 

Winchester, 

Windham 

Woodbridge, 

Spitting, 

South    Windsor,  


234 
237 
237 
237 
237 
240 
242 
24 
24 
24 
245 
245] 
246 
247 
248 
2^ 
255 
255 
256 
256 
257 
257 
437 
page  242 

Stamford,  special  act  relating  to  schools page  242 

Statistics,  town  school  committee, 98 

board  of  school  visitors, 98 

Stratford,  special  act  relating  to  schools page  245 

Studies,  to  be  taught  in  public  schools 35 

Superintendent  of  schools, 87,  88,  91 

how   appointed, 87,  88,  91 

duties 87,  88.  91 

compensation,  fixed  by  the  town 87,  91,  93,  435 

salary  of 87,  89,  91,  93 

duties  of 87,  91,  93 

majority   vote   to   elect, 87 

town  school  committee,  board  of  school  visitors,  or 
board  of  education  acting  under  section  91 
to  be  notified  by  State  board  of  education  as 
to  whether  the  superintendent  holds  certifi- 
cate of   approval 

employed    by    supervision    committee 


91 


Superintendent, 
salary, 
eligibility, 


89 
90 


285 


Srctiou 

Supervising  agent, 93 

may    be    authorized    by    school    committee    to    employ 

teachers, 95 

if  not  authorized  to  employ  shall  nominate  teachers  t') 

school  committee 95 

Supervision  district,   how  organized 88 

of    schools 87-95 

Supplementary  reading  prescribed, SI 

Supplies,   free, i.i 

Superior    Court,    appeal    to,    from    proceedings    relating    to  • 

formation,  etc.,  of  school  districts,  .               .  12'2 

proceedings  to  take  land  for  sites  of  schoolhouses.     .  441-442 

proceedings,  in  case  of  consolidation  of  joint  districts,  175 

Support  of  schools.  State  aid 26f>-269 

high    schools, 190 

tax   under   average   attendance   law 265 

forfeiture   for   neglect  by   town 257 

Suspension    from    school.                                   1.S7 

Taxes,  collector  of 14U,  144,  145 

districts    may    levy US 

by    city    districts, 2.56 

assessors, 309,  313 

school   districts, IIS 

on   what  assessment  list   laid,    .  313,  note  1 

school  district,  mode  of  assessment 307.  313 

of  real  estate  lying  partly  in  and  partly  out  of 

a  district 309 

omission  from  town  list 311 

clerical    omissions    corrected 312 

owned  by  town 308 

board  of  relief 310 

deductions  for  indebtedness 310 

change   of   title   after   completion   of   grand   list,  312 

abolished    districts 170 

selectmen    shall    collect 171 

town    for   high   schools 190 

equalization   in  consolidated   districts,    .        .  162 

under  town   management,    .                      ...  184 

for  support  of  schools 265 

Teachers,    certificates    of 207 

necessary  to  employment. 211 

revocation 207 

duty  to  keep  registers 211 

if  not  kept,  cannot  receive  wages 211 

Teachers,  duty  to  obtain   certificates 211 

employment    of    by    school    visitors 212 

district   committees 212 


286 


Section 

districts, 118 

board  of  education 71,  212 

town   committee, 161,  181,  212 

high   school    committee, 191,  212 

dismissal  of,  by  town  committee, 161 

wages  of,  how  paid  in  districts 254 

when  to  be  paid, 254,  255 

examination  of 71,  161,  207 

State  board  of  education 208 

school    visitors, 207 

boards    of   education, 71 

town    committee, 161 

high  schools,  examination  of, 192 

certificates   of, 192 

model  schools,  salary  of  teacher  in, 9 

Teachers 

cannot  be   school   visitor   or   member   of  town   school 

committee, 213. 

of  music, 42 

in  County  Homes,  how  examined  and  appointed,  .       .  245 

retirement   system  for, 223-236 

definitions, 223 

retirement  system,  retirement  association,  mem- 
bers, dues, 224 

organization  of  teachers'  retirement  association,  224 
management    of    retirement    system,    retirement 

board,  powers, 225 

funds,  consist  of  expense,  annuity,  and  pension 

funds 226 

teacher,   retirement,  pension, 227 

retirement   allowances, 227 

amount  due  teacher  on  withdrawal  from  service,  228 
funds   not  assignable  but   exempt   from   attach- 
ment, execution  and  taxation.   ....  229 

duties  of  educational  officials 230 

public  schools  may  include  certain  incorporated 

schools 232] 

custody,  care  and  accounting  of  the  fund,   .       .  233| 
municipalities    maintaining    pension    systems    to 

be  paid  by  State 234] 

teachers'  retirement  board  to  refund  certain  pay- 
ments   to    fund 235  i 

reserve  fund  for  retired  teachers  established,  236J 

Teachers'    meetings, 

Term  of  office,  of  district  committees 14 


shall  be  used 


287 

Term  of  office,  of  district  committees,  in  larger  districts, 

town   committees 

members  of  State  board  of  education, 

school    visitors, 

Term  of  school,  children  must  attend  during, 
Text-books,    free, 

State  board  of  education  may  direct  what 
in    State 

change    of 

on  physiology   and  hygiene,    . 

towns   may   purchase    for    free    distribution 

towns  which  do  not  furnish  free  text-books  to  sell  at 
cost 

copy  of  act  to  be  printed  in  certain  reports, 

committee  must  supply  indigent  scholars,    . 

supplementary   reading   may   be   prescribed. 

purchased  by  the  town 

to  be  furnished  to  indigent  children  by  acting  visitor 
Tie  in  election  of  school  visitors,   . 
Tobacco,  sale  of  to  minors,       .... 

use   by   minors, 

Torrington,    special    acts   relating   to   schools. 

Town  clerk,  to  certify  election  of  school  visitors  to  Secretar 

of    State 

Temporary  homes,  schools  in. 

county   commissioners    may   establish, 

county  commissioners  may  employ  and  pay 

expense  of  paid   by  county,    .... 

children,    how    enumerated,    .... 

schools  open  as  in  districts 

employment  and  payment  of  teachers, 

books  and   apparatus 

examination    of    teachers,        .... 

certificates  for  teachers, 

acting    visitor, 

apportionment  of  expense  between  town  and  county  i 
certain  cases 

expense  when  town  maintains  school, 
Town  management,  act  of  1909,       .... 

town    becomes    school    district,    . 

school  business  transacted  in  town  meeting, 

election  of  officers,  . 
classification,  . 
vacancies, 

duties  of  school  committee, 

records,  .... 

property,         .... 

equalization. 


teachers 


Section 
141 

159 

1 

40 

19 

43 

5 

5,  81 

83 

43 

45 

46 

187 

81 

81 

44 

41 

429 

430 

page  245 

288 

244 
245 
244,  245 
243 
244 
245 
245 
245 
245 
245 

383 
383 
17-S-186 
178 
179 
ISO 
180 
180 
181 
1S3 
184 
184 


288 


Section 

Town,    fractional    districts 186 

disposition  of  debts 184 

expenses 185 

Towns,  must  furnish  school  accommodations,   ....  20 

by  transportation  or  otherwise 20 

procedure  when  town  refuses  or  neglects,       ...  20 

hearing   by    school    visitors 20 

appeal, 20 

consolidation  of  districts  of 155 

districts  lying  in  different,  jurisdiction  over 128 

expenses    of, 261 

may  abolish  school  districts, 155 

vote    how    taken 156 

may  direct  that  teachers  may  be  employed  by  school 

visitors, 212 

may   direct   that   teachers    of   music   be    employed    by 

school    visitors    or    town    school    committee,  42 

may  establish  high   schools, 190 

and  choose  committee  therefor 191 

may   establish  evening   schools, 56,  63 

may  form,  alter,  unite,  and  dissolve  school  districts,     .  116 

may   make   regulations    concerning   truants,    ...  27 

may  appoint  truant  officers, 28 

may  take  land   for  school  purposes 175 

must  maintain  school  38  weeks,   .        .               ...  35 

unless  average  attendance  be  eight  or  less,  .       .  35 

must  pay  expenses   of  district   schools 35.  254 

exception   if  city   in  town   limits 256 

must  pay  high  school  tuition  fee,  when 193 

must  be  reimbursed  by  State  in  part  for  high  school 

tuition    fee 194 

must  pay  transportation  in  certain  cases 197 

may  receive  high  school  conveyance  grant.    .               .  198 

may  establish  kindergarten 38 

may   vote   free   text-books 43 

Town  clerk  under  town  management 182 

Town  school  officers : 

eligibility,  sex  no  disqualification  for  school  office,  15 

vacancies,  how  filled, 286 

selectmen  may  fill  vacancies  in  certain  cases,   .  286 

elected  by  ballot 284 

when    appointed, 284 

number    of 284 

change  of  number  of 176.  284 

plurality  shall  elect  except  when  otherwise  provided, 

return    of    election, 28 

official  term, 283 

penalty  for  refusing  to  accept  or  perform  duties,  .  289 


289 


Training   department   of   normal    schools.    . 

Transportation   of   children 

Transportation,  high  school,  paid  by  town.   . 
Treasurer,  school  district,  election  of,   . 
to  give  bonds.         ... 

term  of  office 

duties    of, 

Truants,  towns  may  make  by-laws  concerning 

towns  may  impose  penalties.  . 

may   be    arrested    without    warrant,    . 

may  be  committeed   to   Connecticut    School    for   Boys 

prosecution    of 

fees  for  arresting 

may  be  arrested  by   special   constables. 

warrant    and    hearing, 

judgment  may  be  suspended, 

parent  or  guardian  to  be  notified. 
Truant  officers 

town  and  city  officers  may  appoint  under  by-law 
Truant  officers  must  present  written  statement  of  arrest 
Tuition   at   normal    school   gratuitou 

fees,    high     school,     . 

fees,  to  meet  extra  expenses  of  high  or  graded  schools 
United  States  aid  for  vocational  education 
Union  districts,  under  act  of  1S41,  . 

of  small  districts,       .... 
scholars    to   be   provided   for. 
Vacancies,  in  State  board  of  education, 

district  committees 

boards   of   school    visitors, 

in    town    school    committee,    .       ^ 
\'accination  of  school  children, 

may  be  paid  for  by  the  town  in  some  cases.    . 

Vagrant   girls, 

arrest  of 

Vagrants,  regulations  and  by-laws  concerning,  . 
Vehicles,  motor,  speed  of  to  be  reduced  or  brought  to 

in    certain    cases, 
Ventilation   of   schoolhouse, 
Visitors,   school   officers. 

compensation, 

classes 

election, 

manner  of  election,    . 

election  to  be  certified  to  Secretary  of  State, 

number,  


stop 


Section 

270 

20,  258 

197.  201 

140 

146 

140 

145 

27 

27 

29 

30 

30-34 

31 

371 

32 

33 

32 

28 

28 

31 

271 

193 

259 

8 

127 

258 

258 

1 

144 

40 

161,  180 

82 

82 

34 

34 

27 

434 

53.  54 

76 

435 

40 

41 

284 

288 

40 


290 

Section 

Visitors,  meetings,  how  called, 85 

organization 76 

secretary,  duties  of, 98 

duty   to   give   certificate    to    Comptroller   that   schools 

have  been  kept  according  to  law,   ....        242 
certify     to     Comptroller      concerning      evening 

schools, 62 

give  certificate   to   selectmen   that  schools   have 

been   kept   according   to   law,    ....        97,  254 
report  names  of  teachers  and  district  committees 

to   State   board   of   education,    ....  100 
make  estimate  to  towns  of  cost  of  schools,  .             250,  252 
make  complaint  to  board  of  health  when  sani- 
tary condition  of  schoolhouse  is  unsatisfactory.  54 

to    regulate    libraries 76.  203.  204 

superintend   high   schools 76,  192 

may  appoint  acting  visitor  not  of  their  number,  86 
may  elect  one  member  to  be  secretary  and  one 

to  be  treasurer   and  prescribe   their   duties,  77 
may  give  written  consent  to  attendance  in  non- 
local   high    school 193 

joint  duties  with  selectmen, 204,  252,  261 

penalty  for  fraudulent  certificate  of 264 

power    to    administer    oath, 102 

admit  non-resident  pupils, 152 

to  change  sites  of  schoolhouses  in  certain  cases,  151 

open  schools  in  districts  neglecting  to  keep  one,  148 

duty  to  require  vaccination  of  children 82 

change    text-books, 81 

prescribe    supplementary   reading 81 

powers  superseded   in  districts  having  board  of  edu- 
cation   73 

school    committee    to    be    board    of    visitors    if    union 

system   is   abandoned 174 

duties    and   powers, 76,  161,  212 

to  approve  plans  for  schoolhouses 76 

examine  teachers,   .       .               161 

of  high   schools 192 

sign  teachers'  certificates 207 

give   certificates    to    teachers, 161 

of  high    schools, 192 

revoke  teachers'  certificates 161 

of  high   schools 192 

inspect    factories 26 

to  employ  teachers  when  authorized,                    .  212 

of  music, 42 

may  grant   temporary   use  of   rooms,  halls   or   school 
buildings,  for  public  or  educational  purposes 

or  for  political   discussions  therein,    .       .  153 


291 


not 


Visitors,  duty  to  make  arrangements  for  children  to  attend 
school    when    there    is    no    school    in    their 

district 

to  superintend  evening  schools, 
report  concerning  evening  schools,  . 
approve  of  the  union  of  small  schools, 
make  returns  of  enumeration  to  Comptroller, 
report    to    town,    . 
to  purchase  text-books   for  free  distribution   i 
so  directed, 
may  admit  to  school  children  over  five.   . 

may    appoint    school    physician 

shall  appoint  school   physician   in  towns  having 
than  ten  thousand  inhabitants,  . 
appoint  acting  visitor  (see  acting  visitors) 

appoint   superintendent 

may   fix  salary, 

organize    supervision   district,    . 
consent  to  conveyance  grant,    . 

prescribe    studies, 

hear   parents   when   school   accommodations 

furnished,  

report   to   State  board   of  education   concei 

evening  schools 

examine  teachers 

cannot  be  employed  as  teachers 

shall  approve  library  books  and  apparatus,    . 
secretary  shall  certify  salary  of  superintendent  to 

board    of    education, 
superintend    high    and    graded    schools 
prescribe   rules,    .... 
prescribe    text-books, 
petition   for   superintendent,    . 
approve   books  and   apparatu.>. 
appoint  high   school   committee, 
preserve  books  and  documents, 
nominate  special  constables  to  arrest  truants, 

select    books    for    libraries 

duty  to  make  rules  for  management  of  books, 
secretary  of,  duties   in  relation  to  State  grant 
vacancies,  how  filled. 

Visitation  of  schools 

schoolhouse  to  be  visited, 
register  to  be  inspected,  . 
library  examined, 
studies    investigated, 
by  district  committee. 


State 


87, 
87, 


258 
57 
62 

2.58 
96 


4.3 

3.5 

106 

106 

86 

91.  93 

88.  91 

88 

'197 

35 

20 

62 
207 
213 
203 

89 

76 

76 

76 

93 

203 

192 

101 

371 

203 

203 

269 

177 

.S6 
86 
86 
86 
86 
187 


292 


Vocational  guidance,  may  be  established, 79 

counselors  may  be  appointed, 79 

Voluntown,  special  act  relating  to  schools page  246 

Voters,  legal,  in  district  meetings, 133,  134 

list   of,  how   made   out 135 

Wages  of  teachers,  paid  by  districts 118 

when    payable, 254,  255 

certificate  necessary  to, 211 

Wallingford,  special  acts  relating  to  schools,    ....  page  247 

Warnings  of  town,  city,  borough,  and  other  meetings,   .  280 

district  meetings,  how   given, 131 

what  to   specify, 131 

Waterbury,   special   acts    relating   to    schools page  248 

Waterford,    special    acts    relating   to    schools page  255 

Weeks  of  school,  number  of, 35 

Weston,    special    act   relating   to    schools page  255 

Wethersfield,   special   act  relating  to   schools page  255 

Wilton,  Redding  and  Weston,  special  act  relating  to  schools,  page  256 

Winchester,   special    acts   relating  to    schools,    ....  page  256" 

Windham,  special  act  relating  to  schools page  257 

Woodbridge,   special   act  relating   to   schools page  257 

Women,  are  eligible  to  certain  offices, 303 

electorial    privileges   extended   to, 414 

to  qualify  in  same  manner  as  men, 414 

Wire,  barbed,,  prohibited  near  schoolhouse,  .       .               .        .  440 

Year,    school 251 

length    of. 35 


SOUTHERN    BRANCH 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALlFOWi.IA 
LIBRARY 

LO?    ANGELES.  CALIF. 


£RN   BRANCi 
t%i.  OF  CALIF( 

.    oRARY 

LOS   ANGELES.  CAUF. 


Gaylord  Broe, 

Miikern 

Syracuse,  N.  Y. 


i-  '. 


V. 


AA    001  177  592 


i  I 


v 


%5 


.; 


